Colloquial Cambodian: The Complete Course for Beginners [2 ed.] 9780415524070, 9780203120651, 9780415524087, 9780415524094, 9781138437791, 9781138124882, 9781136322570

Table of contents :
Cover
Title Page
Copyright Page
Table of Contents
Introduction
1 Greetings and self-introductions
introduce yourself
exchange common greetings
use personal pronouns
make simple sentences
ask and answer some ‘what’ and ‘where’ questions
read and write Cambodian consonants (C)
2 Family
introduce members of your family
ask and answer questions about Cambodian kinship and relationships
ask and answer questions with ‘how many’
count unit numbers with classifier nouns
use possessive and demonstrative nih and noh
ask and answer some yes and no questions with tee
make simple negation sentences with mɨn . . . tee and ʔɑt . . . tee
count numbers 1–20
read and write vowels (V)
3 Time and date
ask and tell the time
ask and talk about different days of the week and months of the year
use the future and past time expressions
use verb combinations with cɑŋ and trəv
count and use numbers from 20 to one million
read and write all consonants (C) and vowels (V), and their combinations (CV)
4 Appointments and daily routines
make appointments with specific people, organizations, or institutions in the public and private sector
address government officials by their various titles and positions
use the words kɑmpuŋ, coap rɔvʊəl, and nat
read and write combinations of consonant, vowel, and consonant (CVC)
5 At the open market
ask and say what to buy at the open market
use the expressions ‘yet,’ ‘not yet,’ and ‘how about’
say some names of fruits and vegetables
read and write CV and CVC combinations
6 Souvenirs and clothing
ask and tell about buying and selling clothes, shoes, and souvenirs
talk about and ask for color and sizes for your clothing
use the verbs sliek and peak on wearing garments/things
read and write subscripts
7 Food and restaurants
order food and drinks at a restaurant
read and write words with subscripts
8 Vocations and employment
apply for a job
read and write monosyllabic words with subscripts CCV or CCVC
9 Locations and directions
ask and tell about the location of things
ask and give directions
use expressions related to distances, and ordinal and cardinal points
read and write cluster words with C1C2V(C3), C1C2C3V(C4), and C1C2C3 C4V(C5)
10 Weather and seasons
ask and tell about weather and seasons in various places
read and write expressions and sentences related to the weather and seasons
read and write Cambodian independent vowels
11 Leisure activities
ask and tell about leisure activities, favorite things, people, or places
use some Cambodian diacritics symbols
12 Traveling
ask and tell about your travel plans and means of traveling
use words or expressions related to traveling
read and write Cambodian punctuation
13 Hotels and tickets
ask and tell about booking a hotel/place to stay
ask and tell about booking/confirming plane tickets and renting a car
use words or expressions related to buying/confirming tickets or booking a hotel room
read and write short expressions in Cambodian script related to this theme
14 Emergencies and health issues
use expressions related to diseases and illness
read and write short expressions and simple sentences in Cambodian script
15 Post office and banking
ask and tell about sending letters and goods within and outside of Cambodia
ask and tell about exchanging money
ask and tell about a bank or ATM machine nearby
read and write Cambodian expressions and short sentences
Grammar summary
Key to exercises
Translations of dialogues
Translations of reading passages
Cambodian–English glossary
English–Cambodian glossary
Index
Audio track listing

Citation preview

Colloquial

Cambodian Colloquial Cambodian provides a step-by-step course in Cambodian as it is written and spoken today. Colloquial Cambodian has been developed by a linguist and an experienced Cambodian language professor and combines an accessible approach with a thorough treatment of the language, equipping learners with the essential skills needed to communicate confidently and effectively in Cambodian in a broad range of situations. No prior knowledge of the language is required. Key features include: • progressive coverage of speaking, listening, reading, and writing skills • jargon-free explanations of grammar • an extensive range of focused and stimulating exercises • realistic and entertaining dialogues covering a broad variety of scenarios • coverage of the Cambodian writing script • useful vocabulary lists throughout the text • additional resources available at the back of the book, including a full answer key, a grammar summary, bilingual glossaries, and translations of dialogues and reading passages. Balanced, comprehensive, and rewarding, Colloquial Cambodian is an indispensable resource both for independent learners and for students taking courses in Cambodian. Colloquials are now supported by FREE AUDIO available online. All audio tracks referenced within the text are free to stream or download from www.routledge.com/cw/colloquials. Recorded by native speakers, the audio complements the book and will help enhance learners’ listening and speaking skills. By the end of this course, you will be at Level B1 of the Common European Framework for Languages and at the Intermediate level on the ACTFL proficiency scales.

THE COLLOQUIAL SERIES Series Adviser: Gary King The following languages are available in the Colloquial series: Afrikaans Albanian Amharic Arabic (Levantine) Arabic of Egypt Arabic of the Gulf Basque Bengali Breton Bulgarian Burmese Cambodian Cantonese Catalan Chinese (Mandarin) Croatian Czech Danish Dutch English Estonian Finnish French

German Greek Gujarati Hebrew Hindi Hungarian Icelandic Indonesian Irish Italian Japanese Kazakh Korean Latvian Lithuanian Malay Mongolian Norwegian Panjabi Persian Polish Portuguese Portuguese of Brazil

Romanian Russian Scottish Gaelic Serbian Slovak Slovene Somali Spanish Spanish of Latin America Swahili Swedish Tamil Thai Tibetan Turkish Ukrainian Urdu Vietnamese Welsh Yiddish Yoruba Zulu (forthcoming)

COLLOQUIAL 2s series: The Next Step in Language Learning Chinese Dutch French

German Italian Portuguese of Brazil

Russian Spanish Spanish of Latin America

Colloquials are now supported by FREE AUDIO available online. All audio tracks referenced within the text are free to stream or download from www.routledge. com/cw/colloquials. If you experience any difficulties accessing the audio on the companion website, or still require to purchase a CD, please contact our customer services team through www.routledge.com/info/contact.

Colloquial

Cambodian The Complete Course for Beginners Chhany Sak-Humphry

Second edition published 2016 by Routledge 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN and by Routledge 711 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017 Routledge is an imprint of the Taylor & Francis Group, an informa business © 2016 Chhany Sak-Humphry The right of Chhany Sak-Humphry to be identified as author of this work has been asserted by her in accordance with sections 77 and 78 of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988. All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilized in any form or by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented, including photocopying and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publishers. Trademark notice: Product or corporate names may be trademarks or registered trademarks, and are used only for identification and explanation without intent to infringe. First edition by David Smyth published by Routledge 1995 British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data Sak-Humphry, Chhany, author. Colloquial Cambodian : the complete course for beginners / Chhany Sak-Humphry. – Second edition. pages cm. — (The colloquial series) Includes bibliographical references and index. 1. Khmer language–Textbooks for foreign speakers–English. 2. Khmer language– Conversation and phrase books–English. 3. Khmer language–Spoken Khmer. I. Title. II. Series: Colloquial series. PL4323.S248 2015 495.9′3282421–dc23 2014027234 ISBN: 978-0-415-52407-0 (pbk) ISBN: 978-0-203-12065-1 (ebk) Typeset in Avant Garde and Helvetica by Graphicraft Limited, Hong Kong

Additional materials are available on the companion website at www.routledge.com/cw/colloquials

Contents

1



Introduction

xi

kaa kuə sɑɑm nɨŋ kaa nae noam kluən

1

ការគួរសម និងការណែនាំខួ្ន

Greetings and self-introductions In this unit you will learn how to: • introduce yourself • exchange common greetings • use personal pronouns • address people • make simple sentences • ask and answer some ‘what’ and ‘where’ questions • read and write Cambodian consonants (C) 2



kruəsaa

17

គគរួសារ

Family

In this unit you will learn how to: • introduce members of your family • ask and answer questions about Cambodian kinship and relationships • ask and answer questions with ‘how many’ • count unit numbers with classifier nouns • use possessive and demonstrative nih and noh • ask and answer some yes and no questions with tee • make simple negation sentences with mɨn . . . tee and ʔɑt . . . tee • count numbers 1–20 • read and write vowels (V)

vi

Contents

3



peel veelie

32

ពេលពេលា

Time and date In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and tell the time • ask and talk about different days of the week and months of the year • use the future and past time expressions • use verb combinations with cɑŋ and trəv • count and use numbers from 20 to one million • read and write all consonants (C) and vowels (V), and their combinations (CV) 4



kaa nat cuəp nɨŋ kəc prɑcam tŋay

46

ការណាត់ជួបនិងកិច្ចគបចាំថ្ងៃ

Appointments and daily routines In this unit you will learn how to: • make appointments with specific people, organizations, or institutions in the public and private sector • address government officials by their various titles and positions • use the words kɑmpuŋ, coap rɔvʊəl, and nat • use specific timeframe terms coŋ, daəm, peak kɑndaal • ask and answer questions using tumnee, cam, taam cət, bon kɑmnaət • use expressions related to daily routine • read and write combinations of consonant, vowel, and consonant (CVC) 5



nɨv psaa kmae

ពៅផ្សារណខមែរ

At the open market In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and say what to buy at the open market • ask, tell, and bargain for prices with tɑɑ tlay • use the expressions ‘yet,’ ‘not yet,’ and ‘how about’ • say some names of fruits and vegetables • use appropriate classifiers • refer to qualities and units of measurement • read and write CV and CVC combinations

60

vii

Contents

6



rɔbɑh ʔɑʔnuhsaavaʔrii nɨŋ sɑmliek bɑmpeak

74

របស់អនុសសាេរ ីយ៍និងសំពលៀកបំពាក់

Souvenirs and clothing

In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and tell about buying and selling clothes, shoes, and souvenirs • use expressions relating to ‘price,’ ‘to try or test,’ and saying ‘please’ • talk about and ask for color and sizes for your clothing • use the verbs sliek and peak on wearing garments/things • use appropriate classifiers • read and write subscripts 7



mhoop ʔaahaa nɨŋ phooceaʔniiyeaʔthaan

86

ម្ហូបអាហារនិងពោជនីយដ្ឋាន

Food and restaurants

In this unit you will learn how to: • say what Cambodians eat for breakfast, lunch, and dinner • invite someone to eat out • order food and drinks at a restaurant • express like and dislike • use expressions rɨɨ, tumnee, hav, yɔɔk, ʔaoy, and cie muəy • read and write words with subscripts 8



rɔbɑɑ rɔɔk sii nɨŋ kaaŋie

100

របររកសុីនិងការងារ

Vocations and employment In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and tell about certain occupations • apply for a job • use expressions related to professions and employments • use words and expressions with neak, cieŋ, rɔɔk sii, baək, kaaŋie, pii mun . . . kraoy, or pii dɑmbooŋ . . . kraoy • read and write words or expressions related to vocations • read and write monosyllabic words with subscripts CCV or CCVC

viii

Contents

9



tii kɑnlaeŋ nɨŋ tɨh dav

114

ទីកណន្ងនិងទិសពៅ

Locations and directions In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and tell about the location of things • ask and give directions • use expressions related to distances, and ordinal and cardinal points • use the progressive form with kɑmpoŋ • use expressions pii . . . + motion verb; pii . . . + rɔhoot dɑl • use the word dael in front of a verb • read and write Cambodian locational and directional expressions • read and write cluster words with C1C2V(C3), C1C2C3V(C4), and C1C2C3 C4V(C5)

10 ʔaakaasaʔthiet nɨŋ rɔdəv



128

អាកាសធាតុនិងរដហូេ

Weather and seasons In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and tell about weather and seasons in various places • use expressions related to the weather and seasons • ask and answer with the expression haet ʔəy baan cie • use expressions steah, reaŋ, tleak, tnɑl lɨc tɨk, cɑŋ ŋoap, mɨn . . . ponmaan, and kuə tae • read and write expressions and sentences related to the weather and seasons • read and write Cambodian independent vowels

ix

Contents

11 sɑkamphiep kɑmsaan



143

សកមមែោេកំសាន្ត

Leisure activities

In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and tell about leisure activities, favorite things, people, or places • use the expressions mɨn səv, cuən kaal, taeŋ tae, cie nɨc, kɑɑ daoy, and daəmbəy • read and write words/expressions for leisure activities in Cambodian scripts • use some Cambodian diacritics symbols 12 kaa tvəə dɑmnaə



158

ការព្វើដំពែើរ

Traveling

In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and tell about your travel plans and means of traveling • ask and tell about various sites to visit in Cambodia • use words or expressions related to traveling • read and write Cambodian punctuation 13 sɑnthaakie nɨŋ sɑmbot



172

សណា ឋា គារនិងសំបុគត

Hotels and tickets

In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and tell about booking a hotel/place to stay • ask and tell about booking/confirming plane tickets and renting a car • use words or expressions related to buying/confirming tickets or booking a hotel room • use words or expressions with sɑmrap, bɑɲceak, kɑk, baep, seevaa, seevakam, tɨv, mɔɔk, pɨɲ cət, cool cət, and som cuəy • read and write short expressions in Cambodian script related to this theme

x

Contents

14 krʊəh ʔaasɑn nɨŋ paɲhaa sokphiep



186

ពគគាោះអាសន្ននិងបញ្ ្ សុខោេ

Emergencies and health issues

In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and call for help • use expressions related to diseases and illness • use words or expressions with kaət, chɨɨ, cumŋɨɨ, and bɑndaal, trəv (passive construction) • read and write short expressions and simple sentences in Cambodian script 15 praysaʔnii nɨŋ thɔɔniekie



200

ថគបសែីយ៍និង្នាគារ

Post office and banking

In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and tell about sending letters and goods within and outside of Cambodia • ask and tell about exchanging money • ask and tell about a bank or ATM machine nearby • use the words ʔaasray ləə, prak, luy, ban, and kaat • read and write Cambodian expressions and short sentences Grammar summary Key to exercises Translations of dialogues Translations of reading passages Cambodian–English glossary English–Cambodian glossary Index Audio track listing

213 231 258 274 280 304 329 331

xi

Introduction

Introduction

(Audio 1.1; Bonus audio 1)

Cambodian is the official language of Cambodia. It’s spoken by around 14 million people inside the country. A few more million in southern Vietnam and in some provinces along the Cambodian northern border adjoining northeast Thailand also speak Cambodian dialects. Cambodian is one of the oldest languages in Southeast Asia. It belongs to the Mon-Khmer family of languages, with its own writing system being the earliest recorded well over 1,000 years ago. Three main phases in the language’s evolution have been recognized by linguists: 1 Old Cambodian, from the seventh to the fourteenth centuries; 2 Middle Cambodian, fourteenth to eighteenth centuries; and 3 Modern Cambodian, eighteenth century to the present. Given its geographic location in mainland Southeast Asia, and also its Angkor golden era from around the ninth to the thirteenth centuries, Cambodian – with its heavy cultural influence from ancient India through Buddhism and Hinduism – has inevitably influenced the development of other languages in neighbouring areas. From around the fifteenth century onward, however, with the decline of the Angkor civilization, the Cambodian language has in turn been influenced by its western neighbour, Thai; and to a lesser extent, by Vietnamese, its eastern neighbour. Between the nineteenth and the first half of the twentieth century, when Cambodia was under French protectorate, Cambodian acquired a heavy dose of French cultural and linguistic influence. This influence, however, has been gradually and steadily replaced by English. The replacement of French by English has been accelerated especially since the 1991 Paris Peace Accords brokered by the United Nations. In many respects, despite concerted effort by Francophone countries

xii

Introduction

over the past few decades, it can be said that in Cambodia, English has already supplanted French as the country’s second language. English-speaking people will find this evolution of Cambodian a welcome start as they embark on their quest to learn one of the oldest languages of mainland Southeast Asia. The advent of the internet has certainly contributed to speeding up the decline of French linguistic influence on Cambodian, especially in the fields of information technology and the media. This is partly the result of English-speaking Western journalists providing training to their Cambodian counterparts. Syntax is one the most easily noticeable features when reading the majority of Cambodian-language newspapers. Unlike its neighbouring Thai in the west and Vietnamese in the east, Cambodian is devoid of tones. Cambodian’s rich vocalic system, however, has made some people think that it is also a tonal language. The majority of genuine Cambodian words consist of one or two syllables. Words with three or more syllables are almost certainly loanwords or newly coined ones using components borrowed from Sanskrit and Pali, two major ancient languages in India. Another characteristic of Cambodian is the ways new words are created. Generally known as the derivation and infixation processes, the Cambodian language can produce primary and secondary sets of derivations from a root word. These productive means, which were in decline during the Middle Cambodian period, have been revived by the Royal Cambodian Academy over the past few decades. The result produced by this development is still undergoing a kind of test. Several newly coined words are apparently not yet fully adopted by users. Along with derivation and infixation, new generations of Cambodian linguists have also tried to bring back the tendency to coin new words using elements borrowed from Sanskrit and Pali. Pronunciation and spelling are two other areas that are causing some problems, not only to foreign students of Cambodian but also to Cambodians themselves. Attempts have been made by Cambodian authorities to standardize pronunciation and spelling. This brief introduction is not meant to discourage foreign learners of Cambodian. Like any attempt to learn a foreign language, learners should be clear on how they plan to use the language they are learning. For those whose goal is to learn ‘colloquial Cambodian,’

Introduction

defined here as ‘everyday language of young, educated people,’ this book should prove a big help for them. Great effort has been made to select only the most common terms/words/expressions learners would read in vernacular newspapers and hear in local conversation and in television and radio programs.

Transliteration As mentioned earlier, there is no standardization or universally accepted system for Cambodian in Romanization or transliteration. The transliteration used in this book is based on International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA). Thus the transliteration in the book is mine and might not be the same as other sources. The transliteration is designed to provide learners with an introduction to Cambodian pronunciation. However it is not perfect because many sounds in Cambodian language do not exist in English and cannot be accurately represented phonetically. The audio available online will help learners with their pronunciation. Taking into account the difference in pronunciation between colloquial and formal Cambodian, there is no substitute for closely listening and trying to replicate what the natives say.

Consonants and consonant clusters (Audio 1.2–1.5; Bonus audio 2) The 33 regular Cambodian consonant symbols and their phonetic transcription representing Cambodian sounds in normal alphabetic order are presented in Unit 1, Table 1. The 11 other consonant symbols modified by the diacritics (◌)៉ and ( ◌)៊ are presented in Unit 11. Cambodian consonants are represented by the following phonetic sound symbols: p, t, c, k, ʔ, b, d, s, h, f, m, n, ɲ, ŋ, v, y, l, r. How to write these Cambodian consonant symbols is shown in Unit 1, Table 2. The following are examples using English words to show the pronunciation of the following sound symbols: p, t, c, k, ʔ, b, d, s, h, f, m, n, ɲ, ŋ, v, y, l, r when they are in initial position sound like in English:

xiii

xiv

Introduction

p- as in ‘spot’ or ‘span’ (stop) t- as in ‘top’ or ‘sting’ c- as in ‘cheese’ or ‘chat’ k- as in ‘ski’ or ‘score’ (unaspirated) ʔ- as in ‘oh’ or ‘any’ b- as in ‘bin’ or ‘bat’ d- as in ‘day’ or ‘do’ s- as in ‘sit’ or ‘sand’ h- as in ‘hard’ or ‘hall’ m- as in ‘man’ or ‘mother’ n- as in ‘no’ or ‘north’ ɲ- as in ‘canyon’ or ‘onion’ ŋ- as in ‘sing’ v- as in ‘very’ y- as in ‘yard’ l- as in ‘late’ or ‘lock’ r- as in ‘rose’ The following are examples using English words to show the pronunciation of some of the sound symbols when they are in final position: -p as in ‘up’ or ‘cup’ -t as in ‘hot’ or ‘bat’ -c as in ‘such’ -k as in ‘back’ -s as in ‘mass’ -m as in ‘him’ -n as in ‘can’ -ŋ as in ‘bang’ -v as in ‘cover’ -y as in ‘boy’ -l as in ‘hall’ Many Cambodian words start with consonant clusters and are straightforward as in English but several others are different. They are introduced and discussed in Units 6 to 9.

xv

Introduction

Vowels

(Audio 1.6; Bonus audio 3–6)

Cambodian has 24 regular dependent vowel symbols and 12 independent vowel symbols and can be in various combinations with consonant symbols. The sound of some Cambodian vowels seems indistinguishable to foreign ears; some are quite hard to pronounce. Learning to write Cambodian script will also help to clarify pronunciation. The vowel symbols and their phonetic transcriptions are presented in Unit 2, Table 3. How to write these symbols is shown in Table 4. Learning to say them correctly in isolation with the aid of the audio will help with articulation, but the essential part is to be able to carry out task activities, and interact and communicate with others. The following are some examples using Cambodian and English words to show the pronunciation of some of these vowel symbols. ɑɑ: the ɑɑ in lʔɑɑ ល្អ ‘good’ sounds like a in ‘ago’ aa: the aa in baan បាន ‘to obtain’ sounds like a in ‘car’ ə: the ə in bət បិ ទ ‘to close’ sounds like u in ‘but’ əy: the əy in day ដី ‘earth’, sounds like ay in ‘pay’ ii: the ii in pii ពី រ ‘two’ or ciik ជី ក ‘dig’ sounds like ee in ‘see’ or ‘cheek’ oo: the oo in koon កូ ន ‘child’ sounds like o in ‘go’ iə: the iə in biə បបៀ ‘earth’ sounds like e in ‘here’ ie: the ie in vie វា ‘s/he, it’ or cie ជា ‘to be’ sounds like e in ‘here’ ɑy: the ɑy in thay ថៃ ‘Thai’ sounds like ai in ‘Thai’ ɑv: the av in hav បៅ ‘call’ or cav បៅ ‘grandchildren’ sounds like ao in ‘Lao’ eh: the eh in seh បេះ ‘horse’ sounds like e in ‘set’

How to use this course There are 15 units with the same layout in this book. Each unit has two to three sample dialogues introducing the key points and language points in context of how Cambodian natives used them. They are indispensable for developing listening and speaking skills.

xvi

Introduction

The English translations of the dialogues from Unit 6 onwards are provided at the end of the book. Exercises consist of vocabulary-building, grammar, reading, and writing activities. Most exercises are also recorded in the audio available online. Use the key at the end of the book to check your answers. The Cambodian–English and English–Cambodian glossaries will help learners to quickly check new words and use them creatively when building their own sentences.

Further study Headley, Robert (1977) Cambodian–English, English–Cambodian Dictionary, 2 volumes, Washington: Catholic University of American Press. Headley, Robert, Rath Chim and Ok Soeun (2000) Modern Cambodian–English Dictionary, Kensington, MD: Dunwoody Press. Huffman, F. E and Im Proum (1977) Cambodian Literary Reader and Glossary, New Haven and London: Yale University Press. Jacob, Judith M. (1968) Introduction to Cambodian, London: Oxford University Press. Sak-Humphry, Chhany (2005) Communicating in Khmer: Reading and Writing for Beginners, Honolulu: University of Hawaii at Manoa.

Online dictionary Sealang SEAlang Library Khmer Dictionary, www.sealang.net/khmer/dictionary. htm

Unit One kaa kuə sɑɑm nɨŋ kaa nae noam kluən ការគួរសម និងការណែនាំខួ្ន Greetings and self-introductions

In this unit you will learn how to: • • • • • • •

introduce yourself exchange common greetings use personal pronouns address people make simple sentences ask and answer some ‘what’ and ‘where’ questions read and write Cambodian consonants (C)

When you meet people in Cambodia, you will introduce yourself and exchange information about each other.

Dialogue 1 Self-introductions (Audio 1.7) Listen to how Sophal (A) and Marie (B) introduce themselves at their first meeting. A: B: A:

cumriep suə. kɲom cmʊəh San Sophal. som hav kɲom Sophal. cumriep suə. kɲom cmʊəh Marie Claude. Claude kɨɨ cie cmʊəh trɑcool kɲom. kɲom cie kmae. mɔɔk pii khaet siəm riep.

2

Unit 1: kaa kuə sɑɑm nɨŋ kaa nae noam kluən

soom tooh, Marie mɔɔk pii srok naa? kɲom cie cɔɔn ciet baaraŋ mɔɔk pii tii kroŋ paarii. kɲom cie kruu bɑŋriən phiesaa ʔɑŋkleeh nɨv saakɑl vittyielay. coh Marie? kɲom cie nieyʊək nɨv pɛɛt kalmaet. ʔɑɑ kun. riikriey daoy baan cuəp knie. kɲom kɑɑ ʔɑɲcəŋ dae.

A: B: A: B: A: B:

Hello, I am San Sophal. Please call me Sophal. Hello, my name is Marie Claude. Claude is my last name. I am Cambodian. I am from Siem Reap. Excuse me, where are you from Marie? I am a Frenchwoman from Paris. I am an English teacher at the university. What about you, Marie? I am the director of Calmette Hospital. Thank you. Nice to meet you. Pleased to meet you too.

A: B: A: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Vocabulary cumriep suə kɲom cmʊəh

ជម្រាបសួរ ខ្ំញ ឈ្មោះ

hello (polite greeting form) I to be called

som

សញំ

to request, to ask (for); to ask to (do something)

hav

ឈៅ

to call

គឺជា, ជា

is (to be)

trɑkool or cmʊəh kruəsaa

ម្្រកូល ឬ ឈ្មោះម្គរួសារ family name or last name

baat

បាទ

polite response for male

kɨɨ ciə, ciə

caah, caa mɔɔk pii h

k aet soom tooh

ចាស, ចា៎ មក ពី

ឈខ្រ្ត

សូមឈោស

polite response for female to come; to, toward from province excuse (me)

3

Unit 1: Greetings and self-introductions

baŋriən kruu baŋriən h

p iesaa

បឈម្ងៀន

ម្គរូបឈម្ងៀន ភាសា

to teach teacher language

ʔɑŋkleeh

អង់ឈគ្ស

English; of or pertaining to England

nɨv

ឈៅ

to be at; to stay/live/reside (at); at; in

saakɑl vittyielay

សាកលវ ិទយាល័យ

university

cɔɔn ciet

ជនជា្រិ

nationality

baaraŋ

បារាំង

France; French person (woman/man)

tii kroŋ

ទីម្ករុង

city

paarii coh nieyʊək tvəə tvəə kaa pɛɛt kalmaet ʔae naa ʔɑɑ kun riikriey cuəp daoy baan cuəp kɑɑ ʔɑɲcəŋ dae

បា៉ា រ ី ចញោះ

នាយក ឈ្វើ

ឈ្វើការ

ឈពទ្យកាល់ណម៉ា្រ ឯណា

អរគញែ រ ីករាយ ជួប

ឈោយបានជួប ក៏អញ្ចឹងណែរ

Paris what/how about; to go down director to do, to make, to perform to work Calmette Hospital where thank you happy, glad to meet to be able to meet it’s the same

Language points Greeting in Cambodian There are several expressions used for greeting in Cambodian. The formal, respectful, and common greeting to say hello and goodbye in Cambodian are cumriep suə ជម្រាបសួរ ‘hello’ and cumriep lie ជម្រាបលា ‘goodbye,’ with the salute gesture sɑmpeah សំពោះ (clasping

4

Unit 1: kaa kuə sɑɑm nɨŋ kaa nae noam kluən

your hands together in a lotus bud form as if in prayer and bowing your head). In a familiar situation, when a younger person greets an elder person, or when both parties are about the same age and status, the gesture sɑmpeah សំពោះ can be omitted. The word suəsdəy សួសី្ត is frequently used by young people to foreigners to equate the English word ‘hello,’ in which case the gesture is omitted. The expression ləək day tvaay preah is an elderly person’s response to young people’s greeting.

Names in Cambodian Cambodians write their names with a family name first followed by a given name. Some people will use the word cmʊəh kruəsaa ម្គរួសារ ‘family name,’ then trɑkool ម្្រកូ ល ‘last name.’ Cambodians address each other with a title noun followed by the given name. Depending on the age of the speaker, the name can be prefixed by bɑɑŋ បង ‘elder,’ pou ពូ ‘uncle,’ or miiŋ មីង ‘aunt.’ When addressing a foreigner, Cambodians use the title noun followed by the family name, unless both parties are familiar with each other or about the same age. In that case the title noun will be followed by the given name. Some title nouns are listed in the pronouns section below and in the kinship terms in Unit 2.

Pronouns Cambodian has many nouns and title nouns that are used as pronouns. Learners need to select appropriate words based on the speaker’s gender and age. Pronouns are usually omitted based upon the context. These are common pronouns used by beginners. kɲom look look srəy neak

ខ្ំញ ឈលាក

ឈលាកសសី អ្នក

I Mr., you (sing., plur.) for male and polite Mrs., you (sing., plur.) for female and polite you (sing., plur.) for male/female. Neutral, commonly used by both genders of the same age

Unit 1: Greetings and self-introductions

koat

គា្រ់

he, him, his, they, she, her, their. Polite

kee

ឈគ

he, she; his, her; they, them; someone; other

yəəŋ

ឈយើង

we, us, ours (regular). I, me, my, mine (intimate)

vie

វា

he, she; they; it (of animals) (refers to people in informal context or to people of a lower status or rank)

knie

គា្ន

I, he, she, we, they (depends on the context); people. Together

ʔaeŋ

ឯង

you (familiar and intimate); self, oneself

ʔaɲ

អញ

I (depends on the context)

Simple sentence construction In Cambodian sentences, the word order is: subject-verb-object. In a colloquial context, the subject and object, especially pronouns, are often omitted. The word srok សសរុក ‘country’ is used more informally than prɑteeh ម្បឈទស. The expression cɔɔn ciet ជនជា្រិ ‘nationality, citizen’ is often omitted as well. For example: koat cie ʔaameerikaŋ.

គា្រ់ជាអាឈមរ ិកាំង។ She is an American.

mɔɔk pii srok ʔɑŋkleeh.

មកពីសសរុកអង់ឈគ្ស។ Comes from England.

‘What’ questions The Cambodian word for ‘what’ is vəy អវី (formal) or ʔəy អី (colloquial). This interrogative word is used at the end of the question statement. For example:

5

6

Unit 1: kaa kuə sɑɑm nɨŋ kaa nae noam kluən

look srəy tvəə kaa ʔvəy?

ឈលាកសសីឈ្វើការអវី?

What do you (female) do? ʔaeŋ cmʊəh ʔəy?

ឯងឈ្មោះអី?

What is your name?

‘Where’ questions In Cambodian the word for ‘where’ is naa ណា when asking a question. In general the contractive of ʔae naa ឯណា is naa ណា. For example: koat bɑŋriən nɨv naa?

គា្រ់បឈម្ងៀនឈៅណា?

Where does she teach? ʔaeŋ mɔɔk pii naa?

ឯងមកពីណា?

Where are you from? saalaa nɨv naa?

សាលាឈៅណា?

Where is the school?

‘Who’ questions The expression neak naa អ្នកណា, used to ask for ‘who, whom; anyone; someone,’ is used more often than nɔɔnaa នរណា. For example: look cie neak naa (nɔɔnaa).

ឈលាកជាអ្នកណា? Who are you (sir)?

look srəy cie neak naa?

ឈលាកសសីជាអ្នកណា? Who are you (madam)?

kruu bɑŋriən cie neak naa?

ម្គរូបឈម្ងៀនជាអ្នកណា? Who is the teacher?

Unit 1: Greetings and self-introductions

Statements with ‘excuse me’ The expression som tooh សញំឈោស ‘excuse, sorry’ is used at the beginning of a question or at the end of a statement to express politeness. For example: som tooh, koat mɔɔk pii naa?

សញំឈោស គា្រ់មកពីណា?

Excuse me, where is he from? som tooh, ʔaeŋ riən ʔəy?

សញំឈោស ឯងឈរៀនអី?

Excuse me, what do you study? som tooh, kɲom nɨv psaa.

សញំឈោស ខ្ំញឈៅផ្សារ។

Excuse me, I am at the market.

Exercise 1 Listen to the dialogue conversation 1 again. Marie is asking these questions to Sophal. How would Sophal respond? 1 2 3 4 5 6

cmʊəh ʔəy? mɔɔk pii naa? cie cɔɔn ciet ʔəy? tvəə cie ʔəy? bɑŋriən phiesaa ʔəy? nɨv ʔae naa?

Exercise 2

(Audio 1.8)

Now Sophal is asking you these questions about Marie. How would you respond? 1 2 3 4 5 6

soom tooh koat cmʊəh ʔəy? trɑkool ʔəy? mɔɔk pii srok naa? tii kroŋ cmʊəh ʔəy? tvəə cie nieyʊək ʔəy? haəy tvəə kaa nɨv ʔae naa?

7

8

Unit 1: kaa kuə sɑɑm nɨŋ kaa nae noam kluən

Dialogue 2 Hello and goodbye (Audio 1.9) Borey (A) meets Wei Ly (B) at his university. They exchange greetings. A: A: B: A: A: A: B: B: B: A: A: A: B: A: A: A: B: B: B: A:

suəsdəy, kɲom cmʊəh Kong Borey. som tooh, soom nae noam khuən. suəsdəy, kɲom cmʊəh Wei Ly, mɔɔk pii srok cən. kɲom cie nihsət mɔɔk pii srok kmae. peel tŋay, riən nɨv saakɑl vittyielay. peel yup, tvəə kaa nɨv sɑnthaakie. coh ʔaeŋ? peel tŋay, bɑŋriən phiesaa cən, haəy riən phiesaa kmae. peel yup, tvəə kaa nɨv haaŋ baay cən. ʔɑɑ kun. lei haəy. lei haəy. cuəp knie tŋay kraoy. Hello, my name is Kong Borey. Excuse me, please can you introduce yourself. Hello, my name is Wei Ly, I am from China. I am a student from Cambodia. During the day, I study at the university. At night, I work at a hotel. How about you? During the day, I teach Chinese and study the Cambodian language. At night, I work at a Chinese restaurant. Thank you. Goodbye. Goodbye. See you next time.

Vocabulary som tooh

សញំឈោស

excuse (me)

nae noam

ណែនាំ

to guide; to advise; to give clue

soom nae noam khuən

សូមណែនាំខួន ្

please introduce yourself

Unit 1: Greetings and self-introductions

kmae

ណខមរ

Cambodian

prɑteh kmae or kɑmpuʔcie

ម្បឈទសណខមរ ឬកម្ជា ញ

Cambodia

peel tŋay # peel yup

ឈពលថ្ងៃ # ឈពលយប់

day time/night time

riən

ឈរៀន

to study

nihsət h

sɑnt aakie

និស្ិ្រ

សណា ឋា គារ

student (college) hotel

cən

ចិន

Chinese; China; to be Chinese

srok (prɑteh) cən

សសរុក( ម្បឈទស)ចិន

China

haaŋ bay lei haəy tŋay kraoy

Exercise 3

ហាងបាយ លាឈ�ើយ ថ្ងៃឈម្កាយ

restaurant goodbye next time

(Audio 1.10)

One student asks you these questions about Borey and Wei Ly. How would you respond? 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Borey mɔɔk pii srok naa? vie cie cɔɔn ciet əy? vie riən nɨv ʔae naa? peel yup vie tvəə kaa nɨv ʔae naa? neak naa cie nihsət cən? Wei Ly riən ʔəy? Wei Ly bɑŋriən ʔəy? peel yup, Wei Ly tvəə ʔəy?

Dialogue 3 Greeting an elder (Audio 1.11) A young man (A) exchanges his greeting with his friend’s grandfather (B) when they meet.

9

10

Unit 1: kaa kuə sɑɑm nɨŋ kaa nae noam kluən

cumriep suə look taa! ləək day tvaay preah, cav. look taa sok sapbaay cie tee? sok sapbaay. cav ʔaeŋ mɔɔk pii naa? baat, kɲom mɔɔk pii salaa riən. look taa ʔɑɲcəəɲ tɨv naa? tɨv psaa, cav. look taa, kɲom tɨv tvəə kaa. soom cumriep lie haəy. mɨn ʔəy tee cav. tɨv ʔaoy sok sapbaay.

A: B: A: B: A: A: B: A: B:

Hello grandpa! Hello (grandson). How do you do grandpa? I am fine. Where are you coming from? ( Yes) I am coming from school. Grandpa where are you going? Going to the market. Grandpa, I am going to work. Please, goodbye for now. That’s fine. Health and happiness to you.

A: B: A: B: A: A: B: A: B:

Vocabulary ləək day tvaay preah

ឈលើកថែថ្វយម្ពោះ

hello (elderly greeting to other)

sok sapbaay cie tee

សញខសបបាយជាឈទ

how are you

sok sapbaay

សញខសបបាយ

to be well (fine) and happy

salaa rien (salaa)

សាលាឈរៀន (សាលា)

school

ʔɑɲcəəɲ tɨv psaa

អឈញជើញ ឈៅ

ផ្សារ

to invite to go; to; toward market

cumriep lie

ជម្រាបលា (ជំរាបលា)

goodbye; to say goodbye (polite)

mɨn ʔəy tee

មិនអីឈទ

it’s nothing, you’re welcome; surely

Unit 1: Greetings and self-introductions

Language point Manners and respect The expression ʔɑɲcəəɲ អឈញជើញ ‘to invite,’ when used before verbs of motion and other verbs, is used to indicate a sign of respect, as in ‘please do.’ For example: ʔɑɲcəəɲ cool.

អឈញជើញចូល។

Please come in. ʔɑɲcəəɲ ʔɑŋkuy.

អឈញជើញអង្ញយ។ Please sit down. ʔɑɲcəəɲ ɲam.

អឈញជើញញ ញ ំ។ Please eat.

The expression ʔɑɑ kun អរគញែ ‘thank you’ can also mean to be grateful or to be thankful to someone, as in these examples: ʔɑɑ kun look srəy.

អរគញែឈលាកសសី។

I am grateful to you (madam). ʔɑɑ kun craən nah.

អរគញែឈម្ចើនណាស់។ Thank you very much.

The expression mɨn ʔəy tee មិនអី ឈទ ‘surely’ is also used to respond to ʔɑɑ kun អរគញែ ‘thank you,’ as in ‘it does not matter, it is all right,’ ‘don’t mention it,’ or ‘you’re welcome.’ The expression craən nah ឈម្ចើនណាស់ ‘very much’ is used at the end of the sentence.

11

12

Unit 1: kaa kuə sɑɑm nɨŋ kaa nae noam kluən

Exercise 4

(Audio 1.12)

How would you say these statements to a Cambodian person? 1 2 3 4 5 6

Please introduce yourself. I am pleased to meet you (sir). Excuse me, where are you coming from? Goodbye, see you next time. Thanks, be well and healthy. Don’t mention it.

Language points Reading and writing Cambodian scripts The Cambodian writing system consists of 44 consonant symbols (33 regular symbols and 11 others modified by diacritics). Cambodian writing has no spaces between words and starts from left to right on the horizontal line. When space occurs it serves as punctuation marks (like commas in English) or as pronunciation pause. The symbol ។ is used in the same way as a full stop or period in English. Unlike Thai, some Cambodian words begins with two consonant clusters (CCV, for example, kɲom ខ្ំញ ‘I’), three consonant clusters

(CCCV, for example, bɑŋriən បឈម្ងៀន ‘to teach’), or four consonant

clusters (CCCCV, for example, kɑntray កថម្ន្ត ‘scissors’), where the

second, third, and fourth consonants are in modified forms, subscripts, written below the first, second, or third consonant. There are two styles of writing: the regular script (can be straight or italic) for regular use; and the ornate round script (for signs or titles of books). Here you will learn how to pronounce (see Table 1) and write (see Table 2) the 33 consonant (C) symbols in the Cambodian writing system. It will take a while to master them, thus use the audio (to hear the actual pronunciation) and keep reviewing and learning them for the next two to six weeks.

13

Unit 1: Greetings and self-introductions

Table 1 Consonant symbols and phonetic transcriptions 1 Velars 2 Palatals 3 Retroflexes 4 Dentals

ក kɑɑ

គ kɔɔ

ឃ khɔɔ

ង ŋɔɔ ŋ- -ŋ

k - -k

k- -k

kh- -k

ច cɑɑ

ឆ chɑɑ

ជ cɔɔ

ឈ chɔɔ

ញ ɲɔɔ ɲ- -ɲ

h

c- -c

c-

c- -c

c h-

ែ dɑɑ

ឋ thɑɑ

ឌ dɔɔ

ឍ thɔɔ

d- -t

t - -t

d- -t

th- -t

ែ nɑɑ n- -n

្រ tɑɑ

្ thɑɑ th- -t

ទ tɔɔ t- -t

្ thɔɔ th- -t

ន nɔɔ n- -n

ប bɑɑ

ផ្ phɑɑ p - -p

ព pɔɔ

p- -p

ភ phɔɔ

ph- -p

ម mɔɔ m- -m

យ yɔɔ y- -y

រ rɔɔ

ល lɔɔ

វ vɔɔ

b- -p

6 Miscellaneous

h

k- -k

t- -t

5 Labials

ខ khɑɑ

ស sɑɑ s- -h

h

h

r- r

� hɑɑ

h-

l- -l

ឡ lɑɑ

l-

v- -v

អ ʔɑɑ

ʔ-

Consonants Cambodian consonants are classified as belonging to two groups: first series or first register or low register, and second series or second register or high register. They are divided by the sounds they make when combined with the vowels. The 33 regular Cambodian consonant symbols and their phonetic transcriptions representing Cambodian sounds in normal alphabetic order are presented here (see Table 1). They are classified according to the first series (in bold) and second series. They are arranged in five groups (velars, palatals, retroflexes, dentals, and labials) based on position of articulation, proceeding from the back of the mouth to the front of the mouth. A sixth group is labeled as miscellaneous. On the second line of each group, each consonant represents how it is written in the initial position and in the final position. Example in the velars group, the k-, kh-, k-, kh-, ŋ-, represented in the initial position; and as -k, -k, -k, -k, -ŋ, respectively in the final position; and so on. Notice that, the consonants ខ គ ឃ in final position pronounce as k; ច ជ in final position pronounce as c; ែ ្រ ្ ទ ្ in final position pronounce as t; ផ្ ព ភ in final position pronounce

14

Unit 1: kaa kuə sɑɑm nɨŋ kaa nae noam kluən as p; and the consonants ឆ ឈ � ឡ អ can be represented only in the initial position – they never appear in the final position. In the miscellaneous group, the ending -r is not pronounced; the consonant ស is represented as -h in the final position.

Exercise 5

(Audio 1.13)

Listen to the audio and practice writing these 10 consonants of the 1st series symbols: 1 2 3 4 5

khɑɑ phɑɑ tɑɑ lɑɑ sɑɑ

Exercise 6

6 7 8 9 10

cɑɑ nɑɑ dɑɑ hɑɑ thɑɑ

(Audio 1.14)

Listen to the audio and practice writing these ten consonants of the second series symbols: 1 2 3 4 5

mɔɔ kɔɔ tɔɔ lɔɔ yɔɔ

6 7 8 9 10

phɔɔ nɔɔ ŋɔɔ ɲɔɔ vɔɔ

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

វ ន ង ទ ជ គ ្ ទ ម ញ

Exercise 7 Read aloud these consonants. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

ឆ ប អ ក ែ � ខ ្ ែ ឡ

Unit 1: Greetings and self-introductions

Listening and reading passage (Audio 1.15; Bonus audio 7) First listen to the summary of the self-introduction and exchange greeting in this unit. Then look at the Cambodian text to see how many consonants or words you can recognize in these statements. Draw a blue circle around the first register consonants and a red circle around the second register consonants.

ជម្រាបសួរ ខ្ំញឈ្មោះ សាន់សញផ្ល។ ខ្ំញមកពីឈសៀមរាប។ ខ្ំញជាម្គរូបឈម្ងៀនភាសាអង់ឈគ្ស ឈៅសាកលវ ិទយាល័យ។

ជម្រាបសួរ ខ្ំញឈ្មោះ រា៉ា រ ីក្ូ្រ។ ក្ូ្រគឺជាឈ្មោះម្្រកូលខ្ំញ។ ខ្ជា ំញ ជនជា្រិបារាំងមកពីបា៉ារ ី។ ខ្ជា ំញ នាយក ឈ្វកា ើ រឈៅឈពទ្យកាលណម៉ា្រ។

សួសី្ ខ្ំញឈ្មោះគង់បូរ ី។ ខ្ំញជានិស្ិ្រមកពីសសរុកណខមរ។ ឈពលថ្ងៃ ខ្ឈំញ រៀន ឈ�ើយឈពលយប់ ខ្ឈំញ ្វកា ើ រឈៅសណា ឋា គារ។ cumriep suə, kɲom cmʊəh saan Sophal. kɲom mɔɔk pii siəm riep. kɲom cie kruu bɑŋriən phiesaa ʔɑŋkleeh nɨv saakɑl vittyielay. cumriep suə, kɲom cmʊəh Marie Claude. Claude kɨɨ cie cmʊəh trɑcool kɲom. kɲom cie cɔɔn ciet baaraŋ mɔɔk pii paarii. kɲom cie nieyʊək tvəə kaa nɨv pɛɛt kalmaet. suəsdəy, kɲom cmʊəh Kong Borey. kɲom cie nihsət mɔɔk pii srok kmae. peel tŋay, kɲom riən haəy peel yup, kɲom tvəə kaa nɨv sɑnthaakie.

15

16

Unit 1: kaa kuə sɑɑm nɨŋ kaa nae noam kluən

Table 2 How to write Cambodian consonant symbols

The writing of these 33 consonant symbols starts from the dot numbered 1, 2, or 3, on each symbol.

Unit Two kruəsaa គ្រួសារ Family

In this unit you will learn how to: • introduce members of your family • ask and answer questions about Cambodian kinship and relationships • ask and answer questions with ‘how many’ • count unit numbers with classifier nouns • use possessive and demonstrative nih and noh • ask and answer some yes and no questions with tee • make simple negation sentences with mɨn . . . tee and ʔɑt . . . tee • count numbers 1–20 • read and write vowels (V)

Dialogue 1 Introducing your family (Audio 1.16) This dialogue is between two friends, Sophal (A) and Rany (B). They talk about each other’s family members. A: B: A: B:

suəsdəy Rany. suəsdəy Sophal. nih kɨɨ ciə kruəsaa kɲom. kruəsaa ʔaeŋ mien knie ponmaan neak? mien pram pɨl neak.

18

Unit 2: kruəsaa

A: B: A: B: A:

A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A:

neak naa klah? kɨɨ look taa look yiey, ʔəvpuk mdaay, bɑɑŋ proh, pʔoon srəy, nɨŋ kɲom. Rany, nih kɨɨ ciə bɑɑŋ srəy kɲom, koon koat nɨŋ puu miiŋ kɲom. coh ʔəvpuk mdaay ʔaeŋ? ʔəvpuk mdaay kɲom slap haəy. kruəsaa yəəŋ mien knie prɑm neak. Hello, Rany. Hello, Sophal. This is my family. How many people are there in your family? There are seven people in my family. Who are they? There are my grandparents, my parents, my older brother, my younger sister and I. Rany, this is my older sister, her son, and my aunt and uncle. How about your parents? My parents have passed away. Our family has five people.

Vocabulary kruəsaa

គ្រួសារ

family

mien

មាន

to have, consist of, comprise

ponmaan

ប៉ន្ ុ មា ន

how many

neak klah look taa (or taa) look yiey (or yiey) ʔəvpuk mdaay ʔəvpuk/ʔəv/puk/paa mdaay/puk /mak bɑɑŋ bɑɑŋ proh, bɑɑŋ srəy

ន្ក់ ខ្លះ

classifier for people some; else

លោកតា (តា)

grandfather (polite)

ឪពុកមាតាយ

parents (lit. father/mother)

លោកយាយ (យាយ) grandmother (polite) ឪពុក (ឪ ពុក ប៉ ) មាតាយ (ម៉៉ មា៉ ក)់ បង

បងគបរុស, បងសសរី

father, dad, papa mother, mom, mommy older sibling older brother, older sister

19

Unit 2: Family

pʔoon pʔoon srəy, pʔoon proh bɑɑŋ pʔoon puu miiŋ koon

ប្ន អូ ប្នសសរី , ប្នគបរុ ស អូ អូ

younger sibling

បងប្ន អូ ពអូ

brother and sister; relatives

៉រីង កអូន

younger sister, younger brother

uncle aunt child

koon proh, koon srəy

កអូនគបរុស, កអូនសសរី

son, daughter

slaap

សា្ប់

pass away or decease

Language points Family and kinship terms Family is a core social component in Cambodian daily life. When you meet people, they immediately want to talk or know about the family. Beside your immediate family words listed above, you will need to use the following kinship terms while interacting with people. Generally speaking, the term look លោក is used in combination with kinship terms to denote respect, politeness, and even endearment, such as look taa, look yiey, look bɑɑŋ, look pʔoon, or look mie. The word bɑɑŋ បង, besides referring to an older sibling or person, is also used to refer to or address a husband, oneself, or a slightly older friend or acquaintance. Similarly, the word pʔoon ប្អូន (or its contracted form ʔoon) means a younger sibling or person, and is also used to denote familiarity and endearment. For example, a wife would refer to herself as ʔoon អអូន when talking to her husband. The words puu ពអូ and miiŋ ៉រីង primarily mean uncle and aunt, or oneself when taking to others, but can also be used to address any persons judged to be of one’s parents’ generation. The word ʔum, ʔom អ៊ំ means elder sibling of one’s parent or also refers to oneself when talking to other relatives or persons of one’s parents’ generation. The word kmuəy កមាមួយ ‘nephew or niece’ can also be used to denote affection toward someone about the same age as one’s children.

20

Unit 2: kruəsaa

Usage of word ponmaan ប៉ុន្មាន In this unit the word ponmaan ប៉ុន្មាន is used at the end of a question statement to ask for ‘how many’ or ‘how much.’ When used with a classifier noun, ponmaan is placed before the noun. In Cambodian the use of a classifier is optional. However, when counting, the position of the classifier is fixed: noun-number-classifier. The classifier noun neak ន្ក់ is used for ‘people,’ cnam ឆ្នាំ for ‘year,’ khae មខ for ‘month,’ and tŋay ថ្ងៃ for ‘day.’ For example: mien koon ponmaan (neak)? How many children do you have? baat pram (or pram neak). Yes, five (I have five children). kaa bann pii tŋay haəy. Been married for two days already.

Asking about age with ʔaayuʔ អាយុ In Cambodian it is common to ask for a person’s age because it indicates the hierarchical order needed to select the appropriate term to address the person. koon srəy ʔaayuʔ dɑp cnam. The daughter is ten years old. ʔaeŋ ʔaayuʔ ponmaan (cnam)? How old are you? caa mphey cnam. Yes, 20 years old.

Yes-no question with tee លេ The word to indicate a yes-no question (tee លេ) is always placed at the end of a sentence. To answer ‘yes’ to this type of question, the main verb from the question is repeated. To denote politeness, it may optionally be preceded by baat បេ (by male speaker) or caah/caa ចាស/ចា៎ (by female speaker).

21

Unit 2: Family

ʔaeŋ mien taa yiey tee? Do you have grandparents? caa mien or mien. I have (grandparents). caa tee or tee. No (female). baat tee or tee. No (male).

Negation markers mɨn . . . tee or ʔat . . . tee These two expressions mɨn . . . tee ៉ិន . . . លេ and ʔɑt . . . tee អត់ . . . លេ have the same meaning but the latter indicates a stronger degree of familiarity among speakers. Colloquially the negation markers mɨn ៉ិន or ʔɑt អត់ are placed before the verb, and tee លេ is optional after. The contraction form of mɨn mien ៉ិនមាន ‘don’t have’ is kmien គ្មាន. koat mɨn tɨv tee. S/he is not going. koat ʔɑt tɨv tee. S/he is not going. koat ʔɑt tɨv. S/he is not going.

Numbers (Audio 1.17–1.18) soon muəy pii bəy buən pram pram muəy pram pii/pram pɨl

០ ១ ២ ៣ ៤ ៥ ៦ ៧

សអូន្យ ៉មួយ ពរីរ បរី បមួន គបំ គបំ៉មួយ គបំពរីរ

zero one two three four five six seven

22

Unit 2: kruəsaa

៨ ៩ ១០

pram bəy pram buən dɑp

គបំបរី គបំបមួន ដប់

eight nine ten

There are two ways of expressing the numbers from 11 to 19. dap muəy/muəy dɑndap/ mədɑndap

១១

ដប់៉មួយ

eleven

dap pii/pii dɑndap

១២ ១៣ ១៤ ១៥ ១៦

ដប់ពរីរ ដប់បរី ដប់បមួន ដប់គបំ ដប់គបំ៉មួយ

twelve

dap pram pii/ pram pɨl dɑndap

១៧

គបំពរីរ

seventeen

dap pram bəy/ pram bəy dɑndap

១៨

ដប់គបំបរី

eighteen

dap pram buən/ pram buən dandap

១៩

ដប់គបំបមួន

nineteen

mphey

២០

ថ៉ភៃ

twenty

dap bəy/bəy dɑndap dap buən/buən dɑndap dap pram/pram dɑndap dap pram muəy/ pramuəy dɑndap

thirteen fourteen fifteen sixteen

Shortened forms of some words in Cambodian are important for those wishing to understand colloquial speech. muəy is usually reduced to initial /mə ~ m/ sound. The following are some examples: mneak from muəy neak ‘one person,’ mərɔɔy from muəy rɔɔy ‘one hundred,’ mədɑndap from muəy dɑndap ‘eleven,’ and mkhaaŋ from muəy khaaŋ ‘one side.’

Exercise 1

(Audio 1.19)

Suppose a Cambodian person asks you these yes-no questions. How would you respond? 1 2 3 4 5 6

look mien bɑɑŋ proh tee? mien koon tee? mien puu miiŋ tee? kmuəy srəy riən tee? bɑɑŋ srəy tɨv pteah tee? paa mak nɨv sɑnthaakie tee?

23

Unit 2: Family

Exercise 2

(Audio 1.20–1.21)

First, how would you make these regular statements into negative statements by using mjn . . . tee or hat . . . tee expressions? Second, how would you use them to make questions? 1 2 3 4 5 6

koat mien bɑɑŋ srəy. kɲom tɨv pteah mak paa. cav koat mneak tvəə kaa nɨv saalaa. puu bɑŋriən phiesaa cən. ʔom mien koon pii neak. nihsət bəy neak riən phiesaa kmae.

Dialogue 2 Family album (Audio 1.22) Dara (A) is showing pictures of his family to his friend (B) who comes to visit him at the dormitory. Listen to their conversation. A: B: A: B: A: A: B: A: A: A: B: A: B: A: A: B: A: A:

nih ruup thɑɑt kruəsaa kɲom. ʔaeŋ mien kruəsaa sʔaat nah. nih mak paa kɲom. noh ruup thɑɑt neak naa? noh cie ruup thɑɑt bɑɑŋ pʔoon kɲom. nih ruup bɑɑŋ srəy kɲom nɨŋ pdəy koat. bɑɑŋ srəy ʔaeŋ nɨv kmeeŋ nah. koat mien koon ʔaayuʔ pii cnam. noh bɑɑŋ proh kɲom nɨŋ prɑpʊən koat. This is a photograph of my family. You have a beautiful family. This is my mom and dad. Who is in that picture? That picture is of my brothers and sisters. This picture is of my sister and her husband. Your older sister is very young. She has a two-year-old child. Those are my older brother and his wife.

24

Unit 2: kruəsaa

Vocabulary ruup thɑɑt sʔaat mak paa nih / noh pdəy # prɑpʊən kmeeŋ nɨv kmeeŋ

រអូប្ត សា្ត

មា៉ ក់ប៉

photograph, picture beautiful, pretty mom and dad

លនលះ / លន្លះ this; here / that; there ប្រី # គបពន្ធ husband / wife លកមាង

លៅលកមាង

children, to be young still young

Language points Possessive and demonstrative nih and noh As we have seen so far, direct possessive modifiers, like other modifiers in Cambodian, follow the word they modify. This will go with the demonstratives nih លនលះ ‘this, here’ and noh លន្លះ ‘that, there’ as well. nih kruəsaa kɲom.

លនលះគ្រួសារខ្ំុ។

This is my family. noh ruup thɑɑt bɑɑŋ kɲom.

លន្លះរអូប្តបងខ្ំុ។ This is my family.

koon noh tɨv pteah.

កអូនលន្លះលៅផ្លះ។

That child goes home.

Exercise 3 How would you say these statements in Cambodian? Pay attention to how to use the possessive modifiers. 1 Who are those people? 2 My aunt’s house is beautiful. 3 This is a photo of his school.

25

Unit 2: Family

4 Her husband is young. 5 Your friend comes to my hospital. 6 His wife is an American.

Exercise 4

(Audio 1.23)

Read these statements. Make them into questions to ask someone. nih cie ruup thɑɑt kɲom. kruəsaa noh mien koon pii neak. ruup thɑɑt puk nɨv pteah taa yiey. kruu nɨŋ nisət tɨv saalaa tvəə kaa. ruup thɑɑt mdaay koat sʔaat nah. kmeeŋ nih ʔaayuʔ dɑp cnam.

1 2 3 4 5 6

Dialogue 3 Family relationships (Audio 1.24) Rany (A) has not met her close friend, Navy (B), for a long time. They meet at Angkor Internet Café and talk with each other. A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: A: B: A: B:

suəsdəy Navy. məəl səŋ tae mɨn skoal. suəsdəy Rany. əyləv ʔaeŋ srɑh nah. ʔaeŋ mien kruəsaa rɨɨ nɨv? knie riep kaa baan bəy cnam haəy. coh ʔaeŋ mien sɑŋsaa tee? pcoap piek haəy. nih ruup thɑɑt kuu dɑndəŋ kɲom. sɑŋhaa nah, kom plɨc hav knie sii kaa phɑɑŋ. mɨn plɨc tee. nɨv bəy khae tiət. coh pʔoon proh ʔaeŋ, vie kaa haəy rɨɨ nɨv? vie nɨv liiv tee. tuureaʔsap vie leek ponmaan? nih leek tuureaʔsap vie 012 53 79. Hello, Navy. I almost didn’t recognize you. Hello, Rany. You look more beautiful now. Are you married yet? I have been married for three years already. And you, do you have a boyfriend?

26

Unit 2: kruəsaa

A: B: A: B: A: B: A:

I am engaged. Here is a picture of my fiancé. Very handsome, don’t forget to invite me to your wedding. I won’t, it’s in three months. How about your younger brother; is he married yet? He is still single. What is his phone number? Here is his phone number 012 53 79.

Vocabulary məəl skoal məəl skoal səŋ tae ʔəyləv nah srɑh saŋhaa riep kaa (haəy) rɨɨ nɨv baan sɑŋsaa pcoap piek haəy (after a verb) kuu dɑndəŋ plɨc hav knie sii kaa tiət

ល៉ើល

សាគាល់

ល៉ើលសាគាល់ សឹងមត ឥឡអូវ ណាស់ សសស់ សង្ហា

to read; to watch to know; to become acquainted with to recognize almost now very, greatly; very much; too much beautiful handsome

លរៀបការ

getting married

បន

to get, to obtain

(ល�ើយ)ឬលៅ yet (already or not yet) សងសារ

ភ្ជាប់ពាក្យ ល�ើយ

្អូដណឹតា ង ល្្ច

លៅគ្នា សុរីការ លេៀត

girlfriend/boyfriend to be engaged mark completed action fiancé to forget to invite me wedding party again, more, further

nɨv liiv

លៅលរីវ

to be unmarried, single (for male/female)

tuureaʔsap

េអូរសព្

telephone; to make phone call

leek tuureaʔsap

លលខេអូរសព្ phone number

Unit 2: Family

Language points Expression haəy rɨɨ nɨv The expression ល�ើយឬលៅ haəy rɨɨ nɨv ‘already?’ or ‘not yet?’, in colloquial speech can be shortened first as haəy rɨnɨv and then as haəy nɨv ល�ើយលៅ ‘yet or not?’ It is always used at the end of a question statement. For example: koat riən haəy rɨnɨv? Did he study already? ʔaeŋ mien koon haəy rɨɨ nɨv? Did you already have children? vie tɨv haəy nɨv? Did he leave yet or not?

Expressions ‘beautiful and handsome’ The word srɑh សសស់ ‘fresh’ can also refer to the female’s appearance; sɑŋhaa សង្ហា usually refers to a similar aspect in male. The word sʔaat សា្ត ‘clean, neat’ can be used as ‘nice-looking’ for males and ‘pretty, beautiful’ for females. kɲom mien bɑnlae srah. I have fresh vegetables. boʔrɑh nih sɑŋhaa nah. This man is very handsome. prɑpʊən koat sʔaat. His wife is beautiful. The word kaa ការ when combined with a verb or another element has different meanings. Earlier you’ve seen tvəə kaa ល្វើការ ‘to work,’ riep kaa លរៀបការ ‘to marry with a ceremony,’ sii kaa សុរីការ ‘to attend a wedding party.’ Colloquially the expression riep kaa លរៀបការ can be shortened or reduced to kaa ការ.

27

28

Unit 2: kruəsaa

koat mɔɔk ka kɲom. He attended my wedding. ʔəvpuk riep kaa koon. Father married off his children. neak kruu riep kaa cnam nih. The teacher will get married this year.

Exercise 5

(Audio 1.25)

Suppose a Cambodian person asks you these questions. How would you respond? 1 2 3 4 5 6

look mien sɑŋsaa tee? mien kuu dɑndəŋ tee? pdəy koat sɑŋhaa tee? sɑŋsaa ʔaeŋ sʔaat tee? koat nɨv liiv tee? som leek tuureaʔsap baan tee?

Exercise 6 Make these regular statements into question statements with the hafy rjj njv expression. 1 2 3 4 5 6

koat tɨv tii kroŋ paarii. yiey mien cav proh. kon srəy mɔɔk pii pɛɛt. sɑŋsaa kɲom tɨv bɑŋriən. koat tuureaʔsap tɨv kuu dɑndəŋ. pʔoon proh pcoap piek haəy.

Reading and writing Cambodian scripts Vowels (Bonus audio 3–6) There are 24 dependent vowel symbols (note that the 0 represents the position of the consonant in relation to the vowel) as listed in Table 3 in dictionary order. Vowel symbols can appear around the main consonant: left, right, above, below. Each vowel is pronounced

29

Unit 2: Family

Table 3 Vowel symbols and phonetic transcriptions

◌ា

◌ិ

◌រី

◌ឹ

◌ឺ

◌ុ

◌អូ

◌មួ

ល◌រី aə əə

ល◌ឿ ɨə ɨə

ល◌

ម◌

ថ◌

ɑy əy

ល◌ោ ao oo

ល◌ៅ ɑv ɨv

◌ុ◌ំ

◌ំ

◌ា◌ំ

◌លះ

◌ុ◌លះ

ល◌◌លះ

◌ិ◌លះ

ល◌ោ◌លះ

ɑɑ ie ou ee ee om um oh uh

əy ii

eɨ oo uu ae ɛɛ ɑm um ɛh ih

əɨ

uə uə

am oam

əɨ ɨɨ ល◌ៀ iə iə

ah eah

ɛh ih

ɑh ʊəh

in two different ways, according to its combination with the consonant. When combined with a first series consonant, it takes the first series value (in bold); and when combined with a second series consonant, it takes the second series value. Use the audio to review and master your reading and writing skills. You also can use a computer (PC or Mac) to download Cambodian (or Khmer) Unicode fonts and practice typing. Learn how to pronounce them according to the first or second series value.

Exercise 7 Practice reading and writing the transcription of the vowels and their symbols (see Tables 3 and 4).

Exercise 8

(Audio 1.26)

Listen to the audio and practice writing these ten first series vowel symbols in your notebook. 1 2 3 4 5

əy oo aə om ɑh

6 7 8 9 10

ɑv oh əɨ ɑm ɑɑ

30

Unit 2: kruəsaa

Exercise 9

(Audio 1.27)

Listen to the audio and practice writing these ten second series vowel symbols in your notebook. 1 2 3 4 5

uu ii ʊəh ɨɨ eah

6 7 8 9 10

uh ɛɛ əə ih ee

Exercise 10 Read these vowels aloud as in first series value and in second series value. 1 2 3 4 5

◌ិ ◌ុ ើ ៀ ល◌◌លះ

6 7 8 9 10

◌ឹ ថ◌ ល◌ ោ ◌មួ

Listening and reading passage (Audio 1.28; Bonus audio 8) Listen to the audio information about these people (Sophal, Rany, and Navy) and their families. See how many consonants, vowels, or words you can recognize in these statements. Draw red circles around the consonants, blue around the vowels, and use a slant line / to mark separate words.

គ្រួសារសុផលមានលោកតាលោកយាយ ឪពុកមាតាយ បងគបរុស

ប្នសសរី គបពន្ធគ្ត់ និងគ្ត់។ សុផលលរៀបការបនបរីឆ្នាលំ �ើយ។ អូ គ្រួសាររានរីមានបងសសរីគ្ត់និងកអូន និងពអូ៉រីងគ្ត់។ ឪពុកមាតាយ រានរីសា្ប់អស់ល�ើយ។

ណាវ រីមានសងសារសង្ហាណាស់។ គ្ត់ភ្ជាប់ពាក្យបនបរីមខល�ើយ។

គ្ត់នង ឹ លៅគ្រួសារសុផល និងរានរី៉កសុកា រី រគ្ត់។ ប្នគបរុ សណាវ រី អូ

លៅលរីវ ល�ើយលៅលៅលរ

Unit 2: Family

kruəsaa Sophal mien look taa look yiey, ʔəvpuk mdaay, bɑɑŋ proh, pʔoon srəy, prɑpʊən koat nɨŋ koat. Sophal riep kaa baan bəy cnam haəy. kruəsaa Rany mien bɑɑŋ srəy koat nɨŋ koon, nɨŋ puu miiŋ. ʔəvpuk mdaay Rany slap haəy. Navy mien sɑŋsaa sɑŋhaa nah. koat pcoap piek baan bəy khae haəy. koat nɨŋ hav kruəsaa Sophal nɨŋ kruəsaa Rany mɔɔk sii kaa koat. pʔoon proh Navy nɨv liiv haəy nɨv tɨv riən. Table 4 How to write Cambodian vowel symbols

Start writing the vowel symbols from the dot numbered 1, 2, 3, or 4 and follow the arrow. Notice the position of each vowel in relation to the consonant (as in the box).

31

Unit Three peel veelie ពេលពេលា Time and date

In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and tell the time • ask and talk about different days of the week and months of the year • use the future and past time expressions • use verb combinations with cɑŋ and trəv • count and use numbers from 20 to one million • read and write all consonants (C) and vowels (V), and their combinations (CV)

Dialogue 1 Asking to go somewhere (Audio 1.29) This morning Vanna (A) is calling his friend Thida (B) and asking her to go to the market with him. Listen to their conversation. A: B: A: B: A: B:

ʔaaloo Thida. prɨk nih ʔaeŋ cɑŋ tɨv psaa cie muəy kɲom tee? ʔaaloo Vanna. ʔɑt tumnee tee. sʔaek, kɲom tumnee. ʔiicəŋ tŋay sav ʔaeŋ cɑŋ tɨv psaa naa? psaa tumnəəp soʔreʔyaa nɨŋ psaa tməy. kɲom trəv tɨɲ kadoo sɑmrap tɨv cup liəŋ nɨv tŋay ʔaatɨt kraoy. kɲom caŋ daə məəl ʔəyvan tməy tməy nɨv psaa soʔreʔyaa.

33

Unit 3: Time and date

ʔiicəŋ sʔaek yəəŋ cih mootoo kɑŋ bəy tɨv cie muəy knie. yʊəl prɔɔm. sʔaek prɨk tŋay sav cuəp nɨv maoŋ dap pram dɑndɑp nietii.

A: B:

Hello Thida. Do you want to go to the market with me this morning? Hello Vanna, I’m not free. Tomorrow I’m free. Then on Saturday which market do you want to go to? Soriya Market and Central Market. I must buy a gift for next Sunday’s party. I want to walk around and check out new merchandise at Soriya Market. In that case, tomorrow let’s take the motorbike with three wheels and go together. Agreed. We’ll meet tomorrow, on Saturday morning, at 10:15 am.

A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Vocabulary ʔaaloo prɨk nih tumnee dae cie muəy cɑŋ

អាឡូ ពេរឹកពេះ ទំពេរ ដែរ

ជាមួយ ចង់

hello this morning to be free; unoccupied, vacant too with, along with; together to want

trəv

ព្រូេ

must, should; right, correct, exact

tɨɲ

ទិញ

to buy

kadoo sɑmrap

កាែូ

gift or present (French word)

សពរាប់ (សំរាប់) for; used for; used to (do something)

tɨv cup liəŋ tŋay daə daə məəl

ពៅជប់ពលៀង ថ្ងៃ

ពែើរ

ពែើរពមើល

going to a party day to walk window shopping

34

Unit 3: peel veelie

ʔəyvan

អីវ៉ាេ់ (ឥវ៉ា េ់)

merchandise, things, goods; baggage

tməy

្្ី

new

cih mootoo kaŋ bəy yʊəl prɔɔm pram dɑndap nietii

ជិះ

ម៉ាូ្ូកង់បី

យល់ពេម

ពរាំែណ្ដប់នាទី

to ride motorbike with three wheels to agree fifteen minutes

Language points The use of ʔaaloo អាឡូ is a general greeting before starting a phone conversation.

Telling time To express time maoŋ ពរា៉ា ង is used for ‘hour,’ nietii នាទី for ‘minute,’ and viʔnietii េ ិនាទី for ‘second.’ When talking about very specific clock times, the word maoŋ is placed immediately in front of the number (maoŋ pii ពរា៉ា ងេីរ ‘two o’clock’). The word haəy ព�ើយ ‘already’ is often used at the end of the number. When telling a specific length of time, maoŋ immediately follows the number (pii maoŋ េីរពរា៉ា ង ‘two hours’). The nietii, ‘minute,’ and viʔnietii, ‘second,’ immediately follow the numeral. Thirty minutes, sam səp nietii, can also be stated as kɑnlah maoŋ កេ្ះពរា៉ា ង ‘half hour.’ Also minutes to the hour are expressed with the pattern: maoŋ + number (of hour) + kvah + minutes (maoŋ pii kvah dɑp nietii ពរា៉ា ងេីរខ្ះែប់នាទី ‘ten to two’). To express the ‘exact’ hour, the word kʊət គ្់ is added after the number. For example: maoŋ ponmaan haəy?

ពរា៉ា ងប៉ាុនា្េព�ើយ? What time is it?

maoŋ pram haəy.

ពរា៉ា ង៥:០០ព�ើយ។

It is 5 o’clock already.

Unit 3: Time and date

maoŋ pram bəy prɨk kʊət.

ពរា៉ា ង៨:០០ពេរឹកគ្់។ It is exactly 8:00 am.

maoŋ buən kɑnlah lŋiec.

ពរា៉ា ង៤:៣០លាងៃច។ It is 4:30 pm.

maoŋ pram kvah pram nietii Iŋiec.

ពរា៉ា ង៥ខ្ះ៥នាទីលាងៃច។ It is 5:55 pm.

Period of the day These are words used to express specific parts of the day: prɨk ពេរឹក ‘morning,’ tŋay trɑŋ ថ្ងៃព្ង់ ‘noon,’ rɔsiəl រពសៀល ‘early afternoon,’ lŋiec លាងៃច ‘late afternoon,’ and yup យប់ ‘night.’ To be more precise about a moment, ពេល is added: peel prɨk ពេលពេរឹក ‘in the morning,’ peel tŋay trɑŋ ពេលថ្ងៃព្ង់ ‘at noon,’ peel rɔsiəl ពេលរពសៀល ‘in the early afternoon,’ peel lŋiec ពេលលាងៃច ‘in the late afternoon,’ peel yup ពេលយប់ ‘at night,’ and peel ʔɑʔtriet ពេលអពរាព្ ‘midnight.’ For example: prɨk nih, kɲom tvəə kaa.

ពេរឹកពេះខ្ំុព្្ើការ។

This morning, I work. peel lŋiec, koat ʔɑt riən.

ពេលលាងៃចគា្់អ្់ពរៀេ។

In the afternoon, he’s not studying. yup nih, yəəŋ tɨv sii kaa.

យប់ពេះពយើងពៅសុីការ។

Tonight, we are going to a wedding.

Days of the week (Audio 1.30) Table 5 shows the seven days of the week in Cambodian. Each day is preceded by tŋay, which is often optional.

35

36

Unit 3: peel veelie

Table 5 The seven days of the week

ថ្ងៃចេ្ទ ថ្ងៃអង្គារ ថ្ងៃេុ្ tŋay put tŋay prɔhoah ថ្ងៃពេ�ស្ប្ិ៍

ថ្ងៃសុពក Friday ថ្ងៃពៅរ ៍ Saturday tŋay ʔaatɨt ថ្ងៃអាទិ្្យ Sunday

tŋay can

Monday

tŋay sok

tŋay ʔɑŋkie

Tuesday

tŋay sav

Wednesday Thursday

ʔaatɨt អាទិ្្យ also means ‘week,’ muəy ʔaatɨt មួយអាទិ្្យ ‘one week,’ muəy ʔaatɨt mdɑŋ មួយអាទិ្្យម្ដង ‘weekly,’ ʔaatɨt nih អាទិ្្យពេះ ‘this week,’ or preah ʔaatɨt ពេះអាទិ្្យ ‘the sun.’ For example: tŋay nih, tŋay ʔəy? What day is today? tŋay can, koat mɔɔk riən. Monday, he comes to school. tŋay ʔaatɨt, koat riəp kaa. Sunday, she gets married. tŋay prɔhoah, mak tɨv pɛɛt. Thursday, mom goes to the hospital. knoŋ məʔaatɨt mien ponmaan tŋay? In a week how many days are there?

Verb combinations with caŋ and trəv The verb cɑŋ ចង់ primarily indicates the speaker’s wish, desire, or intention, while trəv ព្រូេ implies varying degrees of obligation. When immediately followed by another verb, the combination expresses an increase in intensity, emphasis, or obligation. For example: kɲom nɨv pteah. I stay home.

Exercise 1

kɲom cɑŋ nɨv pteah. I want to stay home.

kɲom trəv nɨv pteah. I must stay home.

(Audio 1.31)

Suppose someone asks you what time it is, how would you say in Cambodian:

37

Unit 3: Time and date

1 2 3 4 5 6

It is 12:00 noon. It is 9:30 pm. It is exactly 6:00 pm. It is 9:45 am. Let’s meet each other in 30 minutes. It is 11:15 am and 45 seconds.

Exercise 2 Complete these statements by selecting appropriate words from the next column. sʔaek tŋay ʔaatɨt, kɲom _________. koat tɨɲ khao ʔaav nɨv _________. ʔaeŋ tɨv cup liəŋ _________ nih. nɨv psaa, koat daə məəl _________. cuəp kniə ________. maoŋ dɑp ________ nietii.

1 2 3 4 5 6

a b c d e f

tŋay sav pii moaŋ tiət psaa kvah dap pram ʔəyvan tumnee

Exercise 3 Read these statements and then turn them into questions. 1 2 3 4 5 6

knoŋ məʔaatɨt mien pram pɨɨl tŋay. tŋay can nih koat tɨv saalaa. tŋay ʔɑŋkie prɨk mak kɲom tumnee. tŋay ʔaatɨt koat cih tuktuk. tŋay put koat cuəp kruəsaa. peel tŋay trɑŋ ʔaeŋ nɨv kaariʔyaalay.

Dialogue 2 Making plans (Audio 1.32) Rany (A) and her friend Navy (B) make plans to go to Siem Reap Province. A: B: B:

khae kraoy, Navy cɑŋ tɨv siəm riep tee? cɑŋ! khae meesaa kɲom tumnee məʔaatɨt. Rany caŋ tɨv tŋay naa?

38

Unit 3: peel veelie

cəɲ dɑmnaə nɨv tŋay tii dɑp khae meesaa baan tee? tɨv yaaŋ məc? kɲom baək laan tɨv. snaak nɨv ʔae naa? nɨv sɑnthaakie bəy yup. ʔaeŋ cɑŋ tvəə ʔay klah nɨv siəm riəp? caŋ tɨv saaraʔmʊəntii, nɨŋ məəl praasaat. lʔɑɑ! cam sʔaek yəəŋ nɨŋ cɔcɛɛk knie tiət. sʔaek maoŋ pram lŋiec, mɔɔk pteah kɲom.

B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Navy, are you going to Siem Reap next month? Yes, I am. In April, I am free for one week. Rany, which day do you want to go? We are leaving on April the 10th, if that works? How will we get there? I am driving. Where are we staying? We will stay at a hotel for three nights. What would you like to do in Siem Reap? I want to go to museums and visit temples. Good! Just wait until tomorrow and we will discuss it more. Tomorrow at 5:00 pm, come to my house.

A: B: B: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Vocabulary khae meesaa nɨŋ h

k aan sʔaek cəɲ dɑmnaə baək laan h

tŋay tii dɑp k ae meesaa snaak h

sɑnt aakie saaraʔmʊəntii praasaat cam cɔcɛɛk

ដខពមសា�្រឹង ខាេដសអែក ពចញែំពណើរ ពបើកឡាេ ថ្ងៃទី១០ ដខពមសា សា្ក់ សណ្ ឋា គារ សារមេ្ទីរ ពរាសាទ ចាំ ជដជក

this month of April day after tomorrow to depart for a trip to drive the car the 10th of April to stay, to dwell hotel museum temples to wait (until) to discuss

Unit 3: Time and date

Language points Future and past time expressions Verbs in Cambodian don’t change their form to indicate past or future tenses, which are indicated by temporal words or expressions such as sʔaek ដសអែក ‘tomorrow,’ khɑɑn sʔaek ខាេដសអែក ‘day after tomorrow,’ and msəl mɨɲ ម្ិលមិញ ‘yesterday.’ To indicate a more specific period of time, expressions such as sʔaek lŋiec ដសអែកលាងៃច ‘tomorrow afternoon,’ or sʔaek yup ដសអែកយប់ ‘tomorrow night,’ are used. Another way to convey past or future tenses is to add mun មុេ or kraoy ពពកាយ to the temporal marker. The following are some of these expressions: tŋay mun ថ្ងៃមុេ ‘in the past or the other day,’ khae mun ដខមុេ ‘last month,’ and cnam mun ឆ្្ំមុេ ‘last year,’ tŋay kraoy ថ្ងៃពពកាយ ‘next time or in days ahead,’ ʔaatɨt kraoy អាទិ្្យពពកាយ ‘next week,’ and ឆ្្ំពពកាយ cnam kraoy ‘next year.’ The word nɨŋ េរឹង can also be used as a future tense marker when placed in front of a verb (for example, yəəŋ nɨŋ cɔcɛɛk knie ‘we will chat together’). Most often nɨŋ is omitted when the context is clear. The expression haəy ព�ើយ, bɑɑn haəy រាេព�ើយ, or ruəc haəy រួចព�ើយ indicates the action is finished and completed. tŋay nih, yəəŋ tɨv psaa. Today we go to the market. khae kroay, yəəŋ tɨv pteah mak. Next month we will go to mother’s house. msəl mɨɲ, kee tvəə kaa haəy. Yesterday they worked. khae mun, yəəŋ tɨv kaariʔyaalay. Last month she went to the office. sʔaek yup, yəəŋ tɨɲ khao ʔɑɑv. Tomorrow night we will buy clothes. ʔaatɨt kraoy, kɲom (nɨŋ) tɨɲ laan. Next week, I will buy a car. cnam kraoy, koat mɔɔk srok kmae. Next year, s/he will come to Cambodia.

39

40

Unit 3: peel veelie

baay haəy, kee riən tiət. After eating, they study again. riən ruəc haəy, kee cɔcɛɛk knie. After studying, they are chatting.

Months (Audio 1.33) The official names of the 12 months are listed in the table below. However, the simplest way of saying the months at this beginner level is to use the word khae + tii + number, as in khae tii muəy ដខទី១ ‘first month,’ khae tii bəy ដខទី៣ ‘third month,’ khae tii buən ដខទី៤ ‘fourth month,’ khae tii pram muəy ដខទី៦ ‘sixth month,’ khae tii dɑp ដខទី១០ ‘tenth month,’ or khae tii dap pii ដខទី១២ ‘twelfth month.’ Table 6 Names of the 12 months meaʔkaʔraa h

komp eak minaa meesaa ʔuʔsaʔphie h

miʔt oʔnaa

មករា កុម្ភៈ មិនា ពមសា ឧសភា មិ្ុនា

January

kakkaʔdaa

February

səyhaa

March

kaɲɲaa

April

toʔlaa

May

vɨccheʔkaa

June

tnuu

កក្កដា សីហា កញ្ញា ្ុលា េ ិច្ិកា ្្ូ

July August September October November December

Numbers ពលខ (Audio 1.34) In the last unit you learned the numbers from one to 20. The following table is a list from number 20 to one million. Notice that from saamsəp សាមសិប ‘thirty,’ to kavsəp ពៅសិប ‘ninety,’ the ending /-səp/ is dropped from the colloquial speech. The number 100, muəy rɔɔy, is shortened to mərɔɔy; and muəy poan to məpoan, and so on.

41

Unit 3: Time and date

mphey saamsəp

២០ ៣០

ថម្ សាមសិប

៤០ ៥០ haa(səp) ៦០ hok(səp) ៧០ cət(səp) ៨០ paet(səp) ៩០ kav(səp) ១០០ muəy rɔɔy/mərɔɔy ១.០០០ muəy poan/məpoan muəy məən/məməən ១០.០០០ ១០០.០០០ muəy saen/məsaen ១.០០០.០០០ muəy lien/məlien

ដស(សិប) ហា(សិប) �ុក(សិប) ចិ្(សិប) ដប៉ា្(សិប) ពៅ(សិប) មួយរយ មួយពាេ់ មួយមុេ ឺ មួយដសេ មួយលាេ

sae(səp)

twenty thirty forty fifty sixty seventy eighty ninety one hundred one thousand ten thousand one hundred thousand one million

Exercise 4 Match the numbers with the Cambodian figures below. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

hoksəp pram bəy pii rɔɔy dap paet səp mphey bəy məpoan buən rɔɔy bəy rɔɔy pii cət səp pram buən poan

Exercise 5

a b c d e f g i

៧៥ ៣០២ ៤០០០ ៦៨ ២១០ ៨០ ២៣ ១៤០០

(Audio 1.35)

How would you answer these questions in Cambodian? 1 2 3 4 5

tŋay nih tŋay ʔɑŋkie, sʔaek tŋay ʔəy? khae tii dɑp pii, kɨɨ cie khae ʔəy? khae tii pram, kɨɨ cie khae ʔəy? tŋay nih tŋay sok, msəl mɨɲ tŋay ʔəy? cnam nih cnam 2014, cnam kraoy cnam ʔəy?

42

Unit 3: peel veelie

Reading and writing Cambodian scripts Listen to, read, and write the first series consonants and their combination with all vowels. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

ក ខ ច ឆ ែ ឋ ្ ្ ប ផ ស � ឡ អ ក ខ ច ឆ ែ ្ ្ ប ផ

kɑɑ

+

h

k ɑɑ

+

cɑɑ

+

h

c ɑɑ

+

dɑɑ

+

t ɑɑ

+

tɑɑ

+

t ɑɑ

+

bɑɑ

+

h

p ɑɑ

+

sɑɑ

+

hɑɑ

+

lɑɑ

+

ʔɑɑ

+

kɑɑ

+

khɑɑ

+

cɑɑ

+

chɑɑ

+

dɑɑ

+

tɑɑ

+

t ɑɑ

+

bɑɑ

+

p ɑɑ

+

h

h

h

h

◌ា ◌ិ ◌ី ◌រឹ ◌ឺ ◌ុ ◌ូ ◌ួ ◌ី ព◌ឿ ព◌ៀ ព◌ ដ◌ ដ◌ ព◌ោ ព◌ៅ ◌ុ◌ំ

◌ំ ◌ា◌ំ ◌ះ

◌ុ◌ះ ព◌◌ះ ◌ិ◌ះ

aa e əy ə əɨ o oo uə aə ɨə iə ee ae ay ao av om ɑm am ah oh eh eh

កា ខិ ចី ឆរឹ ែឺ ឋុ ្ូ ្ួ ពបើ ពផឿ ពសៀ ព� ដឡ ថអ ពខា ពៅ ចុំ ឆំ ដាំ ្ះ

្ុះ ពបះ ផិះ

kaa khe cəy chə dəɨ tho too thuə baə phɨə siə hee lae ʔay khao khav com cɑm dam tah thoh beh pheh

43

Unit 3: Time and date

Listen to, read, and write the second series consonants and their combination with all vowels. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

គ ឃ ង ជ ឈ ញ ទ ្ េ ម ល េ ម ភ យ េ ល យ គ រ េ េ ជ ទ

kɔɔ

+

h

k ɔɔ

+

ŋɔɔ

+

cɔɔ

+

chɔɔ

+

ɲɔɔ

+

tɔɔ

+

t ɔɔ

+

nɔɔ

+

mɔɔ

+

nɔɔ

+

pɔɔ

+

mɔɔ

+

h

p ɔɔ

+

yɔɔ

+

nɔɔ

+

lɔɔ

+

yɔɔ

+

kɔɔ

+

rɔɔ

+

pɔɔ

+

nɔɔ

+

cɔɔ

+

tɔɔ

+

h

◌ា ◌ិ ◌ី ◌រឹ ◌ឺ ◌ុ ◌ូ ◌ួ ◌ី ព◌ឿ ព◌ៀ ព◌ ដ◌ ថ◌ ព◌ោ ព◌ៅ ◌ុ◌ំ

◌ំ ◌ា◌ំ ◌ះ ◌ុ◌ះ ព◌◌ះ ◌ិ◌ះ ោ◌ះ

ie ɨ ii ɨ ɨɨ u uu uə əə ɨə iə ee ɛɛ ey oo ɨv um um oam eah uh ih ih ʊəh

គា ឃិ ងី ជរឹ ឈឺ ញុ ទូ ្ួ ពេើ ពមឿ ពលៀ ពេ ដម ថភ ពោ ពៅ លុំ

យំ គាំ រះ េុះ ពេះ ជិះ ពោះ

kie khɨ ŋii cɨ chɨɨ ɲu tuu thuə nəə mɨə niə pee mɛɛ phey yoo nɨv lum yum koam reah puh nih cih tʊəh

44

Unit 3: peel veelie

Exercise 6

(Audio 1.36)

Use the audio to help you practice listening and writing these ten words (combination of first series consonant and vowel, CV). Write them in your notebook. 1 2 3 4 5

cav bəy kah naa loo

Exercise 7

6 7 8 9 10

som dɑm phae hav taə

(Audio 1.37)

Use the audio to help you practice listening and writing these ten words (combination of second series consonant and vowel). Write them in your notebook. 1 2 3 4 5

lie pii pʊəh nie luu

6 7 8 9 10

yum thum phɛɛ tɨv tee

Exercise 8 Read these words and write them in Cambodian script. 1 2 3 4 5

kadoo chɨɨ pʊəh nietii pii nih tɨv nuh

Exercise 9 Read these words in Cambodian script. 1 បី

6 ជា

3 ពៅ

8 សុំ

2 តា

4 ពចះ 5 េូ

7 ពគ 9 ចាំ

10 ថែ

Unit 3: Time and date

Listening and reading passage (Audio 1.38; Bonus audio 9) Play the audio. Listen to the information about these people who are going shopping at the Central Market and the Soriya Mall. Identify and circle the consonants, vowels, or their combinations that you can read.

ដសអែកថ្ងៃអាទិ្្យ។ ពៅពរា៉ា ងពរាំបេ ួ ពេរឹកខ្ទ ំុ ពំ េរ។ ខ្ច ំុ ង់ពៅទិញកាែូពៅ

ផសារ្្ី ព�ើយេិងពខាអាេពៅផសារទំពេើបសូរោ។ ិ ពៅពរា៉ា ងែប់កេ្ះ ពពកាយេី

ខ្ទ ំុ ញ ិ កាែូព�ើយ ខ្ពំុ ែើរពៅផសារទំពេើបសូរ ិោ។ េីផសារ្្ី ពែើរពៅពបដ�ល ១០នាទី។ ទិញពខាអាេរួចព�ើយ ពៅពរា៉ា ង១២ថ្ងៃព្ង់ ខ្ក ំុ ម ៏ កផ្ទះេ ិញ។ sʔaek tŋay ʔaatɨt. nɨv maoŋ pram buən prɨk kɲom tumnee. kɲom cɑŋ tɨv tɨɲ kadoo nɨv psaa tməy haəy nɨŋ khao ʔaav nɨv psaa tumnəəp soriya. nɨv maoŋ dɑp kɑnlɑh, kraoy pii tɨɲ kadoo haəy, kɲom daə tɨv psaa tumnəəp soriya. pii psaa tməy daə tɨv prɑhael dap nietii. tɨɲ khao ʔaav ruəc haəy, nɨv maoŋ dɑp pii tŋay trɑŋ, kɲom kɑɑ mɔɔk pteah vɨɲ. Table 7 How to write Cambodian numbers

Learn to write these numbers from 0 to 9. Start from the dot numbered 1 (or 2) and follow the arrow.

45

Unit Four kaa nat cuəp nɨŋ kəc prɑcam tŋay ការណាត់ជួបនិងកិច្ចបបចាំថ្ងៃ Appointments and daily routines

In this unit you will learn how to: • make appointments with specific people, organizations, or institutions in the public and private sector • address government officials by their various titles and positions • use the words kɑmpuŋ, coap rɔvʊəl, and nat • use specific timeframe terms coŋ, daəm, peak kɑndaal • ask and answer questions using tumnee, cam, taam cət, bon kɑmnaət • use expressions related to daily routine • read and write combinations of consonant, vowel, and consonant (CVC)

Dialogue 1 Making a dentist’s appointment (Audio 1.39) This morning, Navy (A) wakes up with a terrible toothache. She calls the dental clinic and talks to the receptionist (B) to make an appointment. Listen to their conversation.

Unit 4: Appointments and daily routines

A: B: A: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: A: B: A: B: A: B:

ʔaaloo pɛɛt tmɨɲ sok saam mɛɛn tee? cumriəp suə. look srəy caŋ cuəp kruu pɛɛt naa muəy? pɛɛt muəy naa kɑɑ baan. kɲom kɑmpuŋ chɨɨ tmɨɲ klaŋ nah. prɑhael kɑnlah moaŋ tiət kɲom nat cuəp kruu pɛɛt baan tee? soom tooh, kruu pɛɛt kɑmpuŋ coap rɔvʊəl. kɲom troam mɨn baan tee. baan, soom mɔɔk dɑl kliinɨc mun moaŋ bəy rɔsiəl. ʔɑɑ kun, cuəp knie pii moaŋ tiət. caa, cumriəp lie.

អាឡូ ពេទ្យព្មេញសុខសាន្តមែនពទ? ជំរាបសួរ។ ពោកសសរីចង់ជួបប្រូពេទ្យណាែួយ?

ពេទ្យែួយណាក៏បាន។ ខ្ុំកំេុងឈឺព្មេញខ្លាំងណាស់។ បបមែលកនលាលះព៉ោ ងពទៀត ខ្ណា ំុ ត់ជប ួ ប្រូពេទ្យបានពទ? សូែពោស ពោកប្រូពេទ្យកំេុងជាប់រវល់។

ខ្ំុបោំែិនបានពទ។ បាន សូែែកដល់្រីន លា ិច ែុនព៉ោ ងបរីរពសៀល។ អរ្ុណ ជួបគ្នាេរីរព៉ោ ងពទៀត។ ចា៎ ជំរាបោ។

Translation of Dialogue 1 A: B: A: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Hello, is this Soksan Dental Clinic? Hello, which dentist do you want to see? Any dentist, I am having a bad toothache. In half an hour, can I have an appointment to see the dentist? The dentists are all busy today. No, I can’t endure any more. OK, please come before 3 pm. Thanks. See you in two hours. Goodbye.

47

48

Unit 4: kaa nat cuəp nɨŋ kəc prɑcam tŋay

Vocabulary pɛɛt tmɨɲ kruu pɛɛt tmɨɲ naa muəy kɑmpuŋ c ɨɨ tmɨɲ h

klaŋ prɑhael nat

ពេទ្យព្មេញ

dental clinic

ណាែួយ

which one

ប្រូពេទ្យព្មេញ dentist កំេុង

ឈឺព្មេញ ខ្លាំង

បបមែល ណាត់

to be in the process of doing something to have toothache strongly about, approximately set an appointment

coap rɔvʊəl or rɔvʊəl

ជាប់រវល់

to be preoccupied; to be busy; tied-up

kliinɨc

្លារីនិច

clinic

troam bɑntəc

បោំ

បន្តិច

to endure a little, small, somewhat; to be few

Language points In general the word pɛɛt ពេទ្យ in Cambodian refers to hospital, doctor, nurse, or most of the people providing medical treatment or service. To refer to a specific position, words are added to pɛɛt, such as: kruu pɛɛt tmɨɲ ប្រូពេទ្យព្មេញ ‘dentist,’ kruu pɛɛt pnɛɛk ប្រូពេទ្យម្នាក ‘eye doctor,’ kruu pɛɛt sat ប្រូពេទ្យសត្វ ‘veterinarian.’

The word mʊəntii ែន្រីរ is added to pɛɛt ពេទ្យ to specifically refer to a hospital, or health facility. kliinɨc ្លារីនិច ‘clinic’ is a loanword from French and English referring to private, specialized health facilities that are smaller than hospitals.

The use of words kampuŋ កំេុង and coap ជាប់ kɑmpuŋ កំេុង is always used in front of any main verb to denote continuation of an action and happening at that moment. It is equivalent to the ‘ing’ form in English. While coap ជាប់ has a primary meaning

Unit 4: Appointments and daily routines

as ‘to link together, to be attached’, it can also be used with a noun or an action verb. When placed in front of a main action verb, it implies connection or continuation of that main verb, and has a similar function to kɑmpuŋ កំេុង.

Exercise 1

(Audio 1.40)

Here are the answers to this week’s schedule. What were the questions? 1 2 3 4 5 6

tŋay tŋay tŋay tŋay tŋay tŋay

can tɨv pɛɛt tmɨɲ. ʔaŋkie cuəp mak paa. put mien nat pii moaŋ. prɑhoah coap rɔvʊəl. sok riən ʔaŋkleeh. sav trəv tɨɲ kadoo.

Exercise 2 Read these statements, and then use them with the expression kampuc? 1 2 3 4 5 6

mak niʔyiey cie muəy kɲom. koat ɲam baay nɨv haaŋ. puu chɨɨ tmɨɲ klaŋ nah. kruu coap bɑŋriən nihsət. kruu pɛɛt rɔvʊəl nah nɨv kliinɨc. kee nat knie mɔɔk kaariʔyaalay.

Dialogue 2 Invitation to a party (Audio 1.41) Vanna (A) is calling Sophal (B) and inviting him to his daughter’s birthday party. Listen to their conversation. A: B: B:

suəsdəy, coŋ sɑɑpdaa nih, mɔɔk baay pteah kɲom baan tee? som məəl taaraaŋ peel veelie sən. krav pii kəckaa prɑcam tŋay kɲom mien nat craən, rɔvʊəl bɑntəc, tae mɨn ʔəy tee.

49

50

Unit 4: kaa nat cuəp nɨŋ kəc prɑcam tŋay

A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: B:

kɲom hav mɔɔk cup lieŋ bon kɑmnaət koon srəy kɲom. ʔiicəŋ, tŋay naa khuəp kɑmnaət koon srəy? tŋay sav tii dɑp pram cap pii moaŋ pram kɑnlah rɔhoot dɑl moaŋ dɑp yup. kɲom noam mɨt srəy mneak mɔɔk cie muəy phɑɑŋ baan tee? taam cət, ʔaoy tae mɔɔk, kɲom sapbaay cət nah. ʔookhee, cuəp knie peel lŋiec tŋay sav.

សួសរី្ត ចុងសបា្តែ៍ពនលះ ែកបាយផ្លះខ្ំុបានពទ? សុំពែើលតារាងពេលពវោសិន។

ពបរៅេរីកិច្ចការបបចាំថ្ងៃខំុ្៉នណាត់ពបចើនរវល់បន្តិច មតែិនអរីពទ។

A: B: A:

ខ្ំុពៅែកជប់ពលៀងបុណ្យកំពណើតកូនសសរីខំុ។ ្ អុរីចឹង ថ្ងៃណាខួបកំពណើតកូនសសរី? ថ្ងៃពៅរ ៍ ទរី១៥ ចាប់េរីព៉ោ ង៥កនលាលះោងៃច រែូតដល់ព៉ោ ង១០យប់។

B: A: B:

ខ្ំុនាំែិត្តសសរី៉នាក់ែកជាែួយផងបានពទ? តាែចិត្ត ឱ្យមតែក ខ្ំុសបបាយចិត្តណាស់។ អូពខ ជួបគ្នាពេលោងៃចថ្ងៃពៅរ ៍។

Translation of Dialogue 2 A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Hello, this weekend, can you come for dinner? I have an appointment, I’m a bit busy, but it’ll be all right. I am hosting a party to celebrate my daughter’s birthday. What day is her birthday? Saturday the 15th; starting from 5:30 pm until 10:00 pm. Can I bring a girlfriend along? As you wish, I am happy as long as you come. OK, see you on Saturday afternoon.

Unit 4: Appointments and daily routines

Vocabulary coŋ sɑɑpdaa sən taaraaŋ taaraaŋ peel veelie krav pii kəckaa kəc(kaa) prɑcam tŋay craən cup lieŋ bon kɑmnaət h

k uəp kɑmnaət cap pii rɔhoot dɑl mɨt srəy nɨŋ haəy

ចុងសបា្តែ៍ សិន

weekend now, first

តារាង

list, chart

ពបរៅេរី

beside, in addition

តារាងពេលពវោ schedule កិច្ចការ

work, homework

ពបចើន

much, many

កិច្ច(ការ)បបចាំថ្ងៃ daily routine ជប់ពលៀង

បុណ្យកំពណើត ខួបកំពណើត ចាប់េរី

រែូតដល់ ែិត្តសសរី

ែនាឹងពែើយ

to have a party, banquet birthday celebration birthday starting from until girlfriend that’s right, certainly, of course

taam cət

តាែចិត្ត

according to one’s desire or wishes

ʔaoy tae

ឱ្យមត

as long as

sapbaay cət

សបបាយចិត្ត

happy; to be content; to enjoy

Language points The words sɑɑpdaa សបា្តែ៍ and ʔaatɨt អាទិត្យ are interchangeable. The words daəm ពដើែ, peak kɑndaal ពាក់កណា ដា ល, and coŋ ចុង, respectively ‘beginning, middle, and end,’ are always placed in front of the words for week, month, and year. For example: koat mɔɔk leŋ nɨv daəm khae nih. She comes to visit at the beginning of the month. coŋ cnam noh paa tɨv srok kmae. The end of that year, father went to Cambodia.

51

52

Unit 4: kaa nat cuəp nɨŋ kəc prɑcam tŋay

peak kɑndaal ʔaatɨt nih vie rɔvʊəl. At the middle of this week, she’s busy. The word rɔvʊəl រវល់ means ‘to be tied-up or engaged with work’ while ʔɑt tumnee អត់ទំពនរ implies ‘not available; not free.’ In this unit the word nat ណាត់ ‘to set (schedule)’ is used as a verb and as a noun with mien nat ៉នណាត់ ‘to have appointment.’ kɲom nat cuəp koat nɨv moaŋ pram. I make an appointment to meet her at 5:00. yəəŋ nat knie tɨv psaa. We set a schedule to go to the market. koat mien nat hat kəylaa. He has an appointment to exercise. nisət mien nat cie muəy kruu. The student has an appointment with the teacher. The word baay បាយ ‘cooked rice,’ proceeded by a verb means ‘to have meal,’ such as: ʔaeŋ nɨv baay pteah kruu. You have a meal at your teacher’s house. yəəŋ ɲam baay cie muəy knie. We eat (a meal) together. koat tɨv baay krav. He eats out. The terms tŋay kɑmnaət ថ្ងៃកំពណើត and khuəp kɑmnaət ខួបកំពណើត are interchangeable. bon kɑmnaət បុណ្យកំពណើត ‘birthday anniversary’ is increasingly being celebrated by Cambodians, especially the wealthy ones. The word mɨt ែិត្ត ‘friend, pal’ is used interchangeably with puək maak េួក៉ោ ក; when followed by srəy or proh ‘female’ or ‘male,’ the meaning implies ‘girlfriend’ or ‘boyfriend’ respectively.

Unit 4: Appointments and daily routines

Exercise 3 Read these statements and then make them into questions to ask someone. 1 2 3 4 5 6

koat hav mɨt srəy tɨv cup lieŋ. kɲom tɨv mɨn baan prʊəh ʔɑt tumnee. look mien nat cie muəy nieyʊək saalaa. tŋay nih cie bon kɑmnaət mɨt proh koat. koat ɲam baay taam cət koat. tŋay sav mak rɔvʊəl nɨv saalaa.

Exercise 4 This is your daily routine of activities. How would you say it in Cambodian, using this pattern: cap pii moac pram bfy rehoot dal moac pram bufn prjk, kbom tvff kaa? 1 2 3 4 5 6

From From From From From From

8:00 to 9:00 am, I work. 9:00 to 12:00 noon, I study. 12 noon to 1:00 pm, I eat out. 2:00 to 4:00 pm, I teach. 5:00 to 6:00 pm, I exercise. 8:00 to 10:00 pm, I go to a party.

Dialogue 3 Making an appointment with a government official (Audio 1.42)

This is a conversation between a foreign businessman, John Smith (A), the secretary of a local government official (B) and a government official (C). A: B: C: A:

cumriep suə. kɲom cmʊəh John Smith, dɑmnaaŋ krom hun katdee sɑ.hɑ. som cuəp look prɑthien nieyʊəkʔthaan poadəmien. cumriep suə look. caa cam məplɛɛt sən, kɲom nɨŋ bɑntɔɔ ksae tɨv look ʔaekʔotdɑm cuun. suəsdəy, look tuureaʔsap mɔɔk mien kaa ʔəy dae? baat, kɲom cɑŋ baək rooŋcak katdee. taə trəv bɑmpɨɲ sɑmbot snaam ʔəy klah?

53

54

Unit 4: kaa nat cuəp nɨŋ kəc prɑcam tŋay

C: B: A: B: A:

B:

C: A:

C:

B: A: B:

ʔoo, soom nat peel cie muəy leekaa kɲom haəy mɔɔk cuəp kɲom nɨv kaariʔyalay. tŋay can ʔaatɨt kraoy, moaŋ dɑp prɨk, look tumnee tee? baat kɲom ʔaac mɔɔk baan. ʔɑɑ kun. cumriep lie look. cuəp knie ləək kraoy.

ជំរាបសួរ ខ្ំុព្មេលះ John Smith តំណាងបករុែែ៊ុនកាត់ពដរ ស.ែ.។ សុំជួបពោកបបធាននាយកដ្ឋានេ៌ត៉ន។ ជំរាបសួរពោក ចា៎ចាំែួយម្លាតសិន

ខ្ំុនឹងបន្តមខសែពៅពោកឯកឧត្តែជូន ។ សួសរី្ត ពោកទូរស័េ្ែក៉នការអរីមដរ?

បាទ ខ្ំុចង់ពបើកពរាងច័បកកាត់ពដរ។ ពតើបតរូវបំពេញសំបុបត សានាែអ្វរីខលាលះ? អូ៎ សូែណាត់ពេលជាែួយពលខ្ខ្ំុ ពែើយែកជួប

ខ្ំុពៅការ ិយាល័យ។ ថ្ងៃច័ន្អាទិត្យពបកាយ ព៉ោ ងដប់បេឹក ពោកទំពនរពទ? បាទ ខ្ំុអាចែកបាន។ អរ្ុណ ។ ជំរាបោពោក។ ជួបគ្នាពលើកពបកាយ។

Translation of Dialogue 3 A:

B: C: A: C: B: A: B:

Hello, my name is John Smith, I am a representative of S.H. garment factory. I’d like to meet the head of the information department. Hello, sir. Just a moment please. I will connect you to his excellency. Hello, what can I do for you? I would like to set up a garment factory. What are the documents that I need to provide? Please make an appointment with my secretary to meet me at the office. Monday next week at 10:00 am, are you available? Yes, I can make it. Thanks. Goodbye, sir. See you next time.

Unit 4: Appointments and daily routines

Vocabulary តំណាង

dɑmnaaŋ krom hun

បករុែែ៊ុន កាត់ពដរ

katdee h

look prɑt ien h

nieyʊəkʔt aan poadəmien məplɛɛt bɑntɔɔ ksae look ʔaekʔotdɑm cuun baək rooŋcak katdee bɑmpɨɲ sɑmbot snaam nat peel leekaa kaariʔyalay ʔaac mɔɔk baan

បបធាន

នាយកដ្ឋាន េ៌ត៉ន

ែួយម្លាត បន្តមខសែ

ពោកឯកឧត្តែ ជូន

representative company to make clothing director office of a ministry information for a moment to connect the line his excellency to give, to present to; for, to

ពបើក

open

បំពេញ

complete

ពរាងច័បកកាត់ពដរ garment factory សំបុបតសានាែ ណាត់ពេល ពលខ្

ការ ិយាល័យ

អាចែកបាន

document to fix (a time/date for appointment) secretary office able to come

Language points The following terms are some government official titles: sɑmdac សពែដាច ‘his highness, his majesty’ is the highest honorific title used for royal and non-royals usually in recognition of their great service to the nation. look ʔaekʔotdɑm ពោកឯកឧត្តែ ‘his excellency’ is a title reserved for high-ranking government officials, usually from the rank of minister upward, whose female counterpart is look cumtiev ពោកជំោវ. The following are government officials at ministerial level: roatthaʔmʊəntrəy រដឋាែនន្តរី ‘state minister,’ roatthaʔleekhaathikaa រដឋាពលខ្្ិការ, ‘state secretary, deputy minister,’ ʔaʔnuʔroatthaʔleekhaathikaa អនុរដឋាពលខ្្ិការ ‘under state secretary.’

55

56

Unit 4: kaa nat cuəp nɨŋ kəc prɑcam tŋay The word dɑmnaaŋ តំណាង ‘to represent; representative’ can be used as a verb and a noun when placed in front of an organization or a person. For example: koat cie dɑmnaaŋ rieh. He is a people’s representative/parliament member. look cie dɑmnaaŋ roatthaʔmʊəntrəy. You are the prime ministerial representative. The word prɑthien បបធាន ‘chief, head’ is used in front of a person or an institution. In many instances prɑthien can be replaced by nieyʊək នាយក. Both words can be placed in front of a person or an institution.

Exercise 5

(Audio 1.43)

Look at your appointment book and tell us your busy weekly schedule. This is the sample pattern: tcay can moac pram bufn prjk, rifn phiesaa kmae. Time

Monday

Wednesday

Friday

9:00 am

study Cambodian

teach English

12 noon

go to market

meet with the eye doctor stay at the museum

2:00 pm

meet student representative

appointment with chief of a factory

lunch with the secretary calling the information department

Exercise 6 Reorder these words/expressions to make correct sentences. 1 2 3 4 5

koat tuureaʔsap cup lieŋ kruu bɑŋriən look srəy ʔaeŋ

kaariʔyalay kɲom cie muəy dɑmnaaŋ krom hun nɨv kliinɨc

tɨv nɨv pteah look nat cuəp cie dɑmnaaŋ coap rɔvʊəl

Unit 4: Appointments and daily routines

Read and write words with CVC In this section we will focus on learning how to read and write Cambodian words that have combinations of a consonant, vowel, and consonant (CVC). Phonologically, the consonants that can occur in final position in Cambodian syllables are: p, t, c, k, ʔ, l, h, m, n, ŋ, ɲ, v, and y; and those that never occur in final position are: b, d, f, s, and r. Cambodian words that are spelled with a final r are not pronounced, as in: pii េរី ‘from,’ pii េរីរ ‘two,’ kuu ្ូ ‘pair,’ kuu ្ូរ ‘to draw.’ Go back to page 13, to review Table 1, and pay attention to how each Cambodian consonant symbol is represented and how it is transcribed and pronounced in the initial and final position. When kɑɑ ក, khɑɑ ខ, kɔɔ ្, or khɔɔ ឃ occur in the final position, the pronunciation and transcription is -k, as in: caak ចាក ‘to depart,’ muk ែុខ ‘face,’ sok សុខ ‘peaceful,’ niek នា្ ‘dragon,’ and meek ពែឃ ‘sky.’ When dɑɑ ដ, thɑɑ ឋ, dɔɔ ឌ, thɔɔ ឍ, tɑɑ ត, thɑɑ ្, tɔɔ ទ, or thɔɔ ្, occur in the final position, the pronunciation transcription is -t, as in: kaat កាត, ‘card’ and baat បាទ ‘yes.’ When cɑɑ ច or cɔɔ ជ occur in the final position, the pronunciation and transcription is -c, as in: ʔɑɑc អាច ‘able to,’ puuc េូជ ‘race,’ and riec រាជ ‘royal.’ When bɑɑ ប, phaa ផ, pɔɔ េ, or phɔɔ ្ occur in the final position, the pronunciation and transcription is -p, as in: saap សាប ‘tasteless’ and phiep ភាេ ‘status.’ When nɑɑ ណ and nɔɔ ន occur in the final position, the pronunciation and transcription is -n, as in: boʔraan បុរាណ ‘ancient,’ caan ចាន ‘plate,’ and riǝn ពរៀន ‘to study.’ For the first group of words, even though there is no symbol of a vowel between these two consonants, the words are usually pronounced according to the inherent sound of the first consonant. For the second group of words, the pronunciation will sound according to the combination of the consonant and the vowel and could end with one of the consonants (p, t, c, k, ʔ, l, h, m, n, ŋ, ɲ, v, y).

57

58

Unit 4: kaa nat cuəp nɨŋ kəc prɑcam tŋay

Table 8 Examples of first group of words with no written vowel (inherent sound) symbol 1

kɑɑ

+

kɑɑ

kɑɑk

2

cɑɑ

+

tɔɔ

cɑɑt

3

tɑɑ

+

yɔɔ

tɑɑy

4

sɑɑ

+

ŋɔɔ

sɑɑŋ

5

thɑɑ

+

tɔɔ

thɑɑt

6

kɔɔ

+

ŋɔɔ

kɔɔŋ

7

yɔɔ

+

kɔɔ

yɔɔk

8

ɲɔɔ

+

yɔɔ

ɲɔɔy

9

chɔɔ

+

mɔɔ

chɔɔm

កក ចត តយ សង ្ត ្ង យក ញយ ឈែ

to become coagulated to park jug to pay back to photograph gong to take often to confront

Table 9 Examples of second group of words with regular vowel symbols 1

tɔɔ

+

ɨ

ɲɔɔ

tɨɲ

2

mɔɔ

+

əə

lɔɔ

məəl

3

mɔɔ

+

uəy

yɔɔ

muəy

4

yɔɔ

+

əə

ŋɔɔ

yəəŋ

5

lɑɑ

+

ɑɑ

laan

laan

6

lɔɔ

+

oo

kɑɑ

look

Exercise 7

ទិញ ពែើល ែួយ ពយើង ឡាន ពោក

(Audio 1.44)

Read these words and then write them in Cambodian script. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

ʔaac baan daəm phɑɑŋ caan kaət koon bɑək khuəp sən

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

məəl peel cuəp muəy tiət tooh look cuun mɛɛn tɨɲ

to buy to read one we/us car Mr.

Unit 4: Appointments and daily routines

Exercise 8 Read these Cambodian words. 1 ចង

5 និង

3 បាយ

7 ជួប

2 បង

4 ពលៀង

6 ៉ន 8 ពែើយ

Listening and reading passage (Audio 1.45; Bonus audio 10) First listen to this passage. Second look at the Cambodian text to see how many words (with combination of CV or CVC) you can recognize. Draw a circle around words with CV in red, and CVC in blue. Practice rewriting them in your notebook.

បេឹកពនលះ ខ្ំុឈពឺ ្មេញខ្លាំងណាស់។ ខ្ំុបោំែិនបានក៏ទូរសេ្ពៅ សុំណាត់ជួបប្រូពេទ្យ មតបតរូវចាំកនលាលះព៉ោ ង។ អាទិត្យពនលះ ខ្ំុ៉ន

ណាត់ពបចើន ពែើយរវល់ណាស់។ ខ្ំុបតរូវជួបនាយកពរាងច័បកកាត់ ពដរ ពែើយនិងតំណាងនិសសែិតសាោ។ ពៅចុងសបា្តែ៍ពនលះ

ខ្ំុពៅជប់ពលៀងបុណ្យកំពណើតែិតស្ត សរីខំុ។ ្ ខ្ំុអាចញ ំ នតាែចិត្ត ុ បា ចាប់េរី ព៉ោ ង៨យប់ រែូតដល់ព៉ោ ង១០យប់។ prɨk nih kɲom chɨɨ tmɨɲ klaŋ nah. kɲom troam mɨn baan kɑɑ tuureaʔsap tɨv som nat cuəp kruu pɛɛt, tae trəv cam kɑnlah moaŋ. ʔaatɨt nih kɲom mien nat craən haəy rɔvʊəl nah. kɲom trəv cuəp nieyʊək rooŋcak katdee haəy nɨŋ dɑmnaaŋ nisət saalaa. nɨv coŋ sɑɑpdaa nih, kɲom tɨv cup lieŋ bon kɑmnaət mɨt srəy kɲom. kɲom ʔaac ɲam baan taam cət, cap pii moaŋ pram bəy yup rɔhoot dɑl moaŋ dɑp yup.

59

Unit Five nɨv psaa kmae នៅផ្សារខ្មែរ At the open market

In this unit you will learn how to: • • • • • • •

ask and say what to buy at the open market ask, tell, and bargain for prices with tɑɑ tlay use the expressions ‘yet,’ ‘not yet,’ and ‘how about’ say some names of fruits and vegetables use appropriate classifiers refer to qualities and units of measurement read and write CV and CVC combinations

Dialogue 1 Grocery shopping (Audio 1.46) Listen to the conversation between a seller A (neak lʊək) and a buyer B (neak tɨɲ) at an open market (psaa thoammədaa) in Phnom Penh. A: B: B: A: B:

look srəy trəv kaa tɨɲ ʔəy dae? kɲom cɑŋ tɨɲ ʔɑŋkɑɑ, skɑɑ, nɨŋ tɨk trəy. ʔɑŋkɑɑ məkiiloo tlay ponmaan? bəy poan pram rɔɔy riəl. yɔɔk ponmaan kiiloo? pii kiiloo kɑnlah. haəy ʔaoy skɑɑ məkɑɲcɑp nɨŋ tɨk trəy mədɑɑp phɑɑŋ.

Unit 5: At the open market

A: B: A: B: A: A: B: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A:

look srəy trəv kaa ʔəy tiət tee? tɨk sot pii yuə tiət. kɨt luy teaŋ ʔɑh ponmaan? ʔɑh məməən pram buən poan riəl. nih pii məən riəl. luy sɑl mɨn bac ʔap tee. ʔɑɑ kun. tŋay kraoy ʔɑɲcəəɲ mɔɔk tɨɲ tiət.

នោកស្រីត្រូវការទិញអរីខែរ?

្្ុំញចង់ទិញអង្ករ ្្ករ និងទឹកត្រី។ អង្ករននះមួយគរីឡូថ្លៃប៉ញន្មែន?

៣៥00 នរៀល។ យកប៉ញន្មែនគរីឡូ?

២គរីឡូកនលៃះ។ ន�ើយ្្ករមួយកញ្ចប់ និងទឹកត្រីមួយែបផ្ង។ នោកស្រីត្រូវការអរីនទៀ្នទ?

ទឹក្ញទ្ធពរីរយួរនទៀ្។ គិ្លញយទាុំងអ្់ប៉ញន្មែន? អ្់១៩០០០នរៀល។

ននះ ២មញឺននរៀល។ លញយ្ល់មិនបាច់អាប់នទ។ អរគញណ។ ថ្ងៃនតកាយអនញជើញមកទិញនទៀ្។

Translation of Dialogue 1 A: B: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A:

What would you like to buy, madam? I want to buy rice, sugar, and fish sauce. How much is a kilo of rice? 3,000 Riel. How many kilos would you like? Two and a half kilos. And give me a packet of sugar, and one bottle of fish sauce, please. Do you need anything else? Two packs of drinking water as well. Add it up; how much is it altogether? All together it is 19,900 Riel. Here, 20,000 Riel; keep the change. Thank you. Please come again.

61

62

Unit 5: nɨv psaa kmae

Vocabulary ʔɑŋkɑɑ skɑɑ tɨk trəy kiiloo tlay yɔɔk kɑnlah kɑɲcɑp dɑɑp tɨk sot pii yuə kɨt luy taəŋ ʔɑh ʔɑh luy sɑl ʔap luy mɨn bac ʔap tee

អង្ករ ្្ករ

ទឹកត្រី

rice (uncooked) sugar fish sauce

គរីឡូ

kilogram

យក

to take, bring, receive

ថ្លៃ

កនលៃះ

កញ្ចប់ ែប

ទឹក្ញទ្ធ ពរីរយួរ

គិ្លញយ ទាុំងអ្់ អ្់

លញយ្ល់ អាប់លញយ

price, cost

half pack, package bottle drinking water two packs (12 bottles) total up altogether, all all, the whole; to use up left over money to give change

មិនបាច់អាប់នទ keep the change

Language points A variety of terms are used to indicate an amount of goods sold in markets. The following are the main ones: kiiloo គរីឡូ, short for ‘kilogram,’ is the most commonly used term for a weight unit for a variety of goods generally in solid form, including grain kham ខាុំ ‘one-tenth of a kilo,’ used for goods required in smaller amounts than half a kilo kraam តកាម ‘gram,’ a smaller unit used for a smaller amount of goods in powder form or a variety of processed foodstuffs such as meat kɑɲcɑp កញ្ចប់ ‘packet(s),’ used for salt, refined sugar, and an assortment of goods

Unit 5: At the open market

dɑɑp ែប ‘bottle,’ large or small, generally used for goods in liquid form, including wine liit លរីត្ ‘liter,’ a unit for liquid, mostly used for gasoline kɑmpoŋ កុំបញ៉ង ‘can,’ often used for soft drink and beer kaeh ខក្ ‘case,’ usually a dozen cans or packets inside a box, mostly with reference to beer and an assortment of soft drinks kbaal កបាល ‘head,’ used mostly for livestock or books muk មញ្ ‘kind, type,’ mostly used for a dish or a course (of a meal) daəm នែើម ‘stick, trunk,’ mostly used for trees, plants, poles, stalks, or guns dom ែញុំ ‘piece, chunk, group of,’ used for stone, candy, sugar, or wood bac បាច់ ‘bunch, bundle,’ used for vegetables, flowers, or firewood snət ្្ិ្ ‘hands of bananas,’ used for bananas plae ខផ្លៃ ‘fruit,’ used to count fruit loo ឡូ ‘a dozen,’ used for eggs

thɑŋ ្ង់ ‘pouch, small bag’ and sbaoŋ ន្បាង ‘bag,’ used for liquids and an assortment of goods with small quantities thuŋ ធញង ‘container,’ used for barrels of goods baav បាវ ‘sack,’ bigger than kaaroŋ ការញង ‘sack, small bag,’ used for grain, in large amounts, and an assortment of goods in large quantities with specific weight Notice that the order in this pattern is: noun + number of units + classifier or specifier (size, shape, amount, or kind of unit being counted). Also in Cambodian the specifier or classifier is optional. For example: biiyɛɛ pii kaeh

ប៊រីខយ៉២ខក្

2 cases of beer sac koo bəy kham

សាច់នោ៣ខាុំ

1/3 kilogram of beef siəvphɨv bəy (kbaal)

ន្ៀវនៅ៣(កបាល)

3 (volumes) of books or 3 books

63

64

Unit 5: nɨv psaa kmae

pkaa koʔlaap məbac

ផ្្កកញោបមួយបាច់ 1 bouquet of roses ʔɑŋkɑɑ məbaav

អង្ករមួយបាវ

1 sack of rice (about 100kg) tɨk plae chəə krɑlok məthɑŋ

ទឹកខផ្លៃន�ើ តកឡញកមួយ្ង់ 1 pouch of fruit shake

Exercise 1 Select the appropriate amount of these products that you will buy at the market. Using these words: kampoc, liit, kiiloo, bac, kabcap, and daap. 1 2 3 4 5 6

sraa (wine) pii __________ kookaa (coke) bəy __________ saŋ (gasoline) pram __________ sac koo (beef) muəy __________ bɑnlae (vegetable) muəy __________ skɑɑ (sugar) pii __________

Exercise 2 Select the appropriate price in Cambodian script (from the second list) of these products that you will buy at the market. Notice that the contraction of mufy ‘one’ is mf. 1 2 3 4 5 6

tɨk sot məyuə tlay ponmaan? ʔɑŋkɑɑ məkiilo tlay ponmaan? sac koo məkiilo tlay ponmaan? saŋ məliit tlay ponmaan? sraa mədɑp tlay ponmaan? biiyɛɛ məkaeh tlay ponmaan?

a b c d e f

៣៥00 ៛/គរីឡូ $៨.00/ែប ៤000 ៛/៦ែប $១៤/នកើ្ $១.៤0/លរីត្ $៥.00/គរីឡូ

Unit 5: At the open market

Exercise 3 Listen to Dialogue 1 again. Answer these following questions. krav pii ʔɑŋkɑɑ nɨŋ skɑɑ, tae look srəy trəv kaa tɨɲ ʔəy tiət? koat tɨɲ ʔɑŋkɑɑ ponmaan kiilo? haəy taəŋ ʔɑh tlay ponmaan? koat tɨɲ skɑɑ ponmaan kɑɲcɑp? haəy tɨk trəy ponmaan dɑɑp dae? coh tɨk sot koat trəv kaa ponmaan yuə? koat ʔaoy luy tɨv neak lʊək ponmaan? neak lʊək baan ʔap luy tee?

1 2 3 4 5 6

Dialogue 2 (Audio 1.47) This is another typical conversation between a regular customer A (neak tɨɲ) and a seller B (neak lʊək) at an open market. There is a fruit stand (toop lʊək plae chəə) and a butcher stand (toop lʊək sac). Several words that were needed in Dialogue 1 are no longer needed because they are already provided by the context.

At the fruit stand njv toop plae chff A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

kɲom yɔɔk ceek məsnət nɨŋ svaay məlo. ceek mɨn toan tum, haəy svaay kɑɑ nɨv kcəy dae. ʔɑt ʔəy tee. coh krooc noh pʔaem tee? ʔaa toc toc pʔaem, tae ʔaa thom cuu. yɔɔk ʔaa pʔaem pii kiiloo. teaŋ ʔɑh tlay ponmaan? pii məən pram poan riəl. nih luy raop məəl krup tee? ʔɑɑ kun krup haəy. toop lʊək sac nɨv naa? nɨv kɑnleaŋ ʔuuʔɑɑ noh.

្្ុំញយកនចកទញុំមួយ្្ិ្និងសាវាយមួយឡូ។ នចកមិនទាន់ទញុំ ន�ើយសាវាយក៏នៅ្្ចរីខែរ។ អ្់អរីនទ។ ចញះតករូចនន្ះខផ្អែមនទ? អា្ូចៗខផ្អែម ខ្អាធុំជូរ។

65

66

Unit 5: nɨv psaa kmae

A: B: A: B: A: B:

យកអាខផ្អែមពរីរគរីឡូ។ ទាុំងអ្់ថ្លៃប៉ញន្មែន? ២៥០០០នរៀល។

ននះលញយ។ រាប់នមើលតគប់នទ? អរគញណតគប់ន�ើយ។

្ូបលក់សាច់នៅណា? នៅកខនលៃងអ៊ូអរនន្ះ។

At the butcher stand njv toop ldfk sac A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

som tləəŋ sac cruuk məkiiloo nɨŋ sac koo kɑnlah kiiloo mɔɔk! tŋay nih sac moan nɨŋ sac tie srɑh srɑh nah. cuəy tɨɲ phɑɑŋ. lʊək yaaŋ məc dae? tlay dooc knie nɨŋ sac cruuk. coh klah mɔɔk, baan tee? baan mooy piʔsaeh. ʔiicəŋ kcɑp tie məkuu tiət mɔɔk! kɲom ʔɑp luy ʔaoy neak haəy. ʔɑɑ kun.

្ញុំ្ឹលៃង សាច់តជរូកមួយគរីឡូ និងសាច់នោកនលៃះគរីឡូមក!

ថ្ងៃននះសាច់មាន់ និងសាច់ទាស្្់ៗ ណា្់។ ជួយទិញផ្ង? លក់យ៉ងនម៉ចខែរ?

ថ្លៃែូចោ្នឹងសាច់តជរូក។ ចញះ្លៃះមក បាននទ?

បាន ម៉ូយពិន្្។

អញរីចឹង្្ចប់ទាមួយគូនទៀងមក!

្្ុំញអាប់លញយនអាយអ្កន�ើយ។ អរគញណ។

Translation of Dialogue 2 At the fruit stand A: B: A: B:

I will take a bunch of bananas and a dozen mangoes. The bananas are not ripe yet, and the mangoes are still green. That’s OK. Are those oranges sweet? The small ones are sweet, but the big ones are sour.

67

Unit 5: At the open market

A: B: A: B: A: B:

Then give me two kilos of the sweet oranges. How much altogether? 25,000 Riel. Here is the money. Count it, is that the correct amount? Thank you, it is correct. Where is the butcher stand? It is over near the crowded area over there.

At the butcher stand A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Please could you weigh a kilo of pork and half a kilo of beef! Today’s chicken and duck are fresh. Please buy some. How much do you sell them for? Same price as pork. Could you lower the price a bit? OK, for a regular customer. Then please wrap up a pair of ducks for me as well! I gave you the change already. Thanks.

Vocabulary ceek muəy snət / məsnət svaay loo mɨn toan kcəy # tum krooc pʔaem # cuu ʔaa toc krup ʔuuʔɑɑ ʔiicəŋ tləəŋ sac cruuk

នចក

មួយ្្ិ្ សាវាយ

ឡូ មិនទាន់ ្្ចរី # ទញុំ

banana a hand of bananas mango a dozen not yet unripe/to be ripe

តករូច

orange

អា្ូច

the small one

ខផ្អែម # ជូរ sweet/sour តគប់

អ៊ូអរ

អញរីចឹង ្លៃឹង

សាច់តជរូក

complete, all, every to be crowded, filled with people, noisy so, therefore; in this/that way to weigh, to ponder pork

68

Unit 5: nɨv psaa kmae

sac koo moan sac tie kuu cuəy yaaŋ məc dooc knie coh tlay muəy muk / məmuk

សាច់នោ មាន់ ទា គូ

ជួយ

យ៉ ងនម៉ច ែូចោ្ ចញះថ្លៃ

មួយមញ្

beef chicken duck a pair, couple to help how, why, in what way, in any way to be alike, like, just as to reduce price each kind, type

mooy

ម៉ូយ

client who frequently uses the service of a place

piʔsaeh

ពិន្្

special

Language points Fruits The word snət is used for fruits in a bunch, especially for bananas. The word tum ទញុំ ‘ripe’ is used as opposed to kcəy ្្ចរី ‘green’; pʔaem ខផ្អែម ‘sweet’ as opposed to other tastes such as cuu ជូ ‘sour.’

Names of some fruits (Audio 1.48) These are some common fruit names that you should know when buying them at the open market in Cambobia: dooŋ ែូង ‘coconut,’ mnoah មា្្់ ‘pineapple,’ lhoŋ ល្ញង ‘papaya,’ ʔəvlək ឪឡឹក ‘watermelon,’ trɑbaek ត្ខបក ‘guava,’ kuulɛɛn គូខលន ‘lychee,’ miən នមៀន ‘logan,’ saavmaav សាវមា៉ វ ‘rambutan,’ mʊəŋkhut មង្ញ្ ‘mangosteen,’ and thuureen ធូនរន ‘durian.’ plae chəə cuu haəy tlay. The fruit is sour and expensive. ʔəvlək tum haəy pʔaem. The watermelon is ripe and sweet.

Unit 5: At the open market

Names of some vegetables (Audio 1.49) These are some common vegetable names that you should know when buying them at the open market in Cambobia: trɑkuən ត្កួន ‘water spinach,’ spey ថ្ពៃ ‘cabbage,’ khatnaa ខា្់ណា ‘collard greens,’ sɑndaek ្ខណដែក ‘beans and peas,’ poot នោ្ ‘corn,’ trɑlaac ត្ឡាច ‘winter melon’; trɑp ត្ប់ ‘eggplant,’ peeŋpɑh នប៉ងនបា៉ ះ ‘tomato,’ kaarot ការ្ ញ ៉ ‘carrot,’ trɑsɑk ត្្ក់ ‘cucumber,’ and saalaad សាោែ ‘lettuce, salad.’

Use of ‘yet’ for question and ‘not yet’ for answer The question with haəy rɨɨ nɨv ន�ើយឬនៅ, shortens to haəy nɨv or rɨɨ nɨv ‘have . . . yet?’ and can generally generate a ‘yes’ or ‘not yet’ answer, as in: lhoŋ tum haəy rɨɨ nɨv? Are the papayas ripe yet? tum haəy. Yes, it is already ripe. ʔɑt toan tum tee. No, it is not ripe, yet. nɨv tee. No, not yet. Thus the answer using expressions mɨn toan មិនទាន់ or ʔɑt toan អ្់ទាន់ and nɨv tee នៅនទ generally are indicating a process ‘not

yet’ completed.

svaay ʔɑt toan tum tee. The mangoes are not ripe yet. koat mɨn toan mɔɔk. He has not arrived yet. kɲom mɨn toan tɨɲ sɑndaek. I have not purchased the beans yet.

69

70

Unit 5: nɨv psaa kmae

Use of ‘how about’ The expression coh ចញះ ‘how about’ is used to switch to a subject or situation related or different to the one being discussed. The common meaning of coh is ‘to reduce, to lower, to move in a downward position.’ For example: krooc pʔaem, coh mnoah? Oranges are sweet, how about the pineapples? sac koo tlay, coh sac cruuk? The beef is expensive, how about the pork? koat cmʊəh Danny, coh ʔaeŋ? His name is Danny, how about you? som coh tlay bɑnlae nih. Please reduce the price of this vegetable.

Other useful words and expressions used in this dialogue The word ʔaa អា is a useful and quick way to denote a specific object rather than repeating the name of the object itself, such as ʔaa toc ‘the small one,’ ʔaa thom ‘the big one,’ ʔaa tlay ‘the expensive one,’ ʔaa thaok ‘the cheap one,’ ʔaa lʔɑɑ ‘the nice (good) one.’ toop ្ូប a covered stall or stand displaying goods for sale, as opposed to a larger structure haaŋ ហាង ‘store,’ such as haaŋ lʊək tnam ‘pharmacy,’ haaŋ lʊək siəvphɨv ‘bookshop’ dooc ែូច ‘same,’ indicates similarity between two or more different things, while smaə ន្មែើ is a more precise term indicating ‘equality’ klah ្លៃះ ‘some, a portion of a bigger amount’; another common meaning of klah ‘else’ is to try to get a more precise answer when talking about a person or an object baan tee បាននទ indicates possibility whether an action can be taken or done

71

Unit 5: At the open market

ʔiicəŋ អញរីចឹង ‘therefore, so,’ used interchangeably with ʔɑɲcəŋ អញ្ចង ឹ depending upon the speaker yɔɔk ~ yɔɔ យក ‘to take, to bring’ when combined with another verb indicates the direction of the action, as in yɔɔ tɨv យកនៅ ‘to take,’ yɔɔ mɔɔk យកមក ‘to bring’ When tɨv នៅ ‘to go’ and mɔɔk មក ‘to come’ are placed at the end of a sentence or clause they mark an imperative as in: tləəŋ sac məkiiloo mɔɔk.

coh tlay klah mɔɔk.

្លៃឹងសាច់មួយគរីឡូមក។

ចញះថ្លៃ្លៃះមក។

ɲam skɑɑ pii dom tɨv.

lʊək ʔaoy thoak thoat tɨv.

Weigh me one kilo of meat!

ញ ញ ុំ្រ្ក ពរីរែញុំនៅ។

Eat two pieces of sugar!

Exercise 4

Go down on price!

លក់នអាយនោកៗនៅ។ Sell it cheap!

(Audio 1.50)

How would you use these statements with mjn toan ‘not yet’? 1 2 3 4 5 6

ceek məsnət nih tum haəy. svaay thom pʔaem haəy. krooc toc lʊək ʔɑh haəy. puu yɔɔk ʔəvlək tum tɨv ʔaoy koon haəy. kɲom coh tlay khatnaa ʔaoy koat haəy. spey nih yɔɔk tɨv ɲam baan haəy.

Exercise 5 First, read these statements aloud. Second, use them to ask questions with haf]y rjj njv ‘yet’. 1 2 3 4 5 6

look yiey ɲam ceek tum. koat tləəŋ sac moan. bɑɑŋ lʊək ʔɑŋkɑɑ ʔɑh. kɲom ʔaoy luy tɨv neak lʊək. neak lʊək kɨt luy. koat ʔɑp luy ʔaoy neak tɨɲ.

72

Unit 5: nɨv psaa kmae

Exercise 6 Using the appropriate expressions on the left side to complete these statements. 1 2 3 4 5 6

som ________ plae chəə kɲom. kɲom lʊək ________ ʔaoy. svaay tum haəy ________ nah. sac moan koat ________ nah. ceek ________ tum tee. yɔɔk bɑnlae ________ tɨv.

a b c d e f

srɑh pʔaem tɨv chaa mɨn toan coh tlay cuəy tɨɲ

Review reading and writing CV and CVC In this unit, we are reviewing the reading and writing of Cambodian script with the combination of consonant and vowel (CV), and consonant, vowel, and consonant (CVC).

Exercise 7 Read these words aloud. Write the script again in your note book and tell us their appropriate meaning in English.

១ ទា

៦ នៅ

២ ទញុំ

៧ ជូរ

៣ ចញះ

៨ ធុំ

៤ នោ ៩ នៅ

៥   ្ញុំ

១០ គរីឡូ

Exercise 8 Read the words in Cambodian script aloud. Match them with the transliteration forms. 1 នោក

2 ទិញ

3 និង

4 ែូច

9 នចក

10 ជួយ

a haəy f riəl

b tɨk g look

c ceɛk h nɨŋ

d cuəy i dooc

e j

6 នរៀល

7 ន�ើយ

8 លញយ

5 ទឹក tɨɲ luy

73

Unit 5: At the open market

Exercise 9

(Audio 1.51)

Draw this slant line / to mark the separate words in these expressions. Read them aloud.

១ ២ ៣ ៤ ៥

យកមក ជួយយក លនមើល បាននទ ខមនន�ើយ

៦ ៧ ៨ ៩ ១០

មិន្ល់ ទិញទា លក់សាច់ មិនទាន់ មួយមញ្

Listening and reading passage (Audio 1.52; Bonus audio 11) First, use the audio to listen to this passage. Second, read the passage in Cambodian script. Third, draw a circle around words or expressions that you know. Fourth, match the CV and the CVC combinations in Cambodian script with the transcription below.

ទរីតករុងភ្ុំនពញមានផ្សារធមមែតា និងផ្សារទុំននើបនៅតគប់ទរីកខនលៃង។

ផ្សារនិមួយៗមានមនញ្្សអ៊ូអរនែើរទិញអរីវ៉ន់តាង ុំ តពឹកតពលឹមរ�ូ្

ែល់យប់។ ផ្សារទុំននើបធុំៗមានមា៉ ្ញន រី ត្ជាក់ ន�ើយមានអរីវ៉ន់ថ្លៃ

ភាគនតចើនមកពរីបរនទ្។ នភ្ៀវបរនទ្ចូលចិ្្តនៅផ្សារទុំននើប

ណា្់។ រាល់ថ្ងៃ ខ្មែរតគប់ៗោ្នៅទិញអរីវ៉ន់នៅផ្សារធមមែតា។ ្្ុំញ ចូលចិ្ទ ្ត ិញខផ្លៃន�ើឆ្ងៃញ់ៗ បខនលៃស្្់ៗ និងអរីវ៉ន់លនអែ ោកៗ នៅ

ផ្សារធមមែតា នតោះនៅទរីនន្ះ ្្ុំញអាច្ថ្លៃបាននទៀង។

tii kroŋ pnum pɨɲ mien psaa thoammədaa, nɨŋ psaa tumnəəp nɨv krup tii kɑŋleaŋ. psaa niʔmuəy niʔmuəy mien mɔnuh ʔuuʔɑɑ daə tɨɲ ʔəyvan, taŋ pii prɨk prɔlɨm rɔhoot dɑl yup. psaa tumnəəp thom thom mien maasiin trɑceak, haəy mien ʔəyvan tlay, phiek craən mɔɔk pii bɑrəteeh. pɲiev bɑrəteeh cool cət tɨv psaa tumnəəp nah. roal tŋay, kmae krup krup knie, cool cət tɨv tɨɲ ʔəyvan nɨv psaa thoammədaa. kɲom cool cət tɨɲ plae chəə cŋaɲ cŋaɲ, bɑnlae srɑh srɑh, nɨŋ ʔəyvan lʔɑɑ thaok thaok, nɨv psaa thoammədaa, prʊəh nɨv tii noh, kɲom ʔaac tɑɑ tlay baan tiət.

Unit Six rɔbɑh ʔɑʔnuhsaavaʔrii nɨŋ sɑmliek bɑmpeak របស់អនុសសាវរ ីយ៍នង ិ សំល�ៀកបំពាក់ Souvenirs and clothing

In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and tell about buying and selling clothes, shoes, and souvenirs • use expressions relating to ‘price,’ ‘to try or test,’ and saying ‘please’ • talk about and ask for color and sizes for your clothing • use the verbs sliek and peak on wearing garments/things • use appropriate classifiers • read and write subscripts

Dialogue 1 At a souvenir shop (Audio 1.53) Listen to the conversation between a seller (A) and a tourist, pɲiəv teehsɑʔcaa (B), at a museum souvenir shop in Siem Reap. A: B: A: B: A: B:

suəsdəy! soom ʔaɲcəəɲ cool look. kɲom cɑŋ tɨɲ ʔɑmnaoy cuun kee peel tɨv vɨɲ. sɑmrap mənuh srəy rɨɨ proh? ʔaoy sɑŋsaa, mdaay nɨŋ cɑv vaay. nih krɑmaa sot, sɑmpʊət hool, phaa muəŋ rɨɨ ruup cɑmlak. lʔɑɑ cɑmnap! taə rɔbɑh teaŋ nih tvəə nɨv srok kmae rɨɨ?

75

Unit 6: Souvenirs and clothing

A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

caa. look cɑŋ baan ʔəy klah? yɔɔk krɑmaa sot pii, sɑmpʊət hool muəy, ruup cɑmlak ʔɑpsɑʔraa pii, nɨŋ pteaŋ kumnuu nih. rɔbɑh ʔɑʔnuhsaavaʔrii teaŋ nih mien tɑmlay nah prʊəh tvəə pii day. som kcɑp cie kɑɲcɑp pseeŋ pseeŋ knie. yəəŋ thaem ʔaav yɨɨt ruup ʔɑŋkɔɔ cuun cie ʔɑʔnuhsaavaʔrii. ʔɑɑ kun.

សួសី!្ សូមអល្ជើញចូ�លោក។

ខ្ំុចង់ទិញអំលោយជូនលេលេ�លៅវ ិញ។ សំរាប់មនុស្សសសី ឬបបរុស? លោយសងសារ ម្តាយ និងលៅហ្វាយ។

លនះបកម្សូប្រ សំេ្រ់ហូ� ផាមួង ឬរូបចម្លាក់។

�្អចំោប់! ល្រើរបស់ទាំងលនះល្វាើលៅសសរុកខខមែរឬ? ចា៎។ លោកចង់បានអីខលាះ?

យកបកម្សូប្រេីរ សំេ្រ់ហូ�មួយ រូបចម្លាក់អប្សរាេីរ និងផាទាំងេំនូរលនះ។

A: B: A: B:

របស់អនុសសាវរ ីយ៍ទាំងលនះម្ន្រមមលាោស់លបពាះល្វាើេីមៃ។ សុំខ្ចប់ជាក្្ចប់ល្្សងៗគ្នា។

លយើងខែមោវយឺ្ររូបអង្គរជូនជាអនុសសាវរ ីយ៍។

អរេុណ។

Vocabulary ʔaɲcəəɲ cool ʔɑmnaoy krɑmaa sot sɑmpʊət

អល្ជើញចូ� អំលោយ

បកម្សូប្រ សំេ្រ់

please come in present, gift silk scarf skirt

sɑmpʊət hool

សំេ្រ់ហូ�

hand-woven silk fabric (skirt) with intricate pattern

phaa muəŋ

ផាមួង

plain silk fabric

ruup cɑmlak

រូបចម្លាក់

sculpture

76

Unit 6: rɔbɑh ʔɑʔnuhsaavaʔrii nɨŋ sɑmliek bɑmpeak

pteaŋ kumnuu lʔɑɑ cɑmnap tvəə pii day tɑmlay pseeŋ pseeŋ h

t aem ʔaav yɨɨt rɔbɑh ʔɑʔnuhsaavaʔrii h

voatt oʔ boʔraan

ផាទាំងេំនូរ

�្អចំោប់ ល្វាើេីមៃ ្រមមលា

ល្្សងៗ ខែម

wall painting superb, wonderful handmade value, price separately, various to add to

ោវយឺ្រ

T-shirt

វ្រ្ុបុរាណ

antiques

របស់អនុសសាវរ ីយ៍ souvenir items

Language points Cambodians are famous for making handicrafts and hand-woven silk textiles with unique and intricate patterns. At cultural ceremonies, Cambodian people wear their traditional costumes made of these silk fabrics. Women wear long traditional skirts, sɑmpʊət hool or sɑmpʊət phaa muəŋ, with matching silk blouses or embroidered blouses that are fitted to the body and shortened to waist length. Both men and women wear sɑmpʊət cɑŋ kben. The men usually wear long-sleeved shirts with mandarin collars. The krɑmaa, or Cambodian scarf, is either woven from cotton or silk. Everyone owns a krɑmaa. At work, people wear European-style clothing, but most Cambodian women at a certain age prefer to wear a sɑmpʊət made of cotton or synthetic fabric for easy care. At home or in the countyside, people wear saaroŋ, a sarong or long skirt. The word soom សូម ‘please’ is a polite term used to introduce a sentence and functions as an auxiliary. Sometimes, in rapid speech, it is shortened to become homophonous with som សុំ. But som សុំ ‘to ask for, to request; to ask to (do something)’ is a verb. For example: soom məəl siəvphɨv.

សូមលមើ�លសៀវលៅ។ Please read the book.

soom sɑɑsee cmuəh koat.

សូមសរលសរល្មែះគ្្រ់។ Please write his name.

77

Unit 6: Souvenirs and clothing

soom tuureaʔsɑp mook vɨɲ.

សូមទូរសេទាមកវ ិញ។ Please call back.

som tɨv bɑŋkuən.

សុំលៅបង្គន់។

Can I go to the toilet. som tɨv psaa cie muəy phɑɑŋ.

សុំលៅ្សារជាមួយ្ង។

Can I go to the market with you. kɲom som luy paa.

ខ្ំុសុំ�ុយបា៉ា ។

I ask dad for money. The word cuun ជូន ‘to give, present, offer to; to, for’ is used as a polite and respectful form of ʔaoy លោយ as in: cuun pteaŋ kumnuu tɨv look nieyʊək ‘give the painting to the director.’ Cambodian has many noun words that are derived from their original root verbs. The following examples are from this unit: ʔɑmnaoy អំលោយ ‘gift’ is from the verb ʔaoy លោយ ‘to give,’ kɑɲcɑp ក្្ចប់ ‘package’ is from kcɑp ខ្ចប់ ‘to wrap,’ tɑmlay ្រមមលា ‘price, value’ is from tlay មែលា ‘to cost, be worth,’ cɑmlak ចម្លាក់ ‘sculpture, carving’ is from the verb clak ឆ្លាក់ ‘to carve, to sculpt,’ kumnuu េំ នូរ ‘painting, drawing’ is from the verb kuu េូ រ ‘to draw, to sketch, to paint.’ លោយ was written originally with the independent vowel, as in ឱ្យ.

Exercise 1 First, read the expressions on the right-hand side. Second, use them to complete these statements. 1 2 3 4 5 6

______ kcɑp plae chəə nih. sɑmpʊət hool mien ______ nah. yɔɔk svaay thom tɨv ______ look taa. ______ som coh tlay tiət baan tee. ______ ʔɑɲcəəɲ ʔɑŋkuy look kruu. ʔaeŋ tɨɲ ______ ʔaoy neak naa?

a b c d e f

cuun soom tɑmlay krɑmaa sot som kom

78

Unit 6: rɔbɑh ʔɑʔnuhsaavaʔrii nɨŋ sɑmliek bɑmpeak

Exercise 2

(Audio 1.54)

Listen to the first dialogue again, and then answer these questions. pɲiəv teehsɑʔcɑɑ nɨv ʔae naa? koat cɑŋ tɨɲ ʔəy yɔɔk tɨv srok koat? tɨɲ ʔaoy neak naa klah? koat tɨɲ krɑmma sot ponmaan? neak lʊək trəv kcɑp cie ponmaan kɑɲcɑp? kee baan thaem ʔəy ʔaoy koat?

1 2 3 4 5 6

Dialogue 2 At a clothing store (Audio 1.55) Listen to the conversation between neak lʊək (A) and a young couple neak tɨɲ (B and C) at a clothing store in Soriya Mall in Phnom Penh. A: B: A: C: B: A: B: C: A: B: A: C: B: C: A: B: A:

suəsdəy, neak teaŋ pii cɑŋ tɨɲ ʔəy? pʊək yəəŋ caŋ tɨɲ khao ʔaav məsɑmrap mneak. neak teaŋ pii trəv kaa leek ponmaan? ʔaav day kləy leek tooc, sɑmpʊət leek kɑndaal. ʔɑt dəŋ tee, som cuəy voah prʊəh thoat cieŋ mun. caa ʔaav nɨŋ khao leek thom. neak teaŋ pii cɑŋ baan poa ʔəy? kɲom yɔɔk ʔaav day vɛɛŋ poa sɑɑ, khao poa prɑpheh. som ʔaav poa krɑhɑɑm nɨŋ sɑmpʊət poa kmav. mien bɑntup lɔɔ khao ʔaav tee? mien. nih khao ʔaav sɑmrap lɔɔ. ʔaav lmɔɔm, tae khao nih cɑŋʔiət bɑntəc. mien leek thom cieŋ nih tee? khao leek XL mien tae poa kmav. yii khao ʔaav nih sɑm nɨŋ pʊək yəəŋ mɛɛn. tɨɲ teaŋ ʔɑh tɨv, kɲom coh tlay ʔaoy dɑp phiek rɔɔy. ʔɑɑ kun craən.

សួសី្ អនាកទាំងេីរចង់ទិញអី?

េួកលយើងចង់ទិញលោោវមួយសំរាប់ម្នាក់។ អនាកទាំងេីរប្ររូវការល�ខប៉ាុន្មែន?

79

Unit 6: Souvenirs and clothing

ោវមៃខលាីល�ខ្រូច សំេ្រ់ល�ខកោ ្ �។

C:

អ្រ់ៃឹងលទ។ សុំជួយវាស់ លបពាះធា្រ់ជាងមុន។

B:

ចា៎ ោវនិងលោល�ខ្ំ។ អនាកទាំងេីរចង់បានេណ៌អី?

A:

ខ្ំុយកោវមៃខវងេណ៌ស លោេណ៌បបល្ះ។ សុោ ំ វេណ៌បកហមនិងសំេ្រ់េណ៌ល្មែ ។ ម្នបនទាប� ់ លោោវលទ?

B: C:

ម្ន។ លនះលោោវសំរាប់�។

A:

ោវ�មែម ខ្រលោលនះចលង្អៀ្របនតាិច។ ម្នល�ខ្ំជាងលនះលទ?

B:

លោល�ខអិចអិ�ម្នខ្រេណ៌ល្មែ។

A:

យីលោោវលនះសមនឹងេួកលយើងខមន។

C:

ទិញទាំងអស់លៅ ខ្ំុចុះមែលាឱ្យ១០ភាេរយ។ អរេុណលបចើន ។

B: C:

Vocabulary ោវយឺ្រ

ʔaav yɨɨt

លោោវ

k ao ʔaav h

សំរាប់

məsɑmrap

ប្ររូវការ

trəv kaa leek ponmaan

ល�ខប៉ាុន្មែន ខលាី # ខវង

kləy # vɛɛŋ

T-shirt clothing (pants and shirt) one set of clothing to want, must have what size short/long

dəŋ

ៃឹង

to know; to understand, to comprehend

voah

វាស់

to measure

ធា្រ់

h

t oat

ជាង

cieŋ leek kɑndaal poa kmav bɑntup lɔɔ k ao ʔaav h

lɔɔ məəl baan tee

ល�ខកោ ្ �

to be fat, chubby more than; exceeding medium size

េណ៌ល្មែ

black color

�លមើ�

to try, to make an attempt

បនទាប់�លោោវ dressing room បានលទ

is it OK

80

Unit 6: rɔbɑh ʔɑʔnuhsaavaʔrii nɨŋ sɑmliek bɑmpeak

lmɔɔm

�មែម ខ្រ

tae cɑŋʔiət h

leek t om leek XL sɑm mɛɛn coh tlay h

p iek h

p iek rɔɔy moot sʔaat toan sɑʔmay

ចលង្អៀ្រ ល�ខ្ំ

ល�ខអិចអិ� សម

ខមន

ចុះខែលា ភាេ

ភាេរយ

ម៉ាូ្រស្្អ្រ

ទាន់សម័យ

perfect fit but tight large size size XL fit, go well with sure, correct, right reduce the price part; section; division percentage style; fancy; beautiful fashionable, trendy

Language points Size Current terms used when referring to the size of garment are: leek ល�ខ ‘number’ or tumhum ទំហំ ‘size, dimension.’ The most common terms in use for garment sizes are a set of letters: S for small, M for medium, L for large and XL for extra-large. leek toc ល�ខ្រូច ‘small size,’ leek kandaal ល�ខកោ ្ � ‘medium size,’ and leek thom ល�ខ្ំ ‘large size’ are also used. ʔaav leek toc small size shirt sbaek cəəŋ leek sam pram bəy shoes, size 38 khao leek thom large size pants Other terms referring to size are: ្រូច toc, ‘small or narrow’; ្ំ thom, ‘large’; ចលង្អៀ្រ cɑŋʔiət, ‘tight’; រ�ុង rɔluŋ, ‘not fitting well (oversize), or loose’; and ្ូរ thuu, ‘loose for pants/skirt’ for lower garments.

81

Unit 6: Souvenirs and clothing

List of main colors (Audio 1.56) េណ៌ េណ៌បកហម poa krɑhɑɑm h េណ៌លខៀវ poa k iəv េណ៌ស្វាយ poa svaay េណ៌ស poa sɑɑ េណ៌ល្មែ poa kmav េណ៌មប្រង poa baytɑɑŋ h េណ៌បបល្ះ poa prɑp eh ូ ) poa tnaot (poa sokolaa) េណ៌ល្នា្រ (េណ៌សូកឡា េណ៌ល�ឿង poa lɨəŋ េណ៌ល�ឿងទុំ poa lɨəŋ tum េណ៌ម្ស poa mieh េណ៌្មបជរូក poa chiem cruuk េណ៌សុីជំេូ poa sii cumpuu

1 poa

color

2

red

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

blue purple white black green gray brown yellow orange gold burgundy pink

The words cah ចាស់ ‘dark’ and kcəy ខ្ចី ‘light’ placed immediately after a color makes that particular color darker or lighter. For example: krɑhɑɑm cah បកហមចាស់ ‘deep red,’ lɨəŋ kcəy ល�ឿងខ្ចី ‘light yellow,’ khiəv kcəy លខៀវខ្ចី ‘light blue.’ Even though the latter color is now predominantly considered to be ‘blue,’ traditionally khiəv refers to ‘green.’

Wearing garments with sliek and peak (Audio 1.57) With reference to garments, sliek លសលាៀក is ‘to put on a lower garment,’ while peak ពាក់ is ‘to put on an upper garment’ or ‘put something on.’ For example: peak ʔaav ពាក់ោវ ‘to put on a shirt,’ sliek khao លសលាៀកលោ ‘to wear pants’; when combined together – sliek peak លសលាៀកពាក់ – means wearing clothes in general. The expression lɔɔ məəl �លមើ� means ‘to try or to test’ something or someone; but for tasting or sampling food, the preferred word is plʊək ភលាក់.

82

Unit 6: rɔbɑh ʔɑʔnuhsaavaʔrii nɨŋ sɑmliek bɑmpeak

koat peak muək lɔɔ mɔɔl. She tries on the hat. sliek khao lɔɔ mɔɔl. Try on the pants. som plʊək mhoop kɲom. Please taste my food. plʊək num nih tɨv, cŋaɲ nah. Try this cake, it is delicious. A ‘set of clothes’ is sɑmliek bɑmpeak muəy sɑmrap or muəy kɑmplee

មួយកំលបលា. The expressions samliek bampeak សំល�ៀកបំពាក់ and khao ʔaav លោោវ are interchangeable, referring to ‘a set of clothing,’

the former being formal and the latter colloquial. It’s common practice in many places to bargain for a lower price; the expression used for this action is tɑɑ tlay ្រមែលា ‘to debate the price’ or ‘to haggle over the price.’ The goal is to get the seller ‘to reduce/lower the price,’ coh tlay ចុះមែលា. For the seller the goal is kat tlay kpʊəh កា្រ់មែលាខ្ពស់ ‘to set high price,’ laəŋ tlay ល�ើងមែលា ‘to become more expensive,’ versus bɑŋ tlay បង់មែលា ‘to pay the cost,’ ʔaoy tlay លោយមែលា ‘to fix a price before paying’, as in: tlay nah! som coh bɑntəc mɔɔk. Expensive! Please reduce the price. thaok nah! mɨn bac tɑɑ tlay tee. Very cheap! No need to haggle for the price. thaok haəy, coh tlay ʔɑt baan tee. That’s already cheap, cannot reduce the price. som tɑɑ tlay baan tee? Can (I) bargain for the price? som kɨt tlay teaŋ ʔɑh baan tee? Can you total up all together? neak ʔaoy tlay thaok peek. You’ve started with too low a price. haaŋ nih kat tlay kpʊəh nah. This store sets high prices.

83

Unit 6: Souvenirs and clothing

Exercise 3 How would you answer these questions? Select the correct expression on the right-hand side for each answer. 1 2 3 4 5 6

look piek ʔaav leek ponmaan? bɑɑŋ srəy sliek sɑmpʊət poa ʔəy? khao nih lmɔɔm tee? ʔaav nih sɑm nɨŋ khao tee? neak thaem ʔəy ʔaoy kɲom? koat bɑŋ tlay trəv tee?

Exercise 4

a b c d e f

cɑŋʔiət bɑntəc trəv haəy ʔaav yɨɨt poa khmav leek toc ʔɑt sɑm tee

(Audio 1.58)

Ask questions to someone based on the following statements: 1 2 3 4 5 6

ʔaav nih mien poa krɑhɑɑm nɨŋ poa khiəv. khao ʔaav məsɑmrap nih cɑŋʔiət bɑntəc. ʔaav sɑɑ koat sʔaat nah. ʔaav yɨɨt nih mien tae leek thom tee. peel tɨɲ muək koat cool cət tɑɑ tlay. koat som lɔɔ vaen taa kmav muəy nih.

Exercise 5 You are at a clothing store speaking to a clerk. Your task is to use these verbs: trfv kaa, cac tjb, som lee, to make six sentences with the appropriate information from the columns. For example: kbom trfv kaa haav day khlay poa saa leek toc. clothing 1 ʔaav 2 sɑmpʊət 3 khao

length

colors

sizes

ʔɑt day / day kləy kləy / vɛɛŋ kləy / cəəŋ vɛɛŋ

khiəv / sɑɑ kmav / baytɑɑŋ sokolaa / prɑpheh

toc kɑndaal thom

Reading and writing Cambodian subscripts When two consonant sounds occur together in a word, the second consonant symbol is written underneath the initial consonant in its subscript symbol. Each consonant has its own subscript or លជើង

84

Unit 6: rɔbɑh ʔɑʔnuhsaavaʔrii nɨŋ sɑmliek bɑmpeak

Table 10 Consonants and subscript symbols

ក្ក

ខ្ខ

េ្គ

khɑɑ

kɑɑ

ច្ច

ឆ្ឆ

ជជ

chɑɑ

cɑɑ

ៃ្

ឋ្ឋ

្រតា

ឌ្ឌ

ែ្

ប្ប

ទទា

្្ផ

យ្យ

េ្ព

�លា

rɔɔ

ស្ស

្្ធ

ននា

ភ្ភ

មមែ

ɲɔɔ nɑɑ nɔɔ

mɔɔ

vɔɔ

�

hɑɑ

ណ្ណ

ŋɔɔ

វ វា

lɔɔ

ហ្ហ

sɑɑ

ឍ្ឍ

phɔɔ

pɔɔ

ររ

yɔɔ

្្ញ

thɔɔ

tɔɔ

phɑɑ

bɑɑ

ឈ្ឈ

thɔɔ

dɔɔ

thɑɑ

tɑɑ

ង្ង

chɔɔ

cɔɔ

thɑɑ

dɑɑ

ឃ្ឃ

khɔɔ

kɔɔ

អ្អ

ʔɑɑ

lɑɑ

(except �; see Table 10). Some subscript symbols are similar to their ‘parent’ consonant, and some are totally different. The subscripts ខ្ខ ឌ្ឌ ណ្ណ េ្ព អ្អ are identical to their parents. The subscripts ក្ក េ្គ ច្ច

ឆ្ឆ ្រតា ភ្ភ ្្ផ ហ្ហ differ from their parents only in the absence of a sort of ‘hair’ សក់. The subscripts ឃ្ឃ ឈ្ឈ ឍ្ឍ are identical to the

parents except the vertical stroke is longer as presented here. The remaining subscripts are somewhat similar to or differ greatly from their parents ប្ប យ្យ ស្ស ង្ង ជជ ឋ្ឋ ែ្ ទទា ្្ធ ននា មមែ ររ �លា វ .វា Table 10 shows Cambodian consonants and their subscript symbols.

Exercise 6 Look at these consonant subscripts. Use Table 10 to help identify their ‘parents.’ 1 2 3 4 5

្្ង ្វា ្្គ ្្យ ្ទា

6 7 8 9 10

្្ឈ ្នា ្្ភ ្លា ប្

11 12 13 14 15

្តា ្្ស ្្ ្្ខ ្្ប

16 17 18 19 20

្្ក ្្ហ ្្ច ្្ផ ្្អ

85

Unit 6: Souvenirs and clothing

Exercise 7 Draw this slant line / to mark the separate words in these expressions.

១

២

ចុះមែលា

លចញ�ុយ

៣ ល�ខ្រូច ៤

លោចលង្អៀ្រ

្រមែលា

ល�ើងមែលា

កា្រ់មែលា

ល�ខកោ ្ �

ល�ខ្ំ

ល�ខេិលសស

េិ្រ�ុយ

លោរ�ុង

ោប់�ុយ លសលាៀកលោ

ម្ន�ុយ លោខលាី

Listening and reading passage (Audio 1.59; Bonus audio 12) Use the audio to listen to this passage about the market in Cambodia. Draw a circle around the words or expressions that you know. Identify the subscript symbols.

ហ្ង�ក់វ្រ្ុបុរាណ និងរបស់អនុសសាវរ ីយ៍ម្នលៅពាសលេញ

លៅកនាុងទីបករុង និងលៅកខនលាងលទសចរណ៍។ លភ្ៀវបរលទសចូ�ចិ្រតា លៃើរទិញរបស់អនុសសាវរ ីយ៍ល្្សងៗលៅ្សារទួ�ទំេូងលបពាះលៅ្សារ លន្ះលេោច្រមែលាបាន លហើយ្រមមលាក៏លោកេួរសមខៃរ។

លៅភនាំលេញ លេោចទិញសំល�ៀកបំពាក់លៅ្មហ្ងទំលនើបៗ

លៅ ្សារែមែី ្សារអូរឡាំេិក ឬ្សាររាប្រី។ លៅទីលន្ះអនាក�ក់លបចើន កា្រ់មែលាខ្ពស់ លហើយអនាកទិញសបបាយនឹង្រមែលា។ លោោវលៅហ្ង ទំលនើបមែលាោស់ ខ្រម្នម៉ាូ្រស្្អ្រ ទាន់សម័យ លហើយមនុស្សក៏ លៅខ្រទិញ។

haaŋ lʊək voatthoʔ boʔraan nɨŋ rɔbɑh ʔɑʔnuhsaavaʔrii mien nɨv pieh pɨɲ tii kroŋ nɨŋ nɨv kɑnleaŋ teehsɑʔcɑɑ. pɲiəv bɑrəteeh cool cət daə tɨɲ rɔbɑh ʔɑʔnuhsaavaʔrii pseeŋ pseeŋ, nɨv psaa tuul tumpuuŋ, prʊəh nɨv psaa noh kee ʔaac tɑɑ tlay baan, haəy tɑmlay kɑɑ thaok kuə sɑm dae. nɨv pnum pɨɲ kee ʔaac tɨɲ sɑmliek bɑmpeak nɨv haaŋ tumnəəp tumnəəp, nɨv psaa tməy, psaa ʔoolampɨk rɨɨ psaa rietrəy. nɨv tii noh neak lʊək craən kat tlay kpʊəh, haəy neak tɨɲ sapbaay nɨŋ tɑɑ tlay. khao ʔaav nɨv haaŋ tumnəəp tlay nah, tae mien moot sʔaat toan sɑʔmay haəy mɔnuh kɑɑ nɨv tae tɨɲ.

Unit Seven mhoop ʔaahaa nɨŋ phooceaʔniiyeaʔthaan ម្ហូបអាហារនិងភោជនីយដ្ឋាន Food and restaurants

In this unit you will learn how to: • • • • • •

say what Cambodians eat for breakfast, lunch, and dinner invite someone to eat out order food and drinks at a restaurant express like and dislike use expressions rɨɨ, tumnee, hav, yɔɔk, ʔaoy, and cie muəy read and write words with subscripts

Dialogue 1 Eating breakfast at a friend’s house (Audio 1.60) Phanna (A) invites Danny (B) to have breakfast at his house. Listen to them talking about having a typical Cambodian breakfast. A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

ʔaeŋ cɑŋ ɲam ʔəy klah prɨk nih? som kaafee mɔɔk sən. kaafee kmav rɨɨ kaafew tɨk dɑh koo? kaafee kmav haəy dak skɑɑ ʔaoy craən mɔɔk. yɔɔk bɑbɑɑ rɨɨ mi kɑɲcɑp? ʔaeŋ mien bɑbɑɑ trəy tee? mien tae bɑbɑɑ sɑɑ cie muəy trəy ŋiət rɨɨ pɔɔŋ tie ciən. kɲom cool cət bɑbɑɑ sɑɑ cie muəy pɔɔŋ tie ciən. coh ʔaeŋ?

87

Unit 7: Food and restaurants

A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

kɲom cool cət baay kɑɑk cie muəy trəy ŋiət. ʔəyləv kɲom klien nah.

ឯងចង់ញ ុា ំអីខ្លះព្រឹកភនលះ? សុាំកាភ្វេមកសិន។

កាភ្វេភ្មៅ ឬកាភ្វេទរឹកភដ្លះភោ?

កាភ្វេភ្មៅ ភ្ើយដ្ក់សរ្ក ភអាយភពចើន។ យកបបរ ឬមីកញ្ចប់? ឯងមានបបរព្ីភទ?

មានត្បបរសញ ុា ំជាមួយព្ីភងៀ្ ឬ្ងទាភចៀន។ ខ្ំុាចហូលចិ្្តបបរសជាមួយ្ងទាភចៀន។ ចុាលះឯង? ខ្ំុាចហូលចិ្្តបាយកកជាមួយព្ីភងៀ្។ ឥឡហូវខ្ំុាឃ្្នណាស់។

Vocabulary kaafee kaafee kmav tɨk dɑh koo kaafee tɨk dɑh koo dak ʔaoy craən yɔɔk tae bɑbɑɑ bɑbɑɑ trəy trəy ŋiət pɔɔŋ moan (pɔɔŋ tie) ciən ʔaŋ cool cət baay kɑɑk klien

កាភ្វេ កាភ្វេភ្មៅ ទរឹកភដ្លះភោ កាភ្វេទរឹកភដ្លះភោ ដ្ក់ ភអាយភពចើន យកត្ បបរ បបរព្ី ព្ីភងៀ្ ្ងមាន់ (្ងទា) ភចៀន អាំង ចហូលចិ្្ត បាយកក

coffee

ឃ្្ន

to be hungry

black coffee milk coffee with milk to put to give a lot to take only rice soup, porridge fish rice soup dried salted fish chicken egg (duck egg) to fry something to grill, to roast, to barbecue to like, to prefer cold rice, leftover rice (from a previous meal)

88

Unit 7: mhoop ʔaahaa nɨŋ phooceaʔniiyeaʔthaan

Language points The word baay បាយ primarily means ‘cooked rice,’ as opposed to ʔɑɑŋkɑɑ អង្ករ ‘uncooked rice grain.’ dam baay ដ្ំបាយ implies to cook rice, but tvəə baay means to make food similar to tvəə mhoop ភ្វេើមហូ្ប. Colloquially, haaŋ baay ហាងបាយ is ‘restaurant,’ as opposed to the formal word phooceaʔniiyeaʔthaan ភោជនីយដ្ឋាន. Cambodians must have baay បាយ ‘rice,’ but not num pʔaŋ នំបុា័ង ‘bread,’ for their meal in order to be satisfied with what they are eating. The expression kaafee tɨk dɑh koo កាភ្វេទរឹកភដ្លះភោ ‘coffee with cow’s milk’ refers to prepared coffee with condensed milk, as opposed to fresh milk. Traditionally the word bɑbɑɑ បបរ denotes the social class of the person consuming it. In the past, rich people regularly had cooked rice, while poor people could afford only rice soup, but nowadays, it just means ‘rice soup’ and its various dishes, such as bɑbɑɑ sɑɑ បបរស ‘plain rice soup,’ bɑbɑɑ trəy បបរព្ី ‘plain rice soup with fish meat,’ and bɑbɑɑ moan បបរមាន់ ‘plain rice porridge with chicken meat.’ The term kuy tiev គុាយទាវ primarily means ‘uncooked rice noodle.’ Its colloquial form here refers to ‘freshly prepared rice noodle’ with assorted condiments, a favorite breakfast dish of many Cambodians. The word mii មី primarily means ‘uncooked egg noodle.’ Here the word refers to the freshly prepared, ready-to-eat type. The expression mii kɑɲcɑp មីកញ្ចប់ ‘packaged dried noodle’ here refers to the already prepared ‘ramen noodles’ and not the fresh one. The word ciən ភចៀន ‘to fry something’ is different than chaa ឆា ‘to fry with some mixed vegetable or meat,’ however, when used after meat, fish, or vegetable it implies the dish itself, such as trəy ciən ព្ីភចៀន ‘fried fish,’ sac moan ciən សាច់មាន់ភចៀន ‘fried chicken,’ versus mii chaa sac koo មីឆាសាច់ ភោ ‘stir-fried noodle with beef,’ moan chaa kɲəy មាន់ឆាខ្ី ‘stir-fried chicken with ginger,’ or bɑnlae chaa បតន្ឆា ‘stir-fried vegetable.’ Cambodians normally eat with a slaap prie សា្បពរា ‘spoon,’ rather than a sɑɑm សម ‘fork’ and kambət កាំបិ្ ‘knife,’ because most of their meat is well-chopped or cut into small pieces already. They will use cɑŋkəh ចង្ករឹលះ or ចភង្កើលះ ‘chopsticks’ if they eat noodles.

89

Unit 7: Food and restaurants

Exercise 1

(Audio 1.61)

Read these statements. Make them into question statements with rjj and the word in parentheses. Sample answer: haec cool cft kaafee rjj tae? ʔaeŋ cool cət kaafee. (tae) kɲom ɲam sac. (ʔɑt) sɑŋsaa yɔɔk baay. (num pʔaŋ) paa dak skɑɑ. (tɨk dɑh koo) prɑpʊən koat tɨɲ kuy tiev. (bɑbɑɑ) mak ciən trəy. (sac moan) kuu dɑndəŋ koat hav baay chaa. (kuy tiev chaa) koat ɲam baay nɨŋ cɑŋkəh. (slaap prie)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Exercise 2 Select the correct words from the right-hand list and complete these statements. ʔaeŋ cool cət bɑbɑɑ saa cie muəy ______. miiŋ yɔɔk kaafee cie muəy ______. look taa ɲam ______ nɨŋ cɑŋkəh. kruəsaa koat ɲam baay nɨŋ ______. bɑɑŋ srəy tɨv psaa cie muəy ______. koat mien nat cie muəy ______.

1 2 3 4 5 6

a b c d e f

koon koat pɔɔŋ tie ciən kuy tiev kruu pɛɛt slaap prie tɨk dɑh koo

Dialogue 2 Choosing a restaurant (Audio 1.62) Ann (A) is visiting her friend, Phanna (B) in Phnom Penh. It is dinner time and they are talking about eating out. Listen to their conversation. A: B: A: A: B: A:

Phanna klien tee? klien klaŋ, prʊəh ʔɑt ɲam ʔəy taŋ pii prɨk. cɑŋ ɲam nɨv pteah rɨɨ tɨv krav? ɲam mhoop ʔəy klah? mhoop cen, mhoop thay, rɨɨ mhoop ʔiitaalii? nɨk cɑŋ mhoop ʔiitaalii. tae kɲom cool cət mhoop thay. cie piʔsaeh ɲoam krɨəŋ sɑʔmot.

90

Unit 7: mhoop ʔaahaa nɨŋ phooceaʔniiyeaʔthaan

B: A: B: A: B: A: A: B: A: B: A: B:

mhoop thay həl tvəə ʔaoy kɲom chɨɨ pʊəh. ʔiicəŋ tɨv haaŋ baay kmae vɨɲ. mɨn tlay haəy cŋaɲ tiət. tɨv! tae ʔaeŋ paav.

ផាន់ណាឃ្្នភទ?

ឃ្្នខ្្ំង ភពរាលះអ្់ញ ុា ំអីតាំង្ីព្រឹក។ ចង់ញ ្ ខ្លះ? ុា ំភៅផ្លះ ឬភៅភពរៅ? ញ ុា ំមហូបអី ម្ហូបចិន ម្ហូបថៃ ឬម្ហូបអុាីតាលី? នរឹកចង់មហូ្បអុាីតាលី។

ត្ខ្ច ំុា ល ហូ ចិ្ម ្ត បថៃ។ ជា្ិភសសញំភពគឿងសមុាពទ។ ហូ្ ម្ហូបថៃ្រឹល ភ្វេើភអាយខ្ំុាឈឺភរាលះ។

អុាីចរឹងភៅហាងបាយតខមៅរវ ិញ។ មិនថៃ្ភ្ើយឆាងាញ់ភទៀ្។ ភៅ! ត្ឯងបា៉ា វ។

Vocabulary klien prʊəh taŋ pii haaŋ baay ʔiitaalii/thay

ឃ្្ន

ភពរាលះ

តាំង្ី

to be hungry because since

ហាង(បាយ)អុាតា ី លី/ ថៃ Italian restaurant / Thai restaurant

phooceaʔniiyeaʔthaan nɨk cɑŋ mhoop cie piʔsaeh ɲoam krɨəŋ sɑʔmot

ភោជនីយដ្ឋាន នរឹកចង់

ម្ហូប ជា្ិភសស

ញំភពគឿងសមុាពទ

restaurant (formal) to desire meal, food especially seafood salad

həl

្រឹល(្ិល)

burning hot (as in the taste of hot pepper)

chɨɨ pʊəh

ឈឺភរាលះ

to have a stomachache

cŋaɲ paav

ឆាងាញ់ បា៉ា វ

tasty, delicious to volunteer to pay for the meal

91

Unit 7: Food and restaurants

Exercise 3 Read these statements aloud. Make them into questions to ask someone. kɲom ʔɑt toan ɲam baay prɨk tee. vie tɨv baay cie muəy kɲom. mhoop ʔiitaalii ʔɑt tlay tee. koat tvəə mhoop cən nɨŋ mhoop kmae. baay chaa nɨv haaŋ nih cŋaɲ nah. koat nɨk cɑŋ ɲam krɨəŋ sɑʔmot.

1 2 3 4 5 6

Exercise 4 Select the correct words from the second list and complete these statements. 1 2 3 4 5 6

kɲom hav ______ dak sac koo məcaan. mak cool cət ɲam tae mhoop ______ tee. vie tɨv baay ʔiitaalii cie muəy ______. kruəsaa koat ______ baay kɲom. ɲoam krɨəŋ sɑʔmot ______ kɲom chɨɨ pʊəh. kmeeŋ nih ______ moan ʔaŋ məcaan.

a b c d e f

kmae tvəə ʔaoy kuy tiev chaa hav paav kɲom

Dialogue 3 Ordering food (Audio 1.63) At lunchtime, Ann (A) who doesn’t like to cook, is taking her friend, Phanna (B) to a Cambodian restaurant. They are ordering food. Listen to their conversation with the waiter (C). A: B: C: A: B: C: B: C: A:

mien tok tumnee sɑmrap pii neak tee? som məəl bɑɲcii mhoop. look cɑŋ hav mhoop ʔəy klah? Phanna ʔaeŋ cuəy hav mhoop ʔaoy knie phɑɑŋ. yɔɔk moan ʔaŋ, ɲoam sac trəy haəy nɨŋ sɑmlɑɑ mcuu. sɑmlɑɑ mcuu sac ʔəy? sac cruuk, haəy yɔɔk bɑnlae chaa məcaan tiət. yɔɔk baay sɑɑ rɨɨ baay chaa. mien baay ʔɑŋkɑɑ sɑmroop tee?

92

Unit 7: mhoop ʔaahaa nɨŋ phooceaʔniiyeaʔthaan

C: B: B: A:

A: B: C: A: B: C: B: C: A: C: B: B: A:

mien. coh yɔɔk pheehsacceaʔ ʔəy? yɔɔk biə məkɑmpoŋ, nɨŋ sraa sɑɑ məkaev. bɑŋʔaem yəəŋ yɔɔk plae chəə nɨŋ kaareɛm. som yɔɔk mhoop ʔaoy chap mɔɔk. yeeŋ ʔɑt mien peel crean tee. ʔaa kun.

មាន្ុាទំភនរសពមាប់្ីរនាក់ភទ? សុាំភមើលបញ្ីមហូប។ ្

ភោកចង់ភៅម្ហូបអីខ្លះ?

ផាន់ណា ឯងជួយភៅម្ហូបភអាយោនាផង។

យកមាន់អាំង ញំសាច់ព្ី ភ្ើយនិងសម្មហូរ។ ្ សម្មហូរសាច់ ្ អី?

សាច់ពជរូក ភ្ើយយកបតន្ឆាមា្ចនភទៀ្។ យកបាយសឬបាយឆា?

មានបាយអង្ករសំរប ហូ ភទ?

មាន។ ចុាលះយកភេសជ្ជៈអី?

យកភបៀមួយកំប៉ាុាង និងស្សាសមួយតកវ។ បតងអែមភយើងយកតផ្ភឈើ និងកាភរ ៉ាម។

សុាំយកម្ហូបភអាយឆាប់មក។ ភយើងអ្់មានភ្លភពចើនភទ។

អរគុាណ។

Vocabulary ្ុា

tok bɑɲcii mhoop

បញ្ីមហូប ្

menu

ជួយភៅ

to help order food

ចង់ភៅ

cɑŋ hav cuəy hav

មាន់អាំង

moan ʔaŋ ɲoam sac trəy sɑmlɑɑ mcuu h

sac koo c aa

table

ញំសាច់ព្ី សម្មហូរ្

សាច់ភោឆា

to want to order food

grilled chicken fish salad sour soup stir-fried beef

93

Unit 7: Food and restaurants

məcaan (muəy caan) baay sɑɑ h

baay c aa baay ʔɑŋkɑɑ sɑmroop h

p eehsacceaʔ biə, biiyɛɛ sraa krɑhɑɑm məkaev (muəy kaev) bɑŋʔaem h

c ap kaareɛm

មា្ចន (មួយចាន) a plate, bowl, dish បាយស

បាយឆា

បាយអង្ករសំរប ហូ ភេសជ្ជៈ ភបៀ, ប៊ីតយរ

ស្សាពក្ម

តម្កវ (មួយតកវ) បតងអែម ឆាប់

កាភរ ៉ាម

plain cooked rice fried rice brown rice drink, beverage beer red wine one glass dessert quickly ice cream

Language points In Unit 4, the expression tumnee ទំភនរ ‘free,’ when used with people, could mean to be free (not working), available, or single; however, when used with a thing or a place, it implies it is unoccupied or empty, as in: pteah nih nɨv tumnee.

ផ្លះភនលះភៅទំភនរ។

This house is still unoccupied. tŋay trɑŋ ʔaeŋ tumnee tee?

ថៃងាព្ង់ឯងទំភនរភទ?

Are you free at noon time? koat nɨv tumnee.

ោ្់ភៅទំភនរ។

She is single or available. The use of verb hav ភៅ ‘to call, name, to order’ could be used with a thing or a person: nih hav ʔey?

ភនលះភៅអី?

What do you call this?

94

Unit 7: mhoop ʔaahaa nɨŋ phooceaʔniiyeaʔthaan

mae hav kɲom tɨv pteah.

តម៉ាភៅខ្ំុាភៅផ្លះ។

Mother calls me to go home. koat hav kuy tiev.

ោ្់ភៅគុាយទាវ។

He orders noodle soup. The use of the verb yɔɔk យក ‘to take, bring, to need’ could be used in various ways: koat yɔɔk koon tɨv saalaa.

ោ្់យកកហូនភៅសាោ។

She takes the kids to school. koat yɔɔk cət kɲom.

ោ្់យកចិ្្តខំុា។ ្

She tries to please me. koat yɔɔk sraa məkaev.

ោ្់យកស្សាមួយតកវ។

He takes a glass of wine. The use of verb mien មាន ‘to have, own, to exist, there are’ could be used after a subject, or without a subject: look mien koon craən.

ភោកមានកហូនភពចើន។

You have many children. koat mien mhoop cŋaɲ.

ោ្់មានម្ហូបឆាងាញ់។

She has delicious food. mien num nɨŋ plae chəə.

មាននំនិងតផ្ភឈើ ។

There are cakes and fruit. mien num pʔaŋ lʊək.

មានលក់នំបុា័ង។

There is bread for sale.

Unit 7: Food and restaurants

The word ʔaoy ភអាយ (ឲ្យ) could be used as a verb, ‘to give, allow,’ or as a preposition to mean ‘for’: koat ʔaoy luy neak bɑmraə.

ោ្់ភអាយលុាយអនាកបំភរ ើ។ She pays the waitress. ʔaoy moan ʔaŋ koat.

ភអាយមាន់អាំងោ្់។

Give him grilled chicken. som chaa baay ʔaoy kɲom.

សុាំឆាបាយភអាយខ្ំុា។

Please stir-fry the rice for me. som hav mhoop ʔaoy koat.

សុាំភៅម្ហូបភអាយោ្់។

Please order food for him.

Exercise 5 Read these statements aloud. Make them into questions to ask someone. 1 2 3 4 5 6

som cam dɑp pram nietii. sac koo chaa nih pray nah. vie ʔaoy sraa sɑɑ mədɑp tɨv koat. koat yɔɔk baay sɑɑ məcaan. tŋay nih koat ʔaoy ʔaeŋ tumnee. koat rɔɔk kɑnleaŋ ʔɑŋkuy.

Exercise 6

(Audio 1.64)

Read these question statements aloud. How would you answer them? 1 2 3 4 5 6

yɔɔk sac moan ʔaŋ rɨɨ sac koo ʔaŋ? sɑmlɑ mcuu nih həl tee? haaŋ nuh lʊək mhoop cən tlay tee? look srəy ʔɑt piʔsa sac mɛɛn tee? yiey tɨɲ bɑŋʔaem ʔaoy cav rɨɨ? yɔɔk num baaraŋ rɨɨ yɔɔk plae chəə?

95

96

Unit 7: mhoop ʔaahaa nɨŋ phooceaʔniiyeaʔthaan

Exercise 7 You are at a restaurant with your American friend. This is a set menu for today’s lunch. Tell your friend the name of the dishes you have ordered and their prices (#3, #5, #9, #11, and #13). 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

baay chaa sac moan mii chaa krɨəŋ sɑʔmot lok-lak trəy ciən bɑnlae chaa moan ʔaŋ rɨɨ sac koo ʔaŋ ɲoam sac trəy rɨɨ sac moan moan chaa kɲəy sɑmlɑɑ mcuu sac trəy sɑmlɑɑ mcuu krɨəŋ sac koo baay sɑɑ coka-cola ʔɑŋkɔɔ biə məkɑmpoŋ (buy 1 get 1 free)*

$៣.00 $៤.00 $៥.00 $៣.00 $២.00 $៣.00 $៣.៥0 $២.៥0 $៣.៥0 $៤.00 $១.00 $១.00 $១.៥0

* tɨɲ muəy thaəm muəy ទិញមួយតៃមមួយ ‘buy one get one free’.

Reading and writing Cambodian subscripts In this unit you will continue learning to write and read Cambodian subscripts. These subscripts are called ceeŋ ʔaksɑɑ ភជើងអក្សរ ‘consonant feet.’ Some of these subscript symbols resemble their superscript counterpart ‘parents’ and some are different: ប្ប យ្យ ស្ស ងងា ជ្ ឋឋា ៃ្ថ ទ្ ្្ធ ននា មមៅ ររ លនា វ .វេ Practice writing the subscript starting from the dot numbered 1, 2, 3, and so on (see Table 11).

Unit 7: Food and restaurants

Table 11 How to write subscript symbols

97

98

Unit 7: mhoop ʔaahaa nɨŋ phooceaʔniiyeaʔthaan

Exercise 8 Write the Cambodian subscript of the first register consonants (1–10) and the second register consonants (11–20). 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

chɑɑ pɑɑ dɑɑ sɑɑ kɑɑ ʔɑɑ khɑɑ phɑɑ nɑɑ hɑɑ

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Excercise 9

kɔɔ phɔɔ yɔɔ vɔɔ mɔɔ tɔɔ rɔɔ ŋɔɔ ɲɔɔ nɔɔ

(Audio 1.65)

These are words with subscripts that you have learned in this unit. Practice writing them in Cambodian script. 1 2 3 4 5

krav prʊəh kɲəy pdəy mcuu

6 7 8 9 10

Exercise 10

chmʊəh pray cnam kruu lʔɑɑ

(Audio 1.66)

Identify words with subscripts from this unit. Draw a circle around the subscripts. Match the meaning of the Cambodian words in group 1 with transliteration words in group 2. a ខ្ចី

b ផ្លះ

c តខមៅរ

d តផអែម

e ម្ហូប

1 pʔaem 6 kcəy

2 tlay 7 pteah

3 cruuk 8 mhoop

4 srɑh 9 kmae

5 svaay 10 sraa

f ស្សា

g ពជរូក

h ថៃ្

i

សាវេយ

j

ស្សស់

Unit 7: Food and restaurants

Listening and reading passage (Audio 2.1; Bonus audio 13) Use the audio to listen to this passage. Draw a circle around the words with subscripts. Rewrite those subscripts in your notebook.

យប់ភនលះ ខ្ំុាខិល ្ ដ្ំបាយអុាីចរឹងភយើងភៅហាងបាយតខមៅរ។ ខ្ំុា ចហូលចិ្្តមហូបតខមៅ ្ រ ភពរាលះវាមិនថៃ្ ភ្ើយឆាងាញ់ភទៀ្។ ខ្ំុាភៅយក

មាន់ឆាខ្ី និងសម្មហូរសាច់ ្ ភោ។ បងស្សីខំុាអ ្ ្់ញ ុា ំសាច់។ ោ្់ ភៅយក្ងទាភចៀនបតន្ឆា និងបាយអង្ករសំរប ហូ មួយចាន។

ខ្ំុាញ ុា ំស្សាភបៀ មួយកំប៉ាុាង ភ្ើយោ្់ក៏ញ ុា ំស្សាពក្មតម្កវ។ ភយើងញ ្ នលុាយភពចើន ុា ំបតងអែមកាភរ ៉ាមជា្ិសាវេយ។ បងស្សីខំុាមា

ភ្ើយចិ្្តល។ អែ ោ្់បា៉ាវខ្ំុា។

yup nih, kɲom kcɨl dɑm baay, ʔiicəŋ yəəŋ tɨv haaŋ baay kmae. kɲom cool cət mhoop kmae, prʊəh vie mɨn tlay haəy cŋaɲ tiət. kɲom hav yɔɔk maon chaa kɲəy nɨŋ sɑmlɑɑ mcuu sac koo. bɑɑŋ kɲom ʔɑt ɲam sac. koat hav yɔɔk pɔɔŋ tie ciən, bɑnlae chaa, nɨŋ baay ʔɑŋkɑɑ sɑmroop məcaan. kɲom ɲam sraa biə məkɑmpoŋ haəy koat ɲam sraa krɑhɑɑm məkaev. yəəŋ ɲam bɑŋʔaem kaareɛm ciet svaay. bɑɑŋ srəy kɲom mien luy craən haəy cət lʔɑɑ. koat paav kɲom.

99

Unit Eight rɔbɑɑ rɔɔk sii nɨŋ kaaŋie របររកស៊ីនិងការងារ Vocations and employment

In this unit you will learn how to: • • • •

ask and tell about certain occupations apply for a job use expressions related to professions and employments use words and expressions with neak, cieŋ, rɔɔk sii, baək, kaaŋie, pii mun . . . kraoy, or pii dɑmbooŋ . . . kraoy • read and write words or expressions related to vocations • read and write monosyllabic words with subscripts CCV or CCVC

Dialogue 1 Discussion about work (Audio 2.2) Vireak (A) ran into Vanna (B), whom he has not seen for many years. They exchange information about their family and current employment. Listen to their conversation. A: B: A:

eh, yəəŋ tloap cuəp knie pii mun mɛɛn tee? nɨŋ haəy, nɨv saalaa cumnuəɲ pram cnaam mun. ʔah Vanna, som nae noam ʔoay skoal prɑpʊən kɲom.

Unit 8: Vocations and employment

C: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: C:

B: A: B: A:

kɲom cmʊəh Sokhom. riikriey daoy baan cuəp look. kɲom cie day kuu rɔbɑh koat dae. ʔɑɲcəŋ mien muk rɔbɑɑ ʔvəy dae? yəəŋ baan baək haaŋ katdee sɑmliek bɑmbaek. ʔɑɲcəŋ rɔbɑɑ rɔɔk sii nih yaaŋ məc dae? ʔoo! rɔɔk sii kɑɑp nah, prʊəh Sokhom cie cieŋ katdee lbəy mneak. coh ʔaeŋ vɨɲ? chup tvəə kaa ʔaoy roɑt, haəy baan baək haaŋ lʊək plae chəə nɨv khaaŋ kraoy psaa soriya. lʊək baan yaaŋ məc dae? lʊək dac nah. rɔɔk luy baan craən cieŋ tvəə kaa ʔaoy kee. mɛɛn haəy yəəŋ trəv tvəə kaaŋie naa dael yəəŋ cool cət. kɲom cool cət nɨŋ kaaŋie nih nah.

អេ៎ អ�ើងធ្លាប់ជួបគ្នាពីម៊នមមនអេ?

ហនានឹងអហើ� អៅសាលាជំនួញប្រាំឆ្នាំម៊ន។

អា៎វណ្ណា ស៊ំមែនាំអអា�សាគាល់ប្បពន្ធខំ៊។ ្

ខ្ំ៊អ្មោះស៊ខ៊ម។ រ ីករា�អោ�រានជួបអលាក។ ខ្ំ៊ជាដៃគូរបស់គ្ត់មៃរ។ េញ្នឹង មានម៊ខរបរេ្ីមៃរ?

អ�ើងរានអបើកហាងកាត់អៃរសំអលៀកបំពាក់។ េញ្នឹងរបររកស៊ីអនោះយ៉ា ងអម៉ាចមៃរ?

េូ៎ រកស៊ីកបណ្ស់ អប្ពាោះស៊ខ៊មជាជាងកាត់អៃរល្ីមានាក់។

ច៊ោះឯងវ ិញ? B:

ឈប់អ្្ើការអអា�រៃ្ឋ អហើ�រានអបើកហាង លក់ម្លាអឈើ អៅខាងអប្កា�្សារសូរ ិយ។

A: B: A: B:

លក់រានយ៉ា ងអម៉ាចមៃរ?

លក់ោច់ណ្ស់។ រកល៊�រានអប្ចើនជាងអ្្ើការអអា�អគ។ មមនអហើ�អ�ើងប្តរូវអ្្ើការងារណ្មៃលអ�ើងចូលចិត្ត។ ខ្ំ៊ចូលចិត្តននឹងការងារអនោះណ្ស់។

101

102

Unit 8: rɔbɑɑ rɔɔk sii nɨŋ kaaŋie

Vocabulary saalaa cumnuəɲ ʔoay skoal day kuu rɔbɑɑ rɔɔk sii muk rɔbɑɑ haaŋ katdee rɔɔk sii kɑɑp cieŋ katdee lbəy lʊək dac rɔɔk luy rʊəh nɨv srʊəl kaaŋie

សាលាជំនួញ commercial school អអា�សាគាល់ ដៃគូ

របររកស៊ី

to get to know partner occupation, profession

ម៊ខរបរ

type of jobs, professions

រកស៊ីកប

to succeed in business

ហាងកាត់អៃរ tailor shop ជាង

កាត់អៃរ ល្ី

លក់ោច់

artisan to cut and sew popular, famous selling so well

រកល៊�

earn money

ការងារ

work, job

រស់អៅសសរួល to live comfortably

Language points The expression rɔbɑɑ rɔɔk sii របររកស៊ី ‘job, profession’ is mostly used with the verb prɑkɑɑp ប្បកប ‘to do something,’ meaning ‘to be involved

in a profession.’ But the shortened form rɔɔk sii រកស៊ី ‘to make/earn a living’ is used a lot more often, especially in conversation. The following combinations are common expressions relating to doing business: rɔɔk sii cool knie រកស៊ីចូលគ្នា ‘to do business together, to be in joint business,’ rɔɔk sii kɑɑp រកស៊ីកប ‘to be successful, to succeed in business,’ rɔɔk sii khaat រកស៊ីខាត and rɔɔk sii cool daəm រកស៊ីចូលអៃើម have similar meanings: ‘to incur loss, to lose/fail in business.’ neak េនាក and cieŋ ជាង are commonly used in combination with nouns or verbs to define professions in which people are involved. Although very close in meaning, compounds formed with neak េនាក simply denote a job done by a person. For example: neak srae េនាកមសស ‘peasant, farmer,’ neak cumnuəɲ េនាកជំនួញ ‘trader, merchant,’ neak

Unit 8: Vocations and employment

roatthaʔkaa or neak rieckaa េនាករៃ្ឋការ ‘the civil servant, government

official,’ neak lʊək doo េនាកលក់ៃូរ ‘salesperson,’ neak baək taksii

េនាកអបើកតាក់ស៊ី ‘taxi driver,’ neak neesaat េនាកអនសាេ ‘fisherman,’ neak tɑmbaaɲ េនាកតមបាញ ‘weaver,’ and neak riən េនាកអរៀន ‘student.’ Compounds formed with cieŋ ជាង generally imply a certain

level of technical skill required of the person performing the action, and also specific materials involved in the job. For example: cieŋ katdee ជាងកាត់អៃរ ‘tailor,’ cieŋ chəə ជាងអឈើ ‘carpenter,’ cieŋ daek ជាងមៃក ‘ironsmith,’ cieŋ mieh ជាងមាស ‘goldsmith,’ cieŋ laan ជាងឡាន ‘auto mechanic,’ cieŋ maasiin ជាងមា៉ា ស៊ីន ‘mechanic,’ cieŋ kat sɑk ជាងកាត់សក់ ‘barber,’ cieŋ tvəə pteah ជាងអ្្ើ្្ោះ ‘construction worker,’ cieŋ kumnuu ជាងគំនូរ ‘painter,’ and cieŋ cɑmlak ជាងចមាលាក់ ‘sculptor.’ A homonym of ជាង ‘artisan, craftsman’ is the particle ជាង used in expressions to make comparison, as in: lhoŋ nih pʔaem cieŋ kee.

ល្៊ងអនោះម្អែមជាងអគ ។

This papaya is the sweetest. ʔaeŋ khʊəh cieŋ kɲom.

ឯងខ្ពស់ជាងខ្ំ៊។

You are taller than me. vie mien luy craən ciəŋ ʔaeŋ.

វាមានល៊�អប្ចើនជាងឯង។

She has more money than you. The word baək អបើក ‘open’ combined with other words has different meanings. For example: kɲom baək prak khae.

ខ្ំ៊អបើកប្រាក់មខ។

I get the monthly salary. som baək pləəŋ phɑɑŋ.

សូមអបើកអ្លាើង្ង។

Please turn on the light. koat baək day ʔaoy kɲom tɨv pteah.

គ្ត់អបើកដៃឱ្យខ្ំ៊អៅ្្ោះ។

He allows me to go home.

103

104

Unit 8: rɔbɑɑ rɔɔk sii nɨŋ kaaŋie

Exercise 1 Suppose someone asks you these questions (in column 1). How would you respond, using the correct words or expressions in column 2?

1 2 3 4 5

Column 1

Column 2

haaŋ cieŋ kat sɑk neak nɨv ʔae naa? koat yɔɔk mootoo tɨv ʔaoy neak naa cuəh cul? bɑɑŋ ʔaeŋ rɔɔk sii tvəə ʔəy ʔaoy krom hun nih? paa koat rɔɔk sii tvəə ʔəy nɨv srok srae? look srəy nɨv knoŋ haaŋ cafee nih cie neak naa?

cɑmkaa tvəə cumnuəɲ vihsvaʔkɑɑ psaa tməy cieŋ maasiin

Exercise 2 Read these questions aloud. Then write the questions to fit the statements, and also make them into negation statements. 1 2 3 4 5

kɲom cie cieŋ cɑmlak. baək haaŋ cafee nɨv kraoy saaʔrakmuntii ciet. ruup cɑmlak kɲom lʊək dac nah. mien teehsaʔcɑɑ mɔɔk tɨɲ roal tŋay. kee cool cət ruup cɑmlak ʔapsaʔraa nah.

Dialogue 2 Part-time jobs (Audio 2.3) This is a conversation between friends Vanna (A) and Sophal (B) who are talking about their jobs. A: B: A: B:

suəsdəy sɑmlaɲ khaan cuəp knie yuu haəy, ʔaeŋ sok sapbaay cie tee? knie sok sapbaay cie tee. ʔəyləv Vanna tvəə kaa nɨv ʔae naa? knie tvəə cie vihsvaʔkɑɑ ʔaoy krom hun ʔaekcɔɔn muəy. coh Sophal ʔaeŋ? nɨv tae tvəə cie kruu bɑŋriən dɑdael tae prak khae təc peek, trəv rɔɔk sii krav bɑnthaem.

Unit 8: Vocations and employment

A: B: A: B: A: B: B: A: A: B: A: B:

ʔɑɲcəŋ kaaŋie bɑnthaem tvəə ʔəy dae? knie baək taksii haəy baə kmien pɲiəv, knie cʊəy mae lʊək krɨəŋ sɑŋhaarəm. coh rɔbɑɑ baək taksii yaaŋ məc dae? cool cət nah, prʊəh ʔaac noam pɲiəv daə ləəŋ, haəy baan hat niyiey ʔɑŋkleeh tiət phɑɑŋ. ʔɑɲcəŋ məc kɑɑ mɨn chup tvəə kruu tɨv? rɔbɑɑ baək taksii sapbaay tae baan tae mərʊəh. cie vihsvaʔkɑɑ, ʔaeŋ pit cie baan prak khae craən haəy, mɛɛn tee? baan prak khae craən mɛɛn, tae hɑt nah.

សួសីស ្ត មាលាញ់ ខានជួបគ្នា�ូរអហើ� ឯងស៊ខសបបា�ជាអេ? គ្នាស៊ខសបបា�អេ។ ឥឡូវវណ្ណាអ្្ើការអៅឯណ្? គ្នាអ្្ើជាវ ិស្ករអអា�ប្ករុមហ៊៊នឯកជនមួ�។ ច៊ោះស៊្លឯង? អៅមតអ្្ើជាប្គរូបអប្ងៀនៃមៃល មតប្រាក់មខតិចអពក ប្តរូវរកស៊ីអប្រៅបមនថែម។

A: B:

េញ្នឹងការងារបមនថែមអ្្ើេីម្ ៃរ?

គ្នាអបើកតាក់ស៊ី អហើ�អបើគ្មនអ្្ៀវ គ្នាជួ�

មម៉ាលក់អប្គឿងសងា្រ ិម។ A: B:

ច៊ោះរបរអបើកតាក់ស៊ីវ ិញយ៉ា ងអម៉ាចមៃរ?

ចូលចិត្តណ្ស់ អប្ពាោះនាំអ្្ៀវអៃើរអលង

អហើ�រានហាត់និយ�េង់អគលាសអេៀត្ង។ A: B: B: A:

េញ្នឹងអម៉ាចក៏មិនឈប់អ្្ើប្គរូអៅ?

របរអបើកតាក់ស៊ីសបបា�មតរានមតមួ�រស់។

ជាវ ិស្ករ ឯងពិតជារានប្រាក់មខអប្ចើនអហើ� មមនអេ? រានប្រាក់មខអប្ចើនមមន មតហត់ណ្ស់។

105

106

Unit 8: rɔbɑɑ rɔɔk sii nɨŋ kaaŋie

Vocabulary prak khae təc ʔaekaʔcɔɔn kaaŋie ʔaekaʔcɔɔn krom hun ʔaekaʔcɔɔn rɔɔk sii krav

ប្រាក់មខ តិច

ឯកជន

hat mərʊəh hɑt

little, few, small private

ការងារឯកជន

private job

រកស៊ីអប្រៅ/

to have a part-time job, to moonlight

អប្គឿងសងា្រ ិម

furniture

ប្ករុមហ៊៊នឯកជន private company ការងារបមនថែម

krɨəŋ sɑŋhaarəm

salary

ហាត់

មួ�រស់ ហត់

to practice just to survive, barely live to be tired

Language point The following elements combined with kaaŋie ការងារ refer to specific jobs: kaaŋie ʔaekaʔcɔɔn ការងារឯកជន ‘private employment,’ kaaŋie roat ការងាររៃ្ឋ ‘civil or government service.’ kaaŋie krav ការងារអប្រៅ ‘outside [office] job’ has a similar meaning to kaaŋie bantheam ការងារបមនថែម ‘additional job,’ when an individual already has a fulltime job. koat mien kaaŋie krav tvəə. She has an outside job. peel yup, kɲom tvəə kaaŋie bantheam. At night, I do a part-time job. The expression baan tae mərʊəh រានមតមួ�រស់ ‘just enough to survive, enough to live on’ means the earnings are not much, or only enough to pay for food. The opposite is rʊəh nɨv srʊəl រស់អៅសសរួល ‘to live comfortably, to have a comfortable life.’ tvəə srae baan tae mərʊəh. Growing rice provides just enough to live. tvəə kruu pɛɛt rʊəh nɨv baan srʊəl. Working as doctor provides a comfortable life.

107

Unit 8: Vocations and employment

Exercise 3 Read the Cambodian words below. Use them to answer these questions. 1 neak tvəə kaaŋie ʔəy nɨv haaŋ khao ʔaav noh? 2 paa koat rɔɔk sii tvəə ʔəy nɨv krom hun nih? 3 ʔəyləv neak tvəə kaaŋie ʔəy? 4 pdəy koat cie cieŋ ʔəy? 5 prɑpʊən ʔaeŋ tvəə ʔəy?

Exercise 4

a េនាកលក់ឡាន b អម្្ោះ c េនាកកាត់អៃរ d ជំនួញ

e ជាងគំនូរ

(Audio 2.4)

Listen to Dialogue 2 again. Answer the following questions. Vanna tvəə kaaŋie ʔəy? nɨv ʔae naa? neak naa tvəə kaaŋie bantheam? haəy tvəə ʔəy klah? kaaŋie Vanna yaaŋ məc klah? Sophal cʊəy neak naa lʊək krɨəŋ sɑŋhaarəm? Sophal cool cət rɔbɑɑ baək taksii tee. haet ʔəy? rɔbɑɑ baək taksii yaaŋ məc klah?

1 2 3 4 5 6

Dialogue 3 Applying for a job (Audio 2.5) Listen to the conversation between an applicant (A) who is interested in applying for a job and the secretary (B) of a school. A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A:

ʔaaloo, saalaa nih rɔɔk kruu bɑŋriən phiesaa ʔaŋkleh mɛɛn tee? mɛɛn haəy. taə trəv kaa kruu ponmaan neak? yəəŋ trəv kaa pii neak. trəv miən sɑɲɲaabɑt ʔəy dae? paʔrəɲɲaabɑt rɨɨ ʔanuʔbɑndɨt khaaŋ phiesaa ʔɑŋkleeh. coh bɑt piʔsaot? trəv mien bɑt piʔsaot bɑŋriən yaaŋ təc pii cnam. chup tɔtuəl piek nɨv tŋay naa dae?

108

Unit 8: rɔbɑɑ rɔɔk sii nɨŋ kaaŋie

nɨv tŋay can kraoy. som yɔɔk prɑvoat ruup saŋkhaep nɨŋ ruup thɑɑt məsɑnlək phɑɑŋ. ʔɑɑ kun craən. cumriep liə. cumriep liə.

B: B: A: B:

អាឡូ សាលាអនោះរកប្គរូបអប្ងៀនភាសាេអងលាសមមនអេ? មមនអហើ�។

A: B:

អតើប្តរូវការប្គរូប៉ា៊នាមននាក់?

A:

អ�ើងប្តរូវការពីរនាក់។

B:

ប្តរូវមានសញ្ញាបប្តេីមៃរ?

A:

បរ ិញ្ញាបប្តឬេន៊បែិ្ តខាងភាសាេង់អគលាស។

B:

ច៊ោះបេពិអសា្ន៍?

A:

ប្តរូវមានបេពិអសា្ន៍បអប្ងៀនយ៉ា ងតិចពីរឆ្នាំ។

B:

ឈប់េេួលពាក្យអៅដ្ងៃណ្មៃរ?

A:

អៅដ្ងៃចន្អប្កា�។

B:

ស៊ំ�កប្បវត្តិរប ូ សអងខេបមួ�សនលានឹក និងរូប្តមួ�សនលានឹក្ង។

B:

េរគ៊ែអប្ចើន ។ ជប្មាបលា។

A:

ជប្មាបលា។

B:

Vocabulary រក

rɔɔk

សញ្ញាបប្ត

sɑɲɲaabɑt

បរ ិញ្ញាបប្ត

paʔrəɲɲaabɑt

េន៊បែិ្ ត

ʔanuʔbɑndɨt

បេពិអសា្ន៍

bɑt piʔsaot

ឈប់

h

c up

to look for, search for degree Bachelor’s degree Master’s degree experience to stop; to be absent; stop

ឈប់េេួលពាក្យ deadline

h

c up tɔtuəl piek ruup t ɑɑt məsɑnlək h

h

prɑvoat ruup saŋk aep

រូប្តមួ�សនលានឹក one picture ប្បវត្តិរប ូ សអងខេប

curriculum vitae

109

Unit 8: Vocations and employment

Language point The word neak េនាក ‘you, person’ has many functions. Cambodians use this term neak ‘you’ as a neutral personal pronoun to indicate and show respect when they are not quite sure how to address their interlocutor. For example: neak tɨv naa េនាកអៅណ្ ‘where are you going?,’ neak naa mɔɔk េនាកណ្មក ‘who is coming?’ The connotation of neak េនាក as ‘female’ has survived from middle Cambodian in the following two expressions: neak mdaay េនាកមាដា� ‘mother,’ neak kruu េនាកប្គរូ ‘female teacher/instructor.’ neak also denotes politeness as in neak bɑɑŋ េនាកបង ‘elder sister,’ neak mɨŋ េនាកមីង ‘aunt.’ neak is also used in compounds with place names to indicate the area a person comes from, ‘a native/resident of.’ For example: neak siəm riep េនាកអសៀមរាប ‘native of Siem Riep,’ neak pnum pɨɲ េនាក្នាំអពញ ‘resident of Phnom Penh,’ neak takaev េនាកតាមកវ ‘native of Takeo province,’ neak kɑmpɔɔt េនាកកំពត ‘native of Kampot province.’ neak srae េនាកមសស, literally ‘peasants,’ in some circumstances – especially as opposed to neak kroŋ េនាកប្ករុង ‘city/town, urban dwellers’ – is used to convey a certain level of condescension.

Exercise 5 Suppose someone asks you the questions in column 1. How would you respond, using the correct words or expressions in column 2? Column 1 1 neak cɑŋ tvəə kaaŋie ʔəy? 2 koat mien sɑɲɲaabɑt ʔəy? 3 kruu ʔaeŋ mien bɑt piʔsaot bɑŋriən ponmaan cnam? 4 kee chup tɔtuəl piek nɨv tŋay naa? 5 peel dak piek rɔɔk kaaŋie trəv mien ʔəy?

Column 2 bəy cnam prɑvoat ruup saŋkhaep tŋay sok kraoy neak kaasaet paʔrəɲɲaabɑt

110

Unit 8: rɔbɑɑ rɔɔk sii nɨŋ kaaŋie

Exercise 6

(Audio 2.6)

Read these statements aloud, and turn them into negation statements. 1 2 3 4 5

som nae noam kɲom ʔoay skoal neak cumnuəɲ nih. vihsvaʔkɑɑ noh tvəə kaa ʔaoy krom hun nih mɛɛn. neak baək taksii mien bɑt piʔsaot craən. cieŋ tvəə pteah cool cət kaaŋie nih nah. cieŋ laan trəv rɔɔk sii krav bɑnthaem tiət.

Reading and writing words with subscripts How to write monosyllabic words with subscripts Words with subscripts are handwritten and typed on a computer keyboard using different processes. Here we focus on how a cluster is written by hand using this pattern: C1C2V (C3) where C1 is the initial consonant, C2 the subscript consonant, V the vowel, and (C3) the final consonant. Start with the initial consonant, followed by the subscript, the vowel, and then the final consonant as shown in Table 12. Table 12 How to write C1C2V or C1C2VC3 clusters 1 2 3 4 6

ក ត ្

ឈ

+ + + +

ច

ប្រ ប្រ រ្

រម

+ + +

រ្

រី

រារំ

+

រ្

+

រូ

8

្

+

រនា

+

មរ

+

ប្រ

+

្្ោះ

អរោរោះ

ម គ

ប្តី

រោះ

7

9

ប្ក

អរឿ

+

ង

ប

+ +

ក ង

អ្មោះ ចបាំង ម្ូប ម្នាក

អប្គឿង

krɑɑ

to be poor

trəy

fish

pteah

house

cmʊəh

to be named

cbaŋ

to make war

mhoop

food

pnɛɛk

eye

krɨəŋ

tool

111

Unit 8: Vocations and employment

How to read and pronounce the C1C2V or C1C2VC3 clusters Because of the two existing series of sounds in the Cambodian language, here referred to as first series and second series (or voiceless and voiced by other linguists), it is not always easy to determine how the cluster should be pronounced. For monosyllabic words, with both C1 (initial consonant) and C2 (subscript consonant) belonging to the same series, there is no problem with the pronunciation. For example: first series, sʔaat សាអែត ‘pretty,’ cʔaet ម្អែត ‘hungry,’ psaa ្សារ ‘market’; second series, krʊəh អប្គ្ោះ ‘accident,’ klein ឃ្លាន ‘hungry,’ mnoah មានាស់ ‘pineapple.’ For monosyllabic words, when both C1C2 belong to different series, there are guidelines to determine the consonant that is the dominant one in the cluster. Once the dominant consonant is identified, the vowel in the cluster will follow the series to which the dominant consonant belongs. When C1, initial consonant, is in the first series and C2 is one of the following consonants m, n, ɲ, ŋ, v, r, l, y, the vowel takes the first series pronunciation: tlay ដ្លា ‘price,’ cmaa ឆ្ម ‘cat,’ krav អប្រៅ ‘outside,’ svaay សា្� ‘mango.’ When subscript consonant C2 is one of the following group of consonants m, n, ɲ, ŋ, v, r, l, y, the vowels in the cluster will always be pronounced with first series value, even though C1, initial consonant, belongs to the second series: lʔɑɑ លអែ ‘good,’ cmaa មាដា� ‘cat,’ msaov អមសៅ ‘powder,’ lkhaon អលាខេន ‘drama,’ pnɛɛk ម្នាក ‘eye,’ tvəə អ្្ើ ‘to do,’ phiəŋ អ្លាៀង ‘rain,’ knie គ្នា ‘together.’ Table 13 summarizes how the clusters should be pronounced.

Table 13 Pronunciation of clusters C1, initial consonant

C2, subscript consonant

Vowel value

first series second series first series first series second series

first series second series second series second series first series

first series second series first series second series first series

112

Unit 8: rɔbɑɑ rɔɔk sii nɨŋ kaaŋie

Exercise 7

(Bonus audio 14)

Read these words aloud and then say what they mean in English. 1 គ្មន

6 សាគាល់

3 អប្ពាោះ

8 កនា៊ង

2 ប្ករុម

7 ខ្ពស់

4 មសស

9 អ្្ៀវ

5 មានាក់

10 ធ្លាប់

Exercise 8 Draw the slant line / to mark the separate words in these expressions. Then rearrange the order to make a correct statement. 1 ជាងកាត់អៃរ

កបណ្ស់

រកស៊ី

3 គ្ត់ប្តរូវ

អប្រៅបមនថែម

អ្្ើការងារ

2 មានេនាកេិញអប្ចើន

ហាងលក់

ម្លាអឈើ អនោះ

Listening and reading passage (Audio 2.7; Bonus audio 15) Use the audio to listen to this passage. It is about my family and their employment. Draw a circle around the words with subscripts. Read them aloud and write them in your notebook.

ប្គរួសារខ្មា ំ៊ នការងារអ្្ប្ើ គប់ៗគ្នា។ ឪព៊កមាដា�ខ្ជា ំ៊ ប្គរូបអប្ងៀន។

បងប្បរុសខ្ំ៊អរៀនចប់ រានសញ្ញាបប្តខាងជំនួញ ឥឡវអ្្ ូ ើការអអា� ប្ករុមហ៊៊នបរអេស។ បងសសីេីមួ�ជាជាងគំនូរ។ បងសសីេីពីរពូមក ខាង ភាសា។ គ្ត់ជាេនាកបកមប្បភាសា អហើ�ជាេនាក កាមសត។ ខ្ជា ំ៊

និស្ិតចង់អ្្ើជាអមធ្វ ី។ ពូខំ៊ជា ្ កសិករអ្្ើមសសចំការ។ ប្បពន្ធគ្ត់ ជាេនាកតមបាញ។ ហូលគ្ត់លក់ោច់ណ្ស់ អ្្ៀវអេសចរមកេិញ ៃល់្ោះ្ ។ ប្គរួសារអ�ើងរស់អៅជ៊គ្ ំ នា យ៉ា ងសបបា�។

Unit 8: Vocations and employment

kruəsaa kɲom mien kaaŋie tvəə krup krup knie. ʔəpuk mdaay kɲom cie kruu bɑŋriən. bɑɑŋ proh kɲom riən cɑp baan sɑɲɲaabɑt khaaŋ cumnuəɲ ʔəyləv tvəə kaa ʔaoy krom hun bɑɑrəteeh. bɑɑŋ srəy tii muəy cie cieŋ kumnuu. bɑɑŋ srəy tii pii puukae khaaŋ phiesaa. koat cie neak bɑɑk prae nɨŋ cie neak kaasaet. kɲom cie nisət, caŋ tvəə cie mee thievii. puu kɲom cie kaʔseʔkɑɑ tvəə srae cɑmkaa. prɑpʊən koat cie neak tɑmbaaɲ. hool koat lʊək dɑc nah. pɲiəv teehsaaʔcɑɑ mɔɔk tɨɲ dɑl pteah. kruəsaa yəəŋ rʊəh nɨv cum knie yaaŋ sapbaay.

113

Unit Nine tii kɑnlaeŋ nɨŋ tɨh dav ទីកន្លែង្ិងទិសដៅ Locations and directions

In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and tell about the location of things • ask and give directions • use expressions related to distances, and ordinal and cardinal points • use the progressive form with kɑmpoŋ • use expressions pii . . . + motion verb; pii . . . + rɔhoot dɑl • use the word dael in front of a verb • read and write Cambodian locational and directional expressions • read and write cluster words with C1C2V(C3), C1C2C3V(C4), and C1C2C3 C4V(C5)

Dialogue 1 Asking about a location (Audio 2.8) Sokha (A) cleaned the house this morning. Dara (B) has misplaced her belongings, and is also looking for a laundromat. Listen to their conversation. A: B:

ʔee Dara ʔaeŋ kɑmpoŋ rɔɔk ʔəy nɨŋ? Sokha, ʔaeŋ mien khəəɲ sɑmpiey kɲom tee?

115

Unit 9: Locations and directions

oh som tooh, kɲom yɔɔk sɑmpiey tɨv haal kyɑl nɨv khaaŋ krav pteah. coh tʊəhsaʔnaavatdəy nɨv ləə tok nih? kɲom baan bɑh caol tɨv knoŋ thuŋ sɑmraam haəy. niʔyiey ʔɑɲcəŋ ʔaeŋ mien skoal haaŋ boak khao ʔaav tee? mien muəy nɨv cɨt cɨt nih, tae tlay. kɨɨ nɨv coap haaŋ lʊək siəvphɨv ABC. coh ʔaa haaŋ thaok nɨv naa dae? nɨv cŋaay, nɨv khaaŋ kraoy haaŋ saŋ TOTAL. ʔɑɑ kun. kɲom tɨv ʔaa haaŋ thaok nɨŋ.

A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

ដេ៎ដារា ឯងកំពង់រកេីហនឹង ្ ?

A:

សុខា ឯងមា្ដ�ើញសំពាយខ្ំុដទ?

B:

េូសុំដោស ខ្ំុយកវាដៅហាលខ្យល់ដៅខាងដ្រៅផ្ទះ។ ចុទះទស្សនាវដ្ីដៅដលើតុដ្ទះ?

A: B:

ខ្ំុបា្ដបាទះដោលដៅក្ុងធុងសំរាមដហើយ។ ្ិយាយេញ្នឹង ឯងមា្ស្គាល់ហាងដបាកដខាអាវដទ?

A: B:

មា្មួយដៅជិតៗដ្ទះ នតថ្លែ។ គឺដៅជាប់ហាងលក់ដសៀវដៅ ABC។

A:

ចុទះអាហាងដោកដៅណានដរ?

B:

ដៅឆ្ងាយ ដៅខាងដ្រោយហាងស្ំង TOTAL។

A:

េរគុណ។ ខ្ំុដៅអាហាងដោកហ្នឹង។

B:

Vocabulary kɑmpoŋ rɔɔk

កំពង់រក

searching for

k əəɲ

ដ�ើញ

to see; to perceive; to understand

tʊəhsaʔnaavatdəy

ទស្សនាវដ្ី

magazine

h

sɑmpiey or kaaboop spiey ləə

សំពាយ ឬរោបូបស្ពាយ ដលើ

shoulder bag on top, at the top, above

haal kyɑl

ហាលខ្យល់

to air out, to be exposed to wind

khaaŋ krav

ខាងដ្រៅ

out, outside

116

Unit 9: tii kɑnlaeŋ nɨŋ tɨh dav

ដបាទះដោល

bɑh caol knoŋ h

t uŋ sɑmraam haaŋ boak k ao ʔaav h

haaŋ saŋ cɨt coap cŋaay kroay

to throw (away)

ក្ុង ធុងសំរាម

inside

ហាងស្ំង

gas station

garbage bin, waste basket

ហាងដបាកដខាអាវ laundromat ជិត

ជាប់

ឆ្ងាយ

ដ្រោយ

close, near, next to next to, adjacent to; to hold on far away, distant; to be far behind, back, at the back

Language points Locational expressions In normal speech the locational expressions ləə ដលើ ‘top,’ kroam ដ្រោម ‘bottom,’ krav ដ្រៅ ‘outside,’ knoŋ ក្ុង ‘interior,’ kraoy ដ្រោយ ‘back part,’ muk មុខ ‘face, front’ can be used with or without the locational verb nɨv ដៅ ‘to be located.’ They are also frequently used as part of a compound noun khaaŋ ខាង ‘side, part.’ kom tɨv khaaŋ kraoy psaa.

កុំដៅខាងដ្រោយផសារ។

Don’t go to the back of the market. knoŋ thuŋ mien tɨk.

ក្ុងធុងមា្ទនឹក។

In the container there is water. kroam pteah mien koo.

ដ្រោមផ្ទះមា្ដោ។

Under the house there are cows. luy nɨv knoŋ kaaboop.

លុយដៅក្ុងរោបូប។

The money is in the wallet. laan koat nɨv khaaŋ krav.

ឡា្ោត់ដៅខាងដ្រៅ។ Her car is outside.

Unit 9: Locations and directions

The expressions cɨt ជិត ‘near,’ coap ជាប់ ‘adjacent to,’ and cŋaay ឆ្ងាយ ‘far’ are mostly used with the verb nɨv ដៅ to mark the locational distance of certain entities. kom tɨv cŋaay pii pteah.

កុំដៅឆ្ងាយពីផ្ទះ។

Don’t go far away from the house. cɨt nih mien haaŋ baay.

ជិតដ្ទះមា្ហាងបាយ។

Near here, there is a restaurant. pteah nɨv coap psaa.

ផ្ទះដៅជាប់ផសារ។

The house is adjacent to the market.

Exercise 1 Listen to these statements and use them in the progressive form (with កំពង់ kampoc). 1 2 3 4 5 6

koat ʔɑŋkuy cam nɨv knoŋ laan. cav vaay ʔaeŋ chɔɔ nɨv muk kaariʔyaalay. ckae deek nɨv kroam pteah. kɲom dak kaasaet nɨv ləə tok ɲam baay. look taa chɔɔ nɨv muk haaŋ saŋ. nihsət riən nɨv coan tii pii.

Exercise 2 Read these statements aloud and then make them into questions to ask someone. 1 2 3 4 5 6

kom plɨc tɨv haaŋ baay nɨv coan tii bəy. koat tuk tʊəhsaʔnaavatdəy nɨv knoŋ sɑmpiey. som caol sɑmraam nɨv knoŋ thuŋ nih. haaŋ lʊək siəvphɨv nɨv kraoy haaŋ saŋ. siəvphɨv riən phiesaa nɨv knoŋ laan. kɑnleaŋ tvəə kaa nɨv coap saalaa.

117

118

Unit 9: tii kɑnlaeŋ nɨŋ tɨh dav

Dialogue 2 Giving directions (Audio 2.9) A young teacher (A) from Kampong Cham province is walking around and is asking a middle-age man (B) for directions to go to the Central Market. A: B: B: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A:

A: B:

ʔɑt tooh puu, kɲom caŋ tɨv psaa tməy, tɨv taam pləv naa? pii saaraʔmʊəntii, kmuəy bɑt cveeŋ, haəy daə tɨv tɨh khaaŋ lɨc taam pləv leek mərɔɔy cətsəp pram bəy. dɑl kac cruŋ mɔhaavithəy preah nɔɔroodɑm, kmuəy bɑt sdam, haəy daə trɑŋ tɨv tɨh khaaŋ cəəŋ cpʊəh tɨv vat phnom. dɑl kac cruŋ pləv leek mərɔɔy saamsəp, bɑt sdam nɨv pləəŋ stop. huəh prɑhael ponmaan pləv tɨv? prɑhael bəy pləv. trəv daə ponmaan nietii dae? baə daə lɨen prɑhael dɑp pram nietii. baə daə yɨɨt prɑhael kɑnlah maoŋ. psaa tməy nɨv khaaŋ naa. psaa tməy nɨv khaaŋ muk. ʔɑɑ kun puu. cumriep lie.

េត់ដោសពូ ខ្ំុចង់ដៅផសារ្្ី ដៅតាមផលែូវណា? ពីស្រម្្ី ក្ួយបត់ដ្វេង

ដហើយដដើរដៅទិសខាងលិចតាមផលែូវដលខ១៧៨។

B:

B: A: B: A: B:

ដល់រោច់្ជរុងមហាវ ិ្ី្ពទះ្ដរាត្ម ក្ួយបត់ស្ដាំ ដហើយដដើរ្តង់ដៅទិសខាងដជើងដឆ្ពាទះដៅវត្ភំ្។

ដល់រោច់្ជរុងផលែូវដលខ១៣០ បត់ស្ដាំដៅដភលែើងស្ុប។ ហួស្បនហលប៉ុនា្្ផលែូវដៅ? ្បនហល៣ផលែូវ។ ្តរូវដដើរប៉ុនា្្នាទីនដរ?

ដបើដដើរដលឿ្្បនហល១៥នាទី។ ដបើដដើរយឺត្បនហលក្លែទះដមា៉ ង។

Unit 9: Locations and directions

ផសារ្្ីដៅខាងណា?

A:

ផសារ្្ីដៅខាងមុខ។

B:

េរគុណពូ។ ជ្មាបលា។

A:

Vocabulary ʔɑt tooh daə taam

េត់ដោស ដដើរតាម ផលែូវ បត់

pləv bɑt bɑt cveeŋ h

tɨh k aaŋ lɨc trɑŋ bɑt sdam h

tɨh k aaŋ cəəŋ cpʊəh

kac cruŋ pləv leek kɑnlaeŋ pləəŋ stop huəh prɑhael daə lɨen daə yɨɨt

daə trɑŋ h

nɨv k aaŋ muk h

k aaŋ sdam day pii . . . tɨv

street, route, path, way to turn turn left

្តង់

straight

ទិសខាងលិច west បត់ស្ដាំ

turn right

ដឆ្ពាទះ

facing, toward

ទិសខាងដជើង north

រោច់្ជរុង ផលែូវដលខ កន្លែង

to arrive (at) street corner, corner street number place

ដភលែើងស្ុប

traffic light

្បនហល

approximately, about, around, or so

ហួស

ដលឿ្ យឺត ដទើប

təəp

walk along, go along

បត់ដ្វេង

ដល់

dɑl

excuse me

ដដើរ្តង់

ដៅខាងមុខ ខាងស្ដាំថដ ពី . . . ដៅ

to go past

fast; to be fast slow; to be slow then walk straight, go straight in front of, facing on the right-hand side, at right from . . . to

119

120

Unit 9: tii kɑnlaeŋ nɨŋ tɨh dav

Language points Directional terms (Audio 2.10–2.11) When providing information on direction to and location of a place, the four principal points of the compass are indicated by the following Cambodian terms: tɨh khaaŋ kaət ទិសខាងដកើត ‘east,’ tɨh khaaŋ lɨc ទិសខាងលិច ‘west,’ tɨh khaaŋ cəəŋ ទិសខាងដជើង ‘north,’ and tɨh khaaŋ tbooŋ ទិសខាងត្ូង ‘south.’ The following set of terms is the most frequently used nowadays to refer to the other four points of the compass: Northeast khaaŋ cəəŋ chiəŋ khaaŋ kaət / khaaŋ kaət chiəŋ khaaŋ cəəŋ Northwest khaaŋ cəəŋ chiəŋ khaaŋ lɨc / khaaŋ lɨc chiəŋ khaaŋ cəəŋ Southeast khaaŋ kaət chiəŋ khaaŋ tbooŋ / khaaŋ tbooŋ chiəŋ khaaŋ kaət Southwest khaaŋ tbooŋ chiəŋ khaaŋ lɨc / khaaŋ lɨc chiəŋ khaaŋ tbooŋ Here is another set of terms providing relative positions: kɑndaal កណា ដា ល ‘center, central, middle,’ khaaŋ sdam ខាងស្ដាំ ‘at the right, to the right, right side,’ khaaŋ cveeŋ ខាងដ្វេង ‘at the left, to the left, left side,’ khaaŋ muk ខាងមុខ ‘in front of, at the front, ahead,’ tʊəl muk ទល់មុខ ‘opposite, face-to-face,’ khaaŋ kraoy ខាងដ្រោយ ‘at the back, behind,’ chiəŋ ដ្ៀង ‘inclined toward, oblique.’ pteah nɨv tɨh khaaŋ tbooŋ. The house is in the north. koat cam nɨv khaaŋ kaət psaa. She waits on the east side of the market. srok viet naam nɨv khaaŋ kaət srok kmae. Vietnam is to the east of Cambodia. srok thay nɨv khaaŋ cəəŋ chiəŋ khaaŋ lɨc srok kmae. Thailand is to the northwest of Cambodia. When asking for or giving directions to someone, combining khaaŋ ខាង ‘side’ with the verbs nɨv ដៅ ‘to be at’ or tɨv ដៅ ‘to go to’ make the statement clearer and more precise.

Unit 9: Locations and directions

tɨv khaaŋ kraoy pteah.

ដៅខាងដ្រោយផ្ទះ។

Go behind the house. haaŋ nɨv khaaŋ muk psaa.

ហាងដៅខាងមុខផសារ។

The store is in front of the market. Adding pii muk ពីមុខ ‘in front of’ and pii kraoy ពីដ្រោយ ‘behind’ to a verb to indicate movement provides a precise position of the person(s) involved in the movement. daə pii muk kɲom.

ដដើរពីមុខខ្ំុ។

Walk in front of me. rʊət pii kroay kɲom.

រត់ពីដ្រោយខ្ំុ។ Run behind me.

Other useful terms to indicate location are nih ដ្ទះ ‘here or this,’ nuh ដនាទះ ‘there, over there, or that,’ noŋ ហ្ុង ‘that, there, or those,’ and nɨŋ ហ្នឹង ‘this, that, here, there, these or so on.’ These can also add more emphasis to a statement/question. cam nɨv tii nih.

ោំដៅទីដ្ទះ។

Wait (here) at this place. som chup tii nih.

សុំឈប់ទីដ្ទះ។

Please stop (here) at this place. coh nɨv kɑnlaeŋ nɨŋ.

ចុទះដៅកន្លែងហ្នឹង។

Get off at that place. The expression pii . . . tɨv ពី . . . ដៅ ‘from . . . to’ is useful for giving an idea of distance between two places. For example: pii nih tɨv kac cruŋ pləv ‘from here to the corner of the street.’

121

122

Unit 9: tii kɑnlaeŋ nɨŋ tɨh dav

Exercise 3 Read the expressions in Cambodian script. Select them to complete these statements. 1 2 3 4 5

pii pteah kɲom baək ______ tɨv psaa. nɨv kac cruŋ psaa, bɑt ______. som chup nɨv khaaŋ ______ saaraʔmʊəntii pram nietii. baək pii pləv ruəc bɑt cveeŋ nɨv pləəŋ ______. kaariʔyaalay nɨv ______ muk haaŋ baay.

a ស្ុប b ្តង់

c ទល់ d ស្ដាំ e មុខ

Exercise 4 Read these statements. Say what they mean in English while trying to draw a map of these places. 1 2 3 4 5 6

psaa nɨv kɑndaal tii kroŋ. saalaa nɨv khaaŋ lɨc psaa. haaŋ baay nɨv cɑnlɑh saalaa nɨŋ psaa. mʊəntii pɛɛt nɨv khaaŋ kaət psaa. pteah nɨv khaaŋ cəəŋ psaa. kaariʔyaalay nɨv khaaŋ tbooŋ psaa.

Dialogue 3 Giving location and directions (Audio 2.12) Your friend (A) has a map in his hand and is trying to give instructions to a tuktuk driver (B) in Phnom Penh about where both of you want to go. Listen carefully to this conversation. A: B:

ʔɑt tooh, cuəl tuktuk cih bəy moaŋ yɔɔk tlay ponmaan? tlay dɑp pram dollaa look.

Unit 9: Locations and directions

A: B: A: A: A: B: A: A: B: A:

A: B: A: B: A:

baan, yəəŋ cɑŋ chup craən kɑnlaeŋ daəmbəy thɑɑt ruup. baat, look cɑŋ cih tɨv naa klah? pii nih som tɨv viʔmein ʔaek riec. chup thɑɑt ruup ruəc baək kat taam suən cbaa ney mɔhaavithəy preah seyhanok. som baək yɨɨt yɨɨt taam pləv moat tʊənlee. chup kɑnlah moaŋ nɨv muk veaŋ. bɑntɑɑ tiət tɨv voat pnum. kɲom cɑŋ laəŋ thɑɑt ruup kɑnlɑh moaŋ tiət. cam baan tee? baat look. bɑntoap mɔɔk tɨv naa tiət? yəəŋ cɑŋ tɨv psaa tməy. som chup nɨv tvie khaaŋ kaət, haəy tɨv cam puək yəəŋ nɨv tvie khaaŋ lɨc. baat look. kɲom nɨŋ cam nɨv tii noh. bɑntoap mɔɔk kɲom dək look tɨv sɑnthaakie vɨɲ. lʔɑɑ toh yəəŋ laəŋ tuktuk cəɲ dɑmnaə tɨv.

េត់ដោស ជួលទុកទុកជិទះ៣ដមា៉ ងយកថ្លែប៉ុនា្្? ថ្លែ១៥ដុលាលែរដលាក។

បា្ ដយើងចង់ឈប់ដ្ចើ្កន្លែងដដើម្ី្តរូប។ បាទ ដលាកចង់ជិទះដៅណាខលែទះ?

ពីដ្ទះសុំដៅវ ិមា្ឯករាជ្យ។ ឈប់្តរូប

រួចដបើករោត់តាមសួ្ចបារថ្មហាវ ិ្ី្ពទះសីហ្ុ។ A:

សុំដបើកយឺតៗតាមផលែូវមាត់ទដ្លែ។ ឈប់ក្លែទះដមា៉ ងដៅមុខវាំង។

A: B: A: A:

ប្្ដទៀតដៅវតដាភ។ ំ្ ខ្ច ំុ ង់ដ�ើង្តរូបក្លែទះដមា៉ ង ដទៀត ។ ោំបា្ដទ? បាទដលាក បនា្ប់មកដៅណាដទៀត? ដយើងចង់ដៅផសារ្្ី។

សុំឈប់ដៅោវេរខាងដកើត

ដហើយដៅោំពួកដយើងដៅោវេរខាងលិច។ B:

A:

បាទដលាក ខ្ំុ្នឹងោំដៅទីដនាទះ។ បនា្ប់មកខ្ំុដនឹកដលាកដៅសណា ឋា ោរវ ិញ។

ល្អ ដតាទះដយើងដ�ើងទុកទុកដចញដំដណើរដៅ។

123

124

Unit 9: tii kɑnlaeŋ nɨŋ tɨh dav

Vocabulary cuəl tuktuk cih h

c up daəmbəy t ɑɑt ruup h

viʔmein ʔaek riec baək cat suən cbaa ney mɔhaavit əy preah seyhanok h

មាត់ទដ្លែ ប្្ វតដាភំ្ ដ�ើង បនា្ប់មក ពួកដយើង ោវេរខាងដកើត ោវេរខាងលិច ដនឹក

moat tʊənlee bɑntɑɑ voat pnum laəŋ bɑntoap mɔɔk puək yəəŋ h

tvie k aaŋ kaət h

tvie k aaŋ lɨc dək

Exercise 5

ជួល ទុកទុក ជិទះ ឈប់ ដដើម្ី ្តរូប វ ិមា្ឯករាជ្យ ដបើករោត់ សួ្ចបារ ថ្ មហាវ ិ្ី្ពទះសីហ្ុ

to rent three-wheel taxi, tricycle to ride to stop for the purpose of, in order to to take picture Independence Monument to drive by or pass by garden, park of Preah Sihanouk Boulevard river bank to continue, to go on Wat Phnom to climb (up) after that, then we, us (as a group) eastern entrance/gate western entrance/gate to transport, to take

(Bonus audio 16)

Practice reading the Cambodian script. Match the opposite directional expressions from the top list with the appropriate expressions from the bottom list. 1 ដលើ

2 ដ្រៅ

3 ឆ្ងាយ

4 ដ្រោយ

a ស្ដាំ

b មុខ

c ដលឿ្

d ទិសខាងលិច

5 ដ្វេង e ជិត

6 ទិសខាងដកើត f ដ្រោម

7 បត់

g ក្ុង

8 យឺត

h ដៅ្តង់

125

Unit 9: Locations and directions

Exercise 6 Read the Cambodian script in both columns. Match the missing word in column 1 with the appropriate word from column 2 to form a complete expression in giving instruction to a tuktuk driver about what to do. Column 1

Column 2

1 សុំចុទះដៅខាង ________ ស្លា។

a ដ្វេង

3 សុំបត់ ________ ។

c ដលឿ្

2 សុំដដើរ ________ ៗ។

4 សុំ ________ ទីដ្ទះ។

5 សុំ ________ យឺតៗ។

b ឈប់ d ដបើក e មុខ

Reading and writing medial and final clusters We have learned how to read and write monosyllabic words C1C2V(C3) with initial clusters, when C1 is the superscript and C2 is the subscript. Here we focus on medial cluster and final cluster words that are disyllables. A disyllable is word that has two syllables.

Medial clusters with one subscript C1C2C3V(C4) (Audio 2.13)

A word with medial cluster C1C2C3V(C4), is used when C1 and C2 are superscripts and C3 is the subscript. There are some limitations to what symbols occur as subscripts only when the C2 are nasal consonants ŋ, ɲ, n. When the superscript C2 is ង, then the subscripts can only be k, r, h, v, kh, as in: cɑŋkak ចង្កាក់ ‘skewer,’ cɑŋʔol ចង្អុល ‘to point out,’

cɑŋkiəŋ ចដងកាៀង ‘lamp,’ bɑŋhat បង្ហាត់ ‘to teach,’ cʊəŋkʊək ជងគាង់ ‘knee,’ rʊəŋvaol រង្វេល់ ‘instrument of measurement,’ bɑŋʔaem បនង្អម ‘dessert,’ bɑŋkaət បដងកាើត ‘to produce, to give birth to,’ sɑŋkat សង្កាត់ ‘district,’ and ʔɑŋkuyk េងគាុយ ‘to sit.’

126

Unit 9: tii kɑnlaeŋ nɨŋ tɨh dav When the superscript C2 is ញ, then the subscript can only be d,

t, t , l, y, s, as in: cʊəɲceaŋ ជញ្ ជា ង ំ ‘wall,’ cʊəɲciiŋ ជញជាង ី ‘scale,’ bɑɲcok h

បញុ្ ក ‘to hand-feed,’ ʔɑɲcəəɲ េដញជាើញ ‘to inivite,’ bɑɲchup បញ្ឈប់ ‘to stop; to discontinue,’ and sɑɲɲa សញ្ញា ‘signal.’ When the superscript C2 is ្ and ណ, then the subscripts can only be /d, t, th, l, y, s/, as in: kɑndəŋ កណនឹដា ង ‘bell,’ kɑntuy ក្្ុយ ‘tail,’ kɑnteel កដ្្ល ‘mat,’ cʊəndaə ជដណើដា រ ‘stair, ladder,’ dɑndam ដណា ដា ំ ‘to cook,’ tʊənlee ទដ្លែ ‘river,’ bɑntup ប្្ប់ ‘room,’ bɑnlae បន្លែ ‘vegetable,’ pʊənlɨɨ ព្លែឺ ‘light,’ sɑntuuc ស្្ូច ‘fishing pole,’ sɑnyaa ស្យា ‘to promise,’ sɑnsaem សដ្្សើម ‘dew,’ ʔɑndooŋ េណូដា ង ‘well,’ and sɑnthaakie សណា ឋា ោរ ‘hotel.’ When the superscript C2 is ម, then there are no limitations on the subscripts, as in: kumriem គ្មាម ‘to threaten,’ cɑmlaəy ចដមលែើយ ‘answer,’ cumŋɨɨ ជមងាឺ ‘illness,’ tɑmbaaɲ តមបាញ ‘weaving,’ tumŋʊən ទមងា្់ ‘weight,’ and sɑmŋat សមាងាត់ ‘hidden.’

Medial clusters with two subscripts C1C2C3 C4V(C5) (Audio 2.14) There are a few words with this form, when the superscript C1 and C2 are superscripts and C3 and C4 are subscripts, as in: cɑmlaəy ចដមលែើយ ‘answer,’ cɑŋkraan ចង្ង្កា្ ‘stove,’ sɑŋkrʊəh សដង្ង្គាទះ ‘to rescue,’ kɑɲcraeŋ កនង្ញ្ង ‘basket,’ and sɑŋkriem សង្ង្គាម ‘war.’

Final clusters Many loanwords are spelled with subscripts that are not pronounced in the final cluster position, as in: cət ចិត្ ‘heart,’ roat រដឋា ‘state, nation,’ pɛɛt ដពទ្យ ‘doctor; hospital,’ khaet ដខត្ or ដខ្ត ‘province,’ sɑŋ សង្ឃ

‘monk,’ prɑpʊən ្បព្្ធ ‘wife,’ sɑmbot សំបុ្ត ‘letter,’ mɔnuh ម្ុស្ស ‘human being,’ and sɑʔmot សមុ្ទ; ‘ocean.’

Unit 9: Locations and directions

Listening and reading passage (Audio 2.15; Bonus audio 17) Use the audio to listen to and read along with this passage about location and direction. Circle the expressions that have locational and directional meaning.

យប់ថ្ងាដៅរ ៍ដ្ទះ នម៉ខំុបា ្ ្ដៅជប់ដលៀងបុណ្យកំដណើតពួកមា៉ ក ោត់ដៅជា្់ទី៤ ក្ុងផសារទំដ្ើបសូរ ិយា។ ោត់បា្ទូរសព្ដៅខ្ំុ

ដអាយដៅញ ុ ំដលៀង្នឹងដគ។ ខ្ំុ្តរូវយករោដូពីដលើតុដៅជាមួយ ផង។ ោត់បា្្បាប់ទិសដៅដអាយខ្ំុដៅកន្លែងជប់ដលៀងហ្នឹង។

ខ្្ំុ តរូវដបើកឡា្ដចញពីផទះ្ ដហើយបត់ដ្វេងដៅរោច់្ជរុងហាង្ំបង ុ័ ។ ដបើកដល់ រោច់្ជរុងមហាវ ិ្ី្ពទះ្ដរាត្ម ្តរូវបត់ដ្វេងដទៀត។

ដបើករហូតដៅ ដល់រោច់្ជរុង ផលែូវ១៥៤ រួចដហើយ្តរូវបត់ស្ដាំ។ ផសារទំដ្ើបសូរ ិយាដៅខាងដ្វេងថដ។

yup tŋay sav nih mae kɲom trəv tɨv cup liəŋ bon kɑmnaət puək maak koat nɨv coan tii buən, knoŋ psaa tumnəəp soriya. koat baan tuureaʔsap hav kɲom ʔaoy tɨv ɲam liəŋ nɨŋ kee. kɲom trəv yɔɔk kaado nɨv ləə tok tɨv cie muəy phɑɑŋ. koat baan prap tɨh dav ʔaoy kɲom tɨv kɑnlaeŋ cup liəŋ nɨŋ. kɲom trəv baək laan cəɲ pii pteah haəy bɑt cveeŋ nɨv kɑc chruŋ haaŋ num pʔɑŋ. baək dɑl kac cruŋ mɔhaavithəy preah nɔɔroodɑm trəv bɑt cveeŋ tiət. baək rɔhoot tɨv dɑl kac cruŋ pləv leek mərɔɔy haabuən, ruəc haəy trəv bɑt sdam. psaa tumnəəp soriya nɨv khaaŋ cveeŋ day.

127

Unit Ten ʔaakaasaʔthiet nɨŋ rɔdəv អាកាសធាតុនិងរដូវ Weather and seasons

In this unit you will learn how to: • • • •

ask and tell about weather and seasons in various places use expressions related to the weather and seasons ask and answer with the expression haet ʔəy baan cie use expressions steah, reaŋ, tleak, tnɑl lɨc tɨk, cɑŋ ŋoap, mɨn . . . ponmaan, and kuə tae • read and write expressions and sentences related to the weather and seasons • read and write Cambodian independent vowels

Dialogue 1 Weather in Cambodia and England (Audio 2.16) Listen to Vanna (A, in Cambodia) and Bill (B, in England) who are talking about the weather and seasons in their own country. A: B: B: A:

ʔaakaasaʔthiet nɨv nih ʔəyləv kdav nah. nɨv srok ʔaeŋ yaaŋ məc dae? nɨv ɑŋkleeh ʔaakaasaʔthiet lʔɑɑ nah prʊəh cie rɔdəv pkaa riik. taə nɨv srok kmae mien ponmaan rɔdəv? mien pii rɔdəv kɨɨ rɔdəv praŋ nɨŋ rɔdəv voahsaa.

129

Unit 10: Weather and seasons

A: B: A: B: A: B: A:

A:

coh nɨv srok ɑŋkleeh mien ponmaan rɔdəv dae? mien buən rɔdəv kɨɨ rɔdəv slək chəə cruh, rɔdəv rɔŋie, rɔdəv pkaa riik, nɨŋ rɔdəv kdav. rɔdəv rɔŋie yaaŋ məc dae? rɔdəv rɔŋie mien prɨl tleak haəy trɑceak nah. ʔoo piʔsaeh mɛɛn! kɲom mɨn dael khəəɲ prɨl tee. coh rɔdəv voahsaa yaaŋ məc dae? mien pliəŋ tleak craən, cuən kaal pliəŋ pɨɲ mətŋay, haəy neak srae cap tvəə srae cɑmkaa dae.

អាកាសធាតុនៅននះឥឡូវន្តៅណាស់។ នៅសសរុកឯងយ៉ា ងន៉៉ាចដដរ?

B: B: A: A: B: A: B: A: B: A:

នៅអង់ន្លេស អាកាសធាតុលណា ្អ ស់ ន្រះជារដូវផ្ការ ីក។ នតើនៅសសរុកដ្មែរមានរដូវប៉ាុន្មែន?

មានពីររដូវ្ឺ រដូវ្្រំាង និងរដូវវសសា។

ចុះនៅសសរុកអង់ន្លេសមានប៉ាុន្មែនរដូវដដរ?

មានបួនរដូវ ្ឺរដូវសលេក លឹ ន�ើ ្្រុះ រដូវរងា រដូវផ្ការ ីក និងរដូវន្តៅ។ រដូវរងាយ៉ា ងន៉៉ាចដដរ?

រដូវរងាមាន្ពិលធាលេក់ន�ើយ្តជាក់ណាស់។ អូ ពិនសសដ៉ន! ្្ំាុ៉ិនដដលន�ើញ្ពិលនេ។ ចុះរដូវវសសា យ៉ា ងន៉៉ាចដដរ?

មានន្លេៀងធាលេក់ន្ចើន ្ួនកាលន្លេៀងនពញ៉ួយថ្ងៃ ន�ើយអ្នកដសសចាប់ន្វើដសសចំាការដដរ។

Vocabulary ʔaakaasaʔthiet rɔdəv trɑceak rɔdəv voahsaa pliəŋ pɨɲ mətŋay

អាកាសធាតុ រដូវ

្តជាក់

រដូវវសសា ន្លេៀង

នពញ៉ួយថ្ងៃ

weather season to be cold rainy season rain; to rain one full day

130

Unit 10: ʔaakaasaʔthiet nɨŋ rɔdəv

រដូវ្្រំាង

rɔdəv praŋ rɔdəv pkaa riik rɔdəv slək c əə cruh h

rɔdəv rɔŋie rɔdəv kdav tleak tɨk kɑɑk prɨl piʔsaeh mɛɛn dael k əəɲ h

neak srae tvəə srae cɑmkaa

dry season

រដូវផ្ការ ីក

spring

រដូវរងា

winter

រដូវសលេលឹកន�ើ ្្រុះ autumn, fall រដូវន្តៅ ធាលេក់

េលឹកកក ្ពិល

ពិនសសដ៉ន ដដល

ន�ើញ

អ្នកដសស

ន្វើដសសចំាការ

summer to fall down (for snow or rain) snow or ice snow or hail it is very special used to; to have ever to see, to perceive farmer farming (including rice fields, other kinds of vegetable and fruit-growing areas)

Language point Some Cambodians use the words tɨk kɑɑk េលឹកកក ‘ice or snow’ and prɨl ្ពិល ‘snow, ice or hail’ as they are interchangeable. The verb tleak ធាលេក់ ‘to fall, fall down, to come down’ has several meanings depending on its position in a compound: before or after other element(s), which are usually noun(s). For instance: tleak tɨk kɑɑk ធាលេក់េលឹកកក ‘it is snowing,’ tɨk tleak េលឹកធាលេក់ ‘waterfall.’ The word pɨɲ នពញ ‘to be full’ or ‘throughout’ is used to express duration of time, for example នពញ៉ួយដ្ ‘for the whole month,’ នពញ៉ួយឆ្្នំា ‘for the entire year,’ នពញ៉ួយ្ីវ ិត ‘for the entire life.’ In spoken form it can be either before or after the other element. mien tɨk kɑɑk pɨɲ pləv.

មានេលឹកកកនពញផលេវ។ ូ

Snow covers the street. prɨl tleak pɨɲ məyup.

្ពិលធាលេក់នពញ៉ួយយប់។

The snow falls all night long.

Unit 10: Weather and seasons

pliəŋ tleak klaŋ mɛɛn.

ន្លេៀងធាលេក់ខ្លេំាងដ៉ន។ It rains heavily.

vie prɑlɑɑŋ tleak.

វា្បឡងធាលេក់។

He fails the exam. The expression piʔsaeh mɛɛn ពិនសសដ៉ន ‘special, exceptional’ or ‘wonderful’ is used to indicate something out of the ordinary with a touch of surprise, similar to ʔɑhcaa mɛɛn អស្ចារ្យដ៉ន. sraa nih piʔsaeh mɛɛn.

សស្ននះពិនសសដ៉ន។ This wine is special.

teehsaʔphiep nih ʔɑhcaa mɛɛn.

នេសភាពននះអស្ចារ្យដ៉ន!

This landscape is exceptional. ʔaŋkɔɔ voat ʔɑhcaa mɛɛn.

អង្គរវតតៅអស្ចារ្យដ៉ន។

Angkor Wat is magnificent. In this unit and the following examples, dael ដដល ‘used to’ and its negative mɨn dael, ‘not used to, never’ are used in front of a verb to indicate whether an action has or has not taken place. dael ដដល and tloap ធាលេប់ are interchangeable in some cases. koat dael nɨv srok kmae.

គាត់ដដលនៅសសរុកដ្មែរ។

She has lived in Cambodia. vie mɨn dael mien ʔaav rɔŋie.

វា៉ិនដដលមានអាវរងា។ He never has a sweater.

131

132

Unit 10: ʔaakaasaʔthiet nɨŋ rɔdəv

Exercise 1 Read these statements aloud and turn them into questions. 1 2 3 4 5

nɨv srok kmae mien pii rɔdəv kɨɨ rɔdəv praŋ nɨŋ rɔdəv voahsaa. nɨv srok kɲom ʔaakaasaʔthiet kdav nah nɨv rɔdəv praŋ. kɲom cool cɨt rɔdəv pkaa riik cieŋ kee. nɨv ʔaalaaskaa, peel prɨl tleak ʔaakaasaʔthiet trɑceak nah. kmae tvəə srae cɑmkaa nɨv rɔdəv voahsaa.

Exercise 2 Your friend asks you these questions. How would you answer them? Select the appropriate answers from the second list. 1 2 3 4 5

nɨv tii kroŋ seeʔuul rɔdəv rɔŋie yaaŋ məc? nɨv srok kmae rɔdəv praŋ yaaŋ məc? nɨv srok ʔaameerik mien ponmaan rɔdəv? rɔdəv pkaa riik yaaŋ məc? neak dael khəəɲ prɨl rɨɨ tɨk kɑɑk tleak tee?

a b c d e

srɑh sʔaat nah mɨn dael tee trɑceak nah buən rɔdəv kdav nah

Dialogue 2 The rain in Phnom Penh (Audio 2.17) Phanna (A) and Dara (B) are ready to leave the office. They are caught in the rain. Listen to their conversation about the rainy season. A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A:

pliəŋ tleak klaŋ nah! məɲ meek srɑlah sɑh! tɨv pteah məc tɨv kɲom ʔɑt ʔaav pliəŋ phɑɑŋ? tɨv cie muəy knie kɑɑ baan, knie mien chat nɨŋ ʔaav pliəŋ. mɨn ʔəy tee, cam məplɛɛt sən paa knie mɔɔk tɔtuəl. knie mɨn cool cət pliəŋ sɑh. peel pliəŋ mdɑɑŋ mdɑɑŋ tnɑl lɨc tɨk, steah pləv haəy steah luu. tŋay mun mootoo rɔlʊət theak mɨn cheh daə luy tɨk dək mootoo hat cɑŋ ŋoap tumroam dɑl kɑnlaeŋ cieŋ. nuh! paa ʔaeŋ mɔɔk haəy! ʔaa pliəŋ reaŋ lmɔɔm. tɨv haəy naa! ʔaə lei haəy, sʔeak cuəp knie.

Unit 10: Weather and seasons

ន្លេៀងធាលេក់ខ្លេំាងណាស់! ៉ិញន៉�សសឡះនស្ះ!

A:

នៅផ្ះន៉៉ាចនៅ ្្ុំាអត់អាវន្លេៀងផង? នៅជា៉ួយគា្នក៏្រន គា្នមានឆ័្តនិងអាវន្លេៀង។

B: A:

៉ិនអីនេ ចាំា៉ួយដ្លេតសិន ្រ៉ា គា្ន៉កេេួល។

B:

គា្ន៉ិនចូលចិតតៅន្លេៀងនស្ះ! នពលន្លេៀង៉តៅងៗ ្្នល់លិចេលឹក

A:

ស្ះផលេូវ ន�ើយស្ះលូ។

ថ្ងៃ៉ុន ៉៉ាូតូគា្នរលត់ ធាក់៉ិននឆះ នដើរលុយេលឹក

B:

ដលឹក៉៉ាូតូ�ត់ចង់ងាប់ េ្មាំាដល់កដនលេងជាង។ នុះ! ្រ៉ា ឯង៉កន�ើយ!

A:

អា៎ ន្លេៀងរំាងលមែ៉។ នៅន�ើយណា ៎ !

B:

នអើលាន�ើយ ដស្អក្ួបគា្ន។

A:

Vocabulary məɲ haet ʔəy meek srɑlah lɨc steah steah pləv luu rɔlʊət h

t eak h

c eh luy daə luy tɨk tumroam dɑl reaŋ

៉ិញ

just now

ន�តុអី

why

លិច

to sink; submerged; to disappear

ន៉�សសឡះ clear sky; excellent weather ស្ះ

to obstruct, block, close up

ស្ះផលេូវ

traffic jam, road congestion

រលត់

extinguished, to be off, to die

លូ

ធាក់ នឆះ

drainage, sewer

to kick start, jump start a motor to start a motor, burn

លុយ

to wade; money

េ្មាំាដល់

until reaching

នដើរលុយេលឹក to walk through shallow water រំាង

to stop raining; absence of rain

133

134

Unit 10: ʔaakaasaʔthiet nɨŋ rɔdəv

Language points The expression mɨɲ ៉ិញ ‘just now’ is the short form of ʔɑmbaɲ mɨɲ អ៉បាល៉ិញ. The verb steah ស្ះ ‘to be obstructed, to be clogged; to be blocked’ is commonly used with other words as in steah luu ស្ះលូ ‘clogged drainage, blocked drain’ and steah cɑɑraacɑɑ

ស្ះចរចរណ៍ ‘traffic jam, road congestion.’ The expression pləv lɨc tɨk ផលេូវលិចេលឹក ‘flooded streets’ is a common phenomenon in Cambodia and in Southeast Asia in rainy season. koat cəɲ mɨɲ.

គាត់នចញ៉ិញ។ He has just left.

mɨɲ priil tleak klaŋ nah.

៉ិញ្ពិលធាលេក់ខ្លេំាងណាស់។ Just now, it snowed heavily. srae lɨc tɨk.

ដសសលិចេលឹក។

The rice field got flooded. The verb reaŋ រំាង ‘to stop’ used in combination with pliəŋ ន្លេៀង,

indicates the absence of rain. For example: cnam nih reaŋ pliəŋ ‘this year, there is no rain.’ In another combination it means ‘to prevent’, as in rie reaŋ ររំាង. The word rɔlʊət រលត់ ‘extinguished, to be out, to be off, to die’ indicates interruption and/or cessation of a normally continuous movement: rɔlʊət pləəŋ ‘no electricity, to be out of fire’ and maasɨn rɔlʊət ‘engine/motor dies’. The homonym luy លុយ, as a noun, is ‘money’; as a verb it means ‘to wade/go through’ and is normally used with tɨk េលឹក ‘water,’ phʊək ្ក់ ‘mud,’ and pləəŋ ន្លេើង ‘fire.’ The expression cɑŋ ŋoap ចង់ងាប់ means ‘want to die; almost to the point of dying; inoperative; cease to function’. ងាប់ ŋoap, with the meaning ‘to die, to be dead’ is colloquially used with humans and animals, while the less colloquial form, slap ស្លេប់, is reserved for humans. mootoo rɔlʊət peel lɨc tɨk. The motorcycle breaks down when it is submerged.

135

Unit 10: Weather and seasons

laan rɔlʊət prʊəh ʔɑh saŋ. The car dies because it runs out of gasoline. cɑŋkiəŋ rɔlʊət prʊəh kyɑl klaŋ. The lamp is out because of a strong wind. kɲom klien cɑŋ ŋoap. I almost died of hunger. kɲom rɔŋie cɑŋ ŋoap. I am freezing. riən phiesaa kmae piʔbaak cɑŋ ŋoap. Learning Cambodian is so hard.

Exercise 3

(Bonus audio 18)

Read the question statements in column 1 using haet hfy baan cie. Then select and match the appropriate answer starting with prdfh, ‘because’, in column 2. Column 1 1 haet ʔəy baan cie tnɑl lɨc tɨk? 2 haet ʔəy baan cie mootoo rɔlʊət? 3 haet ʔəy baan cie neak klien cɑŋ ŋoap? 4 haet ʔəy baan cie rɔŋie cɑŋ ŋoap? 5 haet ʔəy baan cie srae lɨc tɨk?

Column 2 a prʊəh plɨc ʔaav rɔŋie. b prʊəh steah luu. c prʊəh pliəŋ tlaek pɨɲ məkhae. d prʊəh ʔɑh saŋ. e prʊəh ʔɑt baay mətŋay.

Exercise 4 Read the expressions in Cambodian script. Use them to complete these statements. 1 _______ klaŋ yaaŋ nih tnɑl lɨc tɨk haəy. 2 mootoo _______ theak mɨn cheh. 3 peel _______ təəp kɲom tɨv pteah baan. 4 nɨv rɔdəv pliəŋ yəəŋ trəv mien _______ rɨɨ chat. 5 tŋay nih tɨk _______ nɨv tɨɨ kroŋ pnum pɨɲ.

a អាវន្លេៀង b រំាងន្លេៀង

c ន្លេៀងធាលេក់ d លិចផលេូវ

e រលត់

136

Unit 10: ʔaakaasaʔthiet nɨŋ rɔdəv

Dialogue 3 Winter in New York (Audio 2.18) This dialogue is between two friends who are talking about winter in New York. A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: A: B: A: B: A: B:

prɨk nih prɨl tleak craən, kɲom rɔŋie nah! mɨn ponmaan tee! kɲom bɑn ʔaoy tae prɨl tleak craən prʊəh kcɨl tɨv riən. rɔŋie yaaŋ nih haəy nɨv thaa thoammeaʔdaa tiət! ʔaatɨt nih ʔaeŋ cɑŋ tvəə tɨv puun prɨl leeŋ rɨɨ laəŋ pnum leeŋ skɨɨ tee? kɲom mɨn tɨv tee, rɔŋie ŋoap haəy. mɨn ʔəy tee, ʔaoy tae peak ʔaav rɔŋie krah krah, sraom day nɨŋ sbaek cəəŋ kɑɑ vɛɛŋ tɨv, vie lɛɛŋ rɔŋie haəy. ʔɑt tee, knie mɨn toan soam nɨŋ ʔaakaasaʔthiet nɨv tii nih nɨv laəy tee. ʔaeŋ kuə tae tɨv, prʊəh cie ləək tii muəy dael ʔaeŋ baan leeŋ nɨŋ prɨl. ʔɑɲcəŋ tɨv kɑɑ tɨv ʔaatɨt nih.

្ពលឹកននះ្ពិលធាលេក់ន្ចើន ្្រំាុ ងាណាស់! ៉ិនប៉ាុន្មែននេ! ្្ំាុបន់ឱ្យដត្ពិលធាលេក់ន្ចើន ន្រះ្្ិលនៅនរៀន។ រងាយ៉ា ងននះន�ើយ នៅថា្៉មែតានេៀត!

អាេិត្យននះ ឯងចង់នៅពូន្ពិលនលង ឬនឡើង្្នំានលងស្គីនេ? ្្ំាុ៉ិននៅនេ រងាងាប់ន�ើយ។ ៉ិនអីនេ ឱ្យដតរក់អាវរងា្កាស់ៗ នសស្៉ថដ និងដសបែកន្ើងកដវងនៅ វាដលងរងាន�ើយ។

A: B: A:

អត់នេ គា្ន៉ិនទាន់ស្ុន ំា លឹងអាកាសធាតុ នៅេីននះនៅនឡើយនេ។

ឯង្ួរដតនៅ ន្រះជានលើកេី៉យ ួ ដដលឯង្រននលងនលឹង្ពិល។ អញចាលឹង នៅក៏នៅអាេិត្យននះ!

137

Unit 10: Weather and seasons

Vocabulary bɑn kcɨl rɔŋie h

t oammeaʔdaa puun leeŋ skɨɨ ʔaav rɔŋie krah sraom day sbaek cəəŋ kɑɑ vɛɛŋ lɛɛŋ soam kuə tae

បន់

្្ិល រងា

្៉មែតា ពូន

នលងស្គី អាវរងា ្កាស់

to pray, wish, hope to be lazy to be cold normal to make a mound to ski winter coat thick

នសស្៉ថដ

glove

ដលង

to stop, to release, no longer

ដសបែកន្ើងកដវង boot ស្ុំា

្ួរដត

to get used to should, or ought to

Language points The verb bɑn បន់ ‘to pray, to wish, to hope,’ when used in combination with ʔaoy or ʔaoy tae, indicates a stronger desire for a thing to happen. neak srae bɑn ʔaoy tae mien plieŋ klaŋ. Farmers wish for heavy rain. kɲom bɑn ʔaoy neak prɑlɑɑŋ coap. I pray that you pass the exam. The meaning of the verb lɛɛŋ ដលង depends on the context, ‘to stop, to release, to leave (someone); to let go; no longer.’ Examples: ʔaoy tae peak ʔaav krah krah lɛɛŋ rɔŋie haəy. With a thick sweater, it will no longer be cold. kɲom lɛɛŋ cɑŋ tɨv məəl kon cie muəy neak haəy. I no longer want to watch a movie with you. poolih lɛɛŋ neak tooh. Police released the prisoner.

138

Unit 10: ʔaakaasaʔthiet nɨŋ rɔdəv The word soam ស្ុំា ‘to get used to, be accustomed to’ can be used in these contexts. kɲom soam nɨŋ ʔaakaasaʔthiet nɨv tii nih. I get used to the weather here. koat soam nɨŋ kaaŋie nih. He is used to this work. kɲom soam nɨŋ mdaay sdəy bɑntooh haəy. I get used to my mother’s scolding. These are some examples with the expression kuə tae ្ួរ ‘ought to, should.’ peel pliəŋ klaŋ neak kuə tae kom cih mootoo. When it rains heavily, you should not ride a motorbike. neak kuə tae peak ʔaav krah krah daəmbəy kaapie rɔŋie. You should wear thick clothing to protect from cold. ʔaeŋ kuə tae hat kəylaa daəmbəy sokphiep. You should exercise for your health. The following are examples of the use of ponmaan ប៉ាុន្មែន ‘how much,

how many, or some’ combined with the expression ៉ិន mɨn (ʔɑt) . . . tee (អត់) . . . នេ ‘not that . . .’ tŋay nih mɨn rɔŋie ponmaan tee. It is not that cold today. mhoop nih kɲom mɨn cool cət ponmaan tee. I am not that keen on this food. ʔaav nih mɨn lʔɑɑ ponmaan tee. This shirt is not that nice.

Unit 10: Weather and seasons

Exercise 5 Read these questions aloud. Then use the expression hat . . . ponmaan tee, to answer the questions, as in: Q- neak cool cft redfv recie tee? A- hat cool cft ponmaan tee. 1 2 3 4 5 6

mien prɨl tleak craən tee? ʔaeŋ mien khao ʔaav rɔŋie craən tee? vaen taa kmav nih tlay nah rɨɨ? ʔaeŋ cɑŋ tɨv leeŋ skɨɨ tee? koat soam nɨŋ ʔaakaasaʔthiet kdav tee? pləv nih steah cɑɑraacɑɑ tee?

Exercise 6 Read these statements aloud and turn them into questions to ask your Cambodian friends. 1 2 3 4 5 6

srok kɲom kmien prɨl nɨŋ tɨk kɑɑk tee. pii mun vie mɨn dael khəəɲ sɑʔmot tee. peel kdav klaŋ ʔaeŋ kuə tae peak muək. bɑntup nih trəv mien maasiin trɑceak. peel rɔŋie koat cool cət hat kəylaa. peel prɨl tleak vie lɛɛŋ cih rɑŋ haəy.

Exercise 7 Read the expressions in Cambodian script. Use them to complete these statements. 1 2 3 4 5

tŋay nih meek _________ lʔɑɑ nah. sbaek cəəŋ kɑɑ vɛɛŋ nih mɨn _________ tee. koat _________ tae mien prɨl craən daəmbəy tɨv leeŋ skɨɨ. neak srae ban ʔaoy mien pliəŋ daəmbəy _________. bɑɑrəteeh mɨn _________ nɨŋ rɔdəv kdav nɨv srok kmae tee.

a បន់នអាយ b ន្វើដសស

c សសឡះស្្អត d ទាន់ស្ុំា

e ថ្លេប៉ាុន្មែន

139

140

Unit 10: ʔaakaasaʔthiet nɨŋ rɔdəv

Reading and writing words with independent vowels The independent vowel symbols are called srah pɨɲ tuə សសះនពញតួ ‘complete vowels’ because they can stand alone without combining with any consonant. The 13 independent vowel symbols in alphabetic order are: ឥ ឦ ឧ ឩ ឪ ឫ ឬ ឯ ឭ ឮ ឰ ឱ ឳ. Practice reading and writing these independent vowel symbols, starting from the dot numbered 1, 2, 3, or 4 (see Table 14). In modern Cambodian these vowel symbols are largely confined to loanwords from Sanskrit and Pali. In all cases they duplicate combinations of consonants with conjunct vowel symbols. Words containing independent vowels are uncommon or rarely used, but there are a few that you will learn to memorize and recognize.

ឥ duplicates with ʔe អិ or ʔɨ អុិ or even ʔəy អី as in ʔet ឥត ‘not,’ ʔəyləv ឥឡូវ ‘now,’ or ʔəyvan ឥវា៉ា ន់ ‘things’ ឦ duplicates with ʔəy អី as in ʔəysaan ឦស្ន ‘northeast’ ឧ duplicates with ʔo អុ or ʔu អ៊ុ as in ʔokɲaa ឧកញ៉ា ‘official of ministerial rank’ or ʔuʔsaʔphie ឧសភា ‘May’ ឩ duplicates with ʔoo អូ or ʔuu អ៊ូ as in ʔoon ឩន ‘lacking,’ ʔoot ឩដ្ឋ ‘camel’ ឪ duplicates with ʔəv អូវ as in ʔəpuk ឪពុក ‘father,’ ʔəv lək ឪឡលឹក ‘watermelon’ ឫ duplicates with rɨ រ លឹ as in rɨhsəy ឫស្ី ‘bamboo,’ rɨh ឫស ‘root,’ rɨk ឫក ‘character’ ឬ duplicates with rɨɨ រ ឺ as in rɨɨ ឬ ‘or’ ឭ duplicates with lɨ លលឹ as in rumlɨk រ ំាឭក ‘to remind,’ rɔlɨk រឭក ‘to miss’

ឮ duplicates with lɨ លឺ as in lɨɨ ឮ ‘to hear,’ or lɨɨ cmʊəh ឮន្មែះ ‘to be popular, renowned’ ឯ duplicates with ʔae ដអ as in ʔae ឯ, ‘at,’ ʔaek ឯក ‘one,’ ʔaeŋ ឯង ‘you’ ឰ duplicates with ʔay ថអ as in ʔaey ឰ ‘at, in’ ឱ duplicates with ʔao នអា as in ʔaokaah ឱកាស ‘occasion,’ ʔao sɑɑ thaan ឱស្ស្ថាន ‘pharmacy, drug store’ ឳ corresponding with ʔav នៅ as in krɑɑ ʔaov chuuk ្កឱ�ូក ‘lotus root’

Unit 10: Weather and seasons

Listening and reading passage (Audio 2.19; Bonus audio 19) Use the audio to listen and read along with this passage. Circle expressions that use subscripts ◌កា ◌្ដ ◌្ន ្◌ ◌លេ ◌្ ◌្ហ ◌្អ. Practice reading them in your notebook and read them aloud.

នៅសសរុកដ្មែរមានរដូវ្ំាៗពីរ្ឺ រដូវ្្រំាង ឬរដូវន្្ដ និងរដូវវសសា

ឬរដូវន្លេៀង។ នៅរដូវវសសា ្បជា្នន្វើដសសចមាការន្រះស៉បែូរ

ន្លេៀង។ រដូវ្្រំាងមានអាកាសធាតុន្តៅណាស់។ តា៉្៉មែតានៅ

េី្ករុង អ្នកមានលុយឬ្នបរនេស ភា្ន្ចើនន្បើដងា្ហល់ ឬមា៉ា សុន ី ្តជាក់នពលនៅក្នុងផ្ះ។

នៅ្បនេសអឺរប ុ មានបួនរដូវ្ឺ រដូវសលេលឹកន�ើ ្្រុះ រដូវរងា រដូវ

ផ្ការ ីក និងរដូវន្្ដ។ រដូវសលេលឹកន�ើ ្្រុះ មាននេសភាពពណ៌នលឿង េុំា។ រដូវរងាមាន្ពិលធាលេក់ន�ើយ្តជាក់ណាស់។ រដូវផ្ការ ីកមាន

ផ្ការ ីកសសស់ស្្អតណាស់។ នៅរដូវន្តៅ ្្ំាុចូលចិតនតៅ ៅនលងស៉ុ្េ ឬនឡើង្្នំាជា៉ួយ្្រួស្រ្្ំាុ។ nɨv srok kmae mien rɔdəv thom thom pii kɨɨ rɔdəv praŋ rɨɨ rɔdəv kdav nɨŋ rɔdəv voahsaa rɨɨ rɔdəv pliəŋ. nɨv rɔdəv voahsaa, prɑciecɔɔn tvəə srae cɑmkaa prʊəh sɑmboo pliəŋ. rɔdəv praŋ mien ʔaakaasaʔthiet kdav nah. taam thoammeaʔdaa nɨv tii kroŋ, neak mien luy rɨɨ cɔɔn bɑɑrəteeh phiek craən prae dɑŋhaal rɨɨ maasiin trɑceak peel nɨv knoŋ pteah. nɨv prɑteeh ʔəərop mien buən rɔdəv kɨɨ rɔdəv pkaa riik, rɔdəv slək chəə cruh, rɔdəv rɔŋie, nɨŋ rɔdəv kdav. rɔdəv slək chəə cruh mien teehsaʔphiep poa lɨəŋ tom. rɔdəv rɔŋie mien prɨl tleak haəy trɑceak nah. rɔdəv pkaa riik mien pkaa riik srɑh sʔaat nah. nɨv rɔdəv kdav, kɲom cool cət tɨv leeŋ saʔmot rɨɨ laəŋ pnum cie muəy kruəsaa kɲom.

141

142

Unit 10: ʔaakaasaʔthiet nɨŋ rɔdəv

Table 14 How to write independent vowel symbols

Write these independent vowel symbols. Start from the dot numbered 1, 2, 3, or 4 and follow the arrow.

Unit Eleven sɑkamphiep kɑmsaan សកម្មភាពកំសាន្ត Leisure activities

In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and tell about leisure activities, favorite things, people, or places • use the expressions mɨn səv, cuən kaal, taeŋ tae, cie nɨc, kɑɑ daoy, and daəmbəy • read and write words/expressions for leisure activities in Cambodian scripts • use some Cambodian diacritics symbols

Dialogue 1 Favorite activities (Audio 2.20) Phanna (A) and Navy (B) are talking on the phone. They are talking about their favorite activities and what they like to do after work or during the weekend. A: B: A:

ʔaaloo Navy! cəɲ pii tvəə kaa ʔaeŋ tɨv naa? ʔoo! tŋay nih, kɲom cɑŋ tɨv psaa daə tɨɲ ʔəyvan. coh ʔaeŋ, peel tumnee cool cət tvəə ʔəy dae? peel tumnee kɲom tumloap məəl tuureaʔtʊəh, keeŋ sdap cɑmriəŋ bɑndaə məəl siəvphɨv bɑndaə.

144

Unit 11: sɑkamphiep kɑmsaan

B:

A: B: A: B: A:

A: B:

ʔɑɲcəŋ khoh pii kɲom. kɲom mɨn səv nɨv pteah tee. kɲom cool cət tɨv psaa, daə tɨɲ ʔəyvan, tɨv ɲam ʔəy nɨv krav, rɨɨ tɨv daə leeŋ cie muəy mɨtpheaʔ. ʔoo! ʔɑɲcəŋ ʔaeŋ tɨv krav roal coŋ sabdaa mɛɛn ʔɔt? nɨŋ haəy, kɲom taeŋ tae tɨv krav cie nɨc nɨv tŋay chup sɑmraak. coh ʔaeŋ nɨv tae pteah tee rɨɨ? ʔɑt tee, kɲom cool cət kyal bɑɑreʔsot nɨv moat tʊənlee, cuən kaal tɨv hat praan nɨv muk veaŋ, cuən kaal daə thɑɑt ruup. oh mɛɛn haəy! ʔaeŋ cɑŋ tɨv psaa cie muəy kɲom tee? mien ʔəy, cəɲ pii tvəə kaa, yəəŋ tɨv teaŋ ʔɑh knie.

អាឡូណាវ ី! ចេញពីច្វើការឯងចៅណា? អូ៎! ថ្ងៃចនះ ខ្ំញេង់ចៅផ្សារច�ើរទិញអីវ៉ាន់។ េញះឯង ចពលទំចនរេូលេិត្តច្វើអីដ�រ?

A:

B:

ចពលទំចនរ ខ្ំញទម្លាប់ចមើលទូរទស្សន៍ ចេងសា្តប់េច្មៀង បច្ើ្ត រចមើលចសៀវចៅបច្ើ្ត រ។

អញ្ចឹងខញសពីខំញ។ ្ ខ្ំញមិនសូវចៅផ្្ះចទ។ ខ្ំញេូលេិត្តចៅផ្សារ ច�ើរទិញអីវ៉ាន់ ចៅញ ញ ំអីចៅច្រៅ ឬចៅច�ើរចលងជាមួយមិត្តភក្តិ។

A: B:

A:

B: A:

អូ៎! អញ្ចឹងឯងចៅច្រៅរាល់េញងសប្្តហ៍ដមនអត់?

ហ្ចឹងចហើយ ខ្ំញដតងដតចៅច្រៅជានិេ្ ចៅថ្ងៃឈប់ស្ម្ក។ េញះឯងចៅដតផ្្ះចទឬ? អត់ចទ ខ្ំញេូលេិត្តខ្យល់បរ ិសញទ្ធចៅម្ត់ទចនលា ជួនកាលចៅ ហាត់្ប្្ចៅមញខវំង ជួនកាលច�ើរ្តរូប។ អូ៎ដមនចហើយ! ឯងេង់ចៅផ្សារជាមួយខ្ំញចទ?

ម្នអី ចេញពីច្វើការ ចយើងចៅទាំងអស់គ្្។

145

Unit 11: Leisure activities

Vocabulary sɑkamphiep kɑmsaan daə tɨɲ ʔəyvan

សកម្មភាពកំសាន្ត ច�ើរទិញអីវ៉ាន់

leisure activities to go shopping

tumloap

ទំលាប់ (ទម្លាប់)

to make a habit; habit, custom

məəl tuureaʔtʊəh

ចមើលទូរទស្សន៍

to watch TV

ចេង

to sleep

bɑndaə

បច្ើ្ត រ

at the same time; as well as . . .

khoh pii

ខញសពី

different from

keeŋ sdap cɑmriəŋ

សា្តប់េច្មៀង (េំចរៀង) to listen to music

tɨv ɲam ʔəy

ចៅញ ញ ំអី

to go and eat something, to have some snack

tɨv daə leeŋ

ចៅច�ើរចលង

to go for a walk, to go out for fun

cuən kaal

ជួនកាល

sometimes

hat praan kyal bɑɑreʔsot

ហាត់្ប្្ ខ្យល់បរ ិសញទ្ធ

to exercise fresh air

មិត្តភក្តិ

friends

mɛɛn ʔɔt (mɛɛn rɨɨ ʔɔt)

ដមនអត់ (ដមនឬអត់) is it so

tɨv krav

ចៅច្រៅ

to go out

mɨtpheaʔ

taeŋ tae h

tŋay c up sɑmraak

ដតងដត

ថ្ងៃឈប់ស្ម្ក

usually, always, continually day off, break, rest period

Language points Public and official holidays In Cambodia civil servants and state school students have one, one-and-a-half, or two days off at the end of each week. Apart from weekend days off there are several more national and international holidays such as Cambodian New Year, National Independence Day, International Women’s Day, or International Human Rights Day.

146

Unit 11: sɑkamphiep kɑmsaan The expression mɨn səv មិនសូវ ‘not really, not very, not much,’ and its two alternatives ʔɑt səv អត់សូវ and pum səv ពញំសូវ, are frequently used to indicate partiality when preceded by a main verb. But to add more emphasis, sɑh ចសាះ ‘at all’ is placed immediately after the verb. kɲom mɨn/ʔɑt yʊəl.

ខ្ំញមិន/អត់យល់។

I don’t understand. kɲom mɨn/ʔɑt yʊəl sɑh.

ខ្ំញមិន/អត់យល់ចសាះ។

I don’t understand at all. koat ʔɑt səv ceh kmae.

គ្ត់អត់សូវចេះដខ្មរ។

He does not really know Cambodian. mhoop nih mɨn səv cŋaɲ tee.

ម្ូបចនះមិនសូវឆ្ងៃញ់ចទ។

This food is not that delicious. koat tvəə kaa ʔɑt lʔɔɔ sɑh.

គ្ត់ច្វើការអត់លច្អ សាះ។

He just does not do good work. The expressions taeŋ tae ដតងដត and cie nɨc ជានិេ្ have similar meanings, ‘regularly, constantly, always.’ The difference, however, is in their position in a sentence: taeŋ tae ដតងដត is always placed before the main verb, while cie nɨc ជានិេ្ is always positioned after the verb. Another colloquial expression, cie nɨc cie kaal ជានិេជា ្ កាល ‘always, constantly, regularly,’ can be either at the beginning or at the end of a sentence. With their respective positions intact in the sentence, they can be used together in the same sentence to provide more emphasis to the main verb. vie taeŋ tae tɨv krav. He usually goes out. kɲom tɨv krav cie nɨc. I go out all the time.

147

Unit 11: Leisure activities

koat taeŋ tae tɨv sii phək nɨv baa. He always goes to have a good time at the bar. paa taeŋ tae hat praan riəŋ roal lŋiec. Dad regularly exercises every afternoon. The expression bɑndaə បច្ើ្ត រ ‘simultaneously, at the same time’ can be used repeatedly after main verbs to indicate actions taking place at the same time. koat tvəə kaa bɑndaə riən bɑndaə. He has a job while also studying. vie roam bɑndaə crieŋ bandaə. She dances while also singing. The expression cuən kaal ជួនកាល ‘sometimes’ implies events that optionally or occasionally take place, and can be used more than once in a sentence, as in: cuən kaal koat nɨv pteah, cuən kaal koat tɨv krav. Sometimes she stays home, sometimes she goes out. cuən kaal koat tvəə baay, cuən kaal koat tɨɲ mhoop tvəə srap. Occasionally she cooks and sometimes she buys ready-to-eat food.

Exercise 1

(Bonus audio 20)

Read these statements aloud. Combine both columns with cufn kaal ‘sometimes.’ Example: kbom cufn kaal criec karahohkhee, cufn kaal roam. 1 2 3 4 5 6

kɲom crieŋ karaʔoʔkhee. peel tumnee kɲom məəl tuureaʔtʊəh. look kruu hat keylaa. koat cih mootoo dup tɨv saalaa. nihsət hav kuy tiev. koon koat ɲam kaareɛm.

go dancing read a book take pictures ride the bicycle order fried rice eat fruit

148

Unit 11: sɑkamphiep kɑmsaan

Exercise 2 Read the Cambodian words below. Select the correct one to complete these statements. 1 2 3 4 5

tŋay sav, koat mɨn səv tɨv _______ tee. vie tɨv daə leeŋ _______ puək maak cie nɨc. peel vie sapbaay cət, kon proh kɲom taeŋ tae criəŋ _______ nih. kon srəy koat mɨn səv tumloap _______ ʔəyvan roal tŋay ʔaatɨt tee. koat taeŋ tae sdap cɑmriəŋ _______ hat praan bɑndaə.

a ច�ើរទិញ b បច្ើដ រ c ច្វើការ

d ជាមួយ

e េច្មៀង

Dialogue 2 Sport activities (Audio 2.21) Virak (A), and Dara (B) ran into each other in the stadium while doing their physical exercise. Listen to them talking about their sports activities. A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

ʔee puək maak! rʊət ʔəy kɑɑ lɨən cieŋ kee, knie rʊət taam səŋ tae mɨn toan. ʔoo! Virak mɔɔk hat praan nɨv staad nih dae taə? mɛɛn haəy! cuən kaal, knie mɔɔk rʊət leeŋ nɨv tii nih. coh ʔaeŋ vɨɲ? cie thoammeaʔdaa knie mɔɔk tii nih roal lŋiec nɨŋ. ʔaeŋ mɨn dəŋ tee ʔeeh, knie taeŋ tae tɨv leeŋ bal teah roal lŋiec tŋay can, haəy leeŋ bal toat roal lŋiec tŋay put? ʔɑɲcəŋ baan cie knie teɛ tɨv pteah mdɑɑŋ mdɑɑŋ, kee thaa ʔaeŋ cəɲ tɨv leeŋ bal tɨv haəy. nɨŋ haəy, knie cool cət toat bal cieŋ kee bɑmphot. neh, yɔɔk tɨk trɑcak mədɑp nih tɨv. ʔɑɑ kun. ʔooh! ʔaeŋ caŋ tɨv stuuc trəy nɨv tŋay ʔaatɨt nih tee? mien ʔəy, mɔɔk yɔɔk knie phɑɑŋ.

149

Unit 11: Leisure activities

A: B: A: B: A:

ចអពួកម្៉ា ក! រត់អីក៏ចលឿនជាងចេ គ្្រត់តាមសចឹងដតមិនទាន់។ អូ! វ ីរៈមកហាត់្ប្្ចៅសា្ត�ចនះដ�រចតើ?

ដមនចហើយ! ជួនកាល គ្្មករត់ចលងចៅទីចនះ។ េញះឯងវ ិញ? ជា្ម្មតាគ្្មកទីចនះរាល់លាងៃេហ្ចឹង។

ឯងមិន�ចឹងចទចអ្ះ គ្្ដតងដតចៅចលងប្ល់ទះ

រាល់លាងៃេថ្ងៃេន្ ចហើយចលងប្ល់ទាត់រាល់លាងៃេថ្ងៃពញ្? B:

អញ្ចឹងប្នជាគ្្ចតចៅផ្្ះម្តងៗ

ចេថាឯងចេញចៅចលងប្ល់ចៅចហើយ។ A: B: A: B:

ហ្ចឹងចហើយ គ្្េូលេិត្តទាត់ប្ល់ជាងចេបំផ្ញត។ ចហ្៎ យកទចឹក្តជាក់មួយ�បចនះចៅ។

អរេញ្។ អូហ៍! ឯងេង់ចៅស្ូេ្តីចៅថ្ងៃអាទិត្យចនះចទ? ម្នអី មកយកគ្្ផ្ង។

Vocabulary ចលឿនជាងចេ

lɨən cieŋ kee

តាមមិនទាន់

taam mɨn toan

សចឹងដត

səŋ tae h

cie t oammeaʔdaa

ជា្ម្មតា

faster than anyone unable to catch up almost, nearly usually, ordinarily, normally

kɑmrɔɔ

ក្ម

rarely; (it) takes a long time to . . .

rʊət leeŋ

រត់ចលង

to jog

ចៅចលង

to go to visit; to go to play

teɛ

ចត

to make a phone call (shortened form of telephone)

bal teah

ប្ល់ទះ

volleyball

tɨv leeŋ h

staad (kəylaat aan)

ទាត់ប្ល់

toat bal h

cieŋ kee bɑmp ot stuuc trəy

សា្ត� (កីឡាដ្ឋាន) stadium

ជាងចេបំផ្ញត ស្ូេ្តី

play soccer the most fishing

150

Unit 11: sɑkamphiep kɑmsaan

Language points In Cambodian many words are used to refer to ‘friend(s)’: mɨt មិត;្ត mɨt

pheak មិត្តភក្តិ; puək maak ពួកម្៉ា ក; mɨt sɑmlaɲ មិត្តសម្លាញ់; and

klaə ចកលាើ. In general, mɨt pheak មិត្តភក្តិ is used to politely refer to a friend or a group of friends, while mɨt មិត្ត is rather formal. The

words puək maak ពួកម្៉ា ក and klaə ចកលាើ ‘buddy, pal’ are normally used informally to refer to good and close friends. Sokha cie mɨt lʔɑɑ cieŋ kee.

សញខាជាមិត្តលជា ្អ ងចេ។ Sokha is my best friend.

ʔee! puək maak tɨv naa?

ចអ! ពួកម្៉ា កចៅណា?

Eh buddy! Where are you going? nih cie mɨt pheak look kruu.

ចនះជាមិត្តភក្តិចលាក្េរូ។

Here is the teacher’s friend.

Exercise 3 Read the expressions in the Cambodian script. Select them to complete these statements. 1 2 3 4 5

kɲom tumloap tɨv ________ riəŋ roal tŋay. koon koat cool cət leeŋ ________. puək yəəŋ ________ leeŋ nɨv staad ʔoolampɨk. vie ________ lʔɑɑ cieŋ kee bɑmphot. koat cool cət ________ taam pləv tooc cieŋ kee.

a ប្ល់ទះ

b ជិះកង់

c ហាត់្ប្្ d ចៅរត់

e ទាត់ប្ល់

151

Unit 11: Leisure activities

Exercise 4 Practice reading the Cambodian scripts. Match the Cambodian words with the appropriate English words. 1 សា្តប់េច្មៀង

2 រត់ចលឿន 3 ពួកម្៉ា ក

4 ប្ល់ទាត់

5 ហាត់្ប្្ 6 ស្ូេ្តី

a to exercise (work out) b soccer c to fish (with a line) d friend e to run fast f to listen to music

Dialogue 3 Day off and activities (Audio 2.22) Navy (A) has not seen her friend Dara (B) for a while. They meet each other at the restaurant and are talking about their day off and plans. Listen to their conversation. A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Dara! ʔaeŋ nɨv tvəə kaaŋie roat dɑdael rɨɨ? knie tɨv tvəə kaaŋie roat taə, prʊəh mien tŋay chup sɑmraak craən. coh ʔaeŋ? knie tvəə kaa ʔaoy krom hun ʔaekaʔcɔɔn. tvəə pramuəy tŋay knoŋ məsɑʔpdaa. tŋay chup, knie tumloap sɑmʔaat pteah, baok khao ʔaav, nɨŋ thae reaksaa suən cbaa. knie som keeŋ ʔaoy cʔaet, tae ʔəyləv mien kumrouŋ tməy muəy. taə kumrouŋ noh yaaŋ məc dae? bɑntoap ceeɲ pii tvəə kaa tɨv bɑŋriən kuə ʔɑŋkleeh, daəmbəy rɔɔk luy bɑnthaem. lʔɑɑ nah! ʔaoy tae cliət baan. knie sɑnsɑm luy cɑŋ tɨv daə leeŋ ʔəərop. knie kɑɑ mien cɑmnɑŋ cɑmnool cət tɨv dae.

152

Unit 11: sɑkamphiep kɑmsaan

ʔee tɨv cie muəy knie cbah cie sapbaay nah, tʊəh bəy trəv sɑnsɑm luy pii ʔəyləv nih kɑɑ daoy! ʔaeŋ mien kumnɨt lʔɑɑ nah, ʔɑɑ kun.

A: B:

ដ្រា ឯងចៅច្វើការងាររ�ឋា�ដ�លឬ?

A:

គ្្ចៅច្វកា ើ រងាររ�ឋាចតើ ច្រះម្នថ្ងៃឈប់ ស្ម្កច្េើន។ េញះឯង?

B:

គ្្ច្វើការចអាយ្ករុមហ៊ញនឯកជន។ ច្វើ្ប្ំមួយថ្ងៃកញ្ងមួយ

A:

សប្្តហ៍។

ថ្ងៃឈប់ គ្្ទម្លាប់សអា ំ តផ្្ះ ចប្កចខាអាវ និងដ្រកសាសួនេបារ។

B:

គ្្សញំចេងចអាយដ្្អត ដតឥឡូវម្ន េច្ម្ង្្មីមួយ។ ចតើេច្ម្ងចោះយ៉ា ងចម៉ាេដ�រ?

A: B:

បោ្ប់ចេញពីច្វើការ គ្្ចៅបច្ងៀនេួអង់ចេលាស

A:

ច�ើម្ីរកលញយបដនថែម។ B:

ល្អណាស់! ចអាយដតច្លាៀតប្ន។

A:

គ្្សន្សំលញយេង់ចៅច�ើរចលងអឺរប ញ ។

គ្្ក៏ម្នេំ្ង់េំ្ូលេិតច្ត ៅដ�រ។

B:

ចអចៅជាមួយគ្្េបាស់ជាសបបាយណាស់

A:

ទាស់បី្តរូវសន្សំលញយពីឥឡូវចនះក៏ចដ្យ! ឯងម្នេំនិតល្អណាស់ អរេញ្។

B:

Vocabulary tumloap

ទម្លាប់ (ទំលាប់)

to make a habit, to become accustomed to

sɑmʔaat

សំអាត

to clean

baok k ao ʔaav h

h

t ae reaksaa suən cbaa cʔaet

ចប្កចខាអាវ ដ្រកសា

សួនេបារ ដ្្អត

to do laundry, wash clothes to nuture garden to be full, satisfied (esp. with food, drink)

153

Unit 11: Leisure activities

keeŋ ʔaoy cʔaet kumrouŋ

ចេងចអាយដ្្អត

េច្ម្ង (េំចរាង)

to catch up on sleep plan

bɑŋriən kuə

បច្ងៀនេួ

to teach supplementary class/course

bɑnthaem

បដនថែម

to add to, in addition

tʊəh bəy sɑnsɑm cɑmnɑŋ cɑmnool cət tɨv leeŋ ʔəərop kumnɨt lʔɑɑ kɑɑ daoy

ចទាះបី

even if, although

សន្សំ

to save up

ចៅចលងអឺរប ញ

visiting Europe

េំ្ង់េ្ ំ ូ លេិត្ត desire, wish េំនិតល្អ ក៏ចដ្យ

good idea whether or not

Language points The word kuə េួ ‘class, lesson’ is a loanword from French, ‘cours.’ The expressions bɑŋriən kuə បច្ងៀនេួ ‘teach supplementary class’ and riən kuə ចរៀនេួ ‘take supplementary class’ are commonly used in Cambodia to refer to mostly evening extra classes. Other expressions used to refer to teaching or taking these additional courses are bɑŋriən/ riən krav maoŋ បច្ងៀន/ចរៀនច្រៅចម្៉ា ង or bɑŋriən/riən bɑnthaem បច្ងៀន/ចរៀនបដនថែម. In previous units, tae ចតើ was used at the beginning of a formal question statement. Here taə ចតើ is shown in a colloquial way in specific contexts to mean ‘also, is it not so, so,’ in which its position is always at the end of a statement or a sentence. kɲom cie kruu bɑŋriən dae taə.

ខ្ំញជា្េរូបច្ងៀនដ�រចតើ។ I am a teacher also.

mien ʔəy cɲaɲ dae taə.

ម្នអី ឆ្ងៃញ់ដ�រចតើ។

Yes, it is quite delicious. koat sok sapbaay taə.

គ្ត់សញខសបបាយចតើ។ Yes, she is just fine.

154

Unit 11: sɑkamphiep kɑmsaan The pair of expressions tʊəh bəy . . . kɑɑ daoy ចទាះបី . . . ក៏ចដ្យ occurs in a fixed clause position with the meaning, ‘whether or not, it’s all the same, even if, it makes no difference.’ Their meaning is similar to kɑɑ daoy . . . kɑɑ daoy ក៏ចដ្យ . . . ក៏ចដ្យ. məsen kɑɑ koat mɨn caay, tʊəh bəy mien luy craən kɑɑ daoy. She will not spend a dime, even though she has lots of money. mɨn tɨɲ kɑɑ daoy kɑɑ koat nɨv tae ɲɔɲɨm. Although you are not buying, he’s still smiling.

Exercise 5

(Bonus audio 21)

The questions are asking for ‘what purpose or reason.’ Select the appropriated expresion on the right-hand side to match the asnwer. 1 2 3 4 5 6

koat tɨv psaa daəmbəy ʔəy? riən ʔɑŋkleeh daəmbəy ʔəy? vie sɑmʔaat pteah daəmbəy ʔəy? haat kəylaa daəmbəy ʔəy? vie tvəə kaa bɑntheam daəmbəy ʔəy? koat keeŋ ʔaoy cʔaet daəmbəy ʔəy?

a b c d e f

sokphiep rɔɔk luy krav tɨɲ mhoop rɔɔk kaaŋie tməy ʔaoy mien kɑmlaŋ ʔaoy mday sapbaay cət

Exercise 6 Read the Cambodian script. Use them to answer these questions from Dialogue 3. 1 Dara tvəə kaaŋie ʔəy? _____________. 2 Navy tvəə kaa ʔaoy neak naa ? _____________. 3 krav pii sɑmʔaat pteah, baok khao ʔaav Dara tvəə ʔəy tiət? _____________. 4 peel tŋay sɑmraak Navy som tvəə ʔəy? _____________. 5 kraoy ceeɲ pii tvəə kaa, Navy tɨv bɑŋriən ʔəy? _____________. a េួអង់ចេលាស

b ដ្រកសាសួនេបារ c ចេងចអាយដ្្អត

d ្ករុមហ៊ញនឯកជន e ការងាររ�ឋា

155

Unit 11: Leisure activities

Exercise 7 Read these expressions aloud. Rearrange them to make correct sentences. 1 cɑmnɑŋ cɑmnool cət 2 bɑŋriən kuə 3 sɑnsɑm luy 4 ʔaeŋ mɨn 5 thɑɑt ruup

koat mien

bɑnthaem

tvəə kaaŋie

kumnɨt tɨɲ pteah tae cam cool cət

phiesaa ʔɑŋkleeh srəy nih kɑɑ kɲom nɨv teehsaʔcɑɑ

koat mien daəmbəy mɔɔk kɑɑ daoy praasaat ɑŋkɔɔ voat

Reading and writing words with diacritics Cambodian has a set of diacritics (symbols) that are placed on a consonant to modify its pronunciation. The most commonly used symbols are: bɑntɑk ◌់, placed over the final consonant symbol to shorten the vowel of that syllable. For example: cɑɑŋ េង changes to cɑŋ េង់; kaap កាប to kɑp កាប់; kiet គ្ត changes to koat គ្ត់; mien ម្ន to moan ម្ន់. muuseʔkaʔtoan ◌៉ា, or ‘rat teeth,’ first is used to convert six of the second series consonant symbols – ŋɔɔ ង, ɲɔɔ ញ, mɔɔ ម, yɔɔ យ, rɔɔ រ, vɔɔ វ – to first series consonant symbols ŋɑɑ ង៉ា, ɲɑɑ ញ៉ា, mɑɑ ម៉ា, yɑɑ យ៉ា, rɑɑ រ,៉ា and vɑɑ វ,៉ា as in maoŋ ចម្៉ា ង ‘time’ and vaen ដវ ៉ាន ‘ring.’ Second, it is used to convert the first series consonant bɑɑ ប to pɑɑ ប៉ា as in paa ប្៉ា ‘father.’ Third, when combined with the six superscript vowels symbols – ◌ិ ◌ី ◌ចឹ ◌ឺ ◌ិ ◌ី ◌ា ◌ំ – the form ◌៉ា is replaced by the form ◌ញ as in ɲam ញ ញ ំ ‘to eat.’ trəysap ◌៊ is used to convert these four first series consonants – bɑɑ ប, sɑɑ ស, hɑɑ ហ, and ʔɑɑ អ symbols – to second series consonants bɔɔ ប៊ , sɔɔ ស៊, hɔɔ ហ៊, ʔɔɔ អ៊ , as in suu ស៊ូ, ‘to venture,’ hoo ចហា៊, ‘to cheer,’ or hien ហា៊ន ‘to dare, brave.’ When it co-occurs with the superscript vowels, the form ◌៊ is replaced by the form ◌ញ as in hiiŋ ហញីង ‘toad.’

156

Unit 11: sɑkamphiep kɑmsaan saŋyook saɲɲaa ◌័ is used in words of Pali, Sanskrit, or foreign origin. When ◌័ marks the inherent vowel then that vowel is pronounced as if written with a short /a/ as in toap ទ័ព. When ◌័ is placed on the final យ, it has the sound /ay/ as in kaariʔyaalay ការ ិយល័យ. When ◌័ is followed by the final consonant /n/, then the pronunciation is /aŋ/ as in num pʔaŋ នំបញ័ង ‘bread.’ toandeaʔkhiet ◌៍ is used on the final consonant of words of foreign origin to silence the sound that consonant as in ʔuʔtiehɑɑ ឧទាហរ្៍. rɔbɑt ◌៌ is used on the final consonant of words of foreign origin to silence the final consonant in most cases. In some cases, it changes the vowel /ɔɔ/ to /oa/ as in poa ព្៌ or thoa ្ម៌. When it appears over a medial consonant, it is pronounced as /rə/ as in tuʔrəʔkʊət ទញេ៌ត. leek ʔahsdaa ◌៏ is used on consonants ក � ន ម ហ when they

represent the following words: kɑɑ ក៏ ‘then,’ dɑɑ �៏ ‘which,’ nɔɔ ន៏ ‘there it is,’ mɔɔ ម៏ ‘come,’ or hɑɑ ហ៏ ‘here it is.’

Listening and reading passage (Audio 2.23; Bonus audio 22) Use the audio to listen to this passage. First, draw a circle around the words with diacritic symbols. Second, underline five action verbs, and then use them to make short sentences.

មនញស្សម្្ក់ៗម្នទំលាប់ និងេំ្ង់េំ្ូលេិត្តខញសៗគ្្។

អ្កខលាះេូលេិត្តច�ើរកំសាន្តចៅខាងច្រៅ ចៅផ្សារច�ើរ ទិញអីវ៉ាន់

ចៅញ ញ ំអីចៅច្រៅ ឬចៅច�ើរចលងជាមួយពួកម្៉ា ក។ អ្កខលាះេូល េិតច្ត ៅផ្្ះ ចេងសា្តប់េច្មៀង ចមើលចសៀវចៅ ឬចមើលទូរទស្សន៍។

េំចរះអ្កខលាះច្វើការដ្មចម្៉ា ង យក្ប្ក់ច�ើម្ីជួយ្េរួសារចអាយ

កូនចរៀនេួបដនថែម។ ដតចទាះបីជាម្ន ការរវល់យ៉ាងណាក៏ចដ្យ ក៏ចេមិនចភលាេការហាត់្ប្្ច�ើម្ី សញខភាពដ�រ។ ចេេូលេិត្ត

ហាត់្ប្្ រត់ចលងកីឡា ឬចៅ រាំចលងចៅសា្ត� ចៅតាមសួន េបារសាធារ្ៈ ឬចៅតាមម្ត់ទចនលា។

Unit 11: Leisure activities

mɔnuh mneak mneak mien tumloap, nɨŋ cɑmnɑŋ cɑmnool cət khoh k oh knie. neak klah cool cət daə kɑmsan nɨv khaaŋ krav, tɨv psaa daə tɨɲ ʔəyvan, tɨv ɲam ʔəy nɨv krav, rɨɨ tɨv daə leeŋ cie muəy puək maak. neak klah cool cət nɨv pteah, keeŋ, sdap cɑmrieŋ, məəl siəvphɨv, rɨɨ məəl tureaʔtʊəh. cɑmpʊəh neak klah tvəə kaa theam maoŋ, yɔɔk prak daəmbəy cuəy kruəsaa, ʔaoy koon riən kuə bɑnthaem. tae tʊəh bəy cie mien kaa rɔvʊəl yaaŋ naa kɑɑ daoy, kɑɑ kee mɨn plɨc kaa hɑt prɑɑn daəmbəy sokphiep dae. kee cool cət hɑt prɑɑn, rʊət, leeŋ kəylɑɑ, rɨɨ tɨv ram nɨv staad, nɨv suən cbɑɑ saathiereaʔknɑʔ, rɨɨ nɨv tɑɑm moat tʊənlee. h

Table 15 How to write diacritic symbols

Practice writing the diacritic symbols. Start from 1 or 2 and follow the arrow. Notice their position in relation to the consonants.

157

Unit Twelve kaa tvəə dɑmnaə ការធ្វើដំធ�ើរ Traveling

In this unit you will learn how to: • • • •

ask and tell about your travel plans and means of traveling ask and tell about various sites to visit in Cambodia use words or expressions related to traveling read and write Cambodian punctuation

Dialogue 1 Places to visit (Audio 2.24) Listen to Navy (A) and Rany (B) taking about their favorite places to visit in Cambodia. A: B:

A: B:

ʔaəŋ nɨv pnum pɨɲ baan bəy khae haəy taə baan tɨv tvəə dɑmnaə kɑmsaan kɑnlaeŋ naa klah? knoŋ tii kroŋ, knie baan cool məəl preah bɑromriecveaŋ, saaraʔmʊəntii ciet, tɨv vat, nɨŋ cih tuuk daə leeŋ taam moat tʊənlee. coh nɨv krav tii kroŋ, ʔaəŋ baan tɨv kɑnlaeŋ naa klah dae? knie cool cət tɨv keeŋ sɑmraak nɨv moat saʔmot, rɨɨ tɨv cɑmkaa cuəy mae dam bɑnlae, nɨŋ beh plae chəə srɑh srɑh ɲam.

Unit 12: Traveling

A: B: A: B: A: B: A:

A:

coh peel yup taə kmeeŋ kmeeŋ kee cool cət tɨv daə leeŋ kɑnlaeŋ naa dae? puək vie tɨv baay krav, phək sraa, ram criəŋ karaoke nɨv baa taam moat tʊənlee kɑnleaŋ dael mien pɲiəv bɑɑrətəəh craən. niʔyiey ʔɑɲcəŋ ʔaeŋ baan tɨv leeŋ siəm riep məəl praasaat boʔraan haəy rɨɨ nɨv? nɨv tee cam peel vihsaʔmaʔkaal sən səm tɨv. knie kɑɑ cɑŋ tɨv dae, baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah, cie piʔsaeh tɨv məəl praasaat ɑŋkɔɔ voat, knie mɨn dael khəəɲ sɑh. ʔɑɲcəŋ tŋay naa muəy cam tɨv teaŋ ʔɑh knie. lʔɑɑ tɨv peel vihsaʔmaʔkaal prʊəh puək yəəŋ chup pii ʔaatɨt.

ឯងធៅភ្ំធេញបាន៣ខែធ�ើយ ធ�ើបានធៅ ធ្វើដំធ�ើរកំសាន្តធៅកខនលែងណាែលែលះ?

B:

A: B:

ក្នុងទីកករុង គ្្បានចូលធ�ើលកេលះបរ�រាជវាំង សារ�ន្ីរជា�ិ ធៅវ�្ត និងជិលះទូកធដើរធលងតា�មា�់ទធនលែ។ ចនុលះធៅធករៅទីកករុង ឯងបានធៅកខនលែងណាែលែលះខដរ? គ្្ចូលចិ�្តធៅធេងសំរាកធៅមា�់ស�នុកទ ឬធៅ

ចំការជួយខ�ែដាំបខនលែនិងធបលះខ្លែធ�ើ សសស់ៗញ ំ នុ ។ A: B:

ចនុលះធេលយប់ ធ�ើធកមេងៗធេចូលចិ�្ដធដើរធលងកខនលែងណាខដរ? េួកវាធៅបាយធករៅ ្ឹកសសា រាំធកចៀងការាែ អូធែធៅបារតា�

មា�់ទធនលែកខនលែងខដលមានធភញៀវបរធទសធកចើន។ A:

និយាយអញ្ឹង ឯងបានធៅធលងធសៀ�រាប ធ�ើលកបាសាទបនុរា�ធ�ើយឬធៅ?

B: A:

ធៅធទ ចាំធេលវ ិស្ស�កាលសិនសឹ�ធៅ។

គ្្ក៏ចង់ធៅខដរ ធបើសិនជាមានឱកាស ជាេិធសស

ធៅធ�ើលកបាសាទអង្គរវ�្ត គ្្�ិនខដលធ�ើញធសាលះ។ B: A:

អញ្ឹងធយើងចាំធៅទាំងអស់គ្្។

ល្អ ធៅធេលវ ិស្ស�កាល ធករលះេួកធយើង�ប់េីរអាទិ�្យ។

159

160

Unit 12: kaa tvəə dɑmnaə

Vocabulary dɑmnaə kɑmsaan dɑmnaə kɑmsaan saʔmot coh ʔaeŋ vɨɲ moat tʊənlee dooc cie saaraʔmʊəntii ciet preah bɑromriecveaŋ praasaat boʔraan baə sən ʔaokaah vihsaʔmaʔkaal

ដំធ�ើរ

កំសាន្ត

ដំធ�ើរកំសាន្ត ស�នុកទ

ចនុលះឯងវ ិញ មា�់ទធនលែ ដូចជា

សារ�ន្ីរជា�ិ

traveling, trip to relax, to rest pleasure/leisure trip ocean, sea and you, how about you riverside, riverbank such as, for example national museum

កេលះបរ�រាជវាំង royal palace

កបាសាទបនុរា� ancient monuments ធបើសិន

ឱកាស

វ ិស្ស�កាល

if opportunity vacation, school break, holiday

Language points The word kɑmsaan កំសាន្ត ‘to relax,’ added to tvəə dɑmnaə ធ្វើដំធ�ើរ means ‘to take a leisure/pleasure trip.’ A similar expression is tɨv daə leeŋ ធៅធដើរធលង ‘go for a stroll’ or ‘to go for a ride.’ The expression tɨv leeŋ ធៅធលង usually means ‘to visit a person or a place.’ reaʔmeaʔniiyeaʔthaan រ��ីយដាឋាន ‘resort’ is a compound noun made up of two elements borrowed from Pali/Sanskrit of ancient India. It refers to a variety of tourist sites/attractions, whether natural or man-made. It is used more frequently nowadays to replace the more Cambodian-sounding term kɑnlaeŋ daə leeŋ កខនលែងធដើរធលង, which literally means ‘place to go for leisure/relaxation.’ The expression baə sən cie ធបើសិនជា ‘if’ is a shortened form of baə prɑsən cie ធបើកបសិនជា and is a conditional/suppositional clause. When combined with the expression mien ʔaokaah មានឱកាស ‘to have opportunity to,’ it is used to indicate the wish to do something if an opportunity arises.

Unit 12: Traveling

kɲom tvəə dɑmnaə tɨv leeŋ bəŋ tʊənlee saap. I visited Tonle Sap Lake. dɑmnaə kɑmsaan tɨv tookyoo sapbaay nah. The pleasure trip to Tokyo was great fun. baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah koat mɔɔk haəy. If she/he has time, she/he will come. pnum kuuleen mien tɨk tleak craən. Phnom Koulean has several waterfalls. baə sən cie kmien luy kom tɨv daə leeŋ. If you don’t have money, don’t travel.

Exercise 1 First, read these statements aloud. Second, use the expression baf sfn cie mien haokaah with these statements. Third, use njc to make them into future statements. 1 2 3 4 5

kɲom tɨv crieŋ karaoke nɨv baa taam moat tʊənlee. puək yəəŋ cool məəl saaraʔmʊəntii ciet. pɲiəv bɑɑrətəəh cool cət tɨv keeŋ sɑmraak nɨv moat saʔmot. neak dɑmnaə tiɲ sɑmbot cool veaŋ nɨv tŋay can. cih tuuk daə leeŋ taam moat tʊənlee sapbaay nah.

Exercise 2 Read the expressions in Cambodian script. Select them to complete these statements. 1 2 3 4 5

bɑɑrəteeh _________ daə leeŋ knoŋ tii kroŋ daəmbəy tɨɲ ʔəvan. kɲom _________ dɑmnaə tɨv leeŋ nɨv bɑɑrəteeh. puu kɲom cool cət dam _________ knoŋ suən cbaa nah. neak dɑmnaə tɨv siəm riep daəmbəy məəl _________ kmae. _________ cie mien luy kɲom cɑŋ tɨv riən nɨv ʔəərop mdɑɑŋ.

a បខនលែ

b ធបើសិន

c កបាសាទបនុរា� d ចូលចិ �្ត e ចង់ធ្វើ

161

162

Unit 12: kaa tvəə dɑmnaə

Dialogue 2 Bus ride to Sihanouk Ville (Audio 2.25) Listen to a conversation between two friends who are talking about traveling by bus to Sihanouk Ville. A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

ʔaeŋ caŋ tɨv leeŋ saʔmot nɨv kroŋ preah Sihanouk cie muəy kɲom tee? thəy mɨn caŋ. cih ʔey tɨv? taə ʔaeŋ tloap tvəə dɑmnaə taam laan cnuəl tee? mɨn dael tee, thlop tae cih laan ptoal kluən rɨɨ cuəl laan krom hun. coh ʔaeŋ vɨɲ? thloəp cih, peel tɨv leeŋ srok kɑmnaət nɨŋ tɨv khaet nie nie. coh cih laan cnuəl nɨŋ yaaŋ məc dae? ʔoo! vie sruəl nah, chup kruup kɑnleaŋ ɲam, haəy mien soʔvatphiep tiət phɑɑŋ, tae mien neak klah pul laan. ʔaə! knie cɑŋ saak cih laan cnuəl mdɑŋ. mien ʔaeŋ kɑmdɑɑ lʔɑɑ nah. mien ʔəy! tae kom plɨc yɔɔk tnam pul laan mɔɔk cie muəy phɑɑŋ. cih laan cnuəl tɨv leeŋ saʔmot muk cie sapbaay haəy thaok tiət.

ឯងចង់ធៅធលងស�នុកទធៅកករុងកេលះសី�ននុជា�ួយែញំនុធទ? ថី�ិនចង់។ ជិលះអីធៅ?

ធ�ើឯងធ្លែប់ធ្វើដំធ�ើរតា�ឡាន�្ួលធទ?

�ិនខដលធទ ធ្លែប់ខ�ជិលះឡានផ្្ល់ែួន លែ ឬធ៉ែឡានកករុ��៊នុន។

ចនុលះឯងវ ិញ? A: B: A:

ធ្លែប់ជិលះ ធេលធៅធលងសសរុកកំធ�ើ� និងធៅធែ�្តនានា។ ចនុលះជិលះឡាន�្ួលយាែ ងធ�ែចខដរ?

អូ! វាសសរួលណាស់ �ប់កេប់កខនលែងញ នុ ំ ធ�ើយមាន សនុវ�្ិភាេធទៀ�្ង ខ�មានអ្កែលែលះេនុលឡាន។

B: A: B:

ធអើ! គ្្ចង់សាកជិលះឡាន�្ួល�្ដង។ មានឯងកំដរល្អណាស់។ មានអី! ខ�កនុំធភលែចយកថ្្ំេនុលឡាន�កជា�ួយ្ង។

ជិលះឡាន�្លធៅធលងស�នុ កទ�នុែជាសបបាយធ�ើយធថ្កធទៀ�។ ួ

163

Unit 12: Traveling

Vocabulary laan ptoal kluən laan cnuəl mav laan kromhun cuəl

ឡានផ្្ល់ែួន លែ personal car ឡាន�្ួល ធ៉ែ

coach, bus

ជួល

to employ, to rent

ឡានកករុ��៊នុន private company car with driver ជិលះ

cih ŋiey sruəl h

soʔvatp iep srok kɑmnaət pul laan tnam pul laan muk cie

to take over or rent the entire thing

ងាយសសរួល សនុវ�្ិភាេ

សសរុកកំធ�ើ� េនុលឡាន

ថ្្ំេនុលឡាន �នុែជា

to get in, to sit on easy, convenient safety hometown to get carsick pills for motion sickness surely, undoubtedly

Language points Travel in and out of Cambodia can be made by air, land, and water. In major cities, especially the capital, Phnom Penh, you can travel by car, taxi, motorcycle-taxi, cyclo សនុីកូលែ, a pedaled three-wheel vehicle,

and also tuktuk, the motorized version of a cyclo. Cambodia is divided into a couple of dozen provinces, most of them endowed with unique and attractive sites: Angkor Park in Siem Reap with ancient temples; seaside resorts in Sihanouk Ville, Kep, and Koh Kong; natural hills and various ethnic minority groups in Mondulkiri and Ratanakiri. The word mav ធ៉ែ ‘to take the entire thing or task’ is commonly used in these expressions: mav laan, ‘to rent the entire car,’ mav tɨɲ, ‘to buy all,’ mav kaa, ‘to bid on a total contract.’ The word េនុល when immediately followed by a means of transport usually means ‘to be affected/to get sick by the motion of that particular means of transport,’ for instance pul laan េនុលឡាន ‘to get sick by car movement.’ Other common forms of pul េនុល are pul tnam េនុលថ្្ំ ‘to be allergic to medicine’ and pul rɔlɔɔk េនុលរលក ‘to be seasick.’

164

Unit 12: kaa tvəə dɑmnaə

kɲom min pul laan tee.

ែញំនុ�ិនេនុលឡានធទ។ I don’t get carsick. koat pul kaanoot.

គ្�់េនុលកា�ូ�។ He got boatsick.

mae pul kaʔpal hah.

ខ�ែេនុលកបាែ ល់ធោលះ។ Mother was airsick.

The word srok សសរុក ‘locality, district, area,’ combined with knoŋ ក្នុង

‘in, inside’ and krav ធករៅ ‘out, outside,’ are compound nouns with specific colloquial meanings: knoŋ srok ក្នុងសសរុក ‘local, in the country’

and krav srok ធករៅសសរុក ‘foreign, abroad, outside the country.’ The

foreign compound from Pali/Sanskrit, bɑɑrəteeh បរធទស ‘foreign, abroad’ is the equivalent of the Cambodian expression krav srok ធករៅសសរុក. srok krav សសរុកធករៅ or prɑteeh krav កបធទសធករៅ, how-

ever, means ‘a foreign country/land.’ It’s also worth noting the colloquial meaning and anthropological connotation of the following pair of words: srok សសរុក ‘local, domesticated, or cultured’ and prey ពកេ ‘forest, outback, wild, unsophisticated.’

The verb cih ជិលះ ‘to be on a mount/vehicle, to ride’ is used with a variety of nouns to denote movement from one place to another via an animal or a vehicle. With the advent of motorized vehicles, the verb baək ធបើក is used to mean ‘to drive a vehicle.’ Its traditional equivalent, bɑɑ បរ ‘to conduct, to steer’ is still used in the expression, baək bɑɑ, ‘to drive/ command a motorized means of transport.’ kɲom cih siikloo tɨv riən.

ែញំនុ ជិលះសនុីកូធៅធរៀន។ លែ

I ride the rickshaw to school. vie cih mootoo daə leeŋ.

ែញំនុជិលះ�ែូ�ូធដើរធលង។

He rides a motorcycle for fun.

Unit 12: Traveling

koat baək yʊən hah.

គ្�់ធបើកយន្តធោលះ។ She drives the plane.

paa kɲom bɑɑ kou tɨv srae.

បាែ ែញំនុបរធគ្ធៅខសស។

Father drives the ox-cart to the ricefield. The word dae ខដរ ‘also, too, as well’ at the end of a sentence denotes a sequential set of actions, as in: koat caŋ tɨv dae ‘he also wants to go,’ koat mɔɔk dae, ‘she also comes.’ The word kɑɑ ក៏ ‘as well, too, also,’ used in conjunction with dae ខដរ and certain verbs also denotes various shades of meaning. Reciprocal action: kɲom kɑɑ srɑlaɲ neak dae.

ែញំនុក៏សសឡាញ់អ្កខដរ។ I love you too.

kɲom kɑɑ mɨn cool cət neak dae.

ែញំនុក៏�ិនចូលចិ�្តអ្កខដរ។ I don’t like you either. Agreement: knie kɑɑ cool cət daə leeŋ dae.

គ្្ក៏ចូលចិ�្តធដើរធលងខដរ។ I like to go for a walk too. Similarity: koat kɑɑ cie kruu bɑŋriən dae.

គ្�់ក៏ជាកេរូបធកងៀនខដរ។ He is a teacher too.

In the following examples, tloap ធ្លែប់ ‘habitually used to’ and dael ខដល ‘to have ever’ are almost identical in terms of meaning when

used as modal verbs. The negation mɨn dael �ិនខដល and mɨn tloap �ិនធ្លែប់ placed immediately before a verb, however, do alter the meaning of the two expressions, with mɨn dael ‘have never’ being more emphatic than mɨn tloap ‘have not.’

165

166

Unit 12: kaa tvəə dɑmnaə

neak tloap tɨv bɑɑrəteeh tee?

អ្កធ្លែប់ធៅបរធទសធទ?

Have you ever been overseas? neak dael tɨv bɑɑrəteeh tee?

អ្កខដលធៅបរធទសធទ?

Have you ever gone abroad? caa! kɲom tloap tɨv.

ចា៎! ែញំនុធ្លែប់ធៅ។

Yes, I have gone. tee! kɲom mɨn tloap tɨv tee.

ធទ! ែញ� ំនុ ន ិ ធ្លែប់ធៅធទ។ No, I haven’t gone.

tee! kɲom mɨn dael tɨv tee.

ធទ! ែញ� ំនុ ន ិ ខដលធៅធទ។

No, I have never gone.

Exercise 3

(Bonus audio 23)

First, read these statements aloud. Second, use the expressions mjn tloap or mjn dael with these statements. Third, make them into questions to ask someone. 1 2 3 4 5

paa tvəə dɑmnaaə taam yʊən hah. bɑɑŋ srəy cuəl laan krom hun. cih kaanot mien soʔvatphiep. koat baək laan ptoal kluən tɨv leeŋ saʔmot. teehsɑʔcɑɑ cuəl mootoo cih daə leeŋ knoŋ tii kroŋ.

Exercise 4 Read the expressions in Cambodian script. Then select them to complete these statements. 1 2 3 4 5

nɨv srok kmae, kee craən cih laan cnuəl tɨv _________. prʊəh vie mien soʔvatphiep nɨŋ _________ nah. kɲom mɨn cool cət tvəə dɑmnaə _________ tee. prʊəh kɲom _________. nɨv pnum pɨɲ, koat ʔɑt hien cih _________ tee, prʊəh klaac mien krʊəh tnak.

Unit 12: Traveling

a. តា�ឡាន�្ួល b. �ែូ�ូឌនុប

c. ងាយសសរួល d. ធែ�្តនានា e. េនុលឡាន

Dialogue 3 Taxi ride to the airport (Audio 2.26) Listen to the conversation between a passenger (A) and a taxi driver (B). A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: B: A: B:

A: B: A: B:

A:

ʔaaloo! neak baək taaksii mɛɛn tee? baat! baat! look srəy miən kaa ʔəy dae? ʔəyləv kɲom nɨv sɑnthaakie pnum pɨɲ. taə puu ʔaac mɔɔk yɔɔk kɲom baan tee? baat baan look srəy, dɑp praam nietii tiət kɲom nɨŋ tɨv dɑl prʊəh pləv coap cɑɑraacɑɑ bɑntəc. ʔoo! tɑksii mɔɔk dɑl haəy taə! look srəy cɑŋ ʔɑɲcəəɲ tɨv naa dae? kɲom cɑŋ tɨv viel kaʔpal hah pnum pɨɲ. yɔɔk thay ponmaan dae? baat! yɔɔk taam koŋtoa laan. thoammeaʔdaa prɑhael dɑp dollaa. soom ʔɑɲcəəɲ cool look srəy. eh puu, baək ʔaoy lɨən bɑntəc baan tee? cɨt dɑl moaŋ kaʔpal hah cəɲ ʔəyləv haəy. lɨən peek klaac mien krʊəh tnak. kɲom trəv prɑyat. yɨɨt yɨɨt mien soʔvatphiep cieŋ. tae pram nietii tiət dɑl haəy.

អាឡូ! អ្កធបើកតាក់សនុីខ�នធទ? បាទ! បាទ! ធោកសសីមានការអីខដរ?

ឥឡូវែញំនុធៅសណា ឋា គ្រភ្ំធេញ។ ធ�ើេូអាច�កយកែញំនុបានធទ? បាទបានធោកសសី ដប់កបាំនាទីធទៀ� ែញំនុនឹងធៅដល់

ធករលះ្លែូវជាប់ចរាចរបន្តិច។ អូ! តាក់សនុី�កដល់ធ�ើយធ�ើ!

167

168

Unit 12: kaa tvəə dɑmnaə

B: A: B: B: A:

B:

ធោកសសីចង់អធញជើញធៅណាខដរ?

ែញនុំចង់ធៅវាលកបាែ ល់ធោលះភ្ំធេញ។ យកពថលែបែនុនាមេនខដរ? បាទយកតា�កនុងទ័រឡាន។ ្�មេតាកបខ�ល១០ដនុោលែរ។ សូ�អធញជើញចូលធោកសសី។

ធអ៎េូ ធបើកធអាយធលឿនបន្ដិចបានធទ?

ជិ�ដល់ធមាែ ងកបាែ ល់ធោលះ ធចញឥឡូវធ�ើយ។ ធលឿនធេកខ្លែចមានធកគ្លះថ្្ក់។ ែញំនុក�រូវកបយ័�្។

យឺ�ៗមានសនុវ�្ិភាេជាង។ ខ�កបាំនាទីធទៀ�ដល់ធ�ើយ។

Vocabulary koŋtoa coap cɑɑraacɑɑ kaʔpal kaʔpal hah viel kaʔpal hah klaac prɑyat krʊəh tnak lɨən # yɨɨt

Exercise 5

កនុងទ័រ

ជាប់ចរាចរ កបាែ ល់

meter traffic congestion motorboat, steamboat

កបាែ ល់ធោលះ

airplane, aircraft

ខ្លែច

to fear, be afraid of

វាលកបាែ ល់ធោលះ airport កបយ័�្

ធកគ្លះថ្្ក់

ធលឿន # យឺ�

to be careful, cautious danger, accident to be fast # to be slow

(Bonus audio 24)

A tourist is asking you these questions. How would you answer? 1 cuəl laan cih knoŋ tii kroŋ mətŋay tlay ponmaam? 2 taə ʔəaŋ ʔaac mɔɔk tɔtuəl kɲom pii viel kaʔpal hah baan tee? 3 sɑmbot yʊən hah məcəəŋ pii pnum pɨɲ tɨv siəm riep tlay ponmaam? 4 coh sɑmrap tɨv mɔɔk? 5 laan cuəl nih baək tɨv Mondulkiri baan tee? 6 cuəl tuuk cih daə leeŋ taam moat tʊənlee tlay ponmaam?

169

Unit 12: Traveling

Exercise 6 Rearrange these words or expressions to make correct sentences. 1 2 3 4 5 6

taaksii kɲom moat tʊənlee cih tɨv srok kmae koat klaac mien

viel kaʔpal hah sɑnthaakie thoak daə leeŋ taam pii tŋay dɑmnaə kɑmsaan baək laan

cih tɨv noh look kruu vie cuəl teehsaʔcɑɑ krʊəh tnak peel

koat hav skoal noam nisət kɑŋ cool cət tvəə lɨən peek

Reading and writing words with the scripts Exercise 7 Practice reading the Cambodian words in column 1. Use the / to mark the word boundary. Then match them with their corresponding English counterparts in column 2. Column 1 1 េនុលឡាន 2 សំរាក

3 ធដើរធលង 4 ជា�ួយ

5 បាយធករៅ 6 បានធៅ 7 ដូចជា

8 ជិលះទូក

Column 2 with

such as

carsick

to go for a stroll

to ride a boat

to rest

to have gone

to eat out

Exercise 8 Read the Cambodian script aloud. Match the opposite expressions in column 1 with the appropriate expressions in column 2. Column 1

Column 2

1 ធេលយប់

4 យឺ�

a ចូល

d ធករៅសសរុក

3 ក្នុងសសរុក

6 �ប់សរា ំ ក

c សសរុកខសស

f ធលឿន

2 ទីកករុង

5 ធចញ

b ធ្វើការ

e ធេលពថងៃ

170

Unit 12: kaa tvəə dɑmnaə

Exercise 9 Read the expressions (with CV and CVC). Rearrange them to make correct sentences (subject + verb + direct object + (indirect object). 1 ឡាន 2 គ្�់

3 បរធទស 4 �ប់ 5 កង់

ធោក ឡាន ធៅ ឡាន ធៅសាោ

�ូច ជួល ធរៀន ដង ជិលះ

ធបើក ្ំ កូនគ្�់ េីរ វា

Punctuation The most commonly used punctuation marks are: leektoo ៗ is used to mark a word or phrase that need to be repeated as in nimuəy nimuəy និ�ួយៗ ‘each one’ or pseeŋ pseeŋ ធ្្សងៗ ‘various (things)’ khan ។ ‘period,’ or end of a sentence or paragraph in English klie or ‘space’, is used to set off proper names, numbers and certain punctuation symbols; it is also used to indicate a comma, break, and a pause in speaking ។ល។ is equivalent to ‘et cetera’ cɑmnoc pii kuuh ៖ ‘two dots and a slash’ is used the same way as the colon in English; in addition it occurs after the quoting word ៖ ‘saying as follows,’ and is equivalent to the copulative verb kɨɨ េឺ៖ ‘that is’

Listening and reading passage (Audio 2.27; Bonus audio 25) Use the audio to listen and read along with this passage. Draw a red circle around punctuation symbols and a blue circle around diacritic symbols. Draw a square box on transportation words or expressions.

ធៅសសរុកខែមេរមានកខនលែងធដើរធលងជាធកចើន ដូចជាកបសាទ

បនុរា� កេលះបរ�រាជរាំង សារ�ន្ីរ វ�្ត ឬធៅតា�មា�់ទធនលែ ឬ

Unit 12: Traveling

ស�នុកទជាធដើ�។ ខែមេរនិយ�ធ្វើដំធ�ើរធៅទីជិ�ៗធដាយធកបើយាន

ជំនិលះផ្្ល់ែួនេឺ លែ ៖ កង់ �ែូ�ូ និងឡាន។ អ្កខដលគ្មេនយានជំនិលះ

ផ្្ល់ែួន លែ ធកចើនជិលះសនុីកូលែ �ែូ�ូឌនុប �ែូ�ូកង់បី ឬ តាក់សនុី។ ធេលធៅ

ធែ�្ត�ង ្ដ ៗ ធេធកចើនជិលះតាក់សនុី ធ៉ែឡាន កករុ��៊នុន ឬឡាន�្ួន ធករលះវាមានសនុវ�្ិភាេ ធ�ើយមាន�ព�លែ ធថ្កស�រ�្យ។ សេវពថងៃ ធនលះសសរុកខែមេរ�ិនទាន់មានធសវារធទលះធភលែើងធទ។

មា្ដយែញំនុគ្�់និយាយថ្៖ ធៅធេលមានេិ្ីបនុ�្យ្ំៗ អ្កទីកករុង

ចូលចិ�្តធៅធលងសសរុកកំធ�ើ�ធៅតា�ធែ�្ត។ ខ�អ្កធែ�្តវ ិញធេ

ចូលចិ�្ត�កធលងភ្ំធេញ ជាេិធសសធៅធេលបនុ�្យអនុំទូក។

nɨv srok kmae mien kɑnleaŋ daə leeŋ cie crean dooc cie praasaat boʔraan, preah bɑromriecveaŋ, saaraʔmʊəntii, vat rɨɨ nɨv taam moat tʊənlee, rɨɨ saʔmot cie daəm. kmae niʔyum tvəə dɑmnaə tɨv tii cɨt cɨt daoy praə yien cumnih ptoal kluən kɨɨ kaŋ, mootoo, nɨŋ laan. neak dael kmien yien cumnih ptoal kluən crean cih siikloo, mootoo dup, mootoo kɑŋ bəy, rɨɨ taksii. peel tɨv khaet mdɑɑŋ mdɑɑŋ, kee craən cih taksii, mav laan krom hun, rɨɨ laan cnuəl, prʊəh mien soʔvatphiep, haəy tɑmlay thaok sɑmrum. sap tnay nih srok kmae mɨn toan mien seevaa rətəh pləəŋ tee. mdaay kɲom koat niʔyiey thaa: ‘nɨv peel mien pɨthii bon thom thom, neak tii kroŋ cool cət tɨv leeŋ srok kɑmnaət nɨv taam khaet. tae neak khaet vɨɲ kee cool cət mɔɔk leeŋ pnum pɨɲ ciə piʔsaeh nɨv peel bon ʔom tuuk.’

171

Unit Thirteen sɑnthaakie nɨŋ sɑmbot សណ្ ឋា គារនិងសំបុត្រ Hotels and tickets

In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and tell about booking a hotel/place to stay • ask and tell about booking/confirming plane tickets and renting a car • use words or expressions related to buying/confirming tickets or booking a hotel room • use words or expressions with sɑmrap, bɑɲceak, kɑk, baep, seevaa, seevakam, tɨv, mɔɔk, pɨɲ cət, cool cət, and som cuəy • read and write short expressions in Cambodian script related to this theme

Dialogue 1 Confirming a plane reservation (Audio 2.28) John (A) and his son have stayed in Phnom Penh for one week already. They are leaving for Siem Reap the next day. He calls the travel agent (B) to confirm their plane reservations. Listen to their conversation.

Unit 13: Hotels and tickets

A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

ʔaaloo, cuəy bɑɲceak sɑmbot yʊən hɑh ʔaoy kɲom phɑɑŋ. caa, kɲom som leek bɑɲceak sɑmbot yʊən hɑh nɨŋ cmʊəh krom hun yʊən hɑh baan tee? baat, leek SR214 nɨŋ krom hun Cambodia Angkor Air. kɲom som suə cmʊəh look nɨŋ cmʊəh trɑkool look baan tee? John kɨɨ cie cmʊəh kɲom, Mayer kɨɨ cie trɑkool kɲom. look nɨŋ ceɲ dɑmnae sʔeak, moaŋ dɑp muəy prɨk. trəv tee look? trəv haəy. cuəy məəl leek SR 215 phɑɑŋ? caa, som cmʊəh kee phɑɑŋ? koon proh kɲom cmʊəh Jack. taə look teaŋ pii cɑŋ ʔɑŋkuy cie muəy knie tee? kɲom cɑŋ baan kavʔəy coap bɑŋʔuəc, haəy kon kɲom, kavʔəy coap cɑnlɑh daə. som ʔɑɲcəəɲ tɨv preah lien pii moaŋ mun peel cəɲ dɑmnaə. baat ʔɑɑ kun doay baan cuəy kɲom. cumriep lie. caa, cumriep lie.

អាឡូ ជួយបញ្ ជា ក់សំបុត្រយន្ដហោះឱ្យខ្ំុផង។ ចា៎ ខ្ំុសុំហេខបញ្ ជា ក់សំបុត្រយន្ដហោះនិង ហ្មះតករុមហ៊ុនយន្ដហោះបានហេ?

A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

បាេ ហេខ SR២១៤និងតករុមហ៊ុន Cambodia Angkor Air។ ខ្ំុសុំសួរហ្មះហោក និងហ្មះត្រកូេបានហេ? John គឺជាហ្មះខ្ំុ Mayer គឺជាត្រកូេខ្ំុ។

ហោកនឹងហេញដំហ�ើរសសអែក ហ៉ោ ង១១ត្ឹក។ ត្ររូវហេហោក? ត្ររូវហហើយ។ ជួយហមើេហេខ SR២១៥ ផង? ចា៎ សុំហ្មះហគផង?

កូនតបរុសខ្ំុហ្មះ Jack។

ហ្រើហោកទាំង្ីរេង់អង្ុយជាមួយគានាហេ?

ខ្ំុេង់បានហៅអីជាប់បងអែួេ ហហើយកូនខ្ំុហៅអីជាប់េហ្លះហដើរ។ សុំអហ្ជាើញហៅត្ះោន ២ហ៉ោ ងមុនហ្េហេញដំហ�ើរ។ បាេអរគុ�ហោយបានជួយខ្ំុ។ ជត៉បោ។ ចា៎ ជត៉បោ។

173

174

Unit 13: sɑnthaakie nɨŋ sɑmbot

Vocabulary bɑɲceak sɑmbot yʊən hɑh krom hun yʊən hɑh leek bɑɲceak ceɲ dɑmnaə kavʔəy coap bɑŋʔuəc kavʔəy coap cɑnlɑh daə mun peel cəɲ dɑmnaə

បញ្ ជា ក់

សំបុត្រយន្ដហោះ

តករុមហ៊ុនយន្ដហោះ ហេខបញ្ ជា ក់

ហេញដំហ�ើរ

ហៅអីជាប់បងអែួេ

ហៅអីជាប់េហ្លះហដើរ

to confirm plane ticket airline confirmation number to depart (trip) window seat aisle seat

មុនហ្េហេញដំហ�ើរ before departure time

Language points preah lien yʊən hɑh ត្ះោនយន្ដហោះ ‘airport’ and viel kaʔpal hɑh វាេកបាោ េ់ហោះ are interchangeable. A polite way to request assistance from another person is usually made by placing the word cuəy ជួយ primarily ‘to help or assist’ immediately before a verb. The combination cuəy ជួយ + verb, could also be used to indicate that assistance is provided by another person. The expression som cuəy សុំជួយ makes a request sound even more polite, almost to the point of pleading in some cases. Examples: kɲom cuəy koat.

ខ្ំុជួយគា្រ់។ I help her.

koat cuəy məəl pteah.

គា្រ់ជួយហមើេផ្ះ។

He helps take care of the house. mae cuəy hav mhoop.

សមោជួយហៅម្ូប។

Mother helps to order food. cuəy caol sɑmraam phɑɑŋ.

ជួយហចាេសំរាមផង។

Please also get rid of the garbage.

Unit 13: Hotels and tickets

cuəy sɑɑsee sɑmbot phɑɑŋ.

ជួយសរហសរសំបុត្រផង។ Please write the letter.

ជា ក់ ‘to confirm, to verify, to specify, to certify’ The verb bɑɲceak បញ្ can be combined with certain nouns to form compound words, as in sɑmbot bɑɲceak សំបុត្របញ្ ជា ក់ ‘certificate,’ liʔkhət bɑɲceak េិខិ្របញ្ ជា ក់ ‘official document or permit,’ leek bɑɲceak ហេខបញ្ ជា ក់ ‘confirmation number’; səckdəy bɑɲceak ហសេក្ដីបញ្ ជា ក់ ‘explanation’ with implied legal/official status. koat mien sɑmbot bɑɲceak.

គា្រ់៉នសំបុត្របញ្ ជា ក់។ She has an official letter.

som bɑɲcak cie muəy liʔkhət clɑɑŋ daen.

សុំបញ្ ជា ក់ជាមួយេិខិ្រឆលងសដន។ Confirming it with your passport.

Exercise 1 Use this expression cufy . . . haoy kbom phaac ‘please . . . for me’ with the following statements. Example: 1. cufy hav taaksii haoy kbom phaac. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

hav taaksii bɑk bɑɑk prae liʔkhət clɑɑŋ daen bɑŋriən nihsət sɑnsɑm luy thɑɑt ruup teehsaʔphiep tɨɲ tɨk sot pii yuə dam baay bɑmpɨɲ sɑmbot snaam

Exercise 2 Read the expressions in Cambodian script. Select them to complete these statements. 1 cɔɔn ciet __________ cih yʊən hɑh tɨv leeŋ siəm reap. 2 kɲom cuəy tɨɲ sambot __________ ʔaoy puək mak ʔaameerikaŋ. 3 peel tvəə dɑmnaə __________ liʔkhət clɑɑŋ daen cuəp khuen.

175

176

Unit 13: sɑnthaakie nɨŋ sɑmbot

4 nihsət trəv mien __________ pii saalaa daəmbəy cool riən. 5 look nieyʊək pɛɛt som __________ yʊən hɑh. 6 paa __________ kɲom nɨv preah lien yʊən prɑhael kɑnlah moaŋ. a ត្ររូវ៉ន

b អង់ហគលស c អង្ុយចាំ

d ដូរសំបុត្រ

e ឡានតករុង

f សំបុត្របញ្ ជា ក់

Dialogue 2 Booking a hotel room (Audio 2.29) Listen to a conversation between a traveler (A) and a hotel clerk (B) talking about booking a hotel room in Sihanouk Ville. A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: B:

ʔaaloo, kɲom cɑŋ kɑk bɑntup nɨv sɑnthaakie nih baan tee? caa nɨv tŋay naa? sɑmrap ponmaan yup, haəy sɑmrap ponmaan neak? cap pii sʔaek tɨv, nɨv bəy yup. sɑmrap mɔnuh cah bəy neak nɨŋ kmeeŋ mneak. yəəŋ mien bɑntup krɛɛ muəy, krɛɛ pii nɨŋ bɑntup kruəsaa. look trəv kaa bɑntup ponmaan, haəy bɑntup yaaŋ məc? yəəŋ trəv kaa bɑntup dael mien maasiin trɑceak, bɑntup tɨk baep ʔəərop, nɨŋ bɑntup haam cʊək baarəy. caa baan look, tae sʔaek yəəŋ kmien sal bɑntup krɛɛ muəy tee. ʔɑɲcəŋ yɔɔk bɑntup krɛɛ pii, pii tɨv. məyup thlay ponmaan dae? caa 60 dollaa, kɨt ruəm teaŋ ʔaahaa peel prɨk. baan. coh mien laan mɔɔk tɔtuəl pɲiəv nɨv preah lien yʊən hɑh ʔɑt baŋ tɑmlay tee? caa mien. kɲom som leek kaat ʔintien daəmbəy bɑɲcak kaa kɑk bɑntup cuun? bɑntup kɑk cap ʔɑh haəy. sʔaek cuəp knie.

177

Unit 13: Hotels and tickets

A: B: A:

អាឡូ ខ្ំុេង់កក់បន្ប់ហៅសណ្ ឋា គារហនះបានហេ?

ចា៎ ហៅថ្ងៃណ្? សំរាប់បោុ្មនយប់ ហហើយសំរាប់បោុ្មន្ក់? ចាប់្ីសសអែកហៅ ហៅ៣យប់។ សំរាប់មនុស្សចាស់

បី្ក់និងហកមង៉នាក់។ B:

ហយើង៉នបន្ប់សតគមួយ សតគ្ីរ និងបន្ប់សំរាប់តគរួសារ។ ហោកត្ររូវការបោុ្មនបន្ប់ ហហើយបន្ប់យោងហមោេ?

A:

ហយើងត្ររូវការបន្ប់សដេ៉ន៉ោ សុីនត្រជាក់

បន្ប់េឹកសបបអឺរប ុ ោ និងបន្ប់ោមជក់បារ ី។ B: A: B: A:

ចា៎បានហោក ស្រសសអែកហយើងគាមនសេ់បន្ប់សតគមួយហេ។ អ្្ឹងយកបន្ប់សតគ្ីរ ្ីរហៅ។ មួយយប់ថ្លបោុ្មនសដរ? ចា៎ ថ្ល៦០ដុោលរ គិ្ររួមទាំងអាោរហ្េត្ឹក។

បាន។ េុះ៉នឡានមកេេួេហ្្ៀវហៅត្ះោន្ដយន្ដហោះ អ្រ់បង់្រថមលហេ?

B: B:

ចា៎៉ន។ ខ្ស ំុ ហុំ េខកា្រឥ�ទានហដើម្ីបញ្ ជា ក់ ការកក់បន្បជ ់ ន ូ ? បន្ប់កក់េប់អស់ហហើយ។ សសអែកជួបគានា។

Vocabulary kɑk mɔnuh cah # kmeeŋ bɑntup krɛɛ muəy bɑntup krɛɛ pii bɑntup kruəsaa maasiin trɑceak dɑŋhaal bɑntup tɨk baep ʔəərop haam cʊək baarəy kmien sal

កក់

to reserve, to deposit

បន្ប់សតគមួយ

single room

មនុស្សចាស់ # ហកមង adult # child បន្ប់សតគ្ីរ

បន្ប់តគរួសារ

៉ោ សុីនត្រជាក់ ដង្្េ់

បន្ប់េឹកសបបអឺរប ុោ ោមជក់បារ ី គាមនសេ់

double rooms family room air conditioner electrical fan European-style bathroom no smoking don’t have any left

178

Unit 13: sɑnthaakie nɨŋ sɑmbot

kɨt ruəm mɔɔk tɔtuəl preah lien yʊən hɑh ʔɑt baŋ tɑmlay kaat ʔintien kɑk cap krom hun teehsɑʔcɑɑ

គិ្ររួម

including (add together)

មកេេួេ

to receive, to pick up

អ្រ់បង់្រថមល

not paying, free

ត្ះោន្ដយន្ដហោះ airport កា្រឥ�ទាន កក់េប់

credit card booking completed

តករុមហ៊ន ុ ហេសេរ�៍ travel agency

Language points The word sɑmrap សំរាប់ has several meanings and functions: ‘for,’ ‘to be intended for,’ ‘to be used for/as,’ or ‘a set of things.’ It can be placed before or after the verb, or after a number noun. For example: bɑntup mien dɑŋhaal sɑmrap pii neak nih. The room with a fan is for these two people. koat tɨɲ khao ʔaav sʔaat muəy sɑmrap. She bought a set of beautiful clothes. sɑmbot yʊən hɑh nih sɑmrap tɨv mɔɔk. This airplane ticket is for a round trip. thmɔɔ nih sɑmrap clak ruup ʔapsaʔraa. This stone is used for carving the Apsara image. In previous units, we have seen these directional words: tɨv ហៅ ‘go,’ mɔɔk មក ‘come,’ coh េុះ ‘down,’ laəŋ ហឡើង ‘up,’ cool េូេ ‘in, into,’ cəɲ ហេញ ‘leave, out,’ nɨv ហៅ ‘remaining, still.’ They can also be used as main verbs, prepositions, or adverbs. See examples below with tɨv ‘go.’ koat tɨv pteah.

គា្រ់ហៅផ្ះ។

She is going home. som luy koat tɨv.

សុំេុយគា្រ់ហៅ។

Ask him for money.

Unit 13: Hotels and tickets

pii pteah tɨv salaa mɨn cŋaay tee.

្ីផ្ះហៅសាោមិនឆ្ងៃយហេ។

From the house to school is not far. The word baep សបប ‘style, model, to seem to’ can be used as a regular noun or as a verb: koat baep tɨv pteah haəy.

គា្រ់សបបហៅផ្ះហហើយ។

She seems to have gone home. baep tməy nih lʔɑɑ nah.

សបប្មីហនះេអែណ្ស់។

This new model is very good. kom lʊək laan baep nih.

កុំេក់ឡានសបបហនះ។

Don’t sell this type of car. bɑnlae baep doc cie srɑh.

បសនលសបបដូេជាសសស់។

The vegetable seems fresh.

Exercise 3 Read the expressions in Cambodian script. Select them to complete these statements. 1 2 3 4 5

look nieyʊək __________ krom hun teehsɑʔcɑɑ. sɑnthaakie nih mien __________ haəy mien dɑŋhal tiət. kom __________ nɨv sɑnthaakie nih prʊəh kmien sevaa lʔɑɑ tee. bɑntup sɑmrap kruəsaa mien bɑntup tɨk __________. look tuk bɑntup kɑk sʔaat nih __________ dɑmnaə bɑɑrəteeh.

a សបបអឺរប ុោ

b កក់បន្ប់

c អហ្ជាើញហៅ d សំរាប់អនាក

e បន្ប់ហោក

179

180

Unit 13: sɑnthaakie nɨŋ sɑmbot

Exercise 4 Practice reading the Cambodian script. Match opposite expressions in the first list with appropriate expressions in the second list. For example: 1-e ហោក # ថ្ល 1 ហោក

2 ហចាេ

3 ឆ្ងៃយ

4 ហេញហៅ

a អង្ុយ

b ហអាយ

c ជាប់

d េូេមក

5 មុន e ថ្ល

6 ឈរ

f ហតកាយ

7 េុះ

g េុក

8 ោម h ហឡើង

Dialogue 3 Checking in at a hotel (Audio 2.30) The traveler (A) just checked in to the hotel. Listen to his discussion with the hotel clerk (B). A: B: A: B: A: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

suəsdəy, nih leek bɑɲceak bɑntup kɑk. swaakum neak teaŋ ʔɑh knie som məəl bɑntup sən baan tee? caa baan, neak bɑnraə nɨŋ noam look nɨŋ həəp ʔəyvan tɨv bɑntup nih sən, haəy baə cɑŋ doo som tuurəʔsap pii noh mɔɔk. ʔaaloo, yəəŋ mɨn pɨɲ cət nɨŋ bɑntup nih tee, prʊəh vie thum klən baarəy bɑntəc. som doo tɨv bɑntup bae muk tɨv moat sɑʔmot baan tee? caa baan. yii bɑntup nih thom, haəy sʔaat nah. bɑntup tməy nih mien yɑɑ ʔaŋkuy məəl teehsʔaphiep sɑʔmot tiət phɑɑŋ. coh kɑnleaŋ ɲam ʔaahaa prɨk nɨv ʔae naa? baək tvie pii moaŋ ponmaan tɨv? nɨv khaaŋ cveɛŋ day kɑnleaŋ tɔtuəl pɲiəv. baək tvie pii moaŋ pram pɨl tɨv moaŋ pram buən prɨk. coh kɑnleaŋ hael tɨk nɨv ʔae naa dae? nɨv coan tii pram bəy. baə cɑŋ baan kɑnsaeŋ cut kluən rɨɨ sʔəy tiət som teak tɔɔŋ kaariʔyaalay yəəŋ nɨv khaaŋ kroam.

Unit 13: Hotels and tickets

A: B:

A: B: A: B:

ʔaeŋ baan yɔɔk cət tuk dak nɨŋ yəəŋ craen nah. ʔɑɑ kun nɨŋ seeva nih. riikriey daoy baan cuəy look. som ʔɑɲcəəɲ snak nɨv ʔaoy baan sok sapbaay.

សួសី្ដ ហនះហេខបញ្ ជា ក់បន្ប់កក់។ សាវាគមន៍អនាកទាំងអស់គានា។

សុំហមើេបន្ប់សិនបានហេ?

ចា៎បាន អនាកបំហរ ើនឹង្ំហោកនិងហឹបឥវាោ ន់ហៅបន្ប់ហនះសិន ហហើយហបើេង់ដូរ េូរស័្្្ីហ្ះមក។

A:

A: B: A: B: A:

អាឡូ ហយើងមិនហ្ញេិ្រ្ដនឹងបន្ប់ហនះហេ ហតរះវា ធុំកិលនបារ ីបន្ិេ។ សុំដូរហៅបន្ប់សបរមុខហៅ៉្រ់សមុតេបានហេ? ចា៎បាន។

យីបន្ប់ហនះធំ ហហើយសាអែ្រណ្ស់។

បន្ប្ ់ ហីម នះ ៉នយោអង្យហេងហមើ េហេសភា្សមុតេហេៀ្រផង។ ុ េុះកសនលងញ ុ ំអាោរត្ឹកហៅឯណ្?

ហបើកទាវារ្ីហ៉ោ ងបោុ្មនហៅ? B:

ហៅខាងហឆវាងថដកសនលងេេួេហ្្ៀវ។

ហបើកទាវារ្ីហ៉ោ ង៧ហៅហ៉ោ ង៩ត្ឹក។ A: B:

េុះកសនលងសហេេឹកហៅឯណ្សដរ?

ហៅជាន់េី៨។ ហបើេង់បានកសន្សងជូ្រខលួន ឬសអែីហេៀ្រ

សុំទាក់េងការ ិយោ េ័យហយើងហៅខាងហតកាម។ A:

ឯងបានយកេិ្រ្េុកោក់នឹងហយើងហតេើនណ្ស់។

អរគុ�នឹងហសវាហនះ។ B:

រ ីករាយហោយបានជួយហោក។ អហ្ជាើញសានាក់ ហៅហអាយបានសុខសបបាយ។

181

182

Unit 13: sɑnthaakie nɨŋ sɑmbot

Vocabulary mɔɔk dɑl bɑntup kɑk swaakum neak bɑmraə noam həəp ʔəyvan doo pɨɲ cət h

t um klən baarəy thom mɛɛn yɑɑ baək tvie kɑnleaŋ tɔtuəl pɲiəv kɑnleaŋ hael tɨv kɑnsaeŋ cut kluən sʔey tiət teak tɔɔŋ yɔɔk cət tuk dak seeva

មកដេ់

បន្ប់កក់ សាវាគមន៍ អនាកបំហរ ើ ្ំ

ហឹបអីវាោន់ or ហឹបឥវាោ ន់ ដូរ

ហ្ញេិ្រ្ដ

ធុំកិលនបារ ី ធំសមន យោ

to arrive reserved room welcome bellboy, hotel service worker to accompany luggage, bag, suitcase to exchange, to change to be satisfied, to be pleased smell of cigarettes is really big balcony, terrace

ហបើកទាវារ

to open the door

កសនលងសហេេឹក

place to swim, swimming pool

កសនលងេេួេហ្្ៀវ reception office, living room កសន្សងជូ្រខលួន

towel

ទាក់េង

to contact, to communicate with

សអែីហេៀ្រ

យកេិ្រ្េុកោក់ ហសវា

anything else pay attention, to take care of service(s)

Language points The term neak bɑmraə អនាកបំហរ ើ ‘person who serves, or servant’ could refer to ‘waiter or waitress’ within the context of restaurant, or neak bɑmraə yun hɑh ‘airplane steward,’ neak bɑmraə sɑnthaakia ‘hotel worker, housekeeper, bellboy.’ The initial syllable in the word ʔəyvan អីវាោន់ ‘thing’ can be written with an independent vowel: ឥវាោ ន់. The expression pɨɲ cət ហ្ញេិ្រ្ដ ‘to be pleased, satisfied’ denotes feeling, while cool cət េូេេិ្រ្ដ refers to preference, ‘to like, to prefer.’ Both types of expression contain cət ‘heart’ as the second element of the compound conveying inner feelings. For example:

Unit 13: Hotels and tickets

koat pɨɲ cət nɨŋ kaaŋie.

គា្រ់ហ្ញេិ្រ្ដនឹងការង្រ។

She’s pleased with the work. vie cool cət dae leeŋ krav.

គា្រ់េូេេិ្រ្ដហដើរហេងហតៅ។ He likes to go out.

The colloquial expression yɔɔk cət យកេិ្រ្ ‘to please someone,’ when used in combination with tuk dak េុកោក់, means ‘to pay high/ close attention, usually in order to please.’ For example: kruu yɔɔk cət tuk dak nɨŋ niset. The teacher pays attention to the students. krum hun ʔaakaascɑɑ nih yɔɔk cət tuk dak nɨŋ bokkeaʔlɨk kee. This airline company takes care of their personnel. poolih titthaakaa yɔɔk cət tuk dak nɨŋ titthaakaa koat. The immigration police official pays close attention to his visa. The compound word seevakam ហសវាកមម, or simply seevaa, a loanword from Pali-Sanskrit, has virtually replaced the original Cambodian word bɑmraə បហតមើ or បំហរ ើ ‘to serve, to provide service,’ generally implying service provided by business companies to their customers. sɑnthaakie nih mien seevakam lʔɑɑ. This hotel has good services. krom hun tuurəʔsap mien seevakam thaok. The phone company has cheap services.

Exercise 5

(Bonus audio 26)

Read and listen to Dialogue 3 again, then answer these questions. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

neak naa naom pɲiəv tɨv məəl bɑntup? pɲiəv sɑnthaakie pɨɲ cət nɨŋ bɑntup tii muəy tee? haet ʔəy? baə cɑŋ doo bɑntup pɲiəv trəv tvəə yaaŋ məc? bɑntup tii pii noh yaaŋ məc? kɑnleaŋ ɲam ʔaahaa prɨk nɨv ʔae naa? baək tvie pii moan ponmaan tiv moaŋ ponmaan? coh kɑnleaŋ hael tɨk nɨv ʔae naa dae? baə cɑŋ baan kɑnsaeŋ cut kluən trəv tvəə yaaŋ məc? bokkeaʔlɨk sɑnthaakie nih mien seevakam yaaŋ məc dae?

183

184

Unit 13: sɑnthaakie nɨŋ sɑmbot

Reading and writing Cambodian scripts Exercise 6 Match the Cambodian expressions with their corresponding English expressions. Then use them to make short sentences. 1 ហឹបអីវាោន់

a to satisfy, to be pleased

2 កសនលងសហេេឹក

b luggage, bag, suitcase

3 កសនលងេេួេហ្្ៀវ 4 ហ្ញេិ្រ្ដ

c swimming pool d smell of cigarettes

5 ធុំកិលនបារ ី

e reception office, living room

Exercise 7 Rearrange these words/expressions to make correct sentences. 1 2 3 4 5 6

dɑmnaə / sɑmbot yʊən hɑh / trəv bɑɲceak / mun peel cəɲ koat / coap bɑŋʔuəc / cɑŋ baan / kavʔəy ʔaoy kɲom / sɑmbot yʊən hɑh / bɑɲceak / som cuəy yəəŋ / maasiin trɑceak / mien / bɑntup / cool cet cʊək baarəy / kɲom / bɑntup haam / trəv kaa tɨk baep / sɑnthaakie / kmien bɑntup / ʔəərop tee / nih

Exercise 8 Read the expressions in Cambodian script. Then rearrange them to make correct sentences. 1 អនាកដំហ�ើរ 2 មកយក

បន្ប់ធំ

ហឹបអីវាោន់

េូេេិ្រ្

អនាកបំហរ ើ

3 អង្ុយហេង

បន្ប់្ីហម នះ

៉នយោ

5 ហ្្ៀវហេសេរ

សណ្ ឋា គារសខមរ

សានាក់ហៅ

4 បីដបស្ម 6 ហៅធុំកិន ល

ហយើងសុំ

បន្ប់កក់

េឹកត្រជាក់ បារ ីហេៀ្រ

Unit 13: Hotels and tickets

Listening and reading passage (Audio 2.31; Bonus audio 27) Use the audio to listen to this passage. Write a short note to tell your friend about a type of hotel that you like to stay at while you are in Siem Reap.

ហៅសសរុកសខមរ៉នកសនលងហតេើនសំរាប់ហអាយអនាកហធវាើដំហ�ើរសានាក់

ហៅ ដូេជាសណ្ ឋា គារេំហនើប សណ្ ឋា គារធមមតា និងផ្ះសំណ្ក់ ហផ្សងៗ។ សណ្ ឋា គារទាំងហនះ ៉នហសវាកមមទាន់សម័យ សបប

អន្រជា្រិហដើម្ីបំហរ ើហ្្ៀវហតៅតបហេស ក៏ដូេគានានឹងហ្្ៀវកនាុងតបហេស សដរ។

អនាកដំហ�ើរអាេេូេហៅសាកសួរ្័្រ៌៉នសដេទាក់េងនឹង

ការហធវាើដំហ�ើរកំសាន្ហៅកនាុងសសរុក ឬហតៅសសរុកហៅការ ិយេ័យ

តករុមហ៊ុនហេសេរ�៍។ ហៅេីហ្ះហគអាេេិញ សំបុត្រយន្ហោះ សំបុត្ររ្យន្ សំបុត្រេូកកា�ូ្រ ជួេឡាន ឬរកអនាក្ំហ្្ៀវ ជូនហដើរហេង។ កសនលងខលះហេៀ្រអាយ ជួយហ្្ៀវកក់បន្ប់

សណ្ ឋា គារ ឬផ្ះសំណ្ក់ ជួយបញ្ ជា ក់សំបុត្រកនាុងការហធវាើដំហ�ើរ ជួយហធវាើេិខិ្រឆលងសដន ឬជួយសំរេ ួ កិេ្ការេិោឋាការ។

nɨv srok kmae mien kɑnleaŋ craən sɑmrap ʔaoy neak dɑmnaə snak nɨv, doc cie sɑnthaakie tumnəəp, sɑnthaakie thoammeaʔdaa nɨŋ pteah sɑmnak pseeŋ pseeŋ. sɑnthaakie teaŋ nih, mien seevakam toan saʔmay baep ʔɑntaʔraʔciet, dɑəmbəy bɑmraə pɲiəv krav prɑteeh, kɑɑ doc knie nɨŋ pɲiəv knoŋ prɑteeh dae. neak dɑmnaə ʔaac cool tɨv sɑɑk suə poadɑɑmien, dael teak tɔɔŋ nɨŋ kaa tvəə dɑmnaə kɑmsan nɨv knoŋ srok rɨɨ krav srok, nɨv kaariʔyaalay krom hun teehsaʔcɑɑ. nɨv tii noh, kee ʔaac tɨɲ sɑmbot yʊən hɑh, sɑmbot rʊət yʊən, sɑmbot tuuk kaanoot, cuəl laan, rɨɨ rɔɔk neak noam pɲiəv cuun dae leeŋ. kɑnleaŋ klah tiət, ʔaac cuəy kɑk bɑntup sɑnthaakie, rɨɨ pteah sɑmnak, cuəy bɑɲceak sɑmbot knoŋ kaa tvəə dɑmnaə; cuəy tvəə liʔkhət clɑɑŋ daen, rɨɨ cuəy sɑmruəl kəckaa titthaakaa.

185

Unit Fourteen krʊəh ʔaasɑn nɨŋ paɲhaa sokphiep គ្រោះអាសន្ននិងបញ្ ហា សុខភាព Emergencies and health issues

In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and call for help • use expressions related to diseases and illness • use words or expressions with kaət, chɨɨ, cumŋɨɨ, and bɑndaal, trəv (passive construction) • read and write short expressions and simple sentences in Cambodian script

Dialogue 1 Doctor’s visit (Audio 2.32) Rany had a motorcycle accident two days ago. Now she is sick and her mother is taking her to see the doctor. This is a conversation between the doctor (A), Rany (B), and her mother (C). A: B: B:

suəsdəy neaŋ. məc lɨɨ thaa mien krʊəh tnak mootoo. chɨɨ kɑnleaŋ naa klah? caa kbaal kɲom ʔɑt ʔəy tee prʊək kɲom peak muək daek. kroan tae rɔloat dey cəəŋ. tae ʔəyləv kɲom vɨl muk, hiə sɑmbao, cʊəŋkʊəŋ coam haəy haəm tiət.

Unit 14: Emergencies and health issues

A: A: C: B: A: C: B: A: B:

A:

som məəl muk rɔbuəh noh. ʔɑə cʊəŋkʊəŋ ʔɑt ʔəy tee. pii bəy ʔaatɨt tiət bɑt coam bɑt haəm haəy. yup mɨɲ tae kluən kdav ponmaan ʔɑŋsaa dae? ʔɑt mien kaev stɔəŋ məəl, tae kdav nah. som haa moat haəy dɑɑk dɑŋhaəm ʔaoy vɛɛŋ vɛɛŋ. ʔaə ʔaeŋ kaət cumŋɨɨ pdaahsaay. yɔɔk tnam nih tɨv leep məŋay məkroap tɨv. trəv cak tham viitaamiin məmcul pii ʔaoy vie tee, ʔoo kɲom klaac mcul nah, kom cak ʔəy? mɨn bac tee, khɑm ɲam haəy phək tɨk ʔaoy craən tɨv, vie chap cie haəy. ʔɑɑ kun look kruu pɛɛt.

សួសដី្ នាង។ គ៉េចឮថាមានគ្រោះថា្នក់៉េូតូ។ ឈឺកននលែងណាខលែោះ?

B:

B: A:

ចា៎ កបាលខ្ុំុអត់គេគ្រោះខ្ុំុរក់៉ួកនែក។ ្រន់នតរលាត់ដែគ�ើង។

នតឥឡូវខ្ុំុវ ិល៉ុខ គ�ៀរសុំគោរ �ង្គង់ជាុំគ�ើយគ�ើ៉គេៀត។ សុុំគ៉ើល៉ុខរបួសគនាោះ។ គអើ�ង្គង់អត់អដីគេ។ ពដីរបដីអាេិត្យ គេៀតោត់ជាុំោត់គ�ើ៉គ�ើយ។

A: C: B: A:

យប់៉ិញ គតើខួនគ្ លែ ្ បេុនាមានអងសានែរ? អត់មាននកវស្ទង់គ៉ើល នតគ្្ណាស់។

សុុំហាមាត់ គ�ើយែកែគងហាើ៉គអាយនវងៗ។ គអើឯងគកើត�៉្ឺផ្្សាយ។

យកថា្នុំគនោះគៅគលបដ៉្៉ួយ្រប់គៅ។ C: B: A:

្តរូវចាក់ថា្នុំវ ិតា៉ដីន៉ួយ៉្ុលពដីរគអាយវាគេ?

អូ៎ ខ្ុំុខ្លែច៉្ុលណាស់ កុុំចាក់អដី។ ៉ិនោច់គេ ខុំញ ុ ុំគ�ើយផឹកេឹកគអាយគ្ចើន

គៅវាឆាប់ជាគ�ើយ។ B:

អរគុណគលាក្គរូគពេ្យ។

187

188

Unit 14: krʊəh ʔaasɑn nɨŋ paɲhaa sokphiep

Vocabulary chɨɨ

ឈឺ

to be sick, to feel pain

kaət

គកើត

to have an illness, to catch a disease

baek kbaal

នបកកបាល

to have a fractured skull

rɔloat day cəəŋ

រលាត់ដែគ�ើង

to have scratches on hands/feet

vɨl muk

វ ិល៉ុខ

to feel dizzy

hiə sɑmbao cʊəŋkʊəŋ coam haəm muk rɔbuəh

គ�ៀរសុំគោរ �ង្គង់ ជាុំ

គ�ើ៉

៉ុខរបួស

to have a runny nose knee to bruise, to be bruised to be swollen wound, injury

ʔɑŋsaa

អងសា

degree (measurement unit for temperature and angle)

kaev stɔəŋ

នកវស្ទង់

thermometer

ហាមាត់

open the mouth

dɑɑk dɑŋhaəm ʔaoy vɛɛŋ vɛɛŋ

ែកែគងហាើ៉គអាយនវងៗ to breathe deeply

cumŋɨɨ pdaahsaay

�៉្ឺផ្្សាយ

to have a cold

haa moat

leep cak tnam viitaamiin klaac mcul mɨn bac tee cap cie

គលប

ចាក់ថា្នុំ វ ដីតា៉ដីន

to swallow; to gulp down to give injection vitamin

ខ្លែច៉្ុល

be afraid of needles

៉ិនោច់គេ

it’s not worth it, there’s no need

ឆាប់ជា

to recover quickly

Language points In Cambodia when people encounter accidents, they call the police for help, hav poolih គៅបេូលិស; when there are injuries involved,

Unit 14: Emergencies and health issues

they call an ambulance, hav laan pɛɛt or laan sɑŋkruəh bɑntoan គៅឡានគពេ្យ ឬឡាន សគ្រ្្គោះបនា្ទន់; and when there is a fire, a fire truck, laan tɨk, or laan pʊənlʊət pləəŋ គៅឡានេឹក ឬឡានពនលែត់គ្លែើង. The verb kaət គកើត has many meanings depending upon the context: ‘to be born; to give birth; to develop; to catch disease.’ For examples: kɲom kaət tŋay can.

ខ្ុំុគកើតដ្្ចន្ទ។

I was born on a Monday. koat kaət koon niv pteah.

រត់គកើតកូនគៅផ្ទោះ។

She had the baby at home. vie kaət cumŋɨɨ krum caɲ.

វាគកើត�៉្ឺ្គរុនចាញ់។ He has malaria.

The word cumŋɨɨ �៉្ឺ ‘illness, disease’ is a noun derived from the verb chɨɨ ឈឺ ‘to be sick; to be in pain,’ as in: koat mien cumŋɨɨ rɔbeeŋ.

រត់មាន�៉្ឺរគបង។

She has tuberculosis. koat chɨɨ pʊəh.

រត់ឈឺគរោះ។

He has a stomachache. taa mien cumŋɨɨ beh dooŋ.

តាមាន�៉្ឺគបោះែូង។

Grandpa has heart disease. The term muək daek ៉ួកនែក, literally ‘iron hat,’ is used to refer to a soldier’s head protective gear made of hard material. muək soʔvɑɑtphiep ៉ួកសុវត្ិភាព is currently used to refer to a helmet, officially decreed to be worn by motorcyclists. The penalty for not wearing a helmet is a fine, phaak ផ្ក, by police. The word phaak can be used both as a noun and a verb.

189

190

Unit 14: krʊəh ʔaasɑn nɨŋ paɲhaa sokphiep

Exercise 1

(Bonus audio 28)

Listen to Dialogue 1 again, and then answer the following questions: 1 2 3 4 5

Rany mien krʊəh tnak ʔəy? haəy mien rɔbuəh ʔəy? ʔləv vie kaət ʔəy dae? kruu pɛɛt tvəə ʔəy klah? kruu pɛɛt thaa vie chɨɨ ʔəy? haəy trəv ɲam tnam yaaŋ məc? taə vie trəv cak tnam viitaamiin tee? haet ʔəy?

Exercise 2 First, read the words or expressions in Cambodian script. Second, select them to complete these statements. Third, use them with haet hfy ‘why’ to ask someone questions. 1 2 3 4 5 6

koat __________ prʊəh mien krʊəh tnak mootoo. poolih __________ koat prʊəh ʔat peak muək soʔvɑɑtphiep. kmeeŋ nih duəl __________ prʊəh rʊət liən peek. paa ɲam baan tae __________ prʊəh rɔliek bɑmpʊəŋ kɑɑ. koat __________ məkroap prʊəh vɨl muk haəy chɨɨ kbaal. puu hav __________ ʔaoy mɔɔk pʊənlʊət pləəŋ.

a រលាត់ដែគ�ើង

b គលបថា្នុំ

c នបកកបាល d ឡានេឹក e បបរ f ផ្ក

Dialogue 2 A mother’s illness (Audio 2.33) Vanna (A) and his friend Dara (B) are talking about the heath and illness of Dara’s mother.

Unit 14: Emergencies and health issues

A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: B: A: B: A: B:

A: B:

A: B:

Dara, haet ʔəy baan ciə ʔaəŋ mien tɨk muk kɑmsat mleh. kɲom pruəy cət nah. mae tŋoo thaa mɨn sruəl kluən, chɨɨ kbaal, tae msəəl mɨɲ koat kdav kluən, haəy kɑɑ baan duəl sɑnlɑp bɑt smɑɑdəy. oh look mcah ʔəəy, ʔəyləv məc tɨv? yəəŋ baan hav laan sɑŋkruəh dɨk koat tɨv muntii pɛɛt. kɲom baan cam nɨv bɑntup sɑŋkruəh bɑntoan. kruu pɛɛt kee thaa məc tɨv? kee piʔnit stuŋ rɔɔk məəl cumŋɨɨ koat. kee thɑɑt suət, məəl chiem, haəy piʔnit tɨk noom koat. coh yaaŋ məc tiət tɨv? koat kaet ʔəy? koat mien cumŋɨɨ tɨk noom pʔaem, nɨŋ cumŋɨɨ rɔliek suət. trəv deek pɛɛt məəl cumŋɨɨ pii tɨv bəy ʔɑɑtɨt. ʔɑɲcəŋ ʔɑeŋ chup yom tɨv. koat phot pii kruək tnɑk tŋʊən, bɑntəc tiət koat mɔɔk pteah vɨɲ haəy. ʔɑɑ kun daoy baan cuəy luəŋ loom kɲom. sʔɑek yəəŋ tɨv məəl koat nɨv pɛɛt cie muəy knie.

ដារា គ�តុអដីោនជាឯងមានេឹក៉ុខកុំសត់គ៉េលែោះ?

ខ្ុំុ្ពរួយចិត្តណាស់ ន៉េ្ូរថា៉ិ ្ នសសរួលខលែួន ឈឺកបាល។ នត៉្ិល៉ិញរត់គ្្ខលែួន គ�ើយក៏ោនែួលសនលែប់ោត់សាមារតដី។ អូគលាកមាចាស់គអើយ ឥឡូវគ៉េចគៅ? គយើងោនគៅឡានសគ្រ្្គោះែឹករត់គៅ៉ន្ទដីរគពេ្យ។

ខ្ុំុោនចាុំគៅបន្ទប់សគ្រ្្គោះបនា្ទន់។ ្គរូគពេ្យគគថាគ៉េចគៅ?

គគពិនិត្យស្ទង់រកគ៉ើល�៉្ឺរត់។ គគ្តសួត គ៉ើលឈា៉ គ�ើយពិនិត្យេឹកគនា៉រត់។

A: B:

ចុោះគ៉េចគេៀតគៅ? រត់គកើតអដី?

រត់មាន�៉្ឺេឹកគនា៉នផអែ៉ និង�៉្ឺរលាកសួត។ ្តរូវគែកគពេ្យគ៉ើល�៉្ឺពដីរគៅបដីអាេិត្យ។

B:

អញចាឹងឯងឈប់យុំគៅ។ រត់ផុតពដីគ្រោះថា្នក់ធ្ន់ បន្តិចគេៀតរត់៉កផ្ទោះវ ិញគ�ើយ។

A: B:

អរគុណគដាយោន�ួយលួងគលា៉ខ្ុំុ។

នសអែកគយើងគៅគ៉ើលរត់គៅគពេ្យជា៉ួយរ្ន។

191

192

Unit 14: krʊəh ʔaasɑn nɨŋ paɲhaa sokphiep

Vocabulary tɨk muk kɑmsat kɑmsat pruəy cət tŋoo mɨn sruəl kluən

េឹក៉ុខកុំសត់ កុំសត់

្ពរួយចិត្ត

sad face to be sad to be worried

្្ូរ ៉ិនសសរួលខលែួន

to moan, to groan

ឈឺកបាល

to have a headache

not feeling well

គ្្ខលែួន

to have a fever

duəl sɑnlɑp

ែួលសនលែប់

to collapse, to fall down and be unconscious

bɑt

ោត់

to lose; to disappear; to be lost/missing

bɑt smɑɑdəy

ោត់សាមារតដី

to be unconscious, to lose spirit

look mcah ʔəəy

គលាកមាចាស់គអើយ

oh my goodness

bɑntup sɑŋkruəh bɑntoan

បន្ទប់សគ្រ្្គោះបនា្ទន់ emergency room

stɔəŋ rɔɔk məəl cumŋɨɨ

ស្ទង់រកគ៉ើល�៉្ឺ

to diagnose

kdav kluən c ɨɨ kbaal h

t ɑɑt suət h

məəl chiem piʔnit tɨk noom cumŋɨɨ tɨk noom pʔaem cumŋɨɨ rɔliek suət pyiebaal

្តសួត

គ៉ើលឈា៉

ពិនិត្យេឹកគនា៉

�៉្ឺេឹកគនា៉នផអែ៉ �៉្ឺរលាកសួត ពយាោល

to have a lung x-ray to have a blood test to have a urine test diabetes pneumonia to treat illness (formal)

trəv deek pɛɛt

្តរូវគែកគពេ្យ

to be hospitalized

məəl cumŋɨɨ

គ៉ើល�៉្ឺ

to treat illness

h

c up yom h

p ot kruək tnɑk tŋʊən luəŋ loom

ឈប់យុំ ផុត

គ្រោះថា្នក់ធ្ន់ លួងគលា៉

to stop crying to be over, to pass critical condition to comfort, to cheer up

Unit 14: Emergencies and health issues

Language points The expressions pruəy cət ្ពរួយចិត្ត and piʔbaak cət ពិោកចិត្ត are

interchangeable and mean ‘to be depressed,’ ‘to be sad.’ The expression kdav kluən គ្្ខលែួន ‘to have a fever’ is less severe

than krun ្គរុន ‘to have a fever with aching body.’ For example: koat kʔɑɑk haəy kdav kluən.

រត់កអែកគ�ើយគ្្ខលែួន។

He coughs and has a fever. koat krun tae peel yup tee.

រត់្គរុននតគពលយប់គេ។

He has a fever only at night. The expression məəl cumŋɨɨ គ៉ើល�៉្ឺ ‘to treat illnesses’ is more commonly used than pyiebaal ពយាោល ‘to treat (disease).’ For example: kruu pɛɛt pyiebaal cumŋɨɨ riek.

្គរូគពេ្យពយាោល�៉្ឺរាក។

The doctor provides treatment for diarrhea. koat məəl cumŋɨɨ pdaasaay.

រត់គ៉ើល�៉្ឺផ្្សាយ។

She prescribes cold treatment.

Exercise 3

(Bonus audio 29)

Listen to Dialogue 2 again, and answer the following questions: 1 2 3 4 5 6

haet ʔəy baan ciə Dara mien tɨk muk kɑmsat? peel nɨv pteah, mae kaot tŋoo thaa chɨɨ ʔəy klah? kee baan hav ʔəy daəmbəy dɨk koat tɨv pɛɛt? peel tɨv dal pɛɛt Dara ʔɑŋkuy cam koat nɨv ʔae naa? mdaay koat trəv keeŋ pɛɛt məəl cumŋɨɨ ponmaan ʔɑɑtɨt? Vanna niʔyiey luəŋ loom Dara yaaŋ məc klah?

193

194

Unit 14: krʊəh ʔaasɑn nɨŋ paɲhaa sokphiep

Exercise 4 First read the expressions in Cambodian script, then select them to complete these statements. Finally, use the statements with haet hfy ‘why’ to ask some questions. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

taa dae mɨn baan, prʊəh __________. kɲom mɨn hien ɲam baay, prʊəh mien __________. puu trəv tɑm skaa, prʊəh mien __________. nihsət som tɨv bɑŋkʊən, prʊəh __________. look mɨn trəv khəŋ craən, prʊəh mien __________. paa tvəə dɑmnae tɨv srok krav mɨn baan, prʊəh mien __________. koat sɑɑsee mɨn baan, prʊəh __________. vie hiə sɑmbao, prʊəh __________.

a �៉្ឺគលើសឈា៉

b �៉្ឺរគបង c ោក់ដែ

d ឈឺគ�ើង

e ផ្្សាយ f ឈឺគរោះ g �៉្ឺរាក

h �៉្ឺេឹកគនា៉នផអែ៉

Dialogue 3 At the hospital (Audio 2.34) Ten days later, Dara (A) went to pick up his mother from hospital. He is talking to the nurse (B) about the discharge and about the various facilities the hospital provides. A: B: A:

suədəy, mak kɲom yaaŋ məc dae? caa koat ʔɑɑc tɨv pteah smɑə naa kaa baan. kɲom trəv kaa sɑmbot tɨɲ tnam pii look kruu pɛɛt.

Unit 14: Emergencies and health issues

B: A: B: A: A: B: A: B: A: A: B: A: B:

roal tŋay, koat trəv ɲam tnam bəy muk neh haəy trəv mɔɔk kliinɨc cak tnam tiət. koat trəv ɲam tnam yaaŋ məc klah? roal prɨk nɨŋ roal yup trəv leep tnam məmuk pii kroap haəy phək tnam tɨk məslaap prie tiət. tɑh ʔoay koat ʔɑnkuy knoŋ kavʔəy ruɲ haəy yəəŋ tɨv cie muəy knie. yii kɑnleaŋ nih məc kɑa mien kmeeŋ craen mleh? Oh puək vie kaət cumŋɨɨ krun chiem nɨŋ krun caɲ prʊəh bɑndaal mɔɔk pii sɑmboo muuh klaa. coh kɑnleaŋ ʔəy dae nɨv cɨt strəy pʊəh thom ʔɑnkuy nɨŋ? tii noh mien bɑntup clɑŋ tʊənlee, bɑntup cloh ʔeekoo, haəy tɨv cŋaay tɨv tiət kɨɨ cie bɑntup veah kat. Oh laan taksii mɔɔk dal lmɔɔm.

សួសដី្ មាេ ក់ខុំុ្យេងគ៉េចនែរ?

ចា៎រត់អាចគៅផ្ទោះគសមាើណាក៏ោន។

ខ្ុំុ្តរូវការសុំបុ្តេិញថា្នុំពដីគលាក្គរូគពេ្យ។ រាល់ដ្្ រត់្តរូវញ ុ ុំថា្នុំបដី៉ុខគនោះ គ�ើយ្តរូវ

៉កគលែដីនិចចាក់ថា្នុំគេៀត។ A: B:

រត់្តរូវញ ុ ុំថា្នុំយេងគ៉េចខលែោះ?

រាល់្ពឹកនិងរាល់យប់ ្តរូវគលបថា្នុំ៉ួយ៉ុខពដីរ្រប់ គ�ើយផឹកថា្នុំេឹក៉ួយសាលែ្រគេៀត។

A: A: B:

គតា៎ោះគអាយរត់អង្គយក្ន ងគ្អដី រញ ុ គ�ើយគយើងគៅជា៉ួយរ្ន។ ុ ុ យដីកននលែងគនោះគ៉េ ចក៏ មានគកមាងគ្ចើ នគ៉េលែោះ?

អូ៎ ពួកវាគកើត�៉្ឺ្គរុនឈា៉ និង្គរុនចាញ់ គ្រោះបណា ្ ល៉កពដីស៉្ូរ៉ូសខ្លែ។

A: B:

ចុោះកននលែងអដីនែរគៅ�ិតសស្តដីគរោះធុំអង្គុយ�្នឹង?

េដីគនាោះមានបន្ទប់ឆលែងេគនលែ បន្ទប់ឆុលែោះគអកូ គ�ើយគៅឆា្យគេៀត គឺជាបន្ទប់វោះកាត់។

A:

អូឡានតាក់សុដី៉កែល់ល៉ មា ។

195

196

Unit 14: krʊəh ʔaasɑn nɨŋ paɲhaa sokphiep

Vocabulary គសមាើណា

smɑə naa sɑmbot tɨɲ tnam

សុំបុ្តេិញថា្នុំ ថា្នុំេឹក

tnam tɨk

ថា្នុំ្រប់

tnam kroap məslaap prie

៉ួយសាលែប្រ គ្អដីរញ ុ

kavʔəy ruɲ

គកើត�៉្ឺ

kaət cumŋɨɨ

្គរុនឈា៉

h

krun c iem

្គរុនចាញ់

krun caɲ sɑmboo bɑndaal mɔɔk pii

ស៉្ូរ បណា ្ ល៉កពដី ៉ូសខ្លែ

muuh klaa

សស្តដី

strəy h

strəy pʊəh t om bɑntup clɑŋ tʊənlee bɑntup cloh ʔeekoo bɑntup veah kat bak day/bak cəəŋ h

hoo c iem kuə ʔaoy ʔaanət ʔaasɑn

សស្តដីគរោះធុំ

បន្ទប់ឆលែងេគនលែ បន្ទប់ឆុោះគអកូ លែ

at any time medicine prescription liquid medicine pill, tablet one tablespoon wheelchair to contract illness/diseases hemorrhagic fever malaria to be abundant, to have plenty of to be caused by, to spread tiger mosquitos women pregnant women delivery room radiology room

បន្ទប់វោះកាត់

surgery room

�ូរឈា៉

to be bleeding, to bleed

ោក់ដែ/ោក់គ�ើង to have a broken arm/leg គួរគអាយ អាណិត អាសន្ន

ought to to pity, to feel sorry for emergency

Language points We have seen many meanings and functions of the verb trəv ្តរូវ ‘to be right, correct, accurate, must, or should’ in previous units, in which it functions as transitive, intransitive verbs. In this unit trəv is also used in passive constructions. A diachronic study seems to show that the use of trəv to form passive constructions is a fairly recent phenomenon common to not

Unit 14: Emergencies and health issues

only Cambodian but also Thai. It is suspected to have been influenced by passive constructions chiefly in news items in French and English, as in: koat trəv veah kat.

រត់្តរូវវោះកាត់។

He must have an operation. koat trəv pɛɛt veah kat.

រត់្តរូវគពេ្យវោះកាត់។

He got operated on by the doctor. ckae kham kmeeŋ noh.

នឆកែខ្ុំគកមាងគនាោះ។

The dog bites that child. kmeeŋ trəv ckae kham.

គកមាង្តរូវនឆកែខ្ុំ។

The child is bitten by the dog. ŋeak cumŋɨɨ trəv laan bok.

អ្នក�៉្ឺ្តរូវឡានបុក។

The patient was hit by the car. cao trəv poolih cap.

គចារ្តរូវបេូលិសចាប់។

The thief is arrested by the police. The following examples show two types of the causative constructions with the verb bɑndaal ʔaoy បណា ្ លគអាយ ‘causes/leads to,’ followed by a verb; and bɑndaal mɔɔk pii បណា ្ ល៉កពដី ‘to be caused by, to be spread by,’ followed by a noun, as in: ɱɔnuh slap bɑndaal mɔɔk pii cumŋɨɨ beh dooŋ. Many people died because of heart disease. cumŋɨɨ ʔaasɑn rook bɑndaal ʔaoy ɱɔnuh slap. Cholera caused people’s death. cumŋɨɨ krun ciem bɑndaal mɔɔk pii muh kham. Hemorrhagic fever is caused by the mosquito bite. cumŋɨɨ krun ciem bɑndaal ʔaoy kmeeŋ slap craen. Hemorrhagic fever caused the death of many children.

197

198

Unit 14: krʊəh ʔaasɑn nɨŋ paɲhaa sokphiep The three expressions smaə naa kɑɑ baan គសមាើណាក៏ោន, peel naa kaa baan គពលណាក៏ោន, and ʔɑŋkaal kaa baan អរ្្គល់ក៏ោន are interchangeable and mean ‘at any time.’ Culturally, Cambodian has several ways of saying these two English expressions: (1) ‘to be pregnant’ may translate to phaem គផើ៉ (colloquial, informal); pʊəh thom គរោះធុំ (informal); and mien ptey pʊəh មានដផ្ទគរោះ, or mien koɑ មានគ្៌ (formal). (2) ‘to give birth’ may translate to clɑɑŋ tuenlee ឆលែងេគនលែ (colloquial); kaət koon គកើតកូន (colloquial, informal); and sɑmraal koon ស្មាលកូន (formal).

Exercise 5 Read aloud the expressions in Cambodian script. Select them to complete these statements. 1 2 3 4 5

koat yɔɔk __________ tɨv haaŋ lʊək tnam. koat trəv laan bok baek kbaal hoo chiem __________. bɑɑŋ srəy kɲom __________ pram khae haəy. neak mien cumŋɨɨ beh dooŋ trəv kee bɑɲcuun tɨv __________. cnam nih kmeeŋ sdap craən __________ cumŋɨɨ krun caɲ.

a មានដផ្ទគរោះ

b គួរគអាយខ្លែច c បន្ទប់វោះកាត់

d សុំបុ្តេិញថា្នុំ e បណា ្ ល៉កពដី

Exercise 6 First, read the expressions in Cambodian script aloud. Second, rearrange them to make correct sentences. Third, make those sentences into questions to ask someone. 1 បណា ្ ល៉កពដី

2 គលាកយយោក់គ�ើង 3 គកមាងនបកកបាល

4 គៅគលែដីនិចឯក�ន 5 ចូលចិត្ត 6 មាន�៉ឺ

៉ូសខ្លែខ្ុំ

�៉្ឺ្គរុនឈា៉

គ្្ៀវគេសចរ

គ៉ើលរបួស

ក្នុងគ្អដីរញ ុ គគបញូ្ ន

អង្គុយចាុំ គៅបន្ទប់ឆុោះគអកូ លែ

រាល់្ពឹកគលាកតា ញ ុ ុំថា្នុំវ ដីតា៉ដីន យគលាក គលើសឈា៉

199

Unit 14: Emergencies and health issues

Exercise 7 Read these verb expressions aloud. Use them to make short sentences related to heath issues. 1 គកើត

2 ឈឺ

3 គលប

4 ោក់

6 យុំ

7 ពយាោល

8 ចាក់

9 ផឹក

5 សគ្រ្្គោះ 10 អាណិត

Listening and reading passage (Audio 2.35; Bonus audio 30) First, use the audio to listen to this passage. Second, circle words or expressions that you are able to read instantly. Third, translate the passage.

គៅសសរុកនខមារជាេូគៅ គពលមានអាសន្ន ឬគ្រោះថា្នក់ គគេូរសព្ទ

គៅ្កសួងការររសន្តិសុខ ឬគៅអ្នក�ិតខ្ងគអាយគគ�ួយ។

គពលមានគ្លែើងគឆោះផ្ទោះ គគគៅឡានេឹក ឬអ្នក្ូ៉ិគអាយ�ួយពនលែត់

គ្លែើង។ គពលមានគចារលួច ឬគចារបលែន់ ឬមានគ្រោះថា្នក់ចរាចរ គគ

គៅបេល ូ ស ិ ។ គបើមានរបួស គគគៅ៉ន្ទរដី គពេ្យ ឬគៅឡានសគ្រ្្គោះ បនា្ទន់។

សព្វដ្្កុងេដី ្ន ្ករុង្្នុំគពញមាន គលែដីនិច និង៉ន្ទដីរគពេ្យឯក�ន

គ្ចើនជាង៉ន្ទដីរគពេ្យរែ្ឋ គ�ើយភាគគ្ចើនមាន្គរូគពេ្យបរគេសគធ្វើ

ការេន្ទឹ៉រ្នជា៉ួយ្គរូគពេ្យនខមារ។ គៅសសរុកនសស អ្នក្ករមានលុយ គៅពយាោល�៉្ឺគគគេ។

nɨv srok kmae cie tuutɨv, peel mien ʔaasɑn rɨɨ krʊəh tnak kee tureaʔsɑp hav krɑsuəŋ kɑɑpie sɑnteʔsok rɨɨ hav neak cɨt khaaŋ ʔaoy kee cuəy. peel mien pləəŋ cheh pteah kee hav laan tɨk rɨɨ hav neak phuum ʔaoy cuəy pʊənlʊət pləəŋ. peel mien cao lʊəc rɨɨ cao plan rɨɨ mien krʊəh tnak cɑraacɑɑ, kee hav poolih. bae mien rɔbuəh, kee hav muəntii pɛɛt rɨɨ hav laan sɑŋkruəh bɑntoan. sɑp tŋay nɨv tii kroŋ pnum pɨɲ mien kliinɨc nɨŋ muəntii pɛɛt ʔaekaʔcɔɔn craən cieŋ muəntii pɛɛt roat haəy phiek craən mien kruu pɛɛt bɑɑrəteeh tvəə kaa tʊəntɨm knie cie muəy kruu pɛɛt kmae. niv srok srae, neak krɑ kmien luy tiv pyiebaal cumŋɨɨ kee tee.

Unit Fifteen praysaʔnii nɨŋ thɔɔniekie ប្រៃសណីយ៍និងធនាគារ Post office and banking

In this unit you will learn how to: • ask and tell about sending letters and goods within and outside of Cambodia • ask and tell about exchanging money • ask and tell about a bank or ATM machine nearby • use the words ʔaasray ləə, prak, luy, ban, and kaat • read and write Cambodian expressions and short sentences

Dialogue 1 Sending mail and packages (Audio 2.36) Dara (A) is asking Navy (B) – who has just returned from the post office – about how to mail letters and packages to foreign countries. Listen to their conversation. A: B: A: B:

Navy ʔaeŋ mɔɔk pii naa nɨŋ? kɲom mɔɔk pii praysaʔnii pɲaə sɑmbot nɨŋ ban praysaʔnii tɨv baaraŋ. kee pɲaə sɑmbot tɨv bɑɑrəteeh rɔbiəp naa? nɨv ləə sraom sɑmbot khaaŋ ləə cruŋ khaaŋ cveeŋ sɑɑsee ʔaasaʔyatthaan yəəŋ, nɨv cɑm kɑndaal sɑɑsee ʔaasaʔyatthaan kee, haəy yɔɔk tɨv praysaʔnii tɨɲ taem.

Unit 15: Post office and banking

A: B: A: B: A: B: A:

A: B:

A: B:

pɲaə sɑmbot mdɑɑŋ mdɑɑŋ ʔɑh ponmaan? ʔaasray ləə tumŋʊən sɑmbot nɨŋ prɑteeh deel pɲaə tɨv. coh baə pɲaə ʔəyvan vɨɲ tvəə yaaŋ məc dae? ʔəyvan trəv kcɑp cie kɑɲcɑp yɔɔk tɨv praysaʔnii ʔaoy kee tləŋ daəmbəy bɑŋ tɑmlay taam tumŋʊən. taə ʔaeŋ mɨn klaac bat tee ʔəy? mɨn ʔəy tee, baə pɲaə taam rəɨkommɑɑŋdee. kee thienie raap rɔɔŋ, vie mien soʔvatthephiep haəy. ʔee Navy məəl nɔ, neak rʊət sɑmbot kɑmpoŋ daə caek sɑmbot daak taam prɑʔɑp sɑmbot pteah.

ណាវ ី ឯងមកពីណាហ្នឹង?

ខ្ុំញមកពីប្រៃសណីយ៍ ផ្្ើសុំរៃញ្្រ និងរៃណ្ណ ប្រៃសណីយ៍ផៅបារុំង។

ផេផ្្ើសុំរៃញ្្រទាុំងផនាះផៅរៃរផេសរផរៃៀរៃណា? ផៅផ�ើផ្រោមសុំរៃញ្្រ ខាងផ�ើ្្រុងខាងផ្វេង

សរផសរអាសយដ្ឋានផយើង ផៅចុំកណា ដា � សរផសរអាសយដ្ឋានផេ ផហើយយកផៅ ប្រៃសណីយ៍េិញត្រម ។ A: B: A: B:

ផ្្ើសុំរៃញ្្រមដាងៗអស់រៃ៉ញនាមាន?

អា្សរ័យផ�ើេម្ងន់សុំរៃញ្្រ និង្រៃផេសតែ�ផ្្ើផៅ។ ចញះផរៃើផ្្ើអីវ៉ន់វ ិញផធវេើយ៉ងផម៉ចតែរ?

អីវ៉ន់្្ររូវខ្ចរៃ់ជាកញ្ចរៃ់ យកផៅប្រៃសណីយ៍ឱ្យ

ផេថ្នឹងផែើម្ីរៃង់្របម្តាមេម្ងន់។ A: B:

ផ្រើឯងមិនខា្ចបា្រ់ផេអី?

មិនអីផេ ផរៃើផ្្ើតាមរ ឺកញុំម៉ង់ផែ។ ផេធានារ៉ រៃ់រង វមានសញវ្រ្ិភាពផហើយ។

A:

ផអណាវ ី ផមើ�ហ្ន៎ អ្ករ្រ់សុំរៃញ្្រកុំពង់ផែើរតចកសុំរៃញ្្រដ្ក់ តាម្រៃអរៃ់សុំរៃញ្្រ្្ះ។

201

202

Unit 15: praysaʔnii nɨŋ thɔɔniekie

Vocabulary ប្រៃសណីយ៍

praysaʔnii

ផ្្ើ

pɲaə

សុំរៃញ្្រ

sɑmbot ban praysaʔnii rɔbiəp naa sraom sɑmbot ʔaasaʔyatt aan h

h

cruŋ k aaŋ cveeŋ cɑm kɑndaal

រៃណ្ណ ប្រៃសណីយ៍ រផរៃៀរៃណា

ផ្រោមសុំរៃញ្្រ

ʔaasray ləə kcɑp cie kɑɲcɑp

bɑŋ tɑmlay

rəɨkommɑɑŋdee h

t ienie raap rɔɔŋ h

h

soʔvatt ep iep məəl nɑɑ caek sɑmbot prɑʔɑp sɑmbot

envelope

in the center

អា្សរ័យផ�ើ ខ្ចរៃ់ជាកញ្ចរៃ់ រៃង់្របម្ បា្រ់

bat

how, in what way

ចុំកណា តា �

ខា្ច

klaac

picture postcard

ខាងផ�ើ្្រុងខាងផ្វេង top left corner

ថ្នឹង

tləŋ

letter

address

េម្ងន់

tumŋʊən

to send

អាសរ័យដ្ឋាន

ត្រម

taem

post office

រ ឺកញុំម៉ង់ផែ

ធានារ៉ រៃ់រង សញវ្រ្ិភាព ផមើ�ហ្ន៎

តចកសុំរៃញ្្រ

្រៃអរៃ់សុំរៃញ្្រ

stamp, postage stamp to depend on weigh, load to wrap into packages to weigh to pay to be afraid to lose to register (French word) to ensure, to guarantee safety look there to distribute/deliver mail mailbox

Language points Post office in Cambodia In Cambodia mostly foreigners, NGOs, or business organizations will send letters or packages via the postal service or private Express Mailing Services (EMS) to foreign countries. Within Cambodia most

Unit 15: Post office and banking

people, including foreigners, will use messengers, taxi services, or private transportation services to send letters or things to their local office, family, or friends. Depending on the context, the word poh រៃ៉ញសិ៍,តា a French loanword, can mean ‘place,’ ‘post office,’ ‘channel,’ or ‘station.’ In Cambodian poh or praysaʔnii are interchangeable for referring to a post office or the postal service. The word poh រៃ៉ញសិ៍តា can also be used in different contexts as shown in the examples below. For a postcard, commonly referred to as ban batt praysaʔnii រៃណ្ណ ប្រៃសណីយ៍, kaat postal កា្ររៃ៉ូសរោតា�់ (another loanword from French), or praysaʔnii batt

ប្រៃសណីយរៃ្្រ, is used.

teehsaʔcɑɑ pɲaə ban praysaʔnii tɨv pteah. The tourist mails a postcard home. soom doo poh tuureaʔtʊəh cəɲ. Please change/switch the TV channel. poolih cap cao tɨv poh. Police arrest and take a thief to the police station. The expression ʔaasray ləə អា្សរ័យផ�ើ ‘depend on, up to’ has a

similar meaning to the expression sii sɑɑŋ ləə សញីសងផ�ើ or srac ləə ផ្សចផ�ើ as shown in these examples: ʔaasray ləə tumŋʊən tumnɨɲ. It depends on the weight of the merchandise. sii sɑɑŋ ləə tlay cnuəl. It depends on the cost/service charge. tɨv rɨɨ ʔɑt srac ləə neak. To go or not, it is up to you.

Exercise 1 How would you ask these questions in Cambodian to a post office employee? 1 2 3 4 5 6

Excuse me, I want to mail this postcard to Canada. I would like an envelope and stamp for this letter. How much does it cost to send these three letters to Japan? I want to mail these packages to England. Could you weigh this letter for me please? I don’t want to lose any things. What should I do?

203

204

Unit 15: praysaʔnii nɨŋ thɔɔniekie

Exercise 2 How would you answer these questions with ផធវេើយ៉ងផម៉ច ‘what should one do’? 1 2 3 4 5

tvəə tvəə tvəə tvəə tvəə

yaaŋ yaaŋ yaaŋ yaaŋ yaaŋ

məc məc məc məc məc

daəmbəy daəmbəy daəmbəy daəmbəy daəmbəy

pɲaə sɑmbot tɨv bɑɑrəteeh? ʔaoy sɑmbot mien soʔvatthephiep. pɲaə ʔəyvan tɨv prɑteh krav? tɨɲ taem sɑmbot ʔaoy trəv? tɔtuəl sɑmbot baan?

Exercise 3 Read the expressions in Cambodian script. Select them to complete these statements. krav pii ʔaasaʔyatthaan nɨv ləə sraom trəv mien ________. daəmbəy pɲaə sɑmbot yəəŋ trəv tɨv ________. yəəŋ trəv yɔɔk kɑɲcɑp pɲaə tɨv ________ nɨv praysaʔnii. daəmbəy pɲaə ʔəyvan pseeŋ pseeŋ trəv ________. baə mɨn klaac ʔəyvan bat tee, trəv pɲaə taam ________.

1 2 3 4 5

a ខ្ចរៃ់ជាកញ្ចរៃ់

b រ ឺកញុំម៉ង់ផែ c ត្រម

d ប្រៃសណីយ៍ e ឱ្យផេថ្នឹង

Dialogue 2 Getting money from the bank (Audio 2.37) Listen to a conversation between a clerk (A) at the bank and Navy (B), who is trying to get her father’s money from the bank. A: B:

suəsdəy kɲom ʔaac cuəy neak ʔəy klah? caa, kɲom mɔɔk baək luy dael paa kɲom pɲaə mɔɔk pii batdɑmbɑɑŋ ʔaoy kɲom nɨv thɔɔniekie nih.

Unit 15: Post office and banking

A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

A: B: A: B: A:

neak mien siəvphɨv thɔɔniekie rɨɨ kaat ATM tee? caa ʔɑt mien phɑɑŋ! soom cam məplɛɛt! som bɑmpɨɲ krɑdaah nih sən. nih krɑdaah, kɲom tvəə ruəc haəy kɲom som suə bɑɲceak taə neak pɲaə prak cmʊəh ʔəy? pɲaə ʔaoy ponmaan? haəy pɲaə ʔaoy neak naa? caa! koat cmʊəh sok sɑmnaaŋ, pɲaə haasəp məən riəl, haəy pɲaə ʔaoy kɲom. neak mien ban sɑmkoal kluən, ʔaasaʔyatthaan, nɨŋ leek tuusap daəmbəy bɑɲceak tee? caa mien! nih luy, soom roap məəl mien kvah tee? caa krup haəy. ʔɑɑ kun craən.

សួសី!តា ខ្ញុំអាច្ួយអ្កអីខ្ះ? ចាន៎ ខ្ុំញមកផរៃើក�ញយតែ�បា៉ ខ្ុំញផ្្ើមកពីបា្រ់ែុំរៃង

ឱ្យខ្ុំញផៅធនាគារផនះ។ អ្កមានផសៀវផៅធនាគារ ឬកា្រ ATM ផេ? ចាន៎ អ្រ់មាន្ង!

សូមចាុំមួយត្្្រ! សញុំរៃុំផពញ្កដ្សផនះសិន។

ផនះ្កដ្ស ខ្ុំញផធវេើរច ួ ផហើយ។ ខ្ុំញសញុំសួររៃញ្ ជា ក់ ផ្រើអ្កផ្្ើ្បាក់ ផ្មាះអី? ផ្្ើឱ្យរៃ៉ញនាមាន?

ផហើយផ្្ើឱ្យអ្កណា? B:

ចាន៎! គា្រ់ផ្មាះ សញខ សុំណាង ផ្្ើ៥០មញឺនផរៀ� ផហើយផ្្ើឱ្យខ្ុំញ។

A:

អ្កមានរៃណ្ណ សុំគា�់ខួន ្ អាសរ័យដ្ឋាន និងផ�ខេូរសព្

ផែើម្ីរៃញ្ ជា ក់ផេ? B: A: B:

ចាន៎មាន!

ផនះ�ញយ សូមររៃ់ផមើ�មានខវេះផេ? ចាន៎្េរៃ់ផហើយ។ អរេញណផ្ចើន។

205

206

Unit 15: praysaʔnii nɨŋ thɔɔniekie

Vocabulary baək luy siəvp ɨv t ɔɔniekie h

h

kaat ATM neak pɲaə prak kaat sɑmkoal kluən bɑmpɨɲ krɑdaah roap məəl

ផរៃើក�ញយ

to withdraw money

កា្រ ATM

ATM card

ផសៀវផៅធនាគារ pass book អ្កផ្្ើ្បាក់

money sender

កា្រសុំគា�់ខួន ្

identification card

ររៃ់ផមើ�

to count

រៃុំផពញ្កដ្ស

complete this paper/form

kvah

ខវេះ

to be short of, insufficient, missing

krup haəy

្េរៃ់ផហើយ

correct, complete

Language points Banking in Cambodia has been a booming business over the past ten years, with investment from entrepreneurs and international financial institutions. To handle financial transactions, especially involving land sales, even farmers have bank accounts to keep the large amounts of cash. The word baək ផរៃើក primarily means ‘to drive, to open.’ It is used with the word luy �ញយ or prak ្បាក់ to generally mean ‘to get, to withdraw money or salary from a bank or from an employer.’ More specific expressions are also used to deal with banking transactions: dɑɑk luy ែក�ញយ ‘to withdraw money,’ daak luy ដ្ក់�យ ញ ‘to deposit money,’ or doo luy ែូរ�ញយ ‘to exchange or change money/currency.’

The word kaat កា្រ, from French ‘carte,’ and ban រៃរ័ណ្ណ ‘card’ are

interchangeable, as in kaat sɑmkoal kluən កា្រសុំគា�់ខួន ្ ‘identifica­

tion card’ or ban sɑmkoal kluən រៃរ័ណ្ណសុំគា�់ខួន ្ ‘personal identi­ fication card.’ Another word, ʔattaʔ saɲɲaan ban អ្រតាសញ្ញារៃរ័ណ្ណ, is

used mostly in official/legal documents. A banking card, or ATM card,

is ʔkaat ATM កា្រ ATM, ban ATM រៃរ័ណ្ណ ATM, kaat theaʔniekieʔ

កា្រធនាគារ, ʔban theaʔniekieʔ រៃរ័ណ្ណធនាគារ. The expression roap məəl ររៃ់ផមើ� ‘to count’ is used in conjunction with the expressions kvah tee ខវេះផេ ‘to be short’ or krup tee ្េរៃ់ផេ ‘complete or correct amount.’

207

Unit 15: Post office and banking

som bɑŋhaaɲ ban sɑmkoal kluən. Please show your ID card. som roap məəl luy kluən ʔaeŋ. Please count the money yourself. nih luy ʔap, roap məəl krup tee? Here is the change, count it to see whether the amount is correct. roap siəv phɨv məəl taə kvah tee? Count the number of books; anything missing? som doo mərɔɔy dollaa cie luy kmae. Please exchange $100 to Cambodian currency.

Exercise 4

(Bonus audio 31)

How would you say these statements in Cambodian? 1 2 3 4 5 6

I went to the ATM to withdraw money. He usually exchanges his dollars at the bank. Please wait a moment, the bank will open soon. Do you have an identification card? I am a tourist, can I use my passport? Here is the exchanged money, count it to make sure it is the correct amount.

Exercise 5 Complete these statements by selecting the appropriate missing expressions from the second list. 1 បា៉ ខ្ញុំជា_________ឱ្យខ្ញុំ។

a ែញល្្រ

3 ដ្ក់�យ ញ ផៅធនាគារ្្ររូវមាន_________។

c មួយត្្្រ

2 ខ្ុំញផៅ_________ពីធនាគារ។

4 ផតាះ ផៅផ្រៅជាមួយខ្ុំញ_________។ 5 ផនះ�ញយែូរសញុំ_________្េរៃ់ផេ?

6 សញែ ុំ ូរ�ញយ៥០_________ជា�ញយផរៀ�។

b ររៃ់ផមើ� d អ្កផ្្ើ្បាក់ e ែក�ញយ

f ផសៀវផៅធនាគារ

208

Unit 15: praysaʔnii nɨŋ thɔɔniekie

Dialogue 3 Changing money (Audio 2.38) Listen to A and B talking about bank services and what they have to do to withdraw money from the bank without an ATM card. A: B: A: B: A: B: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A:

ʔee puək maak! nɨv theaʔniekie nuh mien seevaa ʔəy klah? mien doo prak, pɲaə prak, kcəy prak, ptee prak cie daəm. ʔee . . . ʔaeŋ mien prak daəmbəy sɑnsɑm yɔɔk kaa prak phɑɑŋ. ckuət! muk knie nɨŋ mien ʔae naa? knie tɨv dɑɑk luy paa ptee mɔɔk pii koŋ nɨŋ naa! ʔəə niʔyiey leeŋ tee, coh kaa dɑɑk luy nuh trəv tvəə yaaŋ məc dae? trəv cap leek, bɑntɑɑ kɑntuy haəy ʔɑŋkuy cam nɨv kavʔəy rʊəŋ cam. peel dɑl leek yəəŋ, təəp baan tɨv cuəp nɨŋ bokkeaʔlɨk theaʔniekie daəmbəy dɑɑk luy. daəmbəy dɑɑk luy trəv mien sɑmbot snaam ʔəy klah? kaat sɑmkoal kluən, siəvphɨv daak luy nɨŋ leek koŋ. baə kmien kaat sɑmkoal kluən praə liʔkhət claŋ daen cumnuəh baan tee? baan! niʔyiey ʔɑɲcəŋ knie lɨɨ kee thaa baə mien kaat ATM ʔaac dɑɑk luy pii maasiin tae mdɑɑŋ. trəv haəy tae knie plɨc leek sɑmŋat nɨŋ naa.

ផអន៎ពួកមា៉ ក! ផៅធនាគារផនាះមានផសវអីខះ ្ ?

មានែូរ្បាក់ ផ្្ើ្បាក់ ខ្ចី្បាក់ ផ្្រ្បាក់ជាផែើម។ ផអន៎ . . . ឯងមាន្បាក់េញកផៅធនាគារ ផែើម្ីសន្ុំយកការ្បាក់្ង?

B:

A: B:

្្ួ្រ! មញខគា្ហ្នឹង មាន�ញយឯណា? គា្ផៅែក�ញយបា៉ ផ្្រពីកញងគា្រ់ ហ្នឹងណា ន៎ ! ផអ៊ើ និយយផ�ងផេ។ ចញះការែក�ញយផនាះ្្ររូវផធវេយ ើ ៉ ងផម៉ចតែរ? ្្ររូវចារៃ់ផ�ខរៃនតាកន្ញយ ផហើយអង្ញយផៅផរៅអីរង់ចាុំ។

209

Unit 15: Post office and banking

B:

ផព�ែ�់ផ�ខផយើង ផេើរៃបានផៅ្ួរៃននឹងរៃញេ្�ិកធនាគាផែើ

ម្ីែក�ញយ។ A: B: A: B: A:

ផែើម្ីែក�ញយ្្ររូវមានសុំរៃញ្្ររោ្មអីខ្ះ?

កា្រសុំគា�់ខួ្ន ផសៀវផៅដ្ក់�ញយ និងផ�ខ កញង។

ផរៃើគាមានកា្រសុំគា�់ខន ួ្ ផ្រៃើ�ិខិ្រ្្ងតែន្ុំនួសបានផេ? បាន!

និយយអញ្ចនឹងគា្ឮផេថា ផរៃើមានកា្រ ATM អាចែក�ញយ ពីមា៉សញីនត្រមតាង។

B:

្្ររូវផហើយ ត្រគា្ផ្្ចផ�ខសមា្ង្រ់ហនឹង ្ ណា ន៎ ។

Vocabulary theaʔnieki doo prak pɲaə prak kcəy prak ptee prak koŋ cie daəm sɑnsɑm kaa prak ckuət kroan tae cam yuu bɑntəc cap leek

ធនាគារ ែូរ្បាក់

ផ្្ើ្បាក់ ខ្ចី្បាក់

ផ្្រ្បាក់ កញង

ជាផែើម សន្ុំ

ការ្បាក់ ្្ួ្រ ្គាន់ត្រ

ចាុំយូររៃនតាិច ចារៃ់ផ�ខ

bank to exchange/change money to send money to borrow money to transfer money bank account for example to save, to preserve; to accumulate interest (on a saving or loan) foolish, crazy, insane, stupid only, just, merely, simply to wait for a while to take a number

អង្ញយ kavʔəy rʊəŋ cam ផរៅអីរង់ចាុំ

to sit (down)

bokkeaʔlɨk

employees, personnel, staff

ʔɑŋkuy

cumnuəh

រៃញេ្�ិក ្ុំនួស

waiting chair

to substitute for; replace; instead of, in place of

210

Unit 15: praysaʔnii nɨŋ thɔɔniekie

sɑmbot snaam liʔk ət claŋ daen h

h

lɨɨ kee t aa sruəl nah koŋ kaat ATM maasiin ATM leek sɑmŋat

សុំរៃញ្្ររោ្ម

document

ឮផេថា

to hear what people say, people say

�ិខិ្រ្្ងតែន passport ្សរួ�ណាស់ កញង

កា្រ ATM

មា៉ សញីន ATM

ផ�ខសមា្ង្រ់

very easy bank account (from French ‘compte’) ATM card ATM machine password

Language points The word luy �ញយ is interchangeable with prak ្បាក់ when dealing with money or currency. The word koŋ កញង is the Cambodian pro­ nunciation of ‘compte,’ a French word with various meanings including ‘bank account.’ The Cambodian homonym koŋ កញង is a Chinese kinship term for ‘grandfather,’ equivalent to Cambodian term cii taa ្ីតា and its shortened form taa តា. Depending on the context, the word ckuət ្្ួ្រ can mean ‘foolish, crazy, insane, stupid.’ soom doo luy nih cie dollaa. Please change this money into dollars. koat baək prak khae haəy. He got his monthly salary. krom hun baan prak cɑmnəɲ craən. The company gains lots of profit. prak cɑmnaay mɨn craən tee. The spending (expense) is not a lot. ckuət! kɲom mɨn mɛɛn kmeɛŋ ʔae naa. You’re crazy, I am not a kid. kɲom cɨt ckuət daoysaa neak haəy. I am going crazy because of you.

211

Unit 15: Post office and banking

Exercise 6 Read or listen to these six statements, then place them in the correct order. A B C D E F

nɨv theaʔniekie dɑmbooŋ kɲom trəv cap leek. kɲom roap luy məəl krup haəy, kɑɑ lei bokkeaʔlɨk theaʔniekie. kɲom tɔtuəl luy pii bokkeaʔlɨk theaʔniekie. tŋay nih, kɲom tɨv dɑɑk luy nɨv theaʔniekie. peel kee hav dɑl leek kɲom, kɲom tɨv cuəp bokkeaʔlɨk theaʔniekie. kɲom trəv bɑŋhaaɲ kaat sɑmkoal kluən tɨv bokkeaʔlɨk theaʔniekie.

Exercise 7 Select the words to complete these statements. 1 ្សារផនះមាន _________ ផេ?

a ររៃ់ផមើ�

3 ១០ែញល្្របាន _________ រៃ៉ញនាមានផរៀ�?

c សន្នឹក

2 ខ្ុំញផែើររកកតន្ង _________ ។

4 សញុំផអាយជា _________ ៤០០០ផរៀ�។ 5 ផនះ�ញយែូរសញុំ _________ ្េរៃ់ផេ?

6 ផល្ក្្ររូវបាន _________ ពីរភាេរយ។

b ែូរ�ញយ

d ្បាក់កុំបរផ្រៅ e �ញយតខមារ

f មា៉ សញីន ATM

Exercise 8 Read these expressions aloud. Reorder them to make correct sentences. 1 នាុំខុំញ្ 2 បថ្ងផនះខ្ុំញ

ផៅធនាគារ? អ្កណា ពីធនាគារ

4 ែក�ញយពី

គា្រ់ហច ញ

ផៅែក�ញយ

ផៅផរៃើកកញង

ផល្កយក

កា្រសុំគា�់ខន ួ្

ពីមា៉សន ញី ណាមួយ? កា្រ ATM ផៅ

3 អ្កណា? 5 ្្ររូវមាន

6 ផែើម្ីេញ ិ 7 បថ្ងផនះ

8 យនដាផោះ

9 សញែ ុំ រូ �ញយ

ផព�ផធវេើ

គា្រ់ឈរ ផរៀ�?

គា្រ់ផៅែូរ

ផៅផអាយ

ផ្រះខវេះចាយ

�ិខ្រ ិ ្្ងតែន

ែុំផណើរផៅ្សរុកផ្រៅ

បានរៃ៉នា ញ មា ន

មួយែញល្្រ

សុំរៃ្ញ ្រចូ�

ផែើម្ីេញ ិ សុំរៃ្ញ ្រ

ជា�ញយតខមារ ែញល្្រអាផមរ ិកាុំង

10 ជា�ញយតខមារ? ២០០ែញល្្រ បានរៃ៉នា ញ មា ន

រៃនតាកន្យ ញ

�ញយផៅធនាគារ ផេសចរ

ផរៃើែរូ

212

Unit 15: praysaʔnii nɨŋ thɔɔniekie

Listening and reading passage (Audio 2.39; Bonus audio 32) First, use the audio to listen to this passage. Second, circle in blue the words or expressions that you can identify or read immediately.

ផយើងអាចផ្្ើសុំរៃញ្្រ ឬផ្្ើអីវ៉ន់ផៅរៃរផេសតាមប្រៃសណីយ

ក៏បាន ផ្្ើតាម្ករុមហ៊ញនឯក្នក៏បាន។ ការផ្្ើអីវ៉ន់កញង្សរុ ្ ក

ផេនិយមផ្្ើតាម្ករុមហ៊ញន ឡាន្ករុង អ្ករ្រ់ឡានឈ្ួ� ឬញា្រតាិ

មិ្រតារៃងរៃ្ូន។ តខមារនិយមផ្រៃើ្បាស់េូរសព្និយយទាក់េងគា្

សូម្ីអ្ក្សរុកត្សចមា្រ ក៏មានេូរសព្បែផ្រៃើតែរ។ ចុំផរះអ្ក

តែ�មានរៃងរៃ្ូនផៅរៃរផេស ផេផ្ចើនសួរសញខេញកគា ្ខ ្ តាមេូរសព្ ឬផ្រៃើរោរផអឡិច្្ររូនិច ែូចជាអញីតម� និងផហវេសរៃ៊ញកជាផែើម។

ផរៃើផេចង់ផ្្ើ្បាក់ ផេផ្្ើតាមធនាគារវ ិញ ផ្រះមានសញវ្រ្ិភាព

ផហើយងាយ្សរួ�។ ចុំផរះការែូរ្បាក់ចាយវយ្រៃចាុំបថ្ងរៃនតាិច

រៃនតាួច តខមារចូ�ចិ្រតាផៅែូរផៅេូមាស ឬតាម្្ះែូរ្បាក់ធុំៗជាង ផ្រះវផៅ្ិ្រ្្ះ ផហើយរហរ័សទាន់ចិ្រតាផេៀ្រ្ង។

yəəŋ ʔaac pɲaə sɑmbot rɨɨ pɲaə ʔəyvan tɨv bɑɑrəteeh taam praysaʔnii kɑɑ baan, pɲaə taam krom hun ʔaekaʔcəən kɑɑ baan. kaa pɲaə ʔəyvan knoŋ srok, kee niʔyum pɲaə taam krom hun, laan kroŋ, neak rʊət laan cnuəl, rɨɨ ɲiet mɨt bɑɑŋ pʔoon. kmae niʔyum praə tuureaʔsap niʔyiey teak tɔɔŋ knie, sombəy neak srok sraə cɑmkaa kɑɑ mien tuureaʔsap day praə dae. cɑmpʊəh neak dael mien bɑɑŋ pʔoon nɨv bɑɑrəteeh, kee craən suə sok tuk knie taam tuureaʔsap, rɨɨ praə saa ʔelectronic, dooc cie ʔemeel, nɨŋ feebook cie daəm. baə kee cɑŋ pɲaə prak, kee pɲaə taam thɔɔniekie vɨɲ, prʊəh mien soʔvatthephiep, haəy ŋiey sruəl. cɑmpʊəh kaa doo prak caay viey prɑcam tŋay bɑntəc bɑntʊəc, kmae cool cət tɨv doo nɨv tuu mieh, rɨɨ taam pteah doo prak thom thom cieŋ, prʊəh vie nɨv cɨt pteah, haəy rɔhah toan cət tiət phɔɔŋ.

Grammar summary

Cambodian is a pro-drop language. Once a subject, object, or topic has been mentioned or is clear from the context, it can be omitted from the sentence, as shown in the dialogue conversations of each unit. Cambodian words are non-inflectional for tense, gender, number, or case. The verb is in the same form in present, past, or future tenses. The noun is also in the same form for singular or plural. It is not marked with an ‘s’ as in some languages. Cambodian spoken form is very different from the written form. Some of the rules below are applicable to the written form but not to the spoken form; and some may not apply outside the implied context. Cambodian words also have many grammatical functions that depend upon the context they are in.

Sentence patterns Cambodian sentences consist of one or more clauses; a clause has one or more phrases; and a phrase can have one or more words. A simple sentence consists of one predicate. A sentence may be affirmative, negative, or interrogative. Clauses are combined into sentence level by coordination, subordination, and embedding.

Affirmative statements Cambodian is an SVO (subject-verb-object) language like English. The basic word order of a simple sentence consists of an optional subject, an obligatory predicate, and an optional direct object or an adverbial (indicating a point of time). For example: koat rɔŋie. He is cold.

214

Grammar summary

paa tumnee. Father is free. Phanna ɲam kuy tiev. Phanna eats noodles. Dara cih mootoo. Dara rides the motorbike. Rany tɨv haaŋ baay. Rany is going to the restaurant. In Cambodian, the subject or object of a sentence can be omitted if they can be understood from the context. More so in the spoken form, the subject or/and object is omitted when it is clear and the speakers know who they are referring to. For example: Phanna cɑŋ ɲam kuy tiev tee? Phanna, do you want to eat noodles? kɲom cɑŋ. I do want (to eat noodles). cɑŋ. (I do) want (to eat noodles).

The verb ‘to be’ Cambodian does not use a verb ‘to be’ when the predicate is an adjective. Cambodian adjectives follow the nouns they modify (English adjectives come before the nouns). 1 mhoop cŋaɲ (The) food (is) delicious Delicious food 2 mootoo tlay (The) motorbike (is) expensive Expensive motorbike 3 bɑntup sʔaat (The) room (is) clean Clean room In Cambodian adjectives are also stative verbs: cŋaɲ means ‘delicious’ or ‘to be delicious,’ tlay ‘expensive’ or ‘to be expensive,’ and sʔaat, ‘clean’ or ‘to be clean.’ When the predicate contains a noun complement, the verb cie is used, as in:

Grammar summary

kɲom cie nihsət. I am a student. koat cie ʔaameerikaŋ. She is an American. Sophal cie kruu. Sophal is a teacher. nih cie siəvphɨv. This is a book. noh cie ʔɑŋkɑɑ sɑmroop. That is brown rice.

Negative sentences Negative sentences are formed by placing the negative marker mɨn មិន (formal), ʔɑt អត់ (informal), or pum ពុំ immediately in front of the main verb or adjective verb, and optionally adding tee ទេ at the end of the sentence or phrase. Colloquially the marker tee ទេ is omitted. miiŋ kɲom ʔɑt ɲam sac. My aunt does not eat meat. koat ʔɑt rɔŋie. He is not cold. paa ʔɑt tumnee. Father is not free. koat mɔɔk pum khaan. She comes without doubt. ʔaeŋ pum kuə tɨv. You should not go. However, when the sentence contains cie as the main verb, the negative mɨn, or ʔɑt is replaced with mɨn mɛɛn មិនមមន, as in: koat mɨn mɛɛn cie ʔaameerikaŋ. She isn’t an American. mɨn mɛɛn cie nihsət. (You) aren’t a student.

215

216

Grammar summary

Sophal mɨn mɛɛn cie kruu. Sophal isn’t a teacher. mɨn mɛɛn cie siəvphɨv. (This) isn’t a book.

Question and answer statements ‘Yes-no’ questions and answers In general, Cambodian does not use auxiliary verbs to form questions or copular verbs to link nouns with adjectives. The speaker simply uses a rising intonation at the end of a declarative phrase to indicate a question is being asked. However, a regular statement can turn into a question by adding the particles tae ទតើ in front of the sentence and tee ទេ at the end of the sentence. But tae ទតើ is mostly used in formal discourse. tae ទតើ is omitted in the spoken form. In spoken discourse, caa ចា ‘female response,’ baat បាេ ‘male response,’ or the main verb is used to positively answer the question. ʔɑt tee អត់ ទេ or ʔɑt + main verb + tee is used for a negative answer. (ʔaeŋ) tɨv tee? (Are you) going? caa or baat. Yes (I am going). tɨv. (I) am going. ʔɑt tɨv tee. (I am) not going. ʔɑt tee. No (I am not going). (ʔaeŋ) mien nat tee? (Do you) have an appointment? caa or baat. Yes (I have an appointment).

Grammar summary

mien. (I) have (an appointment). ʔɑt mien tee. (I) don’t have (an appointment). ʔɑt tee. No (I don’t have an appointment). mhoop cŋaɲ tee? Is the food delicious? caa or baat. Yes (the food is delicious). cŋaɲ. (The food) is delicious. ʔɑt cŋaɲ tee. (The food) isn’t delicious. ʔɑt tee. No (the food isn’t delicious).

Confirmatory with miin tee questions and answers The confirmatory question is formulated by adding mɛɛn tee ‘isn’t that right, isn’t that so, right?’ at the end of a statement. The positive response to mɛɛn tee questions is mɛɛn haəy or nɨŋ haəy ‘of course.’ The negative response is ʔɑt mɛɛn tee or ʔɑt tee, as in: Sophal cie kruu mɛɛn tee? Isn’t that right, Sophal is a teacher? mɛɛn haəy. Of course (Sophal is a teacher). ʔɑt mɛɛn tee. (Sophal) is not (a teacher). ʔɑt tee. No.

217

218

Grammar summary

Mary mɔɔk pii Canada mɛɛn tee? Isn’t that so, Mary is from Canada? nɨŋ haəy. Of course (she is from Canada). ʔɑt tee. No. ʔɑt tee, mɔɔk pii ʔɑkleeh. No, (she) is from England.

‘Yet’ questions and answers The expression haəy nɨv ទ�ើយទៅ ‘(have you finished it) yet?’ can be added to the end of a statement to make a question, as in: vie tɨv haəy nɨv? Did he leave yet? tɨv haəy. (He) left already. nɨv tee. (He has) not (left) yet. ʔaeŋ ɲam haəy nɨv? Did you eat yet? ɲam haəy. (I) ate already. nɨv tee. (I have) not (eaten) yet. koat mien sɑŋsaa haəy nɨv? Does she have a boyfriend yet? mien haəy. (She did) have (a boyfriend). nɨv tee. (She does) not yet (have a boyfriend).

Grammar summary

‘What’ questions with vəy អ្វី, hfy អវី, or shfy ស្វី and answers nih hav thaa ʔəy? What do you call this? nih hav thaa krɑmaa. This is called a scarf. koat riən phiesaa ʔəy? What language is he studying? koat riən phiesaa kmae. He is studying the Cambodian language.

‘Who’ questions with neak naa អ្នកណា neak naa bɑŋriən koat? Who teaches him? koat kaa cie muəy neak naa? Who is he married to?

The ‘where’ question with naa ណា and answers kon srəy mɔɔk pii naa? Where has the daughter come from? mɔɔk pii psaa. Come from the market. sɑŋsaa ʔaeŋ tɨv naa? Where is his fiancé going to? tɨv saalaa. Going to school.

219

220

Grammar summary

‘Which and which one’ questions with naa ណា or haa naa អាណា and answers koat tɨɲ ʔaa naa muəy? Which one does she buy? ʔaa tooc nih. The small one. look kruu baək laan naa muəy? Which car does the teacher drive? laan khiəv. The blue car.

‘When’ questions with kaal naa កាលណា or peel naa ទពលណា and answers kaal naa kruu pɛɛt tmɨɲ tumnee? When is the dentist free? lŋiec nih. This afternoon. toop plae chəə bət tvie peel naa? When does the fruit stand close? peel yup. At night.

‘How much or how many’ questions with ponmaan ប៉ុន្មាន and answers sac cruuk nih məkilo tlay ponmaan? How much is the pork per kilo? pii məən riəl. Twenty thousand riel. koat mien cav ponmaan? How many grandchildren does she have? dɑp pram. Fifteen.

Grammar summary

‘How’ questions with yaac mfc យ៉ ងទម៉ ច or mfc ទម៉ច and answers koat tɨv pteah yaaŋ məc? How did she get home? baek laan kluen ʔaeŋ. (She) drove herself home. bɑntup nih yaaŋ məc? How is this room? sʔaat nah. (The room) is beautiful.

‘Why’ questions with haet hfy ទ�តុអវី and answers haet ʔəy baan cie ʔaeŋ doo bɑntup? Why are you changing the room? prʊəh vie mɨn sʔaat. Because it isn’t clean. haet ʔəy baan cie tɨv srok kmae? Why are you going to Cambodia? prʊəh cɑŋ bɑŋriən ʔɑŋkleeh. Because (I) want to teach English.

Passive sentences Cambodian does not really use passive constructions. They occur mostly in translation. However, passive sentences are formed by using trəv តតរូវ, as in: ckae kham koat. The dog bit him. koat trəv ckae kham. He got bitten by the dog.

221

222

Grammar summary

poolih cap cao. The police arrested the thief. cao trəv poolih cap. The thief was arrested by the police.

Comparisons Comparison with ciec ជាង and ciec kee ជាងទេ When cieŋ follows a noun it means ‘more than’ or ‘-er than,’ as in: laan nih tlay cieŋ laan noh. This car is more expensive than that car. kɲom kpʊəh cieŋ koat. I am taller than her. When cieŋ follows a verb or adverb it means ‘more,’ as in: krooc nih tlay cieŋ. These oranges are more expensive. koat mien koon craən cieŋ. She has more children. mhoop kmae cɲaɲ cieŋ. Cambodian food is more delicious. cieŋ kee, ‘the most’ is used at the end of a sentence, as in: prɑpʊən koat sʔaat cieŋ kee. His wife is the prettiest. sɑmbot yʊən hɑh nih tlay cieŋ kee. This plane ticket is the most expensive.

Comparisons with dooc ដូច ‘same’ krooc nih tlay dooc svaay. These oranges cost the same as the mangoes. mhoop koat cɲaɲ dooc mhoop kɲom. Her food is as delicious as mine.

Grammar summary

Nouns and noun phrases Nouns Cambodian nouns have a fixed form with number (singular or plural), gender, or case. They can function as a topic, a subject, or an object of a verb. They can be counted and be an attribute of other nouns, adjectives, or verbs.

Personal pronouns Personal pronouns include kinship terms and title nouns (see Unit 1 and Unit 2). They can function as topic, subject, or object, or be attributive. They make references to a specific gender, age, and social status. Most often they are omitted when the context is clear or it is obvious who is being referred to. Examples of some common personal pronouns are gender-specific: taa តា ‘grandfather,’ yiey យយ ‘grandmother,’ puu ពូ ‘uncle,’ and miiŋ ‘aunt.’ Neutral: vie វា ‘he, she, they, it (of animals – refers to people in an informal context or to people of a lower status or rank),’ koat គាត់ ‘he, him, his, they, she, her, their,’ and yəəŋ ទយើង ‘we, us, ours (for regular); I, me, my, mine (for intimate).’

Word order of noun phrase structures in Cambodian Cambodian noun phrases strictly consist of a head noun followed by its numeration or attributions. As stated earlier, Cambodian nouns have no grammatical distinction in gender, singular or plural. Plurality is marked by post-nominal particle, numeral, or by reduplication. The following are examples of categories of noun phrase word orders that will allow learners to combine words together.

223

224

Grammar summary

Noun + number When counted, the numeral will follow the noun. laan bəy

ឡានបវី

three cars koon pram

កូនតបាំ

five children koon koon

កូនៗ

children koon klɑh

កូនខ្លះ

some children koon craən

កូនទតចើន

many children In the last three examples above, plurality is marked by the reduplication of word koon, the post-nominal particle klɑh ‘some’ and craən ‘many.’

Noun + number + classifier (or specifier) A list of classifier or specifier nouns in Cambodian is listed in Unit 5. When counting or measuring, the position of the classifier is fixed: noun + number + classifier; except for hour, date, month, and year (see Unit 3). In Cambodian, the classifier is optional and is used for clarification, and in formal speech. koon pram (neak)

កូនតបាំ(ន្ក់) five children

Grammar summary

koo pii (kbaal)

ទគាពវីរ(កបាល) two cows

pteah bəy (knɑɑŋ)

ផ្លះបវី(ខ្នង)

three houses num pʔaŋ bəy (daəm)

នំបុ័ងបវី(ទដើម)

three sticks of bread biiyɛɛ pii kaeh

ប៊វីមយ៉២មកស

two cases of beer ʔɑŋkɑɑ məbaav

អង្ករមួយបាវ

one sack of rice saŋ pram liit

សាំងតបាំលវីតត

five liters of gasoline Notice that the use of classifier neak for people, kbaal for animal, and daəm for bread is optional.

Noun + adjective or stative verb sɑmpʊət vɛɛŋ

សំពត់មវង long skirt

sɑmpʊət tlay

សំពត់ថ្្

expensive skirt bɑnlae srah

បមន្សសស់

fresh vegetable pteah thom

ផ្លះធំ

big house

225

226

Grammar summary

pteah thom thom

ផ្លះធំៗ

big houses pteah thom klɑh

ផ្លះធំខ្លះ

some big houses In the last two examples above, plurality is marked by the reduplication of the word thom and the post-nominal particle klɑh.

Noun + adjective (stative verb) + number laan tooc muəy

ឡានតូចមួយ one small car

laan tooc klah

ឡានតូចៗខ្លះ

some small cars laan tməy bəy

ឡាន្មាវីបវី

three new cars moan thoat buən

មាន់ធាត់បួន

four fat chickens

Noun + demonstrative this, that, these, or those ckae nih

ម្្កទនលះ

this dog kaariʔyaalay noh

ការ ិយ៉ ល័យទន្លះ that office

tii kroŋ nɨŋ

េវីតករុង�្ននឹង this city

Grammar summary

Possessive noun phrases Possessive noun phrases in Cambodian consist of a direct and indirect possessive noun phrase. The direct possessive noun phrase is headed by a noun and is followed by possessive pronoun or a noun, as in: mdaay kɲom

មាដាយខ្ំុ

my mother khao ʔaav yəəŋ

ទោអាវទយើង our clothing

pteah nihsət

ផ្លះនិស្ិត

student’s house The indirect possessive noun phrase is headed by a noun, followed by particle rɔbɑh របស់ ‘of, or belonging to,’ and a possessive pronoun or noun. The indirect possessive pronouns structure is used to clarify the long string of modifier or attributive, as in: laan bəy rɔbɑh koat his three cars moan tooc rɔbɑh vie her small chickens svaay pʔaem rɔbɑh look yiey grandma’s sweet mangoes həəp ʔəyvan pii rɔbɑh pɲiəv the guest’s two suitcases

Verbs and verb phrases Cambodian verbs have a fixed form for singular or plural, and for present, past, and future tenses. There is no agreement between verb and subject.

227

228

Grammar summary

Time reference and aspect In colloquial speech, tenses or aspects are understood by context. However, in writing, in formal situations, or for clarity, particles can be added in front of the statements or at the end of the statement as shown below. Pre-verbal particles indicating a point in time usually come first in the sentence, as in: sʔaek (yəəŋ) cih mootoo. Tomorrow, (we) will ride the motorbike. yup nih (Rany) tɨv haaŋ baay. Tonight, (Rany) is going to the restaurant. ʔaatɨt kraoy (paa) tumnee. Next week, (father) will be free. maoŋ pram (yəəŋ) cuəp knie. Let (us) meet at 5 o’clock. The common pre-verbal particles are: nɨŋ ននឹង to mark future action, baan បាន to mark past tense action, kɑmpoŋ កំពុង or kɑmpoŋ tae កំពុងមត to mark progressive (-ing) tense action, dael មដល to mark that the action has occurred in the past, and tloap ធា្ប់ to mark that the action has occurred in the past more than one time. The common final particles are: haəy ទ�ើយ or ruəc haəy រួចទ�ើយ to mark completed action. For example: ɲam baay. Eat rice. kɲom ɲam baay. I eat rice. kɲom nɨŋ ɲam baay. I am going to eat rice. ʔaeŋ kɑmpoŋ (tae) ɲam baay. You are eating rice. koat baan ɲam baay. She ate rice.

Grammar summary

koat ɲam baay haəy. She ate rice already. yəəŋ dael ɲam mʊəŋkhut. We have eaten mangosteen before. vie tloap mɔɔk leeŋ. He used to visit (us). koat tɨv praysaʔnii ruəc haəy. He went to the post office already.

Adverbs Cambodian adverbs can be used before or after the verbs they modify; or some can be used at the beginning or at the end of the clause. These are: cuən kaal ជួនកាល ‘sometimes,’ cie nɨc ជានិច្ច ‘always,’ bɑndaə បទ្ើត រ ‘at the same time,’ cie thoammeaʔdaa ជាធមមាតា ‘usually, normally,’ tae មត ‘only,’ taeŋ tae មតងមត ‘continually,’ mɨn səv មិនសូវ ‘not really, not very, not much,’ sɑh ទសាលះ ‘at all,’ kɑmrɔɔ កតម ‘rarely,’ tʊəh bəy ទោលះបវី ‘even if, although,’ baə sən ទបើសិន ‘if,’ dooc cie ដូចជា ‘such as,’ and dae មដរ ‘also, too, as well.’ Detailed usages are explained in Unit 11 and throughout other units as well.

Conjunctions The conjunctions nɨŋ និង ‘and’ or rɨɨ ឬ ‘or’ can be used to conjoin noun phrases, as in: kruəsaa nɨŋ puək maak Family and friend haaŋ baay nɨŋ kanleaŋ cuəl laan Restaurant and car rental sɑnthaakie nɨŋ pteah sɑmnak Hotel and guesthouse num paŋ rɨɨ bay Bread or rice

229

230

Grammar summary

Some conjunctions are used to combine verbal phrases or clauses: haəy ទ�ើយ or haəy nɨŋ ទ�ើយនិង ‘and,’ ruəc រួច ‘then,’ ruəc haəy រួចទ�ើយ ‘after that, afterward,’ and təəp ទេើប ‘then, next,’ as in: koat riən peel prɨk haəy tvəə kaa peel yup. He studies in the morning and works in the evening. som cuəy bɑɲceak sɑmbot ruəc haəy kɑk bɑntup. Please help confirm the ticket, and then book a room. bokkeaʔlɨk lʊək sɑmbot yʊən hɑh, haəy cuəy bɑmpɨɲ liʔkhət clɑɑŋ daen. The employee sold the plane ticket, and helped complete the passport.

Complex sentences A complex sentence is any simple sentence that has at least one subordinate or embedded clause. The subordinate clause or embedded clause is introduced by words such as dael ‘who, which,’ daəmbəy ‘in order,’ ʔaoy ‘for,’ cie muəy ‘with,’ prʊəh ‘because,’ baə ‘if,’ as in: neak dael hav mhoop noh cie bɑɑŋ proh koat. The person who ordered the food is his oldest brother. bɑɑrəteeh cool cət sɑnthaakie dael mien maasiin trɑceak Foreigners like hotels that have air conditioning. teehsaʔcɑɑ cuəl laan daəmbəy dae leeŋ knoŋ tii kroŋ pnum pɨɲ. The tourist rented the car in order to travel in Phnom Penh. som cuə bɑɲceak sɑmbot yʊən hɑh ʔaoy kɲom phɑɑŋ. Please help me to confirm my plane ticket. koat tɨɲ rɔbɑh ʔɑʔnuhsaavaʔrii kmae ʔaoy puək maak. He bought Cambodian souvenirs for his friends. kɲom tɨv sii kaa puək maak cie muəy koon srəy. I went to my friend’s wedding with my daughter. klien klaŋ, prʊəh ʔɑt ɲam ʔəy taŋ pii prɨk. I am starving because I have not eaten since this morning. ʔaeŋ trəv khɑm riən baə cɑŋ baan luy craən. You must study hard if you want lots of money.

Key to exercises

Unit 1 Exercise 1 1 cmʊəh Sophal. 2 mɔɔk pii siəm riep.

3 cie kmae. 4 cie kruu bɑŋriən.

5 phiesaa ʔɑnkleeh. 6 nɨv saakɑl vittyielay.

3 srok baaraŋ. 4 cmʊəh paarii.

5 cie nieyʊək pɛɛt. 6 nɨv pɛɛt kalmaet.

Exercise 2 1 cmʊəh Marie. 2 trɑkool cmʊəh Claude.

Exercise 3 1 2 3 4

mɔɔk pii srok kmae. ciə cɔɔn ciet kmae. riən nɨv saakɑl vittyielay. nɨv sɑnthaakie.

5 6 7 8

Wei Ly cie nihsət. riən phiesaa ʔɑŋkleeh. bɑŋriən phiesaa cən. tvəə kaa nɨv haaŋ baay cən.

Exercise 4 1 2 3 4 5 6

som tooh soom nae noam khuən. riikriey daoy baan cuəp look? som tooh, ʔaeŋ mɔɔk pii naa? cumriep lie, cuəp knie tŋay kraoy. ʔɑɑ kun, ʔɑɲcəəɲ ʔaoy sok sapbaay. mɨn ʔəy tee.

Exercise 5 1 ក 2 ផ

3 ត 4 ឡ

5 ស 6 ច

7 ណ 8 ដ

9 ហ 10 ថ

5 យ 6 ភ

7 ន 8 ង

9 ញ 10 វ

Exercise 6 1 ម 2 គ

3 ទ 4 ល

232

Key to exercises

Unit 2 Exercise 1 1 baat mien 2 mien

3 ʔɑt tee 4 caa riən

5 ʔɑt tɨv tee 6 baat nɨv

Exercise 2A 1 2 3 4 5 6

koat kmien bɑɑŋ srəy tee. kɲom mɨn tɨv pteah mak paa tee. cav koat ʔɑt tvəə kaa nɨv saalaa tee. puu ʔɑt bɑŋriən phiesaa cən tee. ʔom kmien koon pii neak tee. nihsət bəy neak ʔɑt rien phiesaa kmae tee.

Exercise 2B 1 2 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b

koat mien bɑɑŋ srəy tee? ʔaeŋ tɨv pteah neak naa? cav koat mneak tvəə kaa nɨv ʔae naa? cav koat ponmaan neak tvəə kaa nɨv saalaa? puu bɑŋriən phiesaa ʔəy? neak naa bɑŋriən phiesaa cən? ʔom mien koon ponmaan neak? neak naa mien koon pii neak? nihsət bəy neak riən phiesaa ʔəy? nihsət ponmaan neak riən phiesaa kmae?

Exercise 3 1 2 3 4 5 6

kee cie neak naa? pteah miiŋ kɲom sʔaat. nih cie ruup thɑɑt saalaa koat. pdəy koat nɨv kmeeŋ. puək maak ʔaeŋ mɔɔk pɛɛt kɲom. prɑpʊən koat cie ʔaameerikaŋ.

233

Key to exercises

Exercise 4 1 2 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b

nih cie ruup thɑɑt neak naa? kruəsaa noh mien koon ponmaan neak? ruup thɑɑt puk nɨv ʔae naa? ruup thɑɑt neak naa nɨv pteah taa yiey? kruu nɨŋ nisət tɨv saalaa tvəə ʔəy? kruu nɨŋ nisət tɨv naa tvəə kaa? ruup thɑɑt mdaay koat sʔaat tee? ruup thɑɑt neak naa sʔaat nah? kmeeŋ nih ʔaayuʔ ponmaan cnam? neak naa ʔaayuʔ dɑp cnam?

Exercise 5 1 baat mien 2 ʔɑt tee 3 caa sɑŋhaa nah

4 sʔaat nah 5 ʔɑt tee, mien sɑŋsaa haəy 6 baat baan

Exercise 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

koat tɨv tii kroŋ paarii haəy rɨɨ nɨv? yiey mien cav proh haəy rɨɨ nɨv? kon srəy mɔɔk pii pɛɛt haəy rɨɨ nɨv? sɑŋsaa ʔaəŋ tɨv bɑŋriən haəy rɨɨ nɨv? koat tuureaʔsap tɨv kuu dɑndəŋ haəy rɨɨ nɨv? pʔoon proh pcoap piek haəy rɨɨ nɨv?

Exercise 8 1 ◌ី 2 ◌ូ

3 េ◌ី

4 ◌ុ◌ំ

5 េ◌ោ◌ះ

7 ◌ុ◌ះ

5 ◌ះ

7 ែ◌

6 េ◌ៅ

8 ◌ឺ

9 ◌ំ

10 ◌ា

Exercise 9 1 ◌ូ 2 ◌ី

3 េ◌ោ◌ះ 4 ◌ឺ

6 ◌ុ◌ះ

8 េ◌ី

9 េ◌◌ះ

10 េ◌

234

Key to exercises

Unit 3 Exercise 1 1 2 3 4 5 6

maoŋ dap pii tŋay trɑŋ. maoŋ pram buən kɑnlah yup. maoŋ pram muəy yup kʊət. maoŋ dap kvah dap pram nietti. cuəp knie saamsiəp nietii tiət. maoŋ dap muəy dap pram nietti nɨŋ sae səp pram vinietti prɨk.

Exercise 2 1 2 3 4 5 6

sʔaek tŋay ʔaatɨt, kɲom tumnee. koat tɨɲ khao ʔaav nɨv psaa. ʔaeŋ tɨv cup liəŋ tŋay sav nih. nɨv psaa, koat daə məəl ʔəy van. cuəp kniə pii maoŋ tiət. maoŋ dɑp kvah dɑp pram nietii.

Exercise 3 1 2 3 4 5 6

knoŋ muəy ʔaatɨt mien ponmaan tŋay? tŋay can nih koat tɨv tvəə ʔəy? tŋay ʔɑŋkie prɨk mak ʔaeŋ tumnee tee? tŋay ʔaatɨt koat cih ʔəy? tŋay put koat cuəp neak naa? peel tŋay trɑŋ ʔaeŋ nɨv ʔae naa?

Exercise 4 1 ៦៨ 2 ២១០

3 ៨០ 4 ២៣

5 ១៤០០ 6 ៣០២

7 ៧៥ 8 ៤០០០

Exercise 5 1 2 3 4 5

sʔaek cie tŋay put. kɨɨ cie khae tnuu. kɨɨ cie khae ʔuʔsaʔphie. tŋay prɔhoah. cnam kraoy cnam pii poan dap pram.

235

Key to exercises

Exercise 6 1 េៅ

3 េោះ

2 បី

4 ណា

5 ឡូ

7 ដាំ

6 សុំ

8 ែផ

5 លូ

7 ទុំ

3 នាទី

4 ពីេនះ

5 puu 6 cie

7 kee 8 som

9 េៅ 10 េតើ

Exercise 7 1 លា

3 េោះ

2 ពី

4 នា

6 យុំ

8 េភ

9 េៅ

10 េទ

Exercise 8 1 ោដូ

2 ឈឺេោះ

5 េៅេនាះ

Exercise 9 1 bʔəy 2 taa

3 nɨv 4 ceh

Unit 4 Exercise 1 1 2 3 4 5 6

tŋay tŋay tŋay tŋay tŋay tŋay

can tɨv naa? ʔaŋkie cuəp neak naa? put mien nat ponmaan moaŋ? prɑhoah yaaŋ mec? sok tvəə ʔəy? sav trəv tɨɲ ʔəy?

Exercise 2 1 2 3 4 5 6

mak kɑmpuŋ niʔyiey cie muəy kɲom. koat kɑmpuŋ ɲam baay nɨv haaŋ. puu kɑmpuŋ chɨɨ tmɨɲ klaŋ nah. kruu kɑmpuŋ coap bɑŋriən nihsət. kruu pɛɛt kɑmpuŋ rɔvʊəl nah nɨv kliinɨc. kee kɑmpuŋ nat knie mɔɔk kaariʔyaalay.

9 cam 10 day

236

Key to exercises

Exercise 3 1a 1b 2 3 4 5 6a 6b

koat koat haet look tŋay koat tŋay tŋay

hav neak naa tɨv cup lieŋ? hav mɨt srəy tɨv tvəə ʔəy? ʔəy koat tɨv mɨn baan? mien nat cie muəy neak naa? nih cie bon kɑmnaət neak naa? ɲam baay yaaŋ məc? sav mak yaaŋ məc? sav mak rɔvʊəl nɨv ʔae naa?

Exercise 4 1 cap pii moaŋ pram bəy rɔhoot dɑl moaŋ pram buən prɨk, kɲom tvəə kaa. 2 cap pii moaŋ pram buən rɔhoot dɑl moaŋ dɑp pii tŋay trɑŋ, kɲom riən. 3 cap pii moaŋ dɑp pii tŋay trɑŋ rɔhoot dɑl moaŋ muəy rɔsiel, kɲom ɲam baay krav. 4 cap pii moaŋ pii rɔhoot dɑl moaŋ buən lŋiec, kɲom bɑŋriən. 5 cap pii moaŋ pram rɔhoot dɑl moaŋ pram muəy lŋiec, kɲom hat kəylaa. 6 cap pii moaŋ pram bəy rɔhoot dɑl moaŋ dɑp yup, kɲom tɨv cup lieŋ.

Exercise 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

tŋay tŋay tŋay tŋay tŋay tŋay tŋay tŋay tŋay

can moaŋ pram buən prɨk, riən phiesaa kmae. can moaŋ dɑp pii tŋay trɑŋ, tɨv psaa. can moaŋ pii rɔsiəl, cuəp dɑmnaaŋ nisət. put put pram buən prɨk, cuəp kruu pɛɛt pnɛɛk. put moaŋ dɑp pii tŋay trɑŋ, nɨv saaraʔmʊəntii. put moaŋ pii rɔsiəl, cuəp nieyʊək rooŋcak. sok moaŋ pram buən prɨk, bɑŋriən phiesaa ʔɑŋkleh. sok moaŋ dɑp pii tŋay trɑŋ, baay cie muəy leekhaa. sok moaŋ pii rɔsiəl, tuureaʔsap tɨv nieyʊəkʔthaan poadəmien.

Exercise 6 1 2 3 4 5

koat tuureaʔsap tɨv kaariʔyalay. kɲom cup lieŋ nɨv pteah. look nat cuəp cie muəy dɑmnaaŋ kruu bɑŋriən. look srəy cie dɑmnaaŋ krom hun. ʔaeŋ coap rɔvʊəl nɨv kliinɨc.

237

Key to exercises

Exercise 7 1 អាច

5 ចាន

3 េដើម

7 កូន

2 បាន 4 ផង

9 ខួប

6 េកើត

10 សិន

8 េបើក

12 េពល

11 េមើល

13 ជួប

17 េលាក

15 េទៀត

19 ែមន

14 មួយ

16 េោស

18 ជូន

20 ទិញ

Unit 5 Exercise 1 1 sraa pii dɑɑp. 2 kookaa bəy kɑmpoŋ. 3 saŋ pram liit.

4 sac koo məkiiloo. 5 bɑnlae məbac. 6 skɑɑ pii kɑɲcap.

Exercise 2 1 2 3 4 5 6

tɨk sot məyuə tlay pram muəy poan riəl. ʔɑŋkɑɑ məkilo tlay buən poan riəl. sac koo məkilo tlay pram dollaa. saŋ məliit tlay mədollaa saesəp. sraa mədɑp tlay pram bəy dollaa. biiyɛɛ məkaeh tlay dɑp buən dollaa.

Exercise 3 1 2 3 4 5 6

tɨk trəy. pii kiiloo kɑnlah haəy tlay məməən riel. skɑɑ məkɑɲcɑp nɨŋ tɨk trəy mədɑɑp. pii yuə. bəy məən riəl. ʔɑt tee, prʊəh neak tɨɲ ʔaoy tuk luy sɑl.

Exercise 4 1 2 3 4 5 6

ceek məsnət nih mɨn toan tum tee. svaay thom mɨn toan pʔaem tee. krooc toc mɨn toan lʊək ʔɑh tee. puu ʔɑt toan yɔɔk ʔəvlək tɨv ʔaoy koon tee. kɲom ʔɑt toan coh tlay khatnaa ʔaoy koat tee. spey nih ʔɑt toan yɔɔk tɨv ɲam baan tee.

238

Key to exercises

Exercise 5 1 2 3 4 5 6

look yiey ɲam ceek tum haəy rɨɨ nɨv? koat tləəŋ sac moan haəy rɨɨ nɨv? bɑɑŋ lʊək ʔɑŋkɑɑ ʔɑh haəy rɨɨ nɨv? ʔaəŋ ʔaoy luy tɨv neak lʊək haəy rɨɨ nɨv? neak lʊək kɨt luy haəy rɨɨ nɨv? koat ʔɑp luy ʔaoy neak tɨɲ haəy rɨɨ nɨv?

Exercise 6 1 som cuəy tɨɲ plae chəə kɲom. 2 kɲom lʊək coh tlay ʔoy. 3 svaay tum haəy pʔaem nah.

4 sac moan koat srɑh nah. 5 ceek mɨn toan tum tee. 6 yɔɔk bɑnlae tɨv chaa tɨv.

Exercise 7 1 2 3 4 5

duck to be ripened to go down cow to request

6 7 8 9 10

to go to be sour big to locate one kilogram

Exercise 8 1 g

2 e

3 h

4 e

5 b

6 f

7 a

8 j

9 c

10 d

Exercise 9 ១ ២ ៣ ៤ ៥

យក / មក ជួយ / យក ល / េមើល បាន / េទ ែមន / េហើយ

Unit 6 Exercise 1 1 som kcɑp plae chəə nih. 2 sɑmpʊət hool mien tɑmlay nah.

៦ ៧ ៨ ៩ ១០

មិន / សល់ ទិញ / ោ លក់ / សាច់ មិន / ោន់ មួយ / មុខ

239

Key to exercises

3 4 5 6

yɔɔk svaay thom tɨv cuun look taa. kom som coh tlay tiət baan tee? soom ʔɑɲcəəɲ ʔɑŋkuy look kruu. ʔaeŋ tɨɲ krɑmaa sot ʔaoy neak naa?

Exercise 2 1 2 3 4 5 6

nɨv haaŋ lʊək voatthoʔ ʔɑʔnuhsaavaʔrii. tɨɲ rɔbɑh ʔɑʔnuhsaavaʔrii. sɑŋsaa, mdaay nɨŋ cɑv vaay. pii. pram muəy kɑɲcɑp pseeŋ pseeŋ knie. ʔaav yɨɨt ruup ʔɑŋkɔɔ.

Exercise 3 1 leek toc. 2 poa khmav. 3 cɑŋʔiət bɑntəc.

4 ʔɑt sɑm tee. 5 ʔaav yɨɨt. 6 trəv haəy.

Exercise 4 1 2 3a 3b 4 5 6a 6b

ʔaav nih mien poa ʔəy klah? khao ʔaav məsamrap nih yaaŋ məc? ʔaav sɑɑ koat sʔaat tee? ʔaav sɑɑ koat yaaŋ məc? ʔaav yɨɨt nih mien tae leek ʔəy? peel tɨɲ muək koat cool cət tvəə ʔəy? koat som lɔɔ ʔəy? koat som lɔɔ vaen taa kmav muəy naa?

Exercise 5 1 2 3 4 5 6

kɲom trəv kaa ʔaav day vɛɛŋ poa khiəv leek toc. kɲom trəv kaa sɑmpʊət kləy poa baytɑɑŋ leek kɑndaal. kɲom cɑŋ tɨɲ khao cəəŋ vɛɛŋ poa prɑpheh leek thom. kɲom cɑŋ tɨɲ khao kləy poa prɑpheh leek toc. som lɔɔ khao cəəŋ vɛɛŋ poa khiəv leek thom. som lɔɔ ʔaav ʔɑt day poa sokolaa leek kɑndaal.

240

Key to exercises

Exercise 6 1 2 3 4

ŋɔɔ vɔɔ kɔɔ yɔɔ

5 6 7 8

tɔɔ chɔɔ nɔɔ phɔɔ

9 10 11 12

lɔɔ rɔɔ tɑɑ sɑɑ

13 14 15 16

thɑɑ khɑɑ bɑɑ kɑɑ

17 18 19 20

hɑɑ cɑɑ phɑɑ ʔɑɑ

Exercise 7 ១ ២ ៣ ៤

ចុះ/ថថលៃ េចញ/លុយ េលខ/តូច េោ/ចេងអៀត

ត/ថថលៃ គិត/លុយ េលខ/កណា ដា ល េោ/រលុង

េឡើង/ថថលៃ អាប់/លុយ េលខ/ធំ េសលៃៀក/េោ

ថថលៃ/ណាស់ មាន/លុយ េលខ/ពិេសស េោ/ខលៃី

Unit 7 Exercise 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ʔaeŋ cool cət kaafee rɨɨ tae? ʔaeŋ ɲam sac rɨɨ ʔɑt? sɑŋsaa yɔɔk baay rɨɨ num pʔaŋ? paa dak skɑɑ rɨɨ tɨk dɑh koo? prɑpʊən koat tɨɲ kuy tiev rɨɨ bɑbɑɑ? mak ciən trəy rɨɨ ciən sac moan? kuu dɑndəŋ koat hav baay chaa rɨɨ kuy tiev chaa? koat ɲam baay nɨŋ cɑŋkəh rɨɨ nɨŋ slaap prie?

Exercise 2 1 2 3 4 5 6

ʔaeŋ cool cət bɑbɑɑ sɑɑ cie muəy pɔɔŋ tie ciən. miiŋ yɔɔk kaafee cie muəy tɨk dɑh koo. look taa ɲam kuy tiev nɨŋ cɑŋkəh. kruəsaa koat ɲam baay nɨŋ slaap prie. bɑɑŋ srəy tɨv psaa cie muəy koon koat. koat mien nat cie muəy kruu pɛɛt.

Exercise 3 1 ʔaeŋ ɲam baay prɨk haəy rɨɨ nɨv? 2 vie tɨv haaŋ baay cie muəy neak naa?

241

Key to exercises

3 4 5 6

mhoop ʔiitaalii yaaŋ məc? koat tvəə mhoop ʔəy klah? baay chaa nɨv haaŋ nih yaaŋ məc dae? koat nɨk cɑŋ ɲam ʔəy?

Exercise 4 1 2 3 4 5 6

kɲom hav kuy tiev chaa dak sac koo məcaan. mak cool cət ɲam tae mhoop kmae tee. vie tɨv haaŋ baay ʔiitaalii cie muəy kɲom. kruəsaa koat paav baay kɲom. ɲoam krɨəŋ saʔmot tvəə ʔaoy kɲom chɨɨ pʊəh. kmeeŋ nih hav moan ʔaŋ məcaan.

Exercise 5 1 2 3a 3b 4a 4b 5 6

som cam ponmaan nietii? sac koo chaa nih yaaŋ məc. vie ʔaoy sraa sɑɑ mədɑp tɨv neak naa? vie ʔaoy sʔəy tɨv koat? koat yɔɔk sʔəy məcaan? koat yɔɔk baay sɑɑ ponmaan caan? tŋay nih koat ʔaoy ʔaeŋ tumnee mɛɛn tee? koat rɔɔk ʔəy?

Exercise 6 1a 1b 1c 2a 2b 3a

yɔɔk sac moan ʔaŋ. yɔɔk tae sac koo ʔaŋ tee. yɔɔk teaŋ pii muk. həl nah. ʔɑt tee. tlay.

3b 4 5a 5b 6a 6b

ʔɑt tee, lʊək thaok nah. caa mɛɛn haəy. nɨŋ haəy. ʔɑt tee. yɔɔk plae chəə. yɔɔk taeŋ pii muk.

Exercise 7 3 5 9 11 13

yɔɔk lok-lak məcaan bɑnlae chaa məcaan sɑmlɑɑ mcuu sac trəy məcaan baay sɑɑ pii caan ʔɑŋkɔɔ biə pii kɑmpoŋ (tɨɲ muəy thaəm muəy)

$៥.00 $២.00 $៣.៥0 $២.00 $៣.០0

242

Key to exercises

Exercise 8 1 ◌ឆ

5 ◌ក

3 ◌ដា

7 ◌ខ

2 ◌ប 4 ◌ស

9 ◌ណ

13 ◌យ

17 ្◌

11 ◌គ

15 ◌ម

19 ◌ញ ញ

6 ◌អ

10 ◌ហ

8 ◌ផ

12 ◌ភ

14 ◌វ 16 ◌ទ

18 ◌ង 20 ◌ន

Exercise 9 1 េ្រៅ

2 េ្ោះ

3 ខញី 4 បដាី

5 ម្ូរ

7 ថ្ប

6 េ្មះ

8 ឆ្នំ

9 ្គរូ

10 លអ

Exercise 10 a ខ្ី kcəy

f ស្សា sraa

c ែខមរ kmae

h ថថលៃ tlay

b ផទះ pteah

d ែផអម pʔaem

e មហូប mhoop

g ្ជរូក cruuk

សាវយ svaay j ស្សស់ srɑh i

Unit 8 Exercise 1 1 2 3 4 5

haaŋ cieŋ kat sɑk neak nɨv psaa tməy. koat yɔɔk mootoo tɨv ʔaoy cieŋ maasiin. bɑŋ ʔaeŋ rɔɔk sii tvəə cumnuəɲ ʔaoy krom hun nih. paa koat rɔɔk sii tvəə cɑmkaa nɨv srok srae. look srəy nɨv knoŋ haaŋ cafee nih cie vihsvaʔkɑɑ.

Exercise 2a 1 2 3 4 5

neak tvəə kaaŋie ʔəy? baək haaŋ nɨv ʔae naa? ruup camlak neak lʊək yaaŋ məc? roal tŋay mien neak naa mɔɔk tɨɲ? kee cool cət ruup cɑmlak ʔəy cieŋ kee?

243

Key to exercises

Exercise 2b 1 2 3 4 5

kɲom mɨn mɛɛn cie cieŋ cɑmlak tee. ʔɑt baək haaŋ nɨv kraoy saaʔrakmuntii ciet tee. ruup cɑmlak kɲom lʊək mɨn dac tee. kmien teehsaʔcɑɑ mɔɔk tɨɲ roal tŋay tee. kee ʔɑt cool cət ruup cɑmlak ʔapsaʔraa tee.

Exercise 3a a អនកលក់ឡាន b េមផទះ

c អនកោត់េដរ d ជំនួញ

e ជាងគំនូរ

Exercise 3b 1 2 3 4 5

kɲom cie neak katdee. paa koat rɔɔk sii tvəə cumnuəɲ. ʔəyləv kɲom cie neak lʊək laan. pdəy koat tvəə cie ciəŋ komnuu. prɑpʊən kɲom cie mee pteah.

Exercise 4 tvəə cie vihsvaʔkɑɑ. nɨv krom hun ʔaekcɔɔn muəy. Sophal koat baək taksii haəy lʊək krɨəŋ sɑŋhaarəm. baan luy craən tae hɑt. cʊəy mdaay. cool cət nah, prʊəh ʔaac daə ləəŋ cie muəy pɲiəv, haəy baan hat niyiey ʔɑŋkleeh tiət. 6 baan luy təc, baan tae mərʊəh, tae sapbaay. 1 2 3 4 5

Exercise 5 1 2 3 4 5

kɲom cɑŋ tvəə cie neak kaasaet. koat mien sɑɲɲaabɑt paʔrəɲɲaabɑt. koat mien bɑt piʔsaot bɑŋriən bəy cnam. kee chup tɔtuəl piek nɨv tŋay sok kraoy. peel dak piek rɔɔk kaaŋie trəv mien prɑvoat ruup sɑŋkhaep.

244

Key to exercises

Exercise 6 1 2 3 4 5

som kom nae noam kɲom ʔaoy skoal neak cumnuəɲ nih. vihsvaʔkɑɑ noh ʔat tvəə kaa ʔaoy krom hun nih tee. neak baək taksii kmien bɑt piʔsaot craən tee. cieŋ tvəə pteah ʔat cool cət kaaŋie nih sɑh. cieŋ laan ʔat trəv rɔɔk sii krav bɑnthaem tee.

Exercise 7 1 គ្មន: do not have

6 សាគល់: to know

3 េ្ោះ: because

8 កនុង: inside

2 ្ករុម: group

7 ខ្ពស់: high, talk

4 ែស្ស: ricefield

9 េភញៀវ: guest

5 មានក់: one person

10 ធ្លៃប់: used to

Exercise 8a 1 ជាង/ោត់/េដរ

រក/សុី

កប/ណាស់

3 គ្ត់/្តរូវ

េធវើ/ោរ/ងារ/

េ្រៅ/បែនថែម

2 ហាង/លក់

ែផលៃ/េឈើ /េនះ

/មាន/អនក/ទិញ/េ្ចើន

Exercise 8b 1 ជាងោត់េដររកសុីកបណាស់។

2 ហាងលក់ែផលៃេឈើ េនះមានអនកទិញេ្ចើន។ 3 គ្ត់្តរូវេធវើោរងារេ្រៅបែនថែម។

Unit 9 Exercise 1 1 2 3 4 5 6

koat kɑmpoŋ ʔɑŋkuy cam nɨv knoŋ laan. cav vaay ʔaeŋ kɑmpoŋ chɔɔ nɨv muk kaariʔyaalay. ckae kɑmpoŋ deek nɨv kraom pteah. kɲom kɑmpoŋ dak kaasaet nɨv ləə tok ɲam baay. look taa kɑmpoŋ chɔɔ nɨv muk haaŋ saŋ. nihsət kɑmpoŋ riən nɨv coan tii pii.

245

Key to exercises

Exercise 2 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b

kom plɨc tɨv naa? kom plɨc tɨv haaŋ baay nɨv coan tii ponmaan? koat tuk tʊəhsaʔnaavatdəy nɨv ʔae naa? koat tuk sʔəy nɨv knoŋ sɑmpiey? som caol sɑmraam nɨv ʔae naa? som caol sʔəy nɨv knoŋ thuŋ nih? haaŋ lʊək siəvphɨv nɨv ʔae naa? haaŋ lʊək sʔəy nɨv kraoy haaŋ saŋ? siəvphɨv riən phiesaa nɨv ʔae naa? siəvphɨv ʔəy nɨv knoŋ laan? kɑnleaŋ tvəə kaa nɨv ʔae naa? kɑnleaŋ ʔəy nɨv coap saalaa?

Exercise 3 1 2 3 4 5

pii pteah khɲom baək trɑŋ tɨv psaa. nɨv kac cruŋ psaa, bɑt sdam. som chup nɨv khaaŋ muk saaraʔmʊəntii pram nietii. baək pii pləv, ruəc bat cveeŋ nɨv pləəŋ stop. kaariʔyaalay nɨv tʊəl muk haaŋ baay.

Exercise 4 1 2 3 4 5 6

The The The The The The

market is in the center of the city. school is on the west side of the market. restaurant is in between the school and the market. hospital is on the east of the market. house is on the north of the market. office is on the south of the market.

Exercise 5 1 េលើ # េ្ោម

5 េ្វង # សាដាំ

3 េ្រៅ # កនុង

7 ឆ្ងយ # ជិត

2 បត់ # េៅ្តង់ 4 េ្ោយ # មុខ

6 ទិសោងេកើត # ទិសោងលិច 8 យឺត # េលឿន

246

Key to exercises

Exercise 6 1 សុច ំ ះុ េៅោងមុខសាលា។ 2 សុំេដើរេលឿនៗ។ 3 សុំបត់េ្វង។

4 សុំឈប់ទីេនះ។ 5 សុំេបើកយឺតៗ។

Unit 10 Exercise 1 1 2 3 4 5a 5b

nɨv srok kmae mien ponmaan rɔdəv? rɔdəv ʔəy klah? nɨv srok neak ʔaakaasaʔthiet yaaŋ məc nɨv rɔdəv praŋ? neak cool cɨt rɔdəv ʔəy cieŋ kee? nɨv ʔaalaaskaa, peel prɨl tleak ʔaakaasaʔthiet yaaŋ məc? kmae tvəə srae cɑmkaa nɨv rɔdəv ʔəy? kmae tvəə ʔəy nɨv rɔdəv voahsaa?

Exercise 2 1 trɑceak nah. 2 kdav nah. 3 buən rɔdəv.

4 srɑh sʔaat nah. 5 mɨn dael tee.

Exercise 3 1 prʊəh steah luu. 2 prʊəh ʔɑh saŋ. 3 prʊəh ʔɑt baay mətŋay.

4 prʊəh plɨc ʔaav rɔŋie. 5 prʊəh pliəŋ tlaek pɨɲ məkhae.

Exercise 4 1 2 3 4 5

pliəŋ tleak klaŋ yaaŋ nih steah luu haəy. mootoo rɔlʊət theak mɨn cheh. peel reaŋ pliəŋ təəp kɲom tɨv pteah baan. nɨv rɔdəv pliəŋ yəəŋ trəv mien ʔaav pliəŋ rɨɨ chat. tŋay nih tɨk lɨc pləv nɨv tii kroŋ pnum pɨɲ.

Exercise 5 1 ʔɑt tleak ponmaan tee. 2 ʔɑt mien ponmaan tee. 3 ʔɑt tlay ponmaan tee.

4 ʔɑt cɑŋ ponmaan tee. 5 ʔɑt toan soam ponmaan tee. 6 ʔɑt steah ponmaan tee.

Key to exercises

Exercise 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

srok ʔaeŋ mien prɨl nɨŋ tɨk kɑɑk tee? pii mun vie dael khəəɲ sɑʔmot tee? peel kdav klaŋ ʔaeŋ kuə tae peak ʔey? bɑntup nih trəv mien ʔey? peel rɔŋie koat cool cət tvəə ʔey? peel prɨl tleak vie lɛɛŋ tvəə ʔey?

Exercise 7 1 2 3 4 5

tŋay nih meek srɑlah sʔaat lʔɑɑ nah. sbaek cəəŋ kɑɑ vɛɛŋ nih mɨn tlay ponmaan tee. koat ban ʔaoy tae mien prɨl craən daəmbəy tɨv leeŋ skɨɨ. neak srae ban ʔaoy mien pliəŋ daəmbəy tvəə srae. bɑɑrəteeh mɨn toan soam nɨŋ rɔdəv kdav nɨv srok kmae tee.

Unit 11 Exercise 1 1 kɲom cuən kaal crieŋ karaʔoʔkhee, cuən kaal roam. 2 peel tumnee cuən kaal kɲom məəl tuureaʔtʊəh, cuən kaal məəl siəvphɨv. 3 look kruu cuən kaal hat keylaa, cuən kaal thɑɑt ruup. 4 koat cuən kaal cih mootoo dup tɨv saalaa, cuən kaal cih kɑŋ. 5 nihsət cuən kaal hav kuy tiev, cuən kaal hav baay chaa. 6 koon koat cuən kaal ɲam kaareɛm, cuən kaal ɲam plae chəə.

Exercise 2 1 2 3 4 5

tŋay sav, koat mɨn səv tɨv tvəə kaa tee. vie tɨv daə leeŋ cie muəy puək maak cie nɨc. peel vie sapbaay cət, kon proh kɲom taeŋ tae criəŋ cɑmriəŋ nih. kon srəy koat mɨn səv tumloap daə tɨɲ ʔəyvan roal tŋay ʔaatɨt tee. koat taeŋ tae sdap cɔmriəŋ bɑndaə hat praan bɑndaə.

247

248

Key to exercises

Exercise 3 1 2 3 4 5

kɲom tumloap tɨv hat praan riəŋ roal tŋay. koon koat cool cət leeŋ bal teah. puək yəəŋ tɨv rʊət leeŋ nɨv staad ʔoolampɨk. vie toat bal lʔɑɑ cieŋ kee bɑmphot. koat cool cət cih kaŋ taam pləv tooc cieŋ kee.

Exercise 4 1 សាតាប់ចេ្មៀង

to listen to music

3 ពួកមា៉ា ក

friend

5 ហាត់្បាណ

to exercise (work out)

2 រត់េលឿន

4 បាល់ោត់ 6 សទូច្តី

to run fast soccer to fish (with a line)

Exercise 5 1 2 3 4 5 6

koat tɨv psaa daəmbəy tɨɲ mhoop. riən ʔɑŋkleeh daəmbəy rɔɔk kaaŋie tməy. vie sɑmʔaat pteah daəmbəy ʔaoy mday sapbaay cət. hɑɑt keylaa daəmbəy sokphiep. vie tvəə kaa bɑntheam daəmbəy rɔɔk luy krav. koat keeŋ ʔaoy cʔaet daəmbəy ʔaoy mien kɑmlaŋ.

Exercise 6 1 ោរងាររដ្ឋ kaaŋie roat

2 ្ករុមហ៊ុនឯកជន krom hum ʔaekaʔcɔɔn

3 ែថរកសាសួនចបារ thae reaksaa suən cbaa

4 េគងេអាយែ្អត keeŋ ʔaoy cʔaet

5 គួអង់ េគលៃស ʔɑŋkleeh

Exercise 7 1 2 3 4 5

koat mien cɑmnɑŋ cɑmnool cət tvəə kaaŋie bɑnthaem. koat mien kumnɨt bɑŋriən kuə phiesaa ʔɑŋkleeh. srəy nih sɑnsɑm luy daə mbəy tɨɲ pteah. ʔaeŋ mɨn mɔɔk kɑɑ daoy kɑɑ kɲom nɨv tae cam. teehsaʔcɑɑ cool cət thɑɑt ruup praasaat ɑŋkɔɔ voat.

Key to exercises

Unit 12 Exercise 1a 1 baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah, kɲom tɨv crieŋ karaoke nɨv baa taam moat tʊənlee. 2 baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah, puək yəəŋ cool məəl saaraʔmʊəntii ciet. 3 baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah, pɲiəv bɑɑrətəəh cool cət tɨv keeŋ sɑmraak nɨv moat saʔmot. 4 baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah, neak dɑmnaə tiɲ sɑmbot cool veaŋ nɨv tŋay can. 5 baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah, cih tuuk daə leeŋ taam moat tʊənlee sapbaay nah.

Exercise 1b 1a baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah, neak tɨv crieŋ karaoke nɨv ʔae naa? 1b baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah, neak tɨv tvəə ʔəy nɨv baa taam moat tʊənlee? 2a baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah, puək neak tvəə ʔəy? 2b baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah, puək neak cool məəl ʔəy? 3a baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah, pɲiəv bɑɑrətəəh cool cət tɨv keeŋ sɑmraak nɨv ʔae naa? 3b baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah, neak naa cool cət tɨv keeŋ sɑmraak nɨv moat saʔmot? 4a baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah, neak naa tiɲ sɑmbot cool veaŋ nɨv tŋay can? 4b baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah, neak dɑmnaə tiɲ sɑmbot cool veaŋ nɨv tŋay naa? 5a baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah, cih ʔəy daə leeŋ taam moat tʊənlee sapbaay nah? 5b baə sən cie mien ʔaokaah, cih tuuk daə nɨv ʔae naa sapbaay nah?

Exercise 2 1 2 3 4 5

bɑɑrəteeh cool cət daə leeŋ knoŋ tii kroŋ daəmbəy tiɲ ʔəvan. kɲom cɑŋ tvəə dɑmnaə tɨv leeŋ nɨv bɑɑrəteeh. puu kɲom cool cət dam bɑnlae knoŋ suən cbaa nah. neak dɑmnaə tɨv siəm riep daəmbəy məəl praasaat boʔraan kmae. baə sən cie mien luy kɲom cɑŋ tɨv riən nɨv ʔəərop mdɑɑŋ.

249

250

Key to exercises

Exercise 3a 1 2 3 4 5

paa mɨn tloap tvəə dɑmnaaə taam yʊən hah tee. bɑɑŋ srəy mɨn dael cuəl laan krom hun tee. cih kaanot mɨn dael mien soʔvatphiep tee. koat mɨn tloap baək laan ptoal kluən tɨv leeŋ saʔmot tee. teehsɑʔcɑɑ mɨn dael cuəl mootoo cih daə leeŋ knoŋ tii roon tee.

Exercise 3b 1 2 3 4a 4b 5a 5b

paa mɨn tloap tvəə dɑmnaaə taam ʔəy? bɑɑŋ srəy mɨn dael cuəl ʔəy? cih kaanot mɨn dael mien ʔəy? koat mɨn tloap baək laan ptoal kluən tɨv naa? koat mɨn tloap baək ʔəy tɨv leeŋ saʔmot? teehsɑʔcɑɑ mɨn dael cuəl ʔəy cih daə leeŋ knoŋ tii kroŋ? teehsɑʔcɑɑ mɨn dael cuəl mootoo tvəə ʔəy?

Exercise 4 1 2 3 4 5

nɨv srok kmae kee craən cih laan cnuəl tɨv khaet nie nie. prʊəh vie mien soʔvatphiep nɨŋ ŋiey sruəl nah. kɲom mɨn cool cət tvəə dɑmnaə taam laan cnuəl tee. prʊəh kɲom pul laan. nɨv pnum pɨɲ, koat ʔɑt hien cih mootoo dup tee, prʊəh klaac mien krʊəh tnak.

Exercise 5 1 2 3 4 5 6

tlay prɑhael haasəp dollaa. baat baan, tae som cam mphey nietii. tlay prɑhael mərɔɔy dɑp dollaa sɑmrap mneak. sɑmrap tɨv mɔɔk tlay prɑhael pii rɔɔy mphey dollaa. baat baan, tae trəv bɑŋ tlay bɑnthaem. cuəl tuuk cih daə leeŋ taam moat tʊənlee tlay prɑhael saamsəp dollaa.

251

Key to exercises

Exercise 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

koat hav taaksii cih tɨv viel kaʔpal hah. kɲom skoal sɑnthaakie thoak noh. look kruu noam nisət daə leeŋ taam moat tʊənlee. vie cuəl kaŋ cih pii tŋay. teehsaʔcɑɑ cool cət tvəə dɑmnaə kɑmsaan tɨv srok kmae. koat klaac mien krʊəh tnak peel baək laan lɨən peek.

Exercise 7 1 ពុលឡាន

carsick

3 េដើរេលង

to go for a stroll

2 សំរាក

to rest

4 ជាមួយ

with

5 បាយេ្រៅ

to eat out

7 ដូចជា

such as

6 បានេៅ

to have gone

8 ជិះទូក

to ride a boat

Exercise 8 1 េពលយប់ # េពលថថង

4 យឺត # េលឿន

3 កនុងស្សរុក # េ្រៅស្សរុក

6 ឈប់សំរាក # េធវើោរ

2 ទី្ករុង # ស្សរុកែស្ស

5 េចញ # ចូល

Exercise 9 1 េលាកេបើកឡានតូច។ 2 គ្ត់ជួលឡានធំ។

3 កូនគ្ត់េរៀនេៅបរេទស។

4 ឡានឈប់ពីរដង។

5 វាជិះកង់េៅសាលា។

Unit 13 Exercise 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

cuəy cuəy cuəy cuəy cuəy cuəy cuəy cuəy

hav taaksii ʔaoy kɲom phɑɑŋ. bɑɑk prae liʔkhət clɑɑŋ daen ʔaoy kɲom phɑɑŋ. bɑŋriən nihsət ʔaoy kɲom phɑɑŋ. sɑnsɑm luy ʔaoy kɲom phɑɑŋ. thɑɑt ruup teehsaʔphiep ʔaoy kɲom phɑɑŋ. tɨɲ tɨk sot pii yuə ʔaoy kɲom phɑɑŋ. dam baay ʔaoy kɲom phɑɑŋ. bɑmpɨɲ sɑmbot snaam ʔaoy kɲom phɑɑŋ.

252

Key to exercises

Exercise 2 1 2 3 4 5 6

cɔɔn ciet ʔɑŋkleeh cih yʊən hɑh tɨv leeŋ siəm reap. kɲom cuəy tɨɲ sɑmbot laan kruŋ ʔaoy puək mak ʔaameerikaŋ. peel tvəə dɑmnaə trəv mien liʔkhət clɑɑŋ daen cuəp kluən. nihsət trəv mien sɑmbot bɑɲceak pii saalaa daəmbəy cool riən. look nieyʊək pɛɛt som doo sɑmbot yʊən hɑh. paa ʔɑnkuy cam kɲom nɨv preah lien yʊən prɑhael kɑnlah moaŋ.

Exercise 3 1 2 3 4 5

look nieyʊək ʔɑŋcəəɲ tɨv krom hun teehsɑʔcɑɑ. sɑnthaakie nih mien bɑntup thaok haəy mien dɑŋhal tiət. kom kɑk bɑntup nɨv sɑnthaakie nih prʊəh kmien sevaa ʔlɑɑ tee. bɑntup sɑmrap kruəsaa mien bɑntup tɨk baep ʔəərop. look tuk bɑntup kɑk nih sɑmrap neak dɑmnaə bɑɑrəteeh.

Exercise 4 1 េោក # ថថលៃ

5 មុន # េ្ោយ

3 ឆ្ងយ # ជាប់

7 ចុះ # េឡើង

2 េចាល # ទុក 4 េចញេៅ # ចូលមក

6 ឈរ # អងគុយ 8 ហាម # េអាយ

Exercise 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

neak bɑnraə. ʔɑt tee, prʊəh vie thum klən baarəy bɑntəc. tuurəʔsap teak tɔɔŋ nɨŋ kaariʔyaalay sɑnthaakie. bae muk tɨv moat sɑʔmot, thom haəy sʔaat nah. nɨv khaaŋ cveeŋ day kɑnleaŋ tɔtuəl pɲiəv. baək pii moaŋ pram pɨl tɨv moaŋ pram buən prɨk. nɨv coan tii pram bəy nai ʔaakie nih. trəv teak tɔɔŋ kaariʔyaalay nɨv khaaŋ kroam. mien seevakam lʔɑɑ nah.

Exercise 6 1 ហឹបអីវា៉ាន់

luggage, bag, suitcase

3 កែនលៃងទទួលេភញៀវ

reception office, living room

2 កែនលៃងែហលទឹក

swimming pool

253

Key to exercises

4 េពញចិតដា

5 ធុំកិលៃនបារ ី

to satisfy, to be pleased smell of cigarettes

Exercise 7 1 2 3 4 5 6

mun peel cəɲ dɑmnaə trəv bɑɲceak sɑmbot yʊən hɑh. koat cɑŋ baan kavʔəy coap bɑŋʔuəc. som cuəy bɑɲceak sɑmbot yʊən hɑh ʔaoy kɲom. yəəŋ cool cet bɑntup mien maasiin trɑceak. kɲom trəv kaa bɑntup haam cʊək baarəy. sɑnthaakie nih kmien bɑntup tɨk baep ʔəərop tee.

Exercise 8 1 អនកដំេណើរចូលចិតតាបនទប់ធំ។ 2 អនកបំេរ ើមកយកហឹបអីវា៉ាន់។

3 បនទប់ថីេម នះមានយ៉ាអងគុយេលង។ 4 េយើងសុំោក់ទងោរ ិយ៉ា ល័យ។

5 េភញៀវេទសចរសានក់េៅសណា ្ឋ គ្រែខមរ។ 6 បនទប់កក់េៅធុំកិន លៃ បារ ីេទៀត។

Unit 14 Exercise 1 1 2 3 4 5

mien krʊəh tnak mootoo haəy rɔloat day cəəŋ. vɨl muk, hiə sɑmbao, kdav kluən, cʊəŋkʊəŋ coam haəy haəm tiət. məəl muk rɔbuəh, piʔnit bɑmpʊəŋ kɑɑ haəy sdap truuŋ vie. kaət cumŋɨɨ pdaahsaay haəy trəv leep tnam mətŋay məkroap. ʔɑt tee, prʊəh kruu pɛɛt thaa ʔaoy vie khɑm ɲam nɨŋ phək tɨk ʔaoy baan crean, vie chap cie haəy.

Exercise 2a 1 2 3 4 5 6

koat baek kbaal prʊək mien krʊəh tnak mootoo. poolih phaak koat prʊəh ʔat peak soʔvɑɑtphiep. kmeeŋ nih duəl rɔloat day cəəŋ prʊəh rʊət liən peek. paa ɲam baan tae bɑbɑɑ prʊəh rɔliek bɑmpʊəŋ kɑɑ. koat leep tnam məkroap prʊəh vɨl muk haəy cɨɨ kbaal. puu hav laan tɨk ʔaoy mɔɔk pʊənlʊət pləəŋ.

254

Key to exercises

Exercise 2b 1 2 3 4 5 6

haet haet haet haet haet haet

ʔəy ʔəy ʔəy ʔəy ʔəy ʔəy

baan baan baan baan baan baan

cie cie cie cie cie cie

koat baek kbaal? poolih phaak koat? kmeeŋ nih duəl rɔloat day cəəŋ? paa ɲam baan tae bɑbɑɑ? koat leep tnam məkroap? puu hav laan tɨk?

Exercise 3 1 prʊəh mae koat chɨɨ nɨv pɛɛt. 2 mɨn sruəl kluən, chɨɨ kbaal, kdav kluən, haəy baan duəl sɑnlɑp bɑt smɑɑdəy. 3 hav laan sɑŋkruəh bɑntoan. 4 koat ʔɑnkuy nɨv bɑntup sɑŋkruəh bɑntoan. 5 pii tɨv bəy ʔɑɑtɨt. 6 thaa ʔɑoy vie chup yom. thaa mdaay vie phot pii kruək tnɑk tŋʊən, haəy bɑntəc tiət koat nɨŋ mɔɔk pteah vɨɲ.

Exercise 4b 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

taa dae mɨn baan, prʊəh chɨɨ cəəŋ. kɲom mɨn hien ɲam baay, prʊəh mien cumŋɨɨ riek. puu trəv tɑm skaa, prʊəh mien cumŋɨɨ tɨk noom pʔaem. nihsət som tɨv bɑŋkʊən, prʊəh chɨɨ pʊəh. look mɨn trəv khəŋ craən, prʊəh mien cumŋɨɨ ləəh chiem. paa tvəə dɑmnae tɨv srok krav mɨn baan, prʊəh mien cumŋɨɨ rɔbeɛŋ. koat sɑɑsee mɨn baan, prʊəh bak day. vie mɨn tɨv saalaa, prʊəh pdaahsaay.

Exercise 4c 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

haet haet haet haet haet haet haet haet

ʔəy ʔəy ʔəy ʔəy ʔəy ʔəy ʔəy ʔəy

baan baan baan baan baan baan baan baan

cie cie cie cie cie cie cie cie

taa dae mɨn baan? ʔaeŋ mɨn hien ɲam? puu trəv tɑm skaa? nihsət som tɨv bɑŋkʊən? look mɨn trəv khəŋ craən? paa tvəə dɑmnae tɨv srok krav mɨn baan? koat sɑɑsee mɨn baan? vie mɨn tɨv saalaa?

Key to exercises

Exercise 5 1 2 3 4 5

koat yɔɔk sɑmbot tɨɲ tnam tɨv haaŋ lʊək tnam. koat trəv laan bok baek kbaal hoo chiem kuə ʔaoy klaac. bɑɑŋ srəy kɲom mien ptey pʊəh pram khae haəy. neak mien cumŋɨɨ beh dooŋ trəv kee bɑɲcuun tɨv bɑntup veah kat. cnam nih kmeeŋ sdap craen bɑndaal mɔɔk pii cumŋɨɨ krun caɲ.

Exercise 6b 1 ជមងឺ្គរុន្មបណា ដា លមកពីមូសោលៃោំ។

2 េលាកយយបាក់េជើងអងគុយចាំកុងេរៅអី ន រញ ុ ។ 3 េគបញូ្ នេកមងែបកកបាលេៅបនទប់្ុះេអកូ លៃ ។ 4 េភញៀវេទសចរេៅគលៃីនិចឯកជនេមើលរបួស។

5 រាល់្ពឹកេលាកតាចូលចិតតាញ ុ ំោនំវ ីតាមីន។ 6 មាដាយេលាកមានជមងឺេលើស្ម។

Exercise 6c 1 ជមងឺ្គរុន្មបណា ដា លមកពីអី?

2 េលាកយយបាក់េជើងអងគុយចាំេៅឯណា? 3 េគបញូ្ នេកមងែបកកបាលេៅណា?

4 េភញៀវេទសចរេៅគលៃីនិចឯកជនេធវើអី? 5 រាល់្ពឹកេលាកតាចូលចិតតាេធវើអី? 6 មាដាយេលាកមានជមងឺអី?

Unit 15 Exercise 1 1 2 3 4 5 6

soom tooh, kɲom cɑŋ pɲaə kaat postaal tɨv kaanaadaa? kɲom trəv kaa sraom sɑmbot nɨŋ taem sɑmrap sɑmbot nih? pɲaə sɑmbot bəy nih tɨv ceaʔpon ʔɑh ponmaan? kɲom cɑŋ pɲaə kɑɲcɑp ʔəyvan nih tɨv srok ʔɑŋkleeh? soom look tləŋ sɑmbot nih ʔaoy kɲom baan tee? kɲom mɨn cɑŋ bat ʔəyvan, taə trəv tvəə yaaŋ məc?

255

256

Key to exercises

Exercise 2 1 2 3 4 5

trəv trəv trəv trəv trəv

tɨv praysaʔnii. pɲaə taam rəɨkommɑɑŋdee. kcɑp cie kɑɲcɑp haəy ʔaoy kee tləŋ nɨv praysaʔnii. yɔɔk tɨv tleŋ nɨv praysaʔnii. mien ʔaasaʔyatthaan yəəŋ.

Exercise 3 1 2 3 4 5

krav pii ʔaasaʔyatthaan nɨv ləə sraom trəv mien taem. daəmbəy pɲaə sɑmbot yəəŋ trəv tɨv praysaʔnii. yəəŋ trəv yɔɔk kɑɲcap pɲaə tɨv ʔaoy kee tləŋ nɨv praysaʔnii. daəmbəy pɲaə ʔəyvan pseeŋ pseeŋ trəv kcɑp cie kɑɲcap. baə mɨn klaac ʔəyvan bat tee, trəv pɲaə taam rəɨkommɑɑŋdee.

Exercise 4 1 2 3 4 5 6

kɲom tɨv ATM daəmbəy dɑɑk prak/luy. koat taeŋ tae doo luy dollaa nɨv theaʔniekie. soom cam məplɛɛt, theaʔniekie baək tvie ʔəyləv haəy. neak mien kaat sɑmkoal kluən tee? kɲom cie teehsaʔcɑɑ, som praə liʔkət claŋ daen baan tee? nih luy doo, roap məəl krup tee?

Exercise 5 1 បា៉ា ខញំុជាអនកេផញើ្បាក់ឱយខញំុ។

2 ខញំុេៅដកលុយពីធនាគ្រ។

3 ដាក់លុយេៅធនាគ្រ្តរូវមានេសៀវេៅធនាគ្រ។ 4 េតាះ េៅេ្រៅជាមួយខញុំមួយែភលៃត ។ 5 េនះលុយដូរ សុំរាប់ េមើល្គប់េទ?

6 សុំដូរលុយ៥០ដុ លាលៃរជាលុយេរៀល។

Key to exercises

Exercise 6 D tŋay nih, kɲom tɨv dɑɑk luy nɨv theaʔniekie. A nɨv theaʔniekie dɑmbooŋ kɲom trəv cap leek. E peel kee hav dɑl leek kɲom, kɲom tɨv cuəp bokkeaʔlɨk theaʔniekie. F kɲom trəv bɑŋhaaɲ kaat sɑmkoal kluən tɨv bokkeaʔlɨk theaʔniekie. C kɲom tɔtuəl luy pii bokkeaʔlɨk theaʔniekie. B kɲom roap luy məəl krup haey, kɑɑ lei bokkeaʔlɨk theaʔniekie.

Exercise 7 1 ផសារេនះមានមា៉ា សុីន ATM េទ? 2 ខញំុេដើររកកែនលៃងដូរលុយ ។

3 ១០ដុលាលៃរបានលុយែខមរប៉ាុនាមនេរៀល? 4 សុំេអាយជាសនលៃឹក៤០០០េរៀល។ 5 េនះលុយដូរសុំរាប់ េមើល្គប់េទ?

6 េលាក្តរូវបាន្បាក់កំថរេ្រៅពីរភាគរយ។

Exercise 8 1 អនកណាបាននាំខំុញេៅេបើកកុងេៅធនាគ្រ?

2 ថថងេនះខញុំេៅដកលុយពីធនាគ្រេ្ោះខវះចាយ។ 3 គ្ត់ហុចោតសំគ្ល់ខួនេៅអន លៃ កណា?

4 េលាកយកោត ATM េៅដកលុយពីមា៉ាសុីនណាមួយ?

5 េពលេធវើដំេណើរេៅស្សរុកេ្រៅ្តរូវមានលិខិត្លៃងែដន។ 6 គ្ត់ឈរបនតាកនទុយេដើមបីទិញសំបុ្តចូល។ 7 ថថងេនះមួយដុលាលៃរបានប៉ាុនាមនេរៀល?

8 គ្ត់េៅដូរលុយេៅធនាគ្រេដើមបីទិញសំបុ្តយនដាេហាះ។ 9 េទសចរសុំដូរលុយដុ លាលៃរអាេមរ ិោំងជាលុយែខមរ។

10 េបើដូរ២០០ដុ លាលៃរបានប៉ាុនាមនជាលុយែខមរ?

257

Translations of dialogues

Unit 6 Dialogue 1: At a souvenir shop A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Hello sir, please come in. I want to buy gifts for some friends back home. Are they women or men? They are for my fiancé, my mom, and my boss. Here are silk scarves, silk textiles with traditional patterns, plain silk fabrics, and sculptures. Wonderful, are these things made in Cambodia? Yes. What would you like to get, sir? Two silk scarves, one silk cloth with a traditional pattern, one Apsara sculpture, and this wall painting. These souvenirs are very precious because they are all handmade. Please wrap them up in separate packages. Please have an Angkor Wat souvenir T-shirt on me. Thanks.

Dialogue 2: At a clothing store A: B: A: C: B: A: B: C:

Hello, what would you two like to buy? We want to buy a set of clothes for each of us. What size are you? A small for the short-sleeved blouse, and a medium for the skirt. Could you measure me? Because I am larger than I was before. A large for both the shirt and the pants. What colors do you like? I will take the white long-sleeved shirt and gray pants. Red for the blouse and black for the skirt. Do you have a dressing room?

Translations of dialogues

A: B: A: C: A: B:

Yes. Here are your clothes to try on. The shirt fits well but the pants are a bit tight. Do you have a size larger? For the XL pants, we have only black. Wow, these clothes look good on both of us. Please take them all, I’ll reduce the price by 10%. Thank you very much.

Unit 7 Dialogue 1: Eating breakfast at a friend’s house A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

What do you want to eat this morning? Please give me some coffee first. Black coffee or coffee with milk? Black coffee with a lot of sugar. Do you want rice soup or noodle soup? Do you have rice soup with fish? I have only plain rice soup with salted dried-fish or fried duck egg. I would like plain rice soup with fried duck egg. How about you? I prefer cold rice and grilled dried-fish. Now I am very hungry.

Dialogue 2: Choosing a restaurant A: B: A: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Phanna, are you hungry? I’m starving; I have not eaten anything since this morning. Do you want to eat at home or go out? What kind of food? Chinese food, Thai food, or Italian food? I feel like Italian food. But I like Thai food, especially seafood salad. Thai food is spicy; it gives me a stomachache. In that case, let’s go to a Cambodian restaurant. It’s less expensive and delicious. Let’s go, but you’re paying.

259

260

Translations of dialogues

Dialogue 3: Ordering food A: B: C: A: B: C: B: C: A: C: B: B: A:

Do you have a table free for two? Can I see the menu? Sir, what dishes do you want? Phanna, please order food for me. I will take grilled chicken, fish salad, and sour soup. What meat would you like in the sour soup? Pork and also I’d like a plate of stir-fried vegetables. Plain rice or fried rice? Do you have brown rice? Yes. What drinks would you like? A can of beer and a glass of white wine. For dessert we would like fruit and ice cream. Please bring the food quickly. We don’t have a lot of time. Thank you.

Unit 8 Dialogue 1: Discussion about work A: B: A: C: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Eh, have we met before? Of course, at the business school five years ago. Oh Vanna, please let me introduce my wife. I am Sokhom. I am pleased to meet you. I am his business partner. So, what profession are you in? We have opened a tailor shop. How is business? Oh it is very successful, because Sokhom is a very popular seamstress. How about you? I stopped working for the government, and opened a fruit store behind Soriya Mall. How is the business? It is going pretty well. I make more money than I did working for someone else. Of course, we need to work doing what we enjoy. I like this type of work very much.

Translations of dialogues

Dialogue 2: Part-time jobs A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: B: A:

Hello friend, I haven’t seen you for a long time. How are you doing? I am just fine. Where are you working now, Vanna? I work as an engineer for a private company. How about you, Sophal? I am still working as a teacher, but the salary is very low; I have to take on part-time work as well. Oh, so what part-time work do you do? I drive a taxi and, when there are no customers, I help my mom selling furniture. How is the taxi job? I really like it, because I take guests around, and I practice speaking English as well. Then why don’t you quit your teaching job? Driving a taxi is fun but it is just to survive. As an engineer, your salary must be high, isn’t it? Private jobs pay more, but it is very tiring.

Dialogue 3: Applying for a job A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: B: A: B:

Hello. Is this school looking for English teachers? Yes, that’s right. How many teachers? We need two. What qualifications are required? You need a Bachelor’s or Master’s in English language. What about experience? You need at least two years of teaching experience. When is the application deadline? Next Monday. Please bring a resumé and a photo as well. Thank you very much. Goodbye. Goodbye.

261

262

Translations of dialogues

Unit 9 Dialogue 1: Asking about a location A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Hey, Dara what are you looking for right now? Sokha, have you seen my shoulder bag? Oh, I am so sorry. I aired the bag outside the house. What about my magazine that was on the table? I threw it away in the waste basket. By the way, do you know of a laundromat nearby? There is one nearby, but it is a bit expensive. It is next to the ABC Bookstore. What about a cheaper one? It’s further away, behind the Total petrol station. Thank you. I will go to the cheaper one.

Dialogue 2: Giving directions A: B: B: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A:

Excuse me, uncle. I want to go to the Central Market. Which way do I go? From the museum, you turn left and walk to the west, along street #178. At the corner of Boulevard Preah Norodom, you turn right and walk straight north toward Wat Phnom. Arriving at the corner of street #130, turn right at the traffic lights. Approximately how many streets will I pass? You will pass about three streets. How many minutes will it take me to walk? If you walk fast, it takes about 15 minutes; and about half-an-hour if you walk slowly. Which side is the Central Market? The Central Market is in front of you. Thank you. Goodbye.

Translations of dialogues

Dialogue 3: Giving location and directions A: B: A: B: A:

A: A: B: A: A: B: A:

Excuse me, how much do you want for a three-hour ride in your tuktuk? Fifteen dollars, sir. Fine. We want to stop at many places to take pictures. OK, where do you want to go? From here, please go to the Independence Monument. Stop and I will take pictures there. Then we will drive by the garden on Sihanouk Boulevard. Please drive slowly along the river bank. I want to stop for half an hour in front of the Royal Palace. After that, go to Wat Phnom. I want to go up to take pictures for another half an hour. Can you wait? OK, where to next after that? We want to go to the Central Market. Please drop us at the eastern entrance. Then wait for us at the western entrance. Yes, sir, I’ll wait there; then I’ll take you back to your hotel. Great! Let’s get in and start our journey.

Unit 10 Dialogue 1: Weather in Cambodia and England A: B: B: A: A: B: A: B: A: B: A:

The weather here is very hot now. How about in your country? In England, the weather is beautiful because it is springtime. How many seasons are there in Cambodia? There are two seasons: the dry season and the rainy season. How about in England, how many seasons are there? There are four seasons: autumn, winter, spring, and summer. What is the winter like? In winter, there is snow and it is very cold. Wow, that’s very special! I have never seen snow. How about the rainy season in Cambodia? It rains a lot, sometimes it rains all day. It is when farmers begin farming as well.

263

264

Translations of dialogues

Dialogue 2: The rain in Phnom Penh A: B: A: B: A: B:

A: B: A:

It’s raining so hard! A moment ago the sky was clear! Yes. How am I going to get home? I don’t even have a raincoat. You can go with me, I have an umbrella and a raincoat. It is OK. I will wait for a while, my father will come and get me. I don’t like the rain! Every time it rains the roads flood, the traffic gets bogged down, and the drains get blocked. The other day my motorbike died, I could not start it. I waded through water and dragged it along, until I got to the repair shop; it was exhausting. There! Your father is here! Ah, the rain has stopped, just in time. I am going now! OK, goodbye, see you tomorrow.

Dialogue 3: Winter in New York A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A:

This morning, it snowed a lot, I was so cold! It’s not that cold! I pray for a lot more snow because I am too lazy to go to school. It is this cold, and you still say it is normal for you? This week, do you want to make a snow mound for fun or go skiing up in the mountains? I am not going, I will freeze to death. Don’t worry; just put on a thick coat, gloves and boots. It will no longer be cold. No, it is still freezing; I am not used to the weather here yet. You ought to go because it is your first time and you can play in the snow. Well, OK then. Let’s go this week.

Translations of dialogues

Unit 11 Dialogue 1: Favorite activities A: B: A: B:

A: B: A:

B: A:

Hello Navy. Where are you going after work? Today, I want to go shopping. And you, what do you like to do when you’re free? In my free time I like to watch TV, or lie down and listen to music while also reading a book. So, you’re different from me. I rarely stay at home. I like to go to the market, shopping, eat out, or to go out to have fun with friends. So, you go out every weekend, do you? Of course, I always go out on my days off. Do you just stay home? No. I like to get fresh air at the river bank; sometimes, I go exercising in front of the Royal Palace or walk around taking pictures. Oh is that right! Do you want to go shopping with me? OK, let’s wait until after work; then we’ll go together.

Dialogue 2: Sport activities A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Hello there my friend! You’re running faster than anyone, I almost could not catch up with you. Oh Virak! You’re jogging at this stadium as well? Yes. Sometimes I run here. How about you? I normally jog here every afternoon. Didn’t you know I play volleyball on Monday afternoon and soccer on Wednesday afternoon? No wonder I could not reach you when I called your house, each time they told me you had left to play ball already. That’s right. I prefer playing soccer the most. Here take this bottle of cold water. Thank you. Oh do you want to go fishing this Sunday? Sure, come and get me.

265

266

Translations of dialogues

Dialogue 3: Day off and activities A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Dara, are you still working for the government? Of course, working for the government I get lots of days off and time to rest. How about you? I work for a private company, I work six days a week. On my days off, I clean the house, I do the laundry, and I look after the garden. For me I just want to catch up with my sleep. But now, I have a new plan. What is your new plan? After I work, I’m going to go teach an English class to make more money. Excellent! That is a good use of time. I am saving money because I want to travel to Europe. Yes, I have the same dream. I want to go there as well. Oh, let’s go together, that would be fun. Although we’ll have to save up money from now on. Great idea. Thank you.

Unit 12 Dialogue 1: Places to visit A: B:

A: B: A: B:

You have lived in Phnom Penh for three months. What fun places have you visited? In the city, I have visited the Royal Palace, the National Museum, and some monasteries and I’ve taken a leisure boat ride along the river bank. How about outside the city, where have you gone to? I like to rest and relax at the beach, or go to the garden to help my mother grow vegetables and eat freshly picked fruit. How about at night, where do young people like to go for entertainment? They go out to eat, to drink, and to sing in karaoke bars along the river where lots of foreign guests are.

Translations of dialogues

A: B: A: B: A:

By the way, have you been to Siem Reap to visit the ancient temples? Not yet. I am going to wait until vacation time. I also want to go if I have an opportunity to. I especially would like to see Angkor Wat. I have never seen it. Let’s go together then. Good, during the vacation because we’ll have two weeks off.

Dialogue 2: Bus ride to Sihanouk Ville A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Do you want to go to the ocean at Sihanouk Ville with me? Of course. How do we get there? Have you traveled by coach? Never, I used to drive my own car or rented a car with a driver. How about you? I have, when I went to my home town and other provinces. What it’s like traveling by coach? It’s very convenient; it stops at many eating places and of course it is very safe. But some people get carsick. Well, I want to try going by coach one. Having you accompanying me will be great. No problem. But don’t forget to bring along motion sickness pills. Yes, it will be very pleasant and also cheap, going to the beach by coach.

Dialogue 3: Taxi ride to the airport A: B: A: B: A: B: A:

Hello, are you the taxi driver? Yes, I am. What can I do for you? Now, I am at Phnom Penh hotel. Can you come and pick me up? Yes, I can. I will be there in 15 minutes; there is some traffic congestion. Oh, look! Here is the taxi coming. Where would you like to go? I want to go to Phnom Penh Airport. How much do you charge?

267

268

Translations of dialogues

B: B: A: B:

Yes, the fare is according to the meter. Usually it is about $10. Please get in. Hey driver, can you go a bit faster? It is almost time for my plane to depart. Going too fast might lead to an accident. I should be careful. Going slow is safer. In about five minutes, we will be there.

Unit 13 Dialogue 1: Confirming a plane reservation A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Hello. Can you help me to confirm my flight? Please give me your confirmation number and the airline name. The number is SR214 and the airline is Cambodia Angkor Air. What is your first name and your last name, please? John is my first name and Mayer is my last name. You are scheduled to depart tomorrow at 11:00 am. Correct? That’s correct. Please check number SR215 too? Can I have his/her name? My son’s name is Jack. Would you like to sit together? I would like a window seat and, for my son, an aisle seat. Please be at the airport two hours before your departure time. Thank you for helping me. Goodbye. Goodbye.

Dialogue 2: Booking a hotel room A: B: A: B: A:

Hello. I would like to book a room at this hotel, is that OK? Yes for what days? How many nights and how many people? Starting from tomorrow for three nights. It is for three adults and one child. We have rooms with one bed, two beds, and some for families. How many rooms would you like? And what type of rooms? We need rooms that have AC, with European-style bathrooms and non-smoking.

Translations of dialogues

B: A: B: A: B: B:

Yes, sir, OK but tomorrow we don’t have any rooms left with just one bed. In that case, we will take two rooms with two beds each. How much does it cost per night? It costs $60 a night including breakfast. OK. Do you have a free bus to pick up passengers from the airport? Yes we do. Could I have your credit card to confirm your room reservation, please? The rooms are all confirmed. See you tomorrow.

Dialogue 3: Checking in at a hotel A: B: A; B:

A: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Hello. Here is my room confirmation number. Welcome to our hotel. Can we see the room first? Of course, the concierge will take you and your luggage to the room first. If you want to change the room, please call us from there. Hello, we are not very happy with this room, because it smells a bit of cigarettes. Could we change to a room that has an ocean view, please? Yes, of course. Wow, the room is big and very beautiful. This new room has a balcony to sit on and enjoy the ocean view as well. Where is the breakfast room? And what time does it open? It is on the left side of the reception desk. It’s open from 7:00 to 9:00 am. Where is the swimming pool? On the eighth floor. If you want towels or anything else, please contact the front desk downstairs. You have been a big help, and have taken good care of us. Thank you for your service. It’s my pleasure. Have a wonderful stay.

269

270

Translations of dialogues

Unit 14 Dialogue 1: Doctor’s visit A: B: B: A: A: C: A: A: C: B: A: B:

Hello. I heard you had a motorcycle accident. Where does it hurt? Yes, my head is OK, because I wore a helmet. I just got scratches on my arms and legs. But now I feel dizzy, I have a runny nose, and my knees are turning black and blue and swollen. Let me check those injuries. You knees are OK. In two to three weeks the bruises and the swelling will be gone. Last night what was your temperature? We don’t have a thermometer, but it was very high. Please open your mouth, and take a deep breath. Ah, you have a sore throat and a cold. Here are some medicines, take one tablet a day. Should she have one or two vitamin injections? Oh, I am scared of needles, please no injections. There is no need. Try to eat and drink plenty, you will recover quickly. Thank you doctor.

Dialogue 2: A mother’s illness A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Dara, why do you look so sad? I am so worried. Mom complained of not feeling well, she had a headache, but yesterday she had a fever and fainted. Oh my goodness. What happened then? We called an ambulance to take her to the hospital. I waited in the waiting room of the emergency room. What did the doctor say? They tried to diagnose her illness. They took a chest x-ray, and took blood and urine samples. What was it then? What does she have? She has diabetes and pneumonia. She needs to stay at the hospital for treatment for two to three weeks.

Translations of dialogues

B: A: B:

OK. You can stop crying now. She has passed the critical stage, and will come home soon. Thanks for comforting me. Tomorrow we will go to visit her in hospital together.

Dialogue 3: At the hospital A: B: A: B: A: B: A: A: B: A: B: A:

Hello, how is my mom doing? Hello, she can leave at any time. I need to get prescriptions from the doctor. Every day, she needs to take these three types of medicine, and come to get her injection at the clinic. How does she take her medicine? Every morning and every night, take two tablets of each medicine, and one tablespoon of the liquid one. OK, let’s put her in the wheelchair and go together. Wow, how come there are so many children over there? Oh those kids have hemorrhagic fever and malaria because there are so many tiger mosquitos. How about the other sections over where the pregnant women are sitting? Those are the maternity rooms, radiology, and, further down, the surgical rooms. Oh the taxi has arrived, perfect timing.

Unit 15 Dialogue 1: Sending mail and packages A: B: A: B:

Navy, where have you just come from? From the post office, I was sending a letter and a postcard to France. How do people send letters abroad? On the envelope, in the top left corner, write down the return address; in the middle, write the recipient’s address and then take it to the post office to buy stamps.

271

272

Translations of dialogues

A: B: A: B:

A: B: A:

How much does it cost to send letters? It depends on the weight and the country you are sending the letter to. How about sending merchandise? Goods must be wrapped in packages and taken to the post office to be weighed first before paying the postal fee calculated according to the weight. You are not afraid that they will get lost? Not really, if we send them registered. Then it is guaranteed they will be safe. Hey, Navy, look, there’s the postman distributing mail in the mailboxes.

Dialogue 2: Getting money from the bank A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Hello! May I help you? Yes, I have come to get the money my father sent to me here from Battambang. Do you have a passport or an ATM card? No, I don’t. Please wait for a moment. Fill in this form first. Here is the form, I have completed it. I must confirm the information. What is the name of the sender? How much was sent? And who was it sent to? Yes, his name is Sok Samnang; he sent five hundred thousand Riel to me. Do you have an ID, address, and phone number to confirm it? Yes, I have those. Here is the money, please count it to make sure there is nothing missing. Yes, it is correct. Thank you very much.

Translations of dialogues

Dialogue 3: Changing money A: B: A: B: A: B: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

Hello there my friend! What kind of services does that bank have? They exchange money, send money, borrow money, and transfer money, and so on. Oh, do you have a savings account at the bank that earns interest? Are you crazy? Me, having money! I go to the bank simply to get money my dad has transferred from his account to mine. I am just teasing! How do you get that money? You take a queue number, sit and wait. When your number comes up, go to meet the bank clerk to withdraw the money. To withdraw money, what documents are needed? Personal identification card, bank passbook, or account number. If you do not have ID, can you use your passport instead? You can. Talking about this, I heard that if you have an ATM card, you can withdraw money directly from the ATM machine. That’s right. But I forgot my PIN number.

273

Translations of reading passages Unit 1 Greeting and self-introduction Hello, my name is San Sophal. I am from Siem Reap. I am an English teacher at the university. Hello, my name is Marie Claude. Claude is my last name. I am a Frenchwoman from Paris. I am the director of Calmette Hospital. Hello, my name is Kong Borey. I am a student from Cambodia. During the day I study and at night I work at a hotel.

Unit 2 Family Sophal’s family is composed of his grandfather, grandmother, dad, mom, older brother, and his younger sister. Sophal has been married for three years already. Rany’s family consists of her older sister and her child, and her aunt and uncle. Rany’s parents have passed away. Navy has a very handsome boyfriend. She has been engaged for three months already. She will invite Sophal’s family and Rany’s family to her wedding. Her younger brother is single and still going to school.

Unit 3 Time and date Tomorrow is Sunday. At 9:00 am, I am free. I am going to buy gifts at the Central Market, and clothing at Soriya Mall. By 10:30 am, after buying the gifts, I will walk to Soriya Mall. Walking from the Central Market will take ten minutes. After buying clothes, at 12 noon, I will come home.

Translations of reading passages

Unit 4 Appointments and daily routines This morning, I had a severe toothache. I could not bear it anymore. I called the dentist to make an appointment, but I needed to wait for half an hour. This week, I have lots of appointments and I will be very busy. I need to meet with the director of the garment factory and the student representative. At the end of this weekend, I am going to celebrate my girlfriend’s birthday. I will eat until my heart’s content, from 8:00 pm until 10:00 pm.

Unit 5 At the open market In Phnom Penh there are regular open markets and supermarkets everywhere. Every market has lots of people browsing to buy things from dawn to night. The large indoor malls have air-conditioning, and the majority of their merchandise is expensive and from foreign countries. Foreigners like to go to the malls. Every day Cambodian people go shopping at the open market. I like to buy delicious fruits, fresh vegetables, and good and cheap merchandise at the open market because over there I can bargain.

Unit 6 Souvenirs and clothing Antique stores and souvenir stores are everywhere in the city and in the tourist area. Foreign guests like to shop for various types of souvenirs at the Toul Toumpoung Market because over there they can bargain and the prices are also reasonable. In Phnom Penh, they can buy clothes at the malls, the Central Market, the Olympic Market, or the Night Market. At those places, the sellers set high prices and the buyers enjoy bargaining. Clothing at the malls is very expensive, but it is fancy and trendy so people buy it anyway.

275

276

Translations of reading passages

Unit 7 Food and restaurants Tonight, I was too lazy to make dinner, so we are going to a Cambodian restaurant. I like to eat Cambodian food because it is not expensive and is also delicious. I ordered stir-fried chicken with ginger and sweet and sour beef soup. My older sister does not eat meat. She ordered fried egg, fried vegetables, and one bowl of brown rice. I drank one can of beer, and she had one glass of red wine. We ate mango ice cream for dessert. My older sister has lots of money and is generous. She paid for me.

Unit 8 Vocations and employment My family has our respective jobs. My father and mother are school teachers. My elder brother completed his degree in commerce and is now working for a foreign company. My oldest sister is a painter. My second eldest sister is good with languages. She is a translator and a journalist. I am a student and want to be a lawyer. My uncle is a farmer. My aunt is a weaver. Her traditional handwoven silk fabrics sell very well; tourists come to the house to buy them. Our family lives happily together.

Unit 9 Locations and directions This Saturday night, my mother went to celebrate her friend’s birthday on the fourth floor of Soriya Mall. She called and asked me to join the party. I had to bring along the present from the top of the table. She gave me directions on how to get to the party. I had to drive from home and take a left turn at the corner of the bakery. Drive to the corner of the Sihanouk Boulevard and turn left again. Drive until reaching the corner of Street #154 and then turn right. Soriya Mall was located on the left-hand side.

Translations of reading passages

Unit 10 Weather and seasons In Cambodia there are two main seasons: the dry season or summer and the rainy season. During the rainy season farmers grow crops because there is a lot of rain. During the dry season the weather is very hot. Normally, wealthy city dwellers or the majority of foreigners use a fan or an air-conditioner when they are inside their houses. In Europe there are four seasons: fall, winter, spring, and summer. In fall, the landscape is in an orange color. In winter, there is snow and it is very cold. In spring, there are beautiful blooming flowers. In summer, I like to go to the ocean or climb a mountain with my family.

Unit 11 Leisure activities Each person has their own habits and things they like to do. Some people like to go out for fun, go shopping, go out eating, or go out with friends. Some people like to stay home, sleep, listen to music, read books, or watch TV. For some, they work extra hours to make extra income to support their family and help their children to take supplementary classes. Even though they are busy, they do not forget to exercise for their health. They like to exercise, run, play sport, or do aerobic dance at the stadium, at the public park, or along the river bank.

Unit 12 Traveling In Cambodia there are many places to visit such as ancient temples, the Royal Palace, museums, the zoo, rivers, or the ocean. Cambodians prefer to make short trips using individual transportation such as a bicycle, motorcycle, or car. Those without individual transportation tend to use a cyclo (3-wheel pedicab or cycle rickshaw), motodup (motorcycle taxi), tricycle tuktuk or taxi. Each time, when traveling to

277

278

Translations of reading passages

the provinces, Cambodian people prefer to use taxis, renting the whole car with a driver or a passenger bus, because it is safe and the fare is reasonable. At present, Cambodia does not yet have train services. My mother said, ‘At major celebrations, the city people like to visit their birthplaces in the provinces. But the province folks, they prefer to be in Phnom Penh especially during the water festival celebration.’

Unit 13 Hotels and tickets In Cambodia there are many places where travelers can stay such as modern hotels, regular hotels, and guesthouses. These hotels provide up-to-date, international services and serve foreigners as well as local clients. Travelers can go to the travel agencies to ask for information about traveling within the country or to foreign counties. At those travel agencies, travelers can buy plane, bus, and boat tickets; rent a car; or get a tour guide to accompany them to places of attractions for tourists. At some places they can help travelers with hotel or guesthouse bookings, confirm travel tickets, help with passports, or facilitate visa applications.

Unit 14 Emergencies and health issues In Cambodia in general, when there are emergencies or accidents, people call the security authorities or their neighbors for help. When a house is burning they call the fire truck or people in the village to help put out the fire. When there are thieves or robberies or traffic accidents, they call the police. If there are injuries, they call the hospital or the ambulance. Nowadays in Phnom Penh, there are more clinics and private hospitals than government hospitals, and the majority of them have foreign doctors working side-by-side with the local Cambodian doctors. In the rural areas, the poor have no money to take care of their illnesses.

Translations of reading passages

Unit 15 Post office and banking Mailing letters and packages to foreign countries can be done through the post office or through private messengers. When sending packages inside the country, Cambodians prefer to send mail via a private van, a taxi driver, or through friends and relatives. Cambodians prefer to use cell phones to talk to each other, and even the farmers in the countryside have cell phones to use. For those who have relatives in foreign countries, they usually ask how they are doing using the phone, or using electronic messages such as email or Facebook. If they want to send money, they send it through the bank because it is safe and easy. For exchanging money for daily use, Cambodians prefer to go to the local exchange place or money exchange, because it is convenient, nearby, and quick.

279

Cambodian–English glossary

ក kaa ក៏

also, too, then, therefore

ក៏ដោយ

whether or not

កក

to be hardened, coagulated

កក់

to reserve; to deposit; to wash

កក្កោ

July

កង់

bicycle; wheel

កញ្ចប់

pack, package

កញ្ញា

September

កន្លះ

half

កនន្ង

place

កនន្ងទទួលដ្ញៀវ

reception office; living room

កនន្ងនែលទឹក

place to swim, swimming pool

កននសែង

kerchief, scarf, towel, napkin

កប៉ា ល់

motorboat, steamboat

កប៉ា ល់ដោលះ

airplane, aircraft

កម្ពុជា

Cambodia

kɑɑ kɑɑ daoy kɑɑk kɑk

kakkaʔdaa kɑŋ

kɑɲcɑp kaɲɲaa kanlah kɑnlaeŋ kɑnleaŋ tɔtuəl pɲiəv kɑnleaŋ hael tɨv kɑnsaeŋ kaʔpal

kaʔpal hah kampuʔcie

កមម

rarely; (it) takes a long time to . . .

កាច់ម្រុង

corner; street corner

កាដូ

gift or present (French word)

កាណូត

motorboat

កាត

ATM card

កាត់

to cut; to pass through

កាត់ដដរ

to make clothing

កាតសំគាល់ខួ្ន

identification card

កាតឥណទាន

credit card

កាបូប

bag

ការ

work; to marry; wedding; interest

ការងារ

job, task, work, employment, duty

ការងារឯក្ន

private job

ការថតសួត

lung x-ray

ការមបក់

interest (on a saving or loan)

ការទាក់ទង

relationship, tie; involvement; relation

kɑmrɔɔ kac cruŋ kadoo kaanoot

kaat ATM kat

katdee

kaat sɑmkoal kluən kaat ʔintien kaaboop kaa

kaaŋie

kaaɲiə ʔaekaʔcɔɔn kaa thɑɑt suət kaa prak

kaa teak tɔɔŋ

281

Cambodian–English glossary

ការពិនិត្យឈាម

blood test

ការពិនិត្យទឹកដោម

urine test

kavʔəy coap cɑnlɑh daə

ការ ិយាល័យ

office

kavʔəy coap bɑŋʔuəc

កាដរ ៉ាម

ice cream

kav ʔəy rʊəŋ cam

when, whenever

kavʔəy ruɲ

កាដែវេ

coffee

kom

កាដែវេដ្មៅ

black coffee

kom phlɨc

កាដែវេទឹកដោលះដគា

kaa piʔnit chiem

ដៅអីជាប់ចដោ្លះដដើរ aisle seat ដៅអីជាប់បង្ួច

window seat

ដៅអីរង់ចាំ

waiting chair

ដៅអីរញ ពុ

wheelchair

កពុំ

do not

កពុំដ្្ច

don’t forget

coffee with milk

កំណត់ kɑmnɑt

appointment; fixed period

កំប៉ាពុង

small tin can

daily routine

kɑmpoŋ

កីឡា

កំពពុង

sports

kɑmpuŋ

to be in process of doing something

កំពង់រក

searching for

កពុង

bank account

kɑmpuŋ rɔɔk

កំថរ

gain; tip, gratuity

កពុងទ័រ

meter (instrument to measure something)

kɑmray

កំសាន្ត

to relax, to rest

កពុន

movie, film

ដៅដៅ

to be hot; hot

កពុម្ភៈ

February

ដៅដៅខ្ួន

to have fever

កូន

child; offspring

ដកមៅង

young people

កូនមបរុស; កូនសសី

son; daughter

ក្ពុង

inside

to be born; to rise; give birth to

កបាល

head; beginning, source

to be taken ill

មក

to be poor; destitute

មកោស

paper

មកសួង

ministry

kaa piʔnit tɨk noom kaariʔyalay kaa reɛm

កាលណា kaal naa kaafee

kaafee kmav kaafee tɨk dɑh koo

កិច្ច(ការ)មបចាំថថងៃ

kəc(kaa) prɑcam tŋay kəylaa koŋ

koŋtoa

kon

kdav

kompheak

kdav kluən

koon

kmeŋ

koon proh; koon srəy

ដកើត kaət

ដកើត្មងៃងឺ

knoŋ

kaət cumŋɨɨ

នកវ

kavʔəy

kbaal krɑɑ

glass

kaev

ដៅអី

kɑmsaan

krɑdaah chair

krɑsuəŋ

282

Cambodian–English glossary

មកសួងការពារសន្តស ិ ខ ពុ security unit krɑsuəŋ kɑɑpie sɑnteʔsok

មកាស់

thick

មករុមែ៊ពុន

company

krah

krom hun

មករុមែ៊ន ពុ ដទសចរណ៍ travel agency kromhun teehsɑʔcɑɑ

មករុមែ៊ន ពុ យនដៅដោលះ airline krom hun yʊən hɑh

មករុមែ៊ពុនឯក្ន

private company

kromhun ʔaekaʔcɔɔn

មករូច

orange

krooc

ខឹង

to be angry

ខពុស

wrong; to be wrong

ខពុសពី

different from

ខួបកំដណើត

birthday

ដខត្ត

province

នខ

month; moon; season

នខដមសា

April

ដខា

pants, trousers

ដខាអាវ

clothing

ខំ

to make an effort

ខ្ចប់

to wrap

ខ្ចី

to be light (color)

ខ្ចីមបក់

to borrow money

ខ្ិល

to be lazy

ខញំពុ

I

នខមៅរ

Cambodian

ដ្មៅ kmav

to be black, dark (color)

ខ្យល់

wind, breeze, air

ខ្យល់បរ ិសពុទ្ធ

fresh air

ខា្ច

to fear, be afraid of

khəŋ khoh

khoh pii khuəp kɑmnaət khaet khae khae meesaa khao

ដមកាយ

behind, back, at the back

ដមៅ

outside, out

khao ʔaav

beside, in addition

khɑm

kroay krav

ដមៅពី

krav pii

ក្ក

to cough

kʔɑɑk

kcɑp kcəy

ខ khɑɑ ខាង

side; directions; part

kcəy prak

ខាងដមៅ

on/from the outside, outside of

kcɨl

ខាងដកើត

eastern; east

kɲom

ខាងដលើ

on top

ខាងសាដៅំ

right side, on the right

ខាត

to lose (money, benefits)

ខាន

to fail, to miss

ខាននស្ក

day after tomorrow

khaaŋ khaaŋ krav khaaŋ kaet khaaŋ ləə khaaŋ sdam khaat

khaan khaan sʔaek

kmae

kyal

kyal ɑresot klaac

283

Cambodian–English glossary

ខ្ី

short

ដគង

to sleep, to lie down

ខ្លះ

some

ដគងដអាយន្្ត

to catch up with sleep

ខា្ំង

strongly

ដគា

cow, ox

ខវេលះ

to be short of, insufficient

គំនិត

idea, opinion; thinking

គំនូរ

drawing; design; painting

he, they, she, her, their (depends on context)

គំដោង

plan, outline; planning

គិត

to think; to wonder; to count

គា្

knie

I, he, she (depends on the context)

គិតរួម

including (add together)

គាមៅន

not having; there is not; without

គិតលពុយ

មគប់

correct, complete

total up

គីឡូ

kilogram

មគាន់

to be sufficient; enough

គងឺ(ជា)

to be (equal to); as follows; namely

មគាន់នត

only, just, merely, simply

គពុយទាវ

មគរុន

to have a fever

noodles

គូ

មគរុនចាញ់

malaria

pair

គូដណឹ្ត ង

មគរុនឈាម

hemorrhagic fever

fiancé

គូរ

to draw, to paint; to design

មគរូ

teacher; learned person; healer

គួរ

មគរូបដមងៀន

teacher, instructor

to be correct; suitable; should, ought to

មគរូដពទ្យដ្មៅញ

dentist

should, or ought to

មគរួសារ

family; spouse

to be reasonable; courteous

នមគ

bed

he, she; they; someone; other

ដមគឿង

equipment; tool; ingredient, spice

kləy

keeŋ

keeŋ ʔaoy cʔaet

klah klaŋ

kvah

គ kɔɔ គាត់ koat

kɨt

kɨt ruəm

koo

kumnuu

kɨt luy kiiloo

kɨɨ (kɨɨ ciə) kuy tiev kuu kuu dɑndəŋ kuu kuə

គួរនត

kuə tae

គួរសម

kuə sɑm

ដគ

kee

kumnɨt

kumrouŋ

kmien krup

kroan

kroan tae krun

krun caɲ

krun chiem kruu

kruu bɑŋriən kruu pɛɛt tmɨɲ kruəsaa krɛɛ

krɨəŋ

284

Cambodian–English glossary

ដមគឿងសងាហារ ិម

furniture

ចាប់ដលខ

to take a number

ដមគាលះថ្្ក់

danger, accident

ចាយវាយ

to spend (money)

គ្ីនិច

clinic

ចាស់

to be old

ចាស, ចា៎

polite response for female

to see, to perceive

ចិត្ត

heart; mind; spirit

to be hungry

ចិន

Chinese; China; to be Chinese

ចពុង

end, tip, top

ចពុងសប្តែ៍

weekend

ចូល

to enter; to go in (to)

ចូលចិត្ត

to like, to prefer

ដចៀន

to fry something

to want, wish, desire

ដចក

banana

chopsticks

ដចញ

to leave; to depart; to go out; exit

ដចញដំដណើរ

to depart on a trip

interval; area in between

នចក

to divide; to distribute

to finish; to end; to conclude

ដចាល

to throw; to abandon

to stab; to pour; to inject

ដចារ

thief, gangster, robber

to give injection

ដៅ

grandchild

to be overcome; to lose; to be less than

ចំ

directly, right (on spot)

plate, bowl, dish

ចំកណា ្ត ល

in the center

krɨəŋ sɑŋhaarəm

cap leek

krʊəh tnak

caay viey

kliinɨc

ឃ khɔɔ ដឃើញ khəəɲ

ឃ្្ន

cah

caah, caa

klien

ង ŋɔɔ ងាប់

cən

coŋ to die

ŋoap

ងាយ

coŋ sɑɑpdaa easy to do

ŋiey

ងាយសសរួល

cool to be easy

ŋiey sruəl

ច cɑɑ ចង់ cɑŋ

ចង្កឹលះ (ចដង្កើលះ)

cool cət ciən

cɑŋkəh

ចដង្ៀត

cɑnlɑh

ចប់ cɑp

ចាក់ cak

ចាក់ថ្្ំ

to be narrow, tight

cəɲ dɑmnaə

cak tnam

ចាញ់ caaɲ

ចាន

cap

caek caol cao cav

caan

ចាប់

ceɛk cəɲ

cɑŋʔiət

ចដោ្លះ

cət

cɑm cɑm kɑndaal

to begin; to catch; to arrest

285

Cambodian–English glossary

ចំការ (ចម្្ករ) cɑmkɑaa

farm (fruit, vegetable); plantation

ចំណង់ចំណូលចិត្ត desire, wish cɑmnɑŋ cɑmnool cət

ចាំ

to remember; to wait

ចពុលះ

to go down; to get off

ចពុលះថថ្

to reduce price

ចពុលះឯង

how about, and you

ដចលះ

to know (knowledge)

ដចលះនត

keep on it, always

ដមចើន

much, many

cam coh

ceh

chaa

ឆាប់ chap

្នបរដទស

foreigner

្ប់ដលៀង

to have a party, banquet; party

្ប៉ាពុន

Japan; Japanese

្មងៃងឺទឹកដោមន្្ម

diabetes

្មងៃងឺផ្ដៅសាយ

to have a cold

្មងៃងឺរដបង

TB (tuberculosis)

្មងៃងឺរលាកសួត

pneumonia

្មម្បសួរ

hello (polite greeting form)

ជា

to be (equal to); to be well

to be tasty, delicious

ជាដដើម

for example; first of all

to be far away, distant

ជា្មមៅតា

usually, ordinarily, normally

to stir-fry (mixed vegetable and meat) to be quick; fast; right away

to start a motor; to burn

្្កួត

to be foolish, crazy, insane, stupid dog

ckae

ឆាងៃយ cŋaay

cʊəŋkʊəŋ cɔcɛɛk cɔɔn cɔɔn ciet cɔɔn bɑɑrəteeh

ដ្លះ

cŋaɲ

្ cɔɔ

nationality

to be raw; uncooked

ឆាងៃញ់

to be full; to be well fed

cʔaet

្នជាតិ

ដៅ

ន្្ក

ន្្ត

people, person

to recover quickly

ckuət

facing, toward

cpʊəh

្ន

chap cie

cheh

ដឆា្លះ

to discuss

ឆាប់ជា

chav

to answer

claəy

្ន្ក

craən

ឆា

ដ្្ើយ

knee

ceh tae

្ chɑɑ

year

cnaam

្ង្គង់

coh tlay coh ʔaeŋ

ឆា្ំ

cup lieŋ

ceaʔpon cumŋɨɨ tɨk noom pʔaem

cumŋɨɨ pdaahsaay cumŋɨɨ rɔbeɛŋ cumŋɨɨ rɔliek suʔ cumriep suə cie

cie daəm cie thoammeaʔdaa

286

Cambodian–English glossary

ជាង

artisan; more . . . than; in excess of

ជាំ

to bruise, to be bruised

ជាងកាត់ដដរ

tailor

ម្រុង

corner, angle

ជាងដគបំ្ពុត

the most . . . of all

ម្រូក

pig, pork

ជាន់ទីពីរ

second floor

ជាប់

next to, adjacent to

ជាប់ចោចរ

traffic congestion

ជាប់រវល់

to be busy

ជាពិដសស

especially

ជាមួយ

with, along with

្ិលះ

to ride; to sit on

្ិត

close, near, next to

្ូន

to give/present to; for

្ូរ

sour

្ីវ ិត

life, living, existence

្ួនកាល

sometimes

្ួប

to meet

្ួយ

to help

្ួល

to employ, to rent

្ួស្ពុល

to repair, fix

ដ្ើង

leg, foot; way; north

cieŋ

cieŋ katdeɛ

cruŋ

cieŋ kee bɑmphot

cruuk

coan tii pii coap

to stop

ឈប់ទទួលពាក្យ

deadline

ឈរ

to strand; to be stationed at

ឈងឺ

to be sick; to hurt, to feel pain, ache

ឈងឺកបាល

to have a headache

ឈងឺដ្មៅញ

have toothache

ឈងឺដពាលះ

to have a stomachache

ដឈើ

tree, wood

ឈ្ួល

rent, fee

ដឈាមៅលះ

to be named/ called; name

ដឈាមៅលះមតកូល

last name

chup

chɨɨ

cie piʔseeh

chɨɨ kbaal

cie muəy

chɨɨ tmɨɲ

cih

chɨɨ pʊəh

cɨt

chəə

cnʊəl

cuu

cmʊəh

cmʊəh trɑcool

cuən kaal cuəp

ញ ɲɔɔ ញាំ

to make salad

ញាំដមគឿងសមពុមទ

seafood salad

ញាំសាច់មតី

fish salad

ញា ពុ ំ

to eat

ɲoam

cuəy

ɲoam krɨəŋ saʔmot

cuəl

ɲoam sac trəy

cuəh cul cəəŋ

ឈប់

chɔɔ

coap rɔvʊəl

ciivɨt

ឈ chɔɔ

chup tɔtuəl piek

coap cɑɑraacɑɑ

cuun

coam

ɲam

287

Cambodian–English glossary

ដ dɑɑ

ដដើម

trunk (of a tree, or body); origin, base

ដដើម្ី

for the purpose of, in order to; so that

ដដើរ

to walk

ដដើរតាម

walk along, go along

ដដើរមតង់

walk straight, go straight

ដដើរទិញអីវា៉ាន់

to go shopping

ដដើរដមើល

window shopping

ដដើរយងឺត

to walk slow

ដដើរលពុយទឹក

to walk through shallow water

ដដើរដលឿន

to walk fast

ដដក

to lie down, to sleep

ដដញ

to chase, to run after

នដល dael

who; whom, which; used to, to have ever

coconut

នដរ

too

ដូច

to be alike, like

ថដ

hand; handle

ដូចគា្

to resemble; just as; such as; identical with

ថដគូ

partner, companion

ដពុំ

pile; lump; piece

ដក

to pull out, extract; to subtract

daəm

ដកដដងហាើម

to breathe

daəmbəy

pole, post, handle

daə

ដងាហាល់

electrical fan

daə taam

ដប

bottle

daə traŋ

ដប់

ten

daə tɨɲ ʔəyvan

to arrive (at)

daə məəl

ោក់

to put, to place; to add (ingredient)

daə yɨɨt

ោច់

to detach; to break

daə luy tɨk

ោច់នខ

the end of the month

daə lɨen

to transport, carry; to lead; to take

deek

ដឹង

to know (a fact); to be informed

deɲ

ដពុលា្រ

dollar

ដូង

dɑɑk dɑɑk dɑŋhaəm

ដង

dɑɑŋ dɑŋhaal dɑɑp dɑp

ដល់ dɑl

dak

dac

dac khae

ដឹក dək

dəŋ

dollaa dooŋ dooc

dooc knie

dae day

day kuu

to exchange, to change; to give change

dom

ដំដណើរ

traveling; walking; trip, journey

ដូរលពុយ

to change money; to make change

ដំដណើរកំសាន្ត

pleasure/leisure trip

ដួល

to fall down; to collapse

ោំ

to plant; to cook

ដូរ

doo

doo luy duəl

dɑmnaə dɑmnaə kɑmsaan dam

288

Cambodian–English glossary

ណ nɑɑ

មតកូល

family name; lineage; clan

មតង់

to set an appointment

to be straight; to be direct; straightforward; frank

មតជាក់

to be cool

very; greatly; very much

មតី

fish

មតីដងៀត

dried salted fish

មតរូវ

must, have to; should; right, correct; exact

មតរូវការ

to need; to want; require

មតរូវនឹង

to get along with; to be consistent with

មតរូវលមៅម

to have perfect fit

ណា

where

trɑkool

ណាមូយ

which one

trɑɑŋ

ណាត់(ដពល)

naa

naa muəy nat peel

ណាស់ nah

ត tɑɑ តា

grandfather

taa

trɑceak trəy

trəy ŋiət trəv

តាម

to follow; to agree; to go along

តាមចិត្ត

according to one’s desire or wishes

តាមមិនទាន់

unable to catch up

តាោងដពលដវលា

schedule

តិច

little, few, small

តពុ

table

ថតរូប

to take picture

តពុលា

October

ថ្

to say, tell, pronounce

ដតើ

interrogative marker (formal)

នថរកសា

to nurture

ដត

to make a phone call (Fr.)

នថម

to add (to); increase

នត

but, however; only

ថថ

Thai

នតងនត

usually, always, continually

ថងៃូរ

to moan, to groan

នតម

stamp, postage stamp

ថថងៃ

day

តំណាង

representative

ថថងៃកំដណើត

birthday

តាំងពី

since

ថថងៃដមកាយ

next time; in the future

taam

taam cət

taam mɨn toan taaraaŋ peel veelie təc tok toʔlaa taə teɛ

tae taeŋ tae taem

trəv nɨŋ

trəv lmɔɔm

ថ thɑɑ thɑɑt ruup thaa thae reaksaa thaem thay tŋoo tŋay tŋay kɑmnaət

dɑmnaaŋ taŋ pii

trəv kaa

tŋay kraoy

289

Cambodian–English glossary

ថថងៃនខ

date

ទាត់

to kick

ថថងៃឈប់សមម្ក

day off; break, holiday; weekend

ទាន់

to catch up with; to be timely

ថថងៃមតង់

noon

ទិញ

to buy

ថថងៃសមម្ក

holiday, weekend; vacation

ទិស

direction, cardinal point

ថ្្ំ

medicine

ទី

place

ថ្្ំមគាប់

pill, tablet

ទីមករុង

city

ថ្្ំទឹក

liquid medicine

ទឹក

water

ថមៅី

to be new; recent; modern

ទឹកកក

ice or snow

ថ្ឹង

to weigh; to consider

ទឹកដោលះដគា

milk

ថថ្

to be expensive; valuable; price, cost

ទឹកមតី

fish sauce

ទឹកមពុខ

facial expression

ទឹកមពុខកំសត់

sad face

ទឹកសពុទ្ធ

drinking water

ទពុកទពុក

three-wheel taxi, tricycle

ទូរ

cabinet, closet

ទូរទសសែន៍

television

ទូរសព្ទ

telephone

ដទើប

then

ដទៀត

again, more, further

ដទសភាព

scenery, landscape

tŋay khae tŋay chup sɑmraak

toat

tŋay trɑŋ tŋay sɑmraak

tɨɲ

tnam

tii kroŋ

tnam tɨk

tləŋ tlay

ទ tɔɔ

tɨk

to receive; to admit, to accept

ទដន្

river

ទមងៃន់

weigh, load

ទមម្ំដល់

until reaching

ទម្្ប់ (ទំលាប់)

to make a habit, to get accustomed to

ទសសែោវដ្តី

magazine

ទា

duck

ទាក់ទង

to contact, communicate (with); to maintain relationship with

tʊənlee tumŋʊən tumroam dɑl tumloap

tʊəhsaʔnaavatdəy sac tie teak tɔɔŋ

tɨk kɑɑk

tɨk dɑh koo tɨk trəy

tɨk muk

ទទួល tɔtuəl

tɨh tii

tnam kroap

tməy

toan

tɨk muk kɑmsat tɨk sot tuktuk tuu tuureaʔtʊəh tuureaʔsap təəp tiət

teehsaʔphiep

290

Cambodian–English glossary

ដៅ

to go

្ងៃន់

to be heavy; to be grave, serious.

ដៅដមៅ

to go out

្្ូ

December

ដៅ្ប់ដលៀង

going to a party

ធា្ក់

to fall down (for snow or rain)

ដៅញា ពុ ំអី

to go to eat something, to have some snack

ដ្វេើ

to do, to work

ដៅដដើរដលង

ដ្វេើការ

to work, do a job

to go for a walk, to go out for fun

tvəə kaa

ទពុំ

ដ្វេើជា

to pretend

to be ripe

ទំដនរ

ដ្វេើដំដណើរ

to travel

unoccupied, empty

ទាំងអស់

ដ្វេើដអាយ

to cause, to make

all together

ដទាលះបី

even if, although

ដ្វេើនសសចំការ

farming (rice field; vegetable and fruit-growing)

មទាំ

to endure

ទាវេរ

door, entrance, gate

tɨv

tŋʊən

tɨv krav

tnuu

tɨv cup liəŋ

tɨv ɲam ʔəy

tɨv daə leeŋ

tleak

tum tumnee taəŋ ʔɑh

tvəə

tvəə cie tvəə dɑmnae tvəə ʔaoy tvəə srae

tʊəh bəy troam tvie

្ thɔɔ

្ោគារ theaʔniekie

ន nɔɔ ោក់

classifier for people

ោទី

minute

ោយក

director

ោយកោឋាន

office of a ministry

និសសែិត

student (college)

និយាយ

to speak

នឹក

to miss; to think of

neak nietii

bank

្មមៅតា

normal

ធាោោ៉ា ប់រង

to insure, to guarantee

nieyʊəkʔthaan

ធាក់

to kick start, jump start a motor

nihsət

ធាត់

to be fat; obese

niʔyiey

thoammeaʔdaa thienie raap rɔɔŋ theak thoat

្ពុងសំោម

nieyʊək

garbage bin, dustbin, wastebasket

nɨk

នឹកចង់

to desire

្ពុំ

to smell

ថន

of

្ំ

to be big; big

ដៅ

to be located; reside; at

thuŋ sɑmraam

thum thom

nɨk cɑŋ ney nɨv

291

Cambodian–English glossary

ដៅដកមៅង

still young

បណា ដៅ លមកពី

to be caused by

ដៅលីវ nɨv liiv

to be unmarried, single (for male/ female)

បណ្ណ ថមបសណីយ៍

picture postcard

ដៅឯណា

បដណើ្ត រ

to keep on doing

where

bɑndaə

នំ

បត់

to turn

sweet, cake, cookie

នំបពុ័ង

បត់ដ្វេង

turn left

bread

ោំ

បត់សាដៅំ

turn right

to accompany, to take

ោំដអាយ

បទពិដសា្ន៍

experience

to cause to; to provoke; to enable

ដនលះ

this, these; here

បន់

to pray, wish, hope

ដោលះ

that, those; there

បន្ត

to continue, to go on

បន្តនខសែ

to connect the line

បន្តិច

a bit, a little bit, slightly

បន្តិចដទៀត

in a little while, soon

បននថែម

to add to, in addition to

បន្ទប់

room

បន្ទប់កក់

reserved room

បន្ទប់មគរួសារ

family room

nɨv kmeeŋ

bɑndaal mɔɔk pii

nɨv (ʔae) naa num num paŋ noam noam ʔaoy nih

noh

ប bɑɑ

bɑt

bɑt cveeŋ bɑt sdam bɑt piʔsaot bɑn

bɑntɑɑ bɑntɔɔ ksae

បង

elder sibling

បងមបរុស

elder brother

បងសសី

elder sister

បងប្ូន

sibling

បង់តថម្

to pay

បង្គន់

toilet; restroom

បដមងៀន

to teach

បនង្ម

dessert

បញ្ ្ ក់

to confirm

បញ្ីមូប ហា

menu

bɑɑŋ bɑɑŋ proh bɑɑŋ srəy bɑɑŋ pʔoon bɑŋ tɑmlay bɑɑŋkʊən bɑŋriən

bɑŋʔaem bɑɲceak bɑɲcii mhoop

ban praysaʔnii

bɑntəc bɑntəc tiət bɑnthaem bɑntup bɑntup kɑk bɑntup kruəsaa

បន្ទប់នមគពីរ

double rooms

បន្ទប់នមគមួយ

single room

បន្ទប់្្ងទដន្

delivery room

បន្ទប់្ពុលះដអកូ ្

radiology room

bɑntup krɛɛ pii bɑntup krɛɛ muəy bɑntup clɑŋ tʊənlee bɑntup cloh ʔeekoo

292

Cambodian–English glossary

បន្ទប់ទឹកនបបអងឺរប ពុ ៉ា

European-style bathroom

បន្ទប់វលះកាត់

surgery room

bɑntup tɨk baep ʔəərop

បយឆា

fried rice

បយស

plain cooked rice

បយអង្ករសំរប ូ

brown rice

បរ

bar, nightclub (Fr.)

ប៉ា រ ី

Paris

បោំង

France; French person; European

បល់ទលះ

volleyball

បល់ទាត់

soccer, football

ប៉ា វ

to treat (to a meal)

បិទ

to close, to shut

to be broken; to break

បពុគ្គលិក

employees, personnel, staff

to have a broken leg

បពុណ្យកំដណើត

birthday celebration

to have a broken arm

ប៉ាពុោមៅន

how much; how many

to lose, to vanish

បពុោណ

to be ancient, old

to be unconscious, to lose spirit

ប៉ាពុសិ៍្ត

post office

polite response for male

ប៉ាូលិស

police

to get, to obtain

បួន

four

ដបើ

if

cooked rice; food, meal; to eat

ដបើក

open

leftover rice, cold rice

ដបើកកាត់

to drive by or pass by

bɑntup veah kat

បន្ទបស ់ ដ្ងា្គលះបោ្ទន់ emergency room bɑntup sɑŋkruəh bɑntoan

បោ្ទប់មក

after that, then vegetable

baaraŋ rice soup

bɑbɑɑ

បបរមតី

bal teah fish rice soup

bɑbɑɑ trəy

បរ ិញ្ញាបមត

bal toat Bachelor’s degree

paʔrəɲɲaabɑt

ប៉ា

paav papa

paa

បក់ bak

បក់ដ្ើង bak cəəŋ

បក់ថដ

bak day

បត់

bət

bat

បត់សាមៅរតី

bɑt smɑɑdəy

បទ baat

បន

baay

បយកក

baay kɑɑk

bon kɑmnaət ponmaan

poh

poolih buən

is that OK?

baan tee?

បយ

bokkeaʔlɨk

boʔraan

baan

បនដទ?

baay ʔɑŋkɑɑ sɑmroop

paarii

bɑnlae

បបរ

baay sɑɑ

baa

bɑntoap mɔɔk

បនន្

baay chaa

baə baək

baək cat

293

Cambodian–English glossary

ដបើកទាវេរ

to open the door

មបអប់សំបពុមត

mailbox

ដបើកលពុយ

to withdraw money

មបក់

silver, money

ដបើកឡាន

to drive the car

មបក់នខ

salary

ដបើសិន

if

មបសាទ

temples

នបកកបាល

to have a skull fracture

នមប

to translate

ដបកដខាអាវ

to wash clothes

ថមបសណីយ៍

post office

បំពង់ក

throat

ប្ូន

younger sibling

ប្ូនមបរុស

younger brother

ប្ូនសសី

younger sister

baək tvie baək luy

prɑʔɑp sɑmbot

prak khae

baək laan baə sən

baek kbaal

praasaat

baok khao ʔaav

pʔoon complete

bɑmpɨɲ

បំដពញមកោស bɑmpɨɲ krɑdaah

pʔoon proh complete this paper/form

ដបលះដចាល

to throw (away)

បដៅី

husband

bɑh caol pdəy

មបជា្ន

prɑcie cɔɔn

មបដទស prɑteh

មបដទសនខមៅរ

the people, population country, nation, territory Cambodia

prɑteh kmae

មបធាន

director wife history; biography curriculum vitae

្ឹក

to drink

្ឹកទឹក

to drink water

្ពុត

to come to the end; to be over; to pass

ផ្្ក

flower

ដ្ញើ

to send

ដ្ញើមបក់

to send money

្្ទពុយ

to be contrary; opposite

ដ្្ទរមបក់

to transfer money

្្ទលះ

house, home; store

phək phək tɨk

ptuy

មបនែល

approximately, about, around

មបអប់

box

prɑʔɑp

also, too, as well

phɑɑŋ

pɲaə prak

prɑvoat ruup saŋkhaep prɑhael

្ង

pɲaə

prɑvoat

មបវត្តិរប ូ សដងខេប

្ phɑɑ

pkaa

prɑpʊən

មបវត្តិ

pʔoon srəy

phot

look prɑthien

មបពន្ធ

prae praysaʔnii

bɑmpʊəŋ kɑɑ

បំដពញ

prak

ptee prak pteah

294

Cambodian–English glossary

្្ទលះសំណាក់

guesthouse

ន្្ដឈើ

fruit

្្ូវ

street, route, path, way

្សារ

market

ដ្សែងៗ

other, various

ន្្ម

sweet

pteahsɑmnak

to be clever, skillful

ពូន

to make a mound

ពួក

group

ដពញ

to fill up; to be complete

ដពញចិតដៅ

to be satisfied, to be pleased

ដពទ្យកាល់នម៉ាត

Calmette Hospital

ដពទ្យដ្មៅញ

dental clinic

ដពល

time; period of time

ដពលថថងៃ

day time

ដពលទំដនរ

free time

ដពលយប់

night time

ពពុំ

not, non, without (negative particle)

មពឹក

morning

ពយាបល

to treat illness

មពលឹម

dawn, daybreak, sunrise

មពលះបរមោ្វាំង

royal palace

puukae

pɨɲ

pɨɲ cət

ពង

egg

ពងម្ន់/ពងទា

chicken egg/duck egg

ពណ៌

color

ព័ណ៌ដខៀវ

blue color

ព៌តម្ន

news, information

ពន្ត់

to extinguish; to switch off

ពាក់ peak

to wear/put on (any things other than skirt and pants)

ពិត

to be true

ពិ្ី

ceremony

ពិនិត្យ

to examine

ពិដសស

special

ពី

from; out off

ពី . . . ដៅ

from . . . to

pɛɛt kalmaet

pɔɔŋ

pɛɛt tmɨɲ peel

poa

peel tŋay

poa khiəv

peel tumnee

poadəmien

pɨt

pɨʔthii piʔnit

piʔsaeh pii

pii . . . tɨv

ពូនក

puək

pʔaem

pʊənlʊət

uncle

puun

pseɛŋ pseɛŋ

pɔɔŋ moan/pɔɔŋ tie

ពូ

puu

psaa

ព pɔɔ

to be carsick

pul laan

plae chəə pləv

ពពុលឡាន

peel yup pum prɨk

pyiebɑɑl prɑlɨm

preah bɑromriecveaŋ

មពលះលានដៅយនដៅដោលះ airport preah lien yʊən hɑh

មពិល prɨl

snow; hail

295

Cambodian–English glossary

មកវ ិញ

to come back, return

to be worried, to worry

មកោ

January

because

មនពុសសែ

people

មនពុសសែចាស់

adult

ម្ន្តី

civil servant; minister

មន្ទីរ

office; department

ម្៉ា ក់

mom, mommy

មពឹក

morning

មពរួយចិត្ត ដមពាលះ

prɨk

pruəy cət

mɔɔk vɨɲ

prʊəh

្ phɔɔ

meaʔkaʔraa mɔnuh

mɔnuh cah

ភាគ

percent

ភាសា

language

ដ្ស្្ភៈ

drink, beverage

ដភា្នីយោឋាន

restaurant (formal)

ម្៉ា ក់ប៉ា

parents

ភា្ប់ពាក្យ

to be engaged

ម្ត់

mouth

្្ំ

mountain, hill

ម្ត់ទដន្

riverside, riverbank

្្ក់

to sample food

ម្ន mien

ភា្ម

immediately, at once

to have, possess; to exist; there is, there are; to be rich

ម្ន់

chicken

ដ្្ើង

fire; light

ម្នដឃើញ

have seen

ម្នណាត់

have appointment

ម្នថ្្ទដពាលះ

to be pregnant

ម្ន់

chicken

ម្ន់អាំង

grilled chicken

ម្ស

gold

ម្៉ា សពុីន

machine, engine

ម្៉ា សពុីន ATM maasiin ATM

ATM machine

phiek rɔɔy

mʊəntrəy

phiesaa

mʊəntii

pheehsacceaʔ phooceaʔniiyeaʔ thaan

mak

pcoap piek

moat

pnum

moat tʊənlee

plʊək pliem pləəŋ

ដ្្ើងស្តពុប

traffic light

ដ្្ៀង

rain; to rain

pləəŋ stop pliəŋ

ដ្្ង

music

pleeŋ

ដ្្ច

to forget

plɨc

ម mɔɔ មក

mɔɔk

មកពី

mɔɔk pii

mak paa

moan mien khəəɲ mien nat

mien ptey pʊəh moan moan ʔaŋ

to come; to, toward to come from

mieh

maasiin

296

Cambodian–English glossary

ម្៉ា សពុីនមតជាក់

air conditioner

មពុន

before

មិញ

just now; to be very recent

ម៉ាូត

fashion, style, fancy

មិត្ត(្ក្តិ)

friends

ម៉ាូតូ

motorbike

មិត្តមបរុស; មិត្តសសី

boyfriend; girlfriend

ម៉ាូតូកង់បី

motorbike with three wheels

មិថពុោ

June

ម៉ាូតូឌពុប

two-seater motorbike-taxi

មិន

not, non(negative particle)

ម៉ាូយ

mooy

មិននដល

never

client who frequently uses the service of a place

មូស

mosquito

មិននមន

no (that’s not right)

muuh

មួក

hat

not yet

muək helmet

មិនបច់អាប់ដទ

មួកសពុវតថែិភាព

keep the change

muək soʔvɑɑtphiep

មួយ

one

មិនសសរួលខ្ួន

not feeling well

muəy

មួយន្្ត

for a moment

មួយមពុខ

each kind, type

មួយរស់

just to survive, barely live

មួយសំោប់

one set of clothing

មួយស្ិត

a hand of bananas

មួយសា្បមពា

one tablespoon

ដមើល

to read; to watch; to look at

ដមើល . . . សា្គល់

to recognize

ដមើល្មងៃងឺ

to treat illness

ដមឃ

sky; weather

maasiin trɑceak məɲ

mun

mɨt(pheaʔ)

mɨt proh; mɨt srəy

mootoo

miʔthoʔnaa mɨn

mɨn mɛɛn mɨn toan

mɨn bac ʔap tee mɨn sruəl kluən

មិនអីដទ

mɨn ʔəy tee

surely; it doesn’t matter; you are welcome

មិោ

March

មី

egg noodles

មីង

aunt

មពុងឺន

ten thousand

មពុខ

face; front

មពុខជា

surely, undoubtedly

មពុខរបរ

type of jobs, professions

មពុខរបួស

wound, injury

məsnət

miiŋ

məslaap prie

məən

məəl

muk

muk rɔbuəh

məmuk

məsɑmrap

mii

muk rɔbɑɑ

məplɛɛt

mərʊəh

minaa

muk cie

mootoo kaŋ bəy mootoo dup

mɨn dael

មិនទាន់

moot

məəl . . . skoal məəl cumŋɨɨ meek

297

Cambodian–English glossary

ដមឃសសឡលះ

clear sky; excellent weather

យា៉ា ងណា

which way, how; however

ដមសា

April

យា៉ា ងដម៉ាច

how, what about, in what way

នម៉ា

mom, mama

យី

oh; oh no; wow

នមន

sure, correct, right

យងឺត

to be late; slow; to be elastic

ដម្៉ា ង

hour; time of the day

យូរ

to be long (of time); slow

ដ៉៉ា

to take over or rent the entire thing

ដយើង

ម្ពុល

needle

we, us, ours (regular). I, me, my, mine (intimate)

មដៅង

once; one time

meek srɑlah meesaa

yaaŋ məc

mae

yii

mɛɛn maoŋ mav

yɨɨt

mcul

mdɑɑŋ

ម្្តយ

mother

mdaay

មសែិលមិញ

yesterday

msəl mɨɲ

មហាូប

food, meal

mhoop

យ yɔɔ យ៉ា

yɔɔk

យកចិត្តទពុកោក់ yɔɔk cət tuk dak

យប់

deck; balcony to take; to bring; to get to work hard at; to take an interest in night, evening

yup

យល់ yʊəl

យល់មពម

to understand, comprehend to agree

yʊəl prɔɔm

យាយ

grandmother

yiey

យា៉ា ង yaaŋ

yuu

yəəŋ

រ rɔɔ រក

to look for, search for

រកលពុយ

earn money

រកសពុី

to earn a living

រកសពុីកប

to succeed in business

រកសពុីដមៅ

to have part-time job, to moonlight

រងា

to be cold

រដូវ

season

រដូវដៅ្ត

summer

រដូវមបំង

dry season

រដូវផ្្ករ ីក

spring

រដូវរងា

winter

រដូវវសសា

rainy season

រដូវស្ឹកដឈើ ម្រុលះ

autumn, fall

rɔɔk rɔɔk luy rɔɔk sii rɔɔk sii kɑɑp

yɑɑ

យក

yaaŋ naa

kind, type, way, manner

rɔɔk sii krav rɔŋie rɔdəv rɔdəv kdav rɔdəv praŋ rɔdəv pkaa riik rɔdəv rɔŋie rɔdəv voahsaa rɔdəv slək chəə cruh

298

Cambodian–English glossary

រត់

to run

ដរៀបការ

getting married

រត់ដលង

to run for fun; to jog

ដរៀល

Riel (Cambodian monetary unit)

របរ

work, job, trade, business

ដោងច័មកកាត់ដដរ

garment factory

របររកសពុី

occupation, profession

ោំ

to dance

រដបៀបណា

how, in what way

ោំង

to stop raining; to barricade

រយ

hundred

រលត់

extinguished, to be off, to die

រលាកបំពង់ក

to have a sore throat (pharyngitis)

រលាត់ថដដ្ើង

to have scratches on hands/feet

រវល់

to be busy, tied-up

រសជាតិ

flavor, taste

រស់

to live; alive

រែូតដល់

until

ោំង

reaŋ

to stop raining; absence of rain; to be without rain

ោប់ដមើល

to count

ោល់

every, each

រ ីក

open, bloom

រ ងឺកពុំម៉ាង់ដដ

to register (Fr.)

រូបថត

photograph, picture

ដរៀន

to study

rʊət

riep kaa

rʊət leeŋ rɔbɑɑ

rɔbɑɑ rɔɔk sii

riel

rɔbiəp naa

rɔliek bɑmpuʊəŋ kɑɑ rɔloat day cəəŋ rɔvʊəl

roam reaŋ

rɔɔy rɔlʊət

rooŋcak kat dee

ល lɔɔ លក់

to sell

លក់ោច់

selling so well

លទ្ធ្ល

result, outcome

លដមើល

to try on

លា

to say goodbye; to leave

លាដែើយ

goodbye

លិខិត

document, notice, letter

លិខិត្្ងនដន

passport

លិច lɨc

to sink; immersed, submerged, to disappear

លពុយ

to wade; money

លពុយសល់

left over money

លូ

drainage, sewer

លួងដលាម

to comfort, to cheer up

លួច

to steal; to be sneaky

lʊək

lʊək dac

lɑtthiʔphɑl lɔɔ məəl lie

rʊəh ciet

lei haəy

rʊəh

liʔkət

rɔhoot dɑl

liʔkət claŋ daen

roap məəl luy

roal

luy sɑl

riik

luu

rəɨkommɑɑŋdee ruup thɑɑt riən

luəŋ loom luəc

299

Cambodian–English glossary

ដលើ

on top, at the top, above

ដលើក

to lift, raise, elevate

ដលឿន

to be fast

ដលឿនជាងដគ

faster than anyone

ដលខ

number

ដលខកណា ដៅ ល

medium size

ដលខ្ំ

large size

ដលខបញ្ ្ ក់

ləə

ləək

popular, famous

lbəy

វ vɔɔ វតដៅ

pagoda, temple complex

វតដៅ្ំ្

Wat Phnom

វតថែពុ

thing, object

voat

lɨən

lɨən cieŋ kee

ល្ី

leek

voat pnum h

voatt oʔ

វា

he, she; they; it

វាលកប៉ា ល់ដោលះ

airport

confirmations number

វ ិច្ិកា

November

ដលខប៉ាពុោមៅន

what size

វ ិម្នឯកោ្្យ

Independence Monument

ដលខសម្ងៃត់

password

វ ិលមពុខ

to feel dizzy

ដលខា

secretary

វ ិសសែមកាល

vacation, school break, holiday

ដលង

to play; to do something for fun

វ ីតាមីន

vitamin

ដលងស្គី

to ski

វាំង

royal palace

ដលបថ្្ំ

to swallow/take a pill

នលង

to stop, to release, no longer

ដលាក

leek kɑndaal

vie

leek thom leek bɑɲceak

viel kaʔpal hah

leek ponmaan

viʔmein ʔaek riec

leek sɑmŋat

vɨl muk

leekaa leeŋ

vihsaʔmaʔkaal

leeŋ skɨɨ

leep tnam

vɨccheʔkaa

viitaamiin veaŋ

ស sɑɑ សងសារ

girlfriend/boyfriend

Mr., you (sing./plur.) for male and polite

សងាហាណាស់

very handsome

ដលាកតា

grandfather (polite)

សញ្ញាបមត

degree

ដលាកម្្ចស់ដអើយ

Oh my goodness

សណា ឋា គារ

hotel

ដលាកសសី look srəy

Mrs., you (sing./ plur.) for female and polite

សនសែំ

to save, to preserve; to accumulate

ដលាកឯកឧត្តម

សំបពុមត

letter

his excellency

sɑmbot

lɛɛŋ

look

look taa

look mcah ʔəəy

look ʔaekʔotdɑm

sɑŋsaa

saŋhaa nah sɑɲɲaabɑt sɑnthaakie sɑnsɑm

300

Cambodian–English glossary

សំបពុមតទិញថ្្ំ

medicine prescription

សាលា្ំនួញ

commercial school

សំបពុមតយនដៅដោលះ

plane ticket

សាលាដរៀន

school

សំបពុមតសា្ម

document

សិន

now, first

សបបាយ

happy; to be happy

សពុីការ

wedding party

សបបាយចិត្ត

to be content, happy

សីោ

August

សំពាយ

shoulder bag

សឹងនត

almost, nearly

សម

fit, go well with

សពុខសបបាយ

to be well and happy

សមពុមទ

ocean, sea

សពុំដទាស

excuse (me)

សម្ូរ

to be abundant, to have plenty of

សពុវតថែិភាព

safety

សមម្ប់

for; a set (clothing)

សូមដទាស

excuse me; to beg pardon

សម្

soup

សួនចបារ

garden, park

សម្មូរ្

sour soup

ដសៀវដៅ្ោគារ

passbook

សំអាត

to clean

ដសៀវដៅរូបថត

picture album

សាពុំ

to get used to

ដសវា

service(s)

សាកលវ ិទយាល័យ

university

ស្ក

sugar

សាច់ដគា

beef

សា្គល់

to know

សាច់ដគាឆា

stir-fried beef

សាដៅប់

to listen

សាច់ម្រូក

pork

សា្តប់ចដមមៀង

to listen to music

សារមន្ទីរ

museum

សា្តដ (កីឡាោឋាន)

stadium

សារមន្ទីរជាតិ

national museum

សសរួល

to be easy; comfortable; easy

sɑmbot tɨɲ tnam sɑmbot yʊən hɑh

salaa riən

sɑmbot snaam sapbaay

sapbaay cət

sən

sɑmpiey

səyhaa

sok sapbaay

saʔmot

som tooh

soʔvatthephiep soom tooh

sɑmrap

suən cbaa

sɑmlɑɑ sɑmlɑɑ mcuu sɑmʔaat soam saaʔkɑl vittyielay sac koo

sac koo chaa sac cruuk

saaraʔ mʊəntii saaraʔmʊəntii ciet

sii kaa

səŋ tae

sɑm

sɑmboo

saalaa cumnuəɲ

siəvphɨv thɔɔniekie

siəvphɨv ruup thɑɑt seevaa skɑɑ skaol sdap

sdap cɑmriəŋ

staad (kəylaathaan) sruəl

301

Cambodian–English glossary

សស្តី

women (female)

សស្តីម្នថ្្ទដពាលះ

pregnant women

ស្ទលះ

to obstruct, block, close up

ស្ទង់រក្មងៃងឺ

to diagnose

ស្ទលះ្្ូវ

traffic jam, road congestion

ស្ទូចមតី

strəy

mango

សា្ត

beautiful, pretty

ស្ីដទៀត

anything else

svaay sʔaat

strəy mien ptey pʊəh steah

សាវេយ

stuŋ rɔɔk cumŋɨɨ

sʔey tiət

ែ haa ែត់

to be tired

to fish

ោ

to open

សា្ក់

to stay, dwell

ោង

shop, store

នស្កដ្ើង

shoes

ោងកាត់ដដរ

tailor shop

ដសមៅើណា

at any time

ោងបយ

restaurant

សសស់ណាស់

more beautiful

ោងដបកដខាអាវ

Laundromat

សសាមកែម

red wine

ោងលក់ដសៀវដៅ bookstore,

steah pləv stuuc trəy snak

sbaek cəəŋ smɑə naa srɑh nah

sraa krɑhɑɑm

hɑt

haa

haaŋ

haaŋ katdee haaŋ baay

haaŋ boak khao ʔaav haaŋ lʊək siəvphɨv

bookshop

ោត់

to practice

ោត់មបណ

to exercise

សសី

women (female), girl

សសរុក

district; country, nation

សសរុកចិន

China

ោម្ក់បរ ី

no smoking

សសរុកកំដណើត

hometown

ោលខ្យល់

to air out, to be exposed to wind

សសរួលណាស់

very easy

ែឹប

box, case; suitcase

ដសសាមសំបពុមត

envelope

ែឹល (ែិល) həl

សា្ប់

burning hot (as in the taste of hot pepper)

pass away or decease

ែូរ

to flow, run, drip

to put on pants, skirt

ែូរឈាម

to be bleeding, to bleed

welcome

ែួស

to go past

srəy srok

srok cən

srok kɑmnaət sruəl nah

sraom sɑmbot slaap

ដស្ៀក sliək

សាវេគមន៍ swaakum

hat

hat praan

haam cʊək baarəy haal kyɑl həəp

hoo

hoo ciem huəh

302

Cambodian–English glossary

ដែើម

to be swollen

អង្គពុយចាំ

to wait for

ដែើយ

and

អងសា

degree (temperature)

ដែើយឬដៅ

yet?

អញ

I (depends on the context)

ដែៀរសំដបរ

to have a runny nose

អដញ្ើញ

to invite

ដែតពុអី

why

អត់

no, not

ដៅ

to invite (guest); call

អត់ដទាស

excuse me

ែ្ឹងដែើយ

that’s right; of course

អត់បង់តថម្

not paying, free

អនពុបណិ្ ត

Master’s degree

អនពុសសាវរ ីយ៍

souvenirs

private company car with driver

អនដៅរជាតិ

souvenirs

ឡានឈ្ួល

coach, bus

អរគពុណ

thank you

ឡានផ្្ទល់ខួន ្

personal car

អាកាសធាតពុ

either

ឡូ

a dozen

អាោរ

food

ដឡើង

to climb (up)

អាយពុ

age

អាទិត្យ

week

អាំង

to grill, to roast

letter; alphabet; script

អាចមកបន

able to come

English

អាណិត

to pity, to feel sorry for

អាតូច

the small one

អាវយងឺត

T-shirt

haəm

ʔɑnkuy cam

haəy

ʔɑŋsaa

haəy rɨɨ nɨv

hiə sɑmbao

ʔaɲ

haet ʔəy hav

nɨŋ haəy

ឡ lɑɑ ឡាន

ʔɑt

laan kromhun

car

ʔaakaasaʔthiet

loo

ʔaahaa

laəŋ

អ ʔɑɑ អកសែរ

ʔɑksɑɑ

អង់ដគ្ស

ʔaayuʔ to climb a mountain

ʔɑŋkuy

ʔaac mɔɔk baan ʔaanət

rice (uncooked)

ʔɑŋkɑɑ

អង្គពុយ

ʔaatɨɨt ʔaŋ

ʔɑŋkleeh

អង្ករ

ʔɑntaʔraʔciet ʔɑɑ kun

laan ptoal kluən

laəŋ pnum

ʔɑt baŋ tɑmlay

ʔɑʔnuhsaavaʔrii

laan cnuəl

ដឡើង្្ំ

ʔɑt tooh

ʔanuʔbɑndɨt

laan

ឡានមករុមែ៊ពុន

ʔɑɲcəəɲ

ʔaa toc to sit (down)

ʔaav yɨɨt

303

Cambodian–English glossary

ឥ ʔe~ʔi

អាវរងា

sweater; coat

អាទិត្យ

week; sun; Sunday

អាសន្

emergency

ឧ ʔo~ʔu

អាស័យោឋាន

address

ʔuʔsaʔphie

អាសស័យដលើ

to depend on

ឪ ʔəv

ʔaav rɔŋie ʔaatɨt

ʔaasɑn

ʔaasaʔyatthaan ʔaasray ləə

អាឡូ

hello

ʔaaloo

អីវា៉ាន់

ʔəyvan

merchandise, thing, goods

អូដខ

OK

ដអាយ

to give; to let; to donate

ʔoo khee ʔaoy

ដអាយសា្គល់

to get to know

អំពី

about (concerning)

អ្ក

you (sing./plur.) for male/female (neutral)

ʔaoy skaol

អ្កណា

who, whom

neak naa

អ្កបំដរ ើ

neak bɑmraə

bellboy, service worker

អ្កដ្ញើមបក់

money sender

អ្កនសស

ឧសភា

farmer

អវេី or អី

what

អវេីខ្លះ

what (referring to more than one)

ʔvəy or ʔəy ʔəy klah

May

ឪ, ឪពពុក

father

ឪពពុកម្្តយ

parents

ឪឡឹក

watermelon

ʔəv, ʔəvpuk ʔəvpuk mdaay ʔəvlək

ឬ rɨɨ ឬ

or

rɨɨ

ឮ lɨɨ

ឮដគថ្

ឯ ʔae

to hear what people say, people say

ឯ

at

ឯក្ន

private

ឯង

you (familiar and intimate); self, oneself

ʔae ʔaekaʔcɔɔn ʔaeŋ

neak pɲaə prak neak srae

now

ʔələv

lɨɨ kee thaa

ʔɑmpii neak

ឥឡូវ

ឱ ʔao ឱកាស

opportunity

ឱ្យ

to give

ឱ្យនត

so long as

ʔaokaah ʔaoy ʔaoy tae

English–Cambodian glossary

A about (approximately) about (concerning) about to abroad abundant, to be accident, danger accompany, to according to one’s desire ache, to add, to address adult afraid of, to be afternoon (early) afternoon (late) afterwards

again (more, or further)

prɑhael

ប្រហែល

age

ʔɑmpii

អំពី

agree, to

kɑmpoŋ tae

កំពង់ហែ

air

krav prɑteeh

កបរៅប្រកេស

air conditioner

sɑmboo

សម្បូរ

airline

កបរោះថ្នាក់

air out, to

krʊəh tnak noam

នាំ

airplane (aircraft)

taam cət

តាមចិែ្ត

tiət

កេៀែ ʔaayuʔ

អាយុ

prɔɔm

បពម kyɑl

ខ្យល់ maasiin trɑceak

ម៉ា សុីនបែជាក់ krom hun yʊən hɑh

បករុមែ៊ុនយន្ដកោោះ haal kyɑl

ោលខ្យល់ kaʔpal hah

កប៉ា ល់កោោះ yʊən hɑh

យន្ដកោោះ

chɨɨ

ឈឺ

airport

thaem

ហែម

viel kaʔpal hah

វាលកប៉ា ល់កោោះ preah lien yʊən hɑh

បពោះល្ន្ដយន្ដកោោះ

ʔaasaʔyatt aan h

អាស័យដ្ឋាន

aisle seat

mɔnuh cah

មនុស្សចាស់

ករៅអីជា្រ់ចកនាលាោះក�ើរ

klaac

alike, to be

rɔsiəl

alive

lŋiec

almost

kraoy (mɔɔk)

along

ខ្លាច

រកសៀល ល្ងាច កបរោយ(មក)

kavʔəy coap cɑnlɑh daə dooc knie

�បូចរនា rʊəh

រស់

səŋ tae

សឹងហែ taam

តាម

305

English–Cambodian glossary

already also altogether always America American amount ancient and animal answer answer, to anything else any time anywhere appointment April arm, hand arrest, to arrive at, to

haəy

artisan

dae

ask (requesting)

taəŋ ʔɑh

ask, to

cie nɨc

at

ʔaameerik

ATM card

ʔaameerikaŋ

ATM machine

cɑmnuən

attached, to be

boʔraan

August

nɨŋ

autumn, fall

កែើយ ហ�រ ទាំងអស់ ជានិច្ច អាកមរ ិក

អាកមរ ិរោំង ចំនួន

្រុរាណ និង

cieŋ

ជាង som

សុំ

suə

សួរ nɨv

កៅ kaat ATM

រោែ ATM maasiin ATM

ម៉ា សុីន ATM coap

ជា្រ់

səyhaa

សីោ

rɔdəv slək chəə cruh

រ�បូវសលាឹកកឈើ ប្រុោះ

sat

សែ្វ

B

cɑmlaəy

Bachelor’s degree

claəy

bad

sʔey tiət

balcony (terrace)

peel naa; smɑə naa

banana

tii naa kaa baan

bank

nat

bank account

ɱeesaa

barbecued

dɑy

bargain, to

cap

bathroom

dɑl

be, to

ចកមលាើយ ក្លាើយ

ស្ីកេៀែ កពលណា; កសមើណា េីណាក៏បន ណាែ់ កមសា ដ�

ចា្រ់ �ល់

paʔrəɲɲaabɑt

្ររ ិញ្ញា្របែ

ʔaakrɑk; khooc

អាបកក់; ខបូច yɑɑ

យ៉ា

ceɛk

កចក theaʔnieki

ធនាររ koŋ

កុង ʔaŋ

អាំង tɑɑ tlay

ែដែលា

bɑntup tɨk

្រន្ទ្រ់េឹក cie; kɨɨ

ជា; គឺ

306

English–Cambodian glossary

be able, to beautiful (pretty) because bed bedroom beef beer before behind (back) believe, to beside (in addition) between bicycle big birthday birthday celebration bite, to black blood test blouse

ʔaac

blue

sʔaat; lʔɑɑ

boat

prʊəh

book

krɛɛ (deek)

booking

bɑntup

bookstore

sac koo

bored, to be

biiyɛɛ, biə

born, to be

mun

borrow, to

kraoy

bottle

ciə

boulevard

krav pii

boy

rɔvieŋ

boyfriend

kaŋ

break (bone), to

thom

breakfast

khuəp kɑmnaət

breathe, to

bon kɑmnaət

broken arm

kham

broken leg

poa kmav

brother (elder), (younger)

kaa piʔnit chiem

brown

ʔaav

brown rice

អាច សា្ែ; ល្ កបរោះ ហបគ(ក�ក) ្រន្ទ្រ់ក�ក សាច់ករ ្រ៊ីហយរ, ក្រៀ មុន

កបរោយ ក្ឿ កបរៅពី រវាង កង់ ធំ

ខួ្រកំកណើែ

្រុណ្យកំកណើែ ខ្ំ

ពណ៌ក្ម រោរពិនិែ្យឈាម អាវ

khiəv

កខៀវ tuuk

េបូក

siəvphɨv

កសៀវកៅ kɑk

កក់ haaŋ lʊək siəvphɨv

ោងលក់កសៀវកៅ thuɲ

ធុញ kaət

កកើែ kcəy

ខ្ចី

dɑɑp

�្រ

mɔhaavithəy

មោវ ិែីបពោះ kmeeŋ proh

កកមងប្ររុស sɑŋsaa

សងសារ bak

បក់ baay prɨk

បយបពឹក dɑɑk dɑŋhaəm

�ក�កងហើម bak day

បក់ដ�

bak cəəŋ

បក់ក្ើង bɑɑŋ proh; pʔoon proh

្រងប្ររុស; ្រ្បូនប្ររុស poa tnaot

ពណ៌កតានាែ baay ʔɑŋkɑɑ sɑmroop

បយអង្ករសំរ្រ បូ

307

English–Cambodian glossary

bruise, to burn, to burning hot (e.g., pepper) bus business businessman, -woman busy, to be but buy, to by

coam

carsick, to be

cheh

cash

həl

cat

laan cuəl

cause, to

cumnuəɲ

ceremony

neak cumnuəɲ

certainty, of course

ជាំ

ក្ោះ ែឹល ឡានឈនាួល ្ំនួញ

អនាក្ំនួញ rɔvʊəl

រវល់

tae; pontae

ហែ; ្រ៉ាុហន្ត tɨɲ

Cambodia Cambodian can capture, to car care for careful, cautious carry, to

chance

េិញ

change (clothing), to

daoy

change, to

កដ្យ

change money

C call, to

chair

hav

កៅ

chat, to

kampuʔcie; srok kmae

cheap, to be

kmae

ហខមរ

check (to read), to

baan

chicken

កម្ុជា; ប្រកេសហខមរ

បន cap

ចា្រ់

child, i.e. offspring

laan

China

ឡាន thae reaksaa

ហែរកសា prɑyat

ប្រយ័ែនា cmaa

រោន់

Chinese chopsticks cigarette

pul laan

ពុលឡាន luy

លុយ cmaa

ឆ្ម

bɑndaal

្រណា ្ដ ល piʔthii

ពិធី

nɨŋ haəy

ែនាឹងកែើយ kavʔəy

ករៅអី cmaa

ឆ្ម

plah

ផ្លាស់ doo

�បូរ

doo luy

�បូរលុយ niʔyiey leeŋ

និយាយកលង thaok

កថ្ក məəl

កមើល moan

មន់ koon

កបូន

srok cən; prɑteeh cən

សសរុកចិន; ប្រកេសចិន cən

ចិន cɑŋkəh

ចង្កឹោះ (ចកង្កើោះ) baarəy

បរ ី

308

English–Cambodian glossary

city class clean clean, to clearly, surely clear sky client (regular customer) climb, to clinic close, near close, to clothes clothing store coach, bus coconut coffee coffee with milk cold, to be cold, to have a collapse (be unconscious)

tii kroŋ

color

sɑmʔaat

come, to

sʔaat

comfort, to

sɑmʔaat

commercial school

cbah cie

company

meek srɑlah

complete, to

mooy

confirm, to

laəŋ

comfortable, to be

kliinɨc

complete

cɨt

connect, to

bət

contact, to

khao ʔaav

contract illness/ diseases, to

haaŋ khao ʔaav

cook, to

laan cnuəl

cool, to be

dooŋ

cost, to

kaafee

cough, to

kaafee tɨk dɑh koo

country

rɔŋie

countryside

pdaahsaay

count, to

duəl sɑnlɑp

cow

េីបករុង ថ្នាក់

សា្ែ សំអាែ

ចបាស់ជា កមឃសសឡោះ ម៉ាបូយ

កឡើង គលាីនិច ្ិែ ្រិេ កខ្អាវ

ោងកខ្អាវ ឡានឈនាួល �បូង

រោកែ្វ រោកែ្វេឹកកដ្ោះករ រងា

ផ្្ដសាយ

�ួលសនលា្រ់

poa

ពណ៌ mɔɔk

មក

luəŋ loom

លួងកល្ម saalaa cumnuəɲ

សាល្្ំនួញ krom hun

បករុមែ៊ុន bɑmpɨɲ

្រំកពញ bɑɲceak

្រញ្ ជា ក់ sruəl

សសរួល krup

បគ្រ់ bɑntɔɔ

្រន្ត

teak tɔɔŋ

ទាក់េង

kaət cumŋɨɨ

កកើែ្មងាឺ

tvee baay; dam baay

កធ្វើបយ; ដ្ំបយ trɑceak

បែជាក់ tlay

ដែលា

kʔɑɑk

ក្ក

prɑteeh, srok

ប្រកេស, សសរុក srok srae

សសរុកហសស roap

រា្រ់ koo

ករ

309

English–Cambodian glossary

crazy, to be credit card critical condition cross, to crowded (narrow) cry, to cup curriculum vitae cut, to cyclo

ckuət

deadline

kaat ʔintien

December

kruək tnɑk tŋʊən

decide, to

clɑŋ

degree (certificate)

cɑŋʔiət

degree (temperature)

yom

delicious

pɛɛŋ

delivery room

prɑvoat ruup saŋkhaep

dentist

kat

depart for a trip

siikloo

depart (leave), to

្្កួែ

រោែឥណទាន កបរោះថ្នាក់ធងាន់ ្លាង

ចកង្ៀែ យំ

ហពង ប្រវ ិែ្តិរ្រ បូ សកងខេ្រ រោែ់ សុីកបូលា

depend on, to

D daily routine dance, to danger, accident daughter day day after tomorrow day off, break day time dead

chup tɔtuəl piek

ឈ្រ់េេួលរក្យ tnuu

ធនាបូ

sɑmrəc cət

សំករចចិែ្ត sɑɲɲaabɑt

សញ្ញា្របែ ʔɑŋsaa

អងសា cŋaɲ

ឆ្ងាញ់ bɑntup clɑŋ tʊənlee

្រន្ទ្រ់្លាងេកនលា kruu pɛɛt tmɨɲ

បគរូកពេ្យកធមញ cəɲ dɑmnaə

កចញ�ំកណើរ ceɲ

កចញ ʔaasray ləə

អាសស័យកលើ kəckaa prɑcam tŋay

កិច្ចរោរប្រចាំដែងា roam

រាំ

krʊəh tnak

កបរោះថ្នាក់ koon srəy

កបូនសសី tŋay

ដែងា

khaan sʔaek

ខ្នហស្ក

tŋay chup sɑmraak

ដែងាឈ្រ់សបមក peel tŋay

កពលដែងា slap

សាលា្រ់

desire (wish), to dessert diabetes

cɑmnɑŋ cɑmnool cət

ចំណង់ចំណបូលចិែ្ត bɑŋʔaem

្រហង្ម

cumŋɨɨ tɨk noom pʔaem

្មងាឺេឹកកនាមហ្្ម diagnose, to diarrhea die, to different from difficult director

stuŋ rɔɔk cumŋɨɨ

ស្ទង់រក្មងាឺ cumŋɨɨ riek

្មងាឺរាក slap

សាលា្រ់ khoh pii

ខុសពី

piʔbaak

ពិបក

nieyʊək, look prɑthien

នាយក, ប្រធាន

310

English–Cambodian glossary

dirty disappear, to discuss, to disease dish distance

krɑkvɑk

drink, beverage

bat

drinking water

cɔcɛɛk

drive, to

cumŋɨɨ; rook

drive by or pass by

caan

driver

cɑmŋaay

dry season

បកខ្វក់ បែ់ ្ហ្ក

្មងាឺ; ករាគ ចាន ចមងាយ

divide (distribute) caek

ហចក

do, to doctor doctor’s discharged document dog dollar don’t forget double rooms dozen drainage, sewer dress, to dried salted fish drink, to

duck

pheehsacceaʔ

ក្ស្ជាជៈ tɨk sot

េឹកសុេ្ធ baək

ក្រើក baək cat

ក្រើករោែ់ neak baək

អនាកក្រើក

rɔdəv praŋ

រ�បូវបបំង tie

ទា

tvəə

កធ្វើ

E

kruu pɛɛt

each

sɑmbot vɨcceaʔ bɑɲcie

each kind, type

sɑmbot snaam

earn a living

ckae

earn money

dollaa

east

kom phlɨc

easy

bɑntup krɛɛ pii

eat, to (colloquial)

loo

eat, to (polite, elder)

luu

eat, to (common term, also used for animal)

បគរូកពេ្យ

សំ្រុបែកវ្ជា្រញ្ ជា សំ្រុបែសានាម ហ្្ក

�ុល្លារ កុំក្លាច

្រន្ទ្រ់ហបគពីរ ឡបូ លបូ sliək peak

កសលាៀករក់

egg

trəy ŋiət

បែីកងៀែ

elder sibling

phək; ɲam

្ឹក; ញ ុ ំ

emergency

niʔmuəy

និមួយ

muəy mukʔ

មួយមុខ rɔɔk sii

រកសុី

rɔɔk luy

រកលុយ khaaŋ kaət

ខ្ងកកើែ

(ŋiey) sruəl

(ងាយ)សសរួល ɲam

ញ ុ ំ

piʔsaa

ពិសារ sii

សុី pɔɔŋ

ពង

bɑɑŋ

្រង

ʔaasɑn

អាសននា

311

English–Cambodian glossary

emergency room

bɑntup sɑŋkruəh bɑntoan

្រន្ទ្រ់សក្ងាគោះ្រនា្ទន់ employees (staff) endure, to engagement English entrance (gate) envelope era escort, to especially European-style even if, although evening

every weekend examine, to excuse (me), I’m sorry exercise expensive, to be

extinguished

bokkeaʔlɨk

្រុគគលិក

extreme

troam

បទាំ

pcoap piek

ភ្ជា្រ់រក្យ អង់កគលាស

face facing, toward

tvie

ទា្វរ

factory

sraom sɑmbot

កសសាមសំ្រុបែ sɑʔmay

សម័យ

fall down (for snow or rain) fall over, to

cuun

្បូន

family

cie piʔseeh

ជាពិកសស

family name

baep ʔəərop

ហ្រ្រអឺរ្រ ុ ៉ា

family room

tʊəh bəy

កទាោះ្រី

famous

roal

រាល់

fan (electric) far (far away or distant) fare

roal coŋ sabdaa

រាល់ចុងសប្តែ៍

farmer

piʔnit

ពិនិែ្យ

farming

som tooh, ʔɑt tooh

សុំកទាស

fast

hat praan

ោែ់បបណ tlay

ដែលា

rɔlʊət

រលែ់ peek

កពក

muk

មុខ

cpʊəh

កឆ្្ោះ

rooŋcak

ករាងច័បក tleak

ធាលាក់ duəl

�ួល kruəsaa

បគរួសារ cmʊəh kruəsaa

កឈាមោះបគរួសារ bɑntup kruəsaa

្រន្ទ្រ់បគរួសារ lbəy

ល្ី

lŋiec

ល្ងាច

bɑt piʔsaot

្រេពិកសាធន៍

F

ʔɑŋkleeh

ever (to have ever dael done something) ហ�ល every

experience

fat (to be fat)

dɑŋhaal

�ងាហល់ cŋaay

ឆ្ងាយ tlay cnuəl

ដែលាឈួល នា neak srae

អនាកហសស

tvəə srae cɑmkaa

កធ្វើហសសចំរោរ lɨən

កលឿន thoat

ធាែ់

312

English–Cambodian glossary

father February feel dizzy, to fever (to have fever) fiancé finish, to fire fish fishing fish salad fish sauce fit, go well with fix (an appointment) fix (repair), to flow, to flower food foolish (insane) foot for

ʔəvpuk

for a moment

kompheak

for me

vɨl muk

for the purpose of (in order to)

krun; kdav kluən

forbid

kuu dɑndəŋ

foreigner

cɑp

forget, to

pləəŋ

free (no charge)

trəy

free, to

stuuc trəy

free time

ɲoam sac trəy

French(wo)man

tɨk trəy

fresh air

sɑm

Friday

nat peel

fried chicken egg

cuəh cʊəl

fried duck egg

hoo

fried rice

pkaa

friend

mhoop; baay

from

ckuət

fruit

ceeŋ

fry, to (mix with vegetable)

ឪពុក កុម្ជៈ

វ ិលមុខ បគរុន; ករៅ្ដខលាួន គបូ�ណឹ្ត ង ច្រ់ ក្លាើងក្ោះ បែី

ស្ទបូចបែី

ញំសាច់បែី េឹកបែី សម

ណាែ់កពល ្ួស្ល់ ែបូរ ផ្្ក

មហបូ្រ; បយ ្្កួែ

ក្ើង sɑmrap

សបម្រ់

məplɛɛt

មួយហ្លាែ ʔaoy kɲom

កអាយខ្ុំ

daəmbəy

ក�ើម្ី haam

ោម cɔɔn bɑɑrəteeh

្ន្ររកេស plɨc

ក្លាច ʔɑt bɑŋ tlay

អែ់្រង់ដែលា tumnee

េំកនរ

peel tumnee

កពលេំកនរ baaraŋ

បរាំង kyal bɑresot

ខ្យល់្ររ ិសុេ្ធ tŋay sok

ដែងាសុបក pɔɔŋ moan ciən

ពងមន់កចៀន pɔɔŋ tie ciən

ពងទាកចៀន baay chaa

បយឆ្

puək maak

ពួកម៉ា ក pii

ពី

plae chəə

ហ្លាកឈើ

fry, to (meat, fish, egg)

chaa

ឆ្

ciən

កចៀន

313

English–Cambodian glossary

full, to be furniture

cʔaet

go out, to

krɨəɲ sɑɲhaarəm

go past, to

ហ្្ែ

កបគឿងសងាហរ ិម go shopping, to

G garbage bin (waste basket) garden, park garment factory gate get (to obtain), to get married, to get used to gift (present) girl girlfriend give, to give for free (to add) give injection glass glove go, to go for a walk (to go out for fun)

thuŋ sɑmraam

go to eat something, to

suən cbaa

going to a party

rooŋcak kat deɛ

good

tvie

goodbye

baan

good idea

riep kaa

grandfather (polite)

soam

grandmother (polite)

kadoo; ʔɑmnaoy

greet, to

kmeeŋ srəy

grill, roast, to

mɨt srəy

group

ʔaoy

guest

ធុងសំរាម សួនចបារ

ករាងច័បករោែ់ក�រ ទា្វរ បន ករៀ្ររោរ សាុំ

រោ�បូ; អំកណាយ កកមងសសី មិែ្តសសី

កអាយ, ឲ្យ

tɨv krav

កៅកបរៅ huəh

ែួស daə tɨɲ ʔəyvan

ក�ើរេិញអីវា៉ាន់ tɨv ɲam ʔəy

កៅញ ុ ំអី

tɨv cup liəŋ

កៅ្្រ់កលៀង lʔɑɑ

ល្

lei haəy

ល្កែើយ kumnɨt lʔɑɑ

គំនិែល្ look taa

កល្កតា look yiey

កល្កយាយ cumriep suə

្ំរា្រសួរ ʔaŋ

អាំង krom, puək

បករុម, ពួក pɲiev

ក្្ៀវ

thaem

ហែម

H

cak tnam

half

kaev

hand

sraom day

happy, to be

tɨv

hardly

tɨv daə leeŋ

hat

ចាក់ថ្នាំ ហកវ

កសសាមដ� កៅ កៅក�ើរកលង

kanlah

កនលាោះ day

ដ�

sapbaay

ស្របាយ mɨn səv

មិនសបូវ muək

មួក

314

English–Cambodian glossary

hate have, to have to, must he head headache health hear, to heart heavy helmet help, to here high hill hire holiday home hometown hope

sʔɑp

hospital

mien

hot, to be

trəv

hot (spicy)

koat

hotel

kbaal

hour

chɨɨ kbaal

how about

sok phiep

how (many, much)

lɨɨ

how (in what way)

cət

how (which way)

tŋʊən

human

muək soʔvɑɑtphiep

hungry, to be

cuəy

hurry

nih

husband

ស្្រ់ មន បែរូវ រែ់ កបាល ឈឺកបាល សុខភ្ព ឮ ចិែ្ត ធងាន់

មួកសុវែ្ិភ្ព ្ួយ កនោះ

mʊəntii pɛɛt

មន្ទីរកពេ្យ kdav

ករៅ្ដ həl

ែឹល; កែើរ sɑnthaakie

សណា ឋា ររ maoŋ

កម៉ា ង coh

ចុោះ

ponmaan

្រ៉ាុនាមន

rɔbiəp naa

រក្រៀ្រណា yaaŋ məc

យា៉ា ងកម៉ាច mɔnuh

មនុស្ស klien

ឃ្លាន prɑɲap

ប្រញ្រ់ pdəy

្រ្ដី

kpʊəh

ខ្ស់

I

pnum

I

្នាំ

cuəl

្ួល tŋay chup sɑmraak

ដែងាឈ្រ់សំរាក pteah

្្ទោះ

srok kɑmnaət

ice ice cream idea

សសរុកកំកណើែ

identification card

sɑŋkhim

if

សង្ឹម

kɲom; ʔaɲ

ខ្ំុ; អញ tɨk kɑɑk

េឹកកក kaa reɛm

រោករ ៉ាម kumnit

គំនិែ

kaat sɑmkoal kluən

រោែសំរល់ខួន លា baə

ក្រើ

315

English–Cambodian glossary

ill illness immediately important in, inside including (add together) Independence Monument information insufficient, to be insure, guarantee, to intend interest (on a saving or loan) interpreter invite, to is, to be it Italian

chɨɨ

jogging

cumŋɨɨ

July

pliem

June

sɑmkhan

just (fair, correct)

knoŋ

just (now)

ឈឺ ្មងាឺ

ភ្លាម

សំខ្ន់ កនាុង

K

viʔmein ʔaek riec

keep (put), to

poadəmien

kick (jump start a motor)

kvah

kilogram

thienie raap rɔɔŋ

kilometer

kɨt

kind (generous person)

kaa prak

kind (type, style)

neak bɑɑk prae

knee

ʔɑɲcəəɲ, hav

knife

ciə; kɨɨ

know, to (how to do something)

vie

know, to (information)

ʔiitaalii

know, to (person)

វ ិមនឯករា្្យ ព៌ែមន ខ្វោះ

ធានារា៉ា ្រ់រង គិែ រោរបបក់ អនាក្រកហប្រ

អក្ជាើញ, កៅ ជា; គឺ វា

អុីតាលី

Korea

Japanese

kakkaʔdaa

កក្កដ្

miʔthoʔnaa

មិែុនា

trəm trəv

បែឹមបែរូវ məɲ

មិញ

kɨt ruəm

គិែរួម

J January

rʊət leeŋ

រែ់កលង

tuk

េុក theak

ធាក់

kiiloo kraam

គីឡបូបរោម kiiloo maet

គីឡបូហម៉ាបែ cət lʔɑɑ

ចិែ្តល្

yaaŋ; baep

យា៉ា ង; ហ្រ្រ cʊəŋkuŋ

្ងគុង

kambət

រោំ្រិែ ceh

កចោះ dəŋ

�ឹង skaol

សាគល់ kooree

កបូករ ៉ា

meaʔkaʔraa

មករា

L

ceaʔpon

lacking, to be

្្រ៉ាុន

kvah

ខ្វោះ

316

English–Cambodian glossary

landscape language large large size last name last week last year late later on laundry mart lazy, to be leave, to left (side) leftover money leftover rice, cold rice leg let, to (allow) letter letter (alphabet) life

teehsaʔphiep

like, to (want; enjoy)

phiesaa

like (similar)

thom

liquid medicine

leek thom

listen, to

trɑkool

liter

ʔaatɨt mun

little, few

cnaam mun

little bit, slightly

yɨɨt

live, to

kraoy mɔɔk

live comfortably

haaŋ boak khao ʔaav

locate, to

kcɨl

look at, to

cəɲ

look for, search for

cveeŋ

look out, careful

luy sɑl

lose, to

baay kɑɑk

love, to

cəəŋ

lovely

ʔaoy

lower (price), to

sɑmbot

luggage, suitcase

កេសភ្ព ភ្សា ធំ

កលខធំ

បែកបូល អាេិែ្យមុន ឆ្នាំមុន យឺែ កបរោយមក ោងកបកកខ្អាវ ខ្ចិល កចញ ក្្វង

លុយសល់ បយកក ក្ើង កអាយ សំ្រុបែ tuə ʔɑksɑɑ

ែួអក្សរ ciivɨt

្ីវ ិែ

cɑŋ; cool cət

ចង់; ចបូលចិែ្ត dooc

�បូច

tnam tɨk

ថ្នាំេឹក sdap

សា្ត្រ់ liit

លីបែ təc

ែិច bɑntəc

្រន្តិច rʊət

រស់ rʊət nɨv srʊəl

រស់កៅសសរួល nɨv

កៅ məəl

កមើល rɔɔk məəl

រកកមើល prɑyat

ប្រយ័ែនា bat

បែ់ srɑlaɲ

សសឡាញ់ lʔɑɑ

ល្

coh tlay

ចុោះដែលា

həəp ʔəyvan

ែឹ្រអីវា៉ាន់ lunch

baay tŋay trɑŋ

បយដែងាបែង់ lung x-ray

thɑɑt suət

ែែសួែ

317

English–Cambodian glossary

M magazine mailbox make, to make (a habit), to make (a mound), to make (a phone call), to make (clothing) malaria mango many map March market marry, to Master’s degree May meal, food meat medicine medium size

meet, to tʊəhsaʔnaavatdəy

េស្សនាវ�្តី

prɑʔɑp sɑmbot

ប្រអ្រ់សំ្រុបែ

meet (each other), to menu

tvəə

កធ្វើ

tumloap

េមលា្រ់ (េំល្្រ់)

merchandise, goods meter

puun

ពបូន

middle

teɛ

កែ

might, may

katdee

រោែ់ក�រ

milk

cumŋɨɨ krun caɲ

្មងាឺបគរុនចាញ់

ministry

svaay

សា្វយ

minute

craən

កបចើន

moan, groan, to

h

p aen tii

ហ្នេី

mom and dad

minaa

មិនា

Monday

psaa

្សារ

money

kaa

រោរ

month

ʔanuʔbɑndɨt

អនុ្រណិ្ ែ ʔuʔsaʔphie

ឧសភ្

moonlight (have part-time job), to more

mhoop

មហបូ្រ

morning

សាច់

mosquitos

sac

tnam

ថ្នាំ

leek kɑndaal

កលខកណា ្ដ ល

most (majority)

cuəp

្ួ្រ

cuəp knie

្ួ្ររនា

bɑɲcii mhoop

្រ្ជាីមបូ្រ ហ ʔəyvan

អីវា៉ាន់

koŋtoa

កុងេ័រ kɑndaal

កណា ្ដ ល ʔaac . . . baan

អាច . . . បន tɨk dɑh koo

េឹកកដ្ោះករ krɑsuəŋ

បកសួង nietii

នាេី tŋoo

ែងាបូរ

mak paa

ម៉ា ក់ប៉ា

tŋay can

ដែងាចន្ទ

luy; prak

លុយ; បបក់ khae

ហខ

rɔɔk sii krav

រកសុីកបរៅ tiət

កេៀែ prɨk

បពឹក muuh

មបូស

phiek craən

ភ្គកបចើន

318

English–Cambodian glossary

most (superlative) most, the mother motion sickness motorcycle motorbike (three wheels) motorboat, steamboat Mr. Mrs. much, many museum music must must have

craən cieŋ kee

nationality

bɑmphot

national museum

mdaay

near

pul laan

nearly

mootoo

necessary

mootoo kɑŋ bəy

need, to

kaʔpal

needle

look

never

look srəy

never mind

craən

new, to be

saaraʔ mʊəntii

newspaper

cɑmriəŋ

next

trəv

next (days)

trəv kaa

nice

កបចើនជាងកគ ្រំ្ុែ

ម្តយ

ពុលឡាន ម៉ាបូែបូ

ម៉ាបូែបូកង់្រី កប៉ា ល់ កល្ក

កល្កសសី កបចើន សារមន្ទីរ ចកបមៀង បែរូវ បែរូវរោរ

night

N name (n) name, to namely narrow nation

cmʊəh

no

cmʊəh

noodles

kɨɨ

normal

cɑŋʔiət

north

ciet

November

កឈាមោះ កឈាមោះ គឺ

ចកង្ៀែ ជាែិ

cɔɔn ciet

្នជាែិ

saaraʔmʊəntii ciet

សារមន្ទីរជាែិ cɨt

្ិែ stəə tae

កស្ទើរហែ

cam bac

ចាំបច់

trəv kaa

បែរូវរោរ ɱcul

មជាុល

mɨn dael

មិនហ�ល mɨn ʔəy tee

មិនអីកេ tməy

ែមី

kaasaet

រោហសែ bɑntoap

្រនា្ទ្រ់

tŋay kraoy

ដែងាកបរោយ lʔɑɑ

ល្

yup

យ្រ់ tee

កេ

kuy tiev

គុយទាវ thoammeaʔdaa

ធមមតា

khaaŋ cəəŋ

ខ្ងក្ើង

vɨccheʔkaa

វ ិច្ិរោ

319

English–Cambodian glossary

now nowadays number (figure) number (quantity) nurture

ʔəyləv

opportunity

sɑp tŋay nih

or

leek

orange

cɑmnuən

other, various

thae reaksaa

ought to

ឥឡបូវ

សព្វដែងាកនោះ កលខ ចំនួន

ហែរកសា

out, outside

O obstruct, block, to occupation, profession ocean, sea October of office office (of a ministry) often old once (one time) only (merely) on top open, to open the mouth

steah

ស្ទោះ

over, to pass

ʔaokaah

ឱរោស rɨɨ

ឬ krooc

បករូច

pseɛŋ pseɛŋ

ក្្សងៗ kuə tae

គួរហែ

khaaŋ krav

ខ្ងកបរៅ pot pii

្ុែពី

rɔbɑɑ rɔɔk sii

រ្រររកសុី

P

saʔmot

pack, package

toʔlaa

painting

rɔbɑh; ney

pair

kaariʔyalay

paper

nieyʊəkʔthaan

parents

ɲɨk ɲoap

Paris

cah

park

mdɑŋ

partner

kroan tae

party (banquet)

ləə

pass away or decease

baək

passbook

haa moat

passenger

សមុបេ ែុល្ រ្រស់; ដន រោរ ិយាល័យ នាយកដ្ឋាន ញឹកញ្រ់ ចាស់ ម្ដង

បរន់ហែ កលើ ក្រើក ោមែ់

kɑɲcɑp

ក្្ច្រ់

komnuu

គំនបូរ kuu

គបូ

krɑdaah

បកដ្ស ʔəvpuk mdaay

ឪពុកម្តយ paarii

ប៉ា រ ី

suən

សួន day kuu

ដ�គបូ

cup lieŋ

្្រ់កលៀង slaap

សាលា្រ់ siəvphɨv thɔɔniekie

កសៀវកៅធនាររ neak dɑmnaə

អនាក�ំកណើរ

320

English–Cambodian glossary

passport password patient pay pay attention, to take care of perfect fit (thing, clothing) perhaps person, people personal car Phnom Penh photograph, picture photograph, to pick up picture postcard pill, tablet pity, to feel sorry for place place to swim (swimming pool) plain cooked rice plan

liʔkət claŋ daen

plane ticket

leek sɑmŋat

plate

neak cumŋɨɨ

play, to

bɑŋ tlay

pleasure/leisure trip

yɔɔk cət tuk dak

pneumonia

trəv lmɔɔm

police

prɑhael

poor, to be

mɔnuh

popular, famous

laan ptoal kluən

pork

pnum pɨɲ

post office

ruup thɑɑt

practice, to

thɑɑt ruup

pray, wish, hope, to

mɔɔk tɔtuəl

pregnant women

ban praysaʔnii

prescription

tnam kroap

price, cost

ʔaanət

private

kɑnlaeŋ

private company

kɑnleaŋ hael tɨv

private job

baay sɑɑ

probably

kumrouŋ

problem

លិខិែ្លាងហ�ន កលខសមងាែ់ អនាក្មងាឺ ្រង់ដែលា

យកចិែ្តេុកដ្ក់ បែរូវលមម

ប្រហែល មនុស្ស ឡានផ្្ទល់ខួន លា ្នាំកពញ របូ្រែែ ែែរបូ្រ

មកេេួល

្រណ្ណ ដប្រសណីយ៍ ថ្នាំបរ្រ់

អាណិែ កហនលាង

កហនលាងហែលេឹក បយស

គកបមង (គំករាង)

sɑmbot yʊən hɑh

សំ្រុបែយន្ដកោោះ can

ចាន leeŋ

កលង dɑmnaə kɑmsaan

�ំកណើរកំសាន្ត

cumŋɨɨ rɔliek suət

្មងាឺរល្កសួែ poliih

្រ៉ាបូលីស krɑɑ

បក

lbəy

ល្ី

sac cruuk

សាច់ប្រូក praysaʔnii

ដប្រសណីយ៍ hat

ោែ់ bɑn

្រន់ strəy mien ptey pʊəh

សស្តីមនដ្្ទករោះ sɑmbot tɨɲ tnam

សំ្រុបែេិញថ្នាំ tɑmlay

ែដមលា

ʔaekaʔcɔɔn

ឯក្ន

kromhun ʔaekaʔcɔɔn

បករុមែ៊ុនឯក្ន

kaaɲiə ʔaekaʔcɔɔn

រោរងារឯក្ន muk cie

មុខជា

pɑɲhaa

្រញ្ ហ

321

English–Cambodian glossary

profit prohibit province put, to

kɑmray

refuse, to

haam

register (mailing)

khaet

relax, to rest

dak

release, to

កំដរ កដបម ោម កខែ្ត ដ្ក់

remember, to

Q quickly

chap

ឆ្្រ់

rent rent, to

R radiology room rain; to rain rainy season rarely read, to reason receipt receive reception office recognize, to recover quickly, to reduce the price red wine

bɑntup cloh ʔeekoo

repair, to

pliəŋ

representative

rɔdəv voahsaa

request

kɑmrɔɔ

reserve, to deposit

məəl

reserved room

haet

rest, to

bɑŋkan day

restaurant

tɔtuəl

restaurant (formal)

kɑnleaŋ tɔtuəl pɲiəv

result, outcome

məəl . . . skoal

return, to

chap cie

rice (brown)

coh tlay

rice (cooked)

sraa krɑhɑɑm

rice (uncooked)

្រន្ទ្រ់្ុោះកអកបូ លា ក្លាៀង រ�បូវវសសា កបម

កមើល កែែុ ្រងា្កន់ដ� េេួល កហនលាងេេួលក្្ៀវ កមើល . . . សាគល់ ឆ្្រ់ជា ចុោះហែលា

សសាបកែម

mɨn prɔɔm

មិនបពម

rəɨkommɑɑŋdee

រ ឺកុំម៉ាង់ក� kɑmsaan

កំសាន្ត lɛɛŋ

ហលង cam

ចាំ

cnuəl

ឈនាួល cuəl

្ួល cuəh cul

្ួស្ុល dɑmnaaŋ

ែំណាង

som; soom

សុំ; សបូម kɑk

កក់ bɑntup kɑk

្រន្ទ្រ់កក់ sɑmraak

សបមក haaŋ bay

ោងបយ phooceaʔniiyeaʔthaan

កភ្្នីយដ្ឋាន lɑtthiʔphɑl

លេ្ធ្ល trɑlɑp

បែឡ្រ់ baay ʔɑŋkɑɑ sɑmroop

បយអង្ករសំរ្រ បូ baay

បយ ʔɑŋkɑɑ

អង្ករ

322

English–Cambodian glossary

rice soup ride, to right (correct), to be right-hand side ripe, to be river bank, riverside road rob robber room royal palace run, to runny nose, to have

bɑbɑɑ

Saturday

cih

save, to

trəv

say, to

sdam day

scared

tum

scarf

moat tʊənlee

scenery (landscape)

pləv; tnɑl

schedule

plɑn

school

cao

scratches on hands/feet

bɑntup

sea

preah bɑromriecveaŋ

search, to

rʊət

season

hiə sɑmbao

second floor

្រ្ររ ្ិោះ បែរូវ

សា្ដំដ� េុំ

មែ់េកនលា ្លាបូវ; ែនាល់ ្រលាន់

កចារ ្រន្ទ្រ់

បពោះ្ររមរា្វាំង រែ់

កែៀរសំកបរ

secretary

S sad sad face safety salary same satisfied

kɑmsat

see, to

tɨk muk kɑmsat

sell, to

soʔvatphiep

selling so well

prak khae

send, to

dɑdael

send money, to

pɨɲ cət

September

កំសែ់

េឹកមុខកំសែ់ សុវែ្ិភ្ព បបក់ហខ �ហ�ល កពញចិែ្ដ

tŋay sav

ដែងាកៅរ ៍ sɑnsɑm

សន្សំ

niʔyiey

និយាយ klaac

ខ្លាច

krɑmaa

បកម

teehsaʔphiep

កេសភ្ព

taaraaŋ peel veelie

តារាងកពលកវល្ salaa riən

សាល្ករៀន rɔloat day cəəŋ

រល្ែ់ដ�ក្ើង saʔmot

សមុបេ rɔɔk

រក

rɔdəv

រ�បូវ

coan tii pii

ជាន់េីពីរ leekaa

កលខ្ khəəɲ

កឃើញ lʊək

លក់ lʊək dac

លក់ដ្ច់ pɲaə

ក្្ើ

pɲaə prak

ក្្ើបបក់ kaɲɲaa

កញ្ញា

323

English–Cambodian glossary

service(s) service worker set (an appointment), to set of clothing sew, to shoulder bag sibling sick side silver since sing single room sink (submerged), to sister (older, younger) sit, to size ski, to skilled skirt

seevaa

sky

neak bɑmraə

sleep, to

nat

slow

muəy sɑmrap

small, to be

deɛ

smell, to

kaaboop spiey

smell (odor, scent)

bɑɑŋ pʔoon

smell of cigarette

chɨɨ; min sruəl khluən

smoke (cigarette), to

khaaŋ

snow or ice

prak

so

taŋ pii

soccer (football)

crieŋ

some

bɑntup krɛɛ muəy

sometimes

lɨc

son

bɑŋsrəy; pʔoon srəy

sore throat (pharyngitis)

ʔɑŋkuy

so that (in order to)

tumhum

sour

leeŋ skɨɨ

sour soup

puu kae

south

sɑmp ʊət

sorry (apology)

កសវា

អនាក្រំករ ើ ណាែ់

មួយសំរា្រ់ ក�រ

រោ្របូ្រសា្យ ្រង្រ្បូន

ឈឺ; មិនសសរួលខលាួន ខ្ង

បបក់ តាំងពី កបចៀង ្រន្ទ្រ់ហបគមួយ លិច ្រងសសី; ្រ្បូនសសី អងគុយ េំែំ

កលងសគី ពបូហក

សំពែ់

meek

កមឃ keeŋ; deek

កគង; ក�ក yɨɨt

យឺែ tooc

ែបូច

thum

ធុំ

klən

កលាិន

thum klən baarəy

ធុំកិលានបរ ី

cʊək baarəy

្ក់បរ ី

prɨl, tik kɑɑk

បពិល,េឹកកក doocneh

�បូកចនាោះ

bal toat

បល់ទាែ់ klah

ខលាោះ

cuən kaal

្ួនរោល koon proh

កបូនប្ររុស

rɔliek bɑmpuʊəŋ kɑɑ

រល្ក្រំពង់ក doocneh

ក�ើម្ី cuu

្បូរ

sɑmlɑ mcuu

សមលារមជាបូរ

khaaŋ tbooŋ

ខ្ងែ្បូង

soom tooh

សបូមកទាស

324

English–Cambodian glossary

sorry (regret) speak special spend (money), to spoon sport spring stadium stamp stand

sdaay

stop raining

niʔyiey

store

piʔsaeh

straight

caay

street corner, corner

laap prie

street number

kəylaa

street, route, path

rɔdəv phkaa riik

strong

staad; kəylaathaan

student (college)

taem

study, to

chɔɔ

succeed (in business), to

សា្ដយ និយាយ ពិកសស ចាយ សាលា្របរ កីឡា

រ�បូវផ្្ករ ីក

សា្ត�; កីឡាដ្ឋាន ហែម ឈរ

start (a motor), to cheh

such as

starting from

cap pii

sugar

ʔɑt baay

summer

snak

Sunday

luəc

sure, for sure

nɨv . . . nɨv laəy

surely, undoubtedly

pʊəh

surgery room

chɨɨ pʊəh

swallow, to

chup

sweater

chup yom

sweet

ក្ោះ

starve, to stay, dwell steal still stomach stomachache stop, to stop crying

ចា្រ់ពី អែ់បយ សានាក់ លួច កៅ . . . កៅកឡើយ ករោះ ឈឺករោះ ឈ្រ់ ឈ្រ់យំ

reaŋ

រាំង

haaŋ

ោង trɑŋ

បែង់ kac cruŋ

រោច់ប្រុង pləv leek

្លាបូវកលខ pləv

្លាបូវ

klaŋ

ខ្លាំង nihsət

និស្សិែ rien

ករៀន rɔɔk sii kɑɑp

រកសុីក្រ cie daəm

ជាក�ើម skɑɑ

ស្ករ

rɔdəv kdav

រ�បូវករៅ្ត

tŋay ʔaatɨt

ដែងាអាេិែ្យ cie praakɑɑr

ជាបបក� muk cie

មុខជា

bɑntup veah kat

្រន្ទ្រ់វោះរោែ់ leep

កល្រ ʔaav rɔŋie

អាវរងា pʔaem

ហ្្ម

325

English–Cambodian glossary

swim, to swollen, to be

hael tɨk

than

haəm

thank you

ហែលេឹក កែើម

that

T table tailor tailor shop take, to takeover (or rent the entire thing) take picture tasty, delicious taxi TB (tuberculosis) tea teach, to teacher telephone television tell, to temples Thai

tok

then

cieŋ katdeɛ

thick

haaŋ katdeɛ

thing

yɔɔk

think, to

ɱav

this

thɑɑt ruup

thousand

cŋaɲ

throat

taksii

throw away, to

cumŋɨɨ rɔbeɛŋ

Thursday

tae

tight

bɑŋriən

time

kruu bɑŋriən

tired, to

tuureaʔsap

too

tuureaʔtʊəh

toothache

prap

total (up)

praasaat

towel

thay

traffic congestion

ែុ

ជាងរោែ់ក�រ ោងរោែ់ក�រ យក ក៉៉ា

ែែរបូ្រ ឆ្ងាញ់

តាក់សុី ្មងាឺរក្រង ហែ

្រកបងៀន បគរូ្រកបងៀន េបូរសព្ទ

េបូរេស្សន៍ បប្រ់ បបសាេ ដែ

cieŋ

ជាង ʔɑɑ kun

អរគុណ noh

កនាោះ təəp

កេើ្រ krah

បរោស់ rɔbɑh

រ្រស់ nɨk

គិែ nih

កនោះ poan

រន់

bɑmpʊəŋ kɑɑ

្រំពង់ក

bɑh caol

កបោះកចាល tŋay prɔhaoh

ដែងាបពែស្ែិ៍ cɑŋʔiət

ចកង្ៀែ peel; veilie; kaal

កពល; កវល្; រោល hɑt

ែែ់ dae

ហ�រ chɨɨ tmɨɲ

ឈឺកធមញ kɨt luy

គិែលុយ kɑnsaeŋ cut kluən

កហន្សង្បូែខលាួន

coap cɑɑraacɑɑ

ជា្រ់ចរាចរ

326

English–Cambodian glossary

traffic light transfer money, to transport, to travel agency traveling, trip treat illness, to treat illness (formal) try . . . on T-shirt turn, to turn left turn off turn right type

pləəŋ stop

unhappy

ptee prak

university

�ឹក

dək

unmarried, single nɨv liiv (for male/female) កៅលីវ

kromhun teehsɑʔcɑɑ

unoccupied

dɑmnaə

unripe, to be

məəl cumŋɨɨ

until

pyiebɑɑl

until reaching

lɔɔ məəl

urine test

ʔaav yɨɨt

us

bɑt

use, to

bɑt cveɛŋ

used to

ក្លាើងស្តុ្រ ក្្ទរបបក់

បករុមែ៊ុនកេសចរណ៍ (empty) �ំកណើរ

កមើល្មងាឺ

ពយាបល លកមើល អាវយឺែ ្រែ់ ្រែ់ក្្វង

V

bɑt sdam

vacant

baep

vacation

្រែ់សា្ដំ ហ្រ្រ

value

uncle unconscious (to lose spirit) under understand, to

saaʔkɑl vittyielay

សាកលវ ិេយាល័យ

tumnee

េំកនរ kcəy

ខ្ចី

rɔhoot dɑl

រែបូែ�ល់ tumroam dɑl

េបមំ�ល់

kaa piʔnit tɨk noom

រោរពិនិែ្យេឹកកនាម yəəŋ

កយើង praə

កប្រើ

tloap

ធាលា្រ់

bət

្រិេ

U umbrella

mɨn sapbaay cət

មិនស្របាយចិែ្ត

chat

various

puu

vegetable

bɑt smɑɑdəy

vendor

kraom

very

yʊəl

villager

្័បែ ពបូ

បែ់សាមរែី កបរោម យល់

tumnee

េំកនរ

vihsaʔmaʔkaal

វ ិស្សមរោល tɑmlay

ែដមលា

pseɛŋ pseɛŋ

ក្្សងៗ bɑnlae

្រហនលា

neak lʊək

អនាកលក់ nah

ណាស់ neak srok

អនាកសសរុក

327

English–Cambodian glossary

visit, to visitor vitamin voice volleyball

tɨv leeŋ

Wat Phnom

pɲiəv

we

viitaamiin

weather

sɑmleeŋ

wed (marry), to

bal teah

Wednesday

កៅកលង ក្្ៀវ

វ ីតាមីន

សកមលាង

បល់េោះ

week

W wait, to walk, to walk along (go along) walk fast walk slow walk straight walk through shallow water want, to want to go want to order food want to see/ meet wash clothes (do laundry) watch water

cam

weekend

daə

weigh, to

daə taam

weigh (load)

daə lɨen

welcome

daə yɨɨt

West

daə trɑŋ

what

daə luy tɨk

wheelchair

cɑŋ

when

cɑŋ tɨv

where

cɑŋ hav

whether or not

caŋ cuəp

which

baok khao ʔaav

which one

məəl

while, during

tɨk

white

ចាំ

ក�ើរ ក�ើរតាម

ក�ើរកលឿន ក�ើរយឺែ ក�ើរបែង់ ក�ើរលុយេឹក ចង់ ចង់កៅ ចង់កៅ ចង់្ួ្រ

កបកកខ្អាវ កមើល េឹក

voat pnum

វែ្ដ្ំនា yəəŋ

កយើង ʔaakaasaʔthiet

អារោសធាែុ riep kaa

ករៀ្ររោរ tŋay put

ដែងាពុធ ʔaatɨt

អាេិែ្យ coŋ sɑɑpdaa

ចុងសប្តែ៍ tləŋ

ែលាឹង tumŋʊən sɑmbot

េមងាន់

swaakum

សា្វគមន៍ khaaŋ lɨc

ខ្ងលិច ʔəy

អី

kavʔəy ruɲ

ករៅអីរញ ុ peel naa

កពលណា nɨv ʔae naa

កៅឯណា kɑɑ daoy

ក៏កដ្យ dael

ហ�ល naa muəy

ណាមបូយ knoŋ peel

កនាុងកពល pao sɑɑ

ពណ៌ស

328

English–Cambodian glossary

who (whom) why wife will wind window seat window shopping winter with, along with withdraw money, to women work, job work, to worried, to be wound, injury

neak naa

អនាកណា

Y year

haet ʔəy

កែែុអី

yellow

prɑpʊən

ប្រពន្ធ nɨŋ

នឹង kyɑl

ខ្យល់ kavʔəy coap bɑŋʔuəc

ចាស, ចា

yes (polite response for male)

បេ

yesterday

ក�ើរកមើល

yet?

daə məəl

rɔdəv rɔŋie you

cie muəy

ជាមួយ

young (people)

baək luy

ក្រើកលុយ strəy

សស្តី

younger (brother or sister) younger sibling

kaaŋie

រោរងារ tvəə kaa

កធ្វើរោរ

muk rɔbuəh

មុខរ្រួស

wrap (packages), kcɑp ខ្ច្រ់ to

caah, caa

baat

msəl mɨɲ

ម្សិលមិញ haəy rɨɨ nɨv

កែើយឬកៅ ʔaeŋ

ឯង

kmeeŋ

កកមង

pʔoon proh; pʔoon srəy

្រ្បូនប្ររុស; ្រ្បូនសសី pʔoon

្រ្បូន

Z zero

pruəy cət

បពរួយចិែ្ត

pao lɨəŋ

ពណ៌កលឿង

yes (polite response for female)

ករៅអីជា្រ់្រង្ួច

រ�បូវរងា

cnam

ឆ្នាំ

zoo

soon

សបូន្យ suən sat

សួនសែ្វ

Index

addressing: by title 55; foreigners 4; government officials 53, 55, 103; people 4, 109 appointments: book 56; making 46–7, 52, 56, 216–17 banking 200, 211; ATM ម៉ា ស៊ីន 205, 206, 208, 209, 211; depositing money dɑɑk prak/luy ដាក់ល៊យ 206, 207, 209; exchanging money doo luy ដូ រល៊យ 206, 211; withdrawing money dɑɑk prak/luy ដកល៊យ 206, 208, 209, 211 beverages: drinks (noun) 61; to drink (verb) 159, 189, 195 breakfast 86–7 classifiers/specifiers 63; countable for fruit, flowers and vegetables 63, 64, 68; countable for grain 62, 63, 88; countable for liquid goods 61, 63, 64, 149, 184, 225; countable for solid goods 60, 61, 62, 64, 65, 66, 71, 77, 87, 201, 204; people 109 clothing 76, 82, 83, 85, 138, 227; buying 78–9; size 80 colors 81, 83 comparisons: ‘more than’ cieŋ ជាង or ‘-er than’ 79, 101, 103, 168, 199, 212, 222; ‘the most’ cieŋ kee ជាងគេ 103, 149, 150, 222; ‘same’ dooc ដូ ច 66, 68, 70, 185, 222, 229 confirmatory expressions: mɛɛn មែន or mɛɛn haəy មែនគ�ើយ ‘of course’ 101, 105, 108, 210, 215, 216; nɨŋ haəy �្នឹងគ�ើយ ‘of course’ 100, 144, 148, 217, 218

conjunctions: noun phrases with ‘and’ nɨŋ និង and ‘or’ rɨɨ ឬ 229; verb phrases with ‘and’ haəy គ�ើយ 54, 59, 60, 65, 68, 73, 85, 90, 91, 99, 101, 105, 107, 118, 123, 127, 129, 132, 141, 148, 162, 171, 173, 176, 179, 180, 187, 190, 191, 193, 195, 200, 205, 208, 212 consonants: reading and writing xiii–xiv, 12–14, 16; consonant clusters xiv, 12, 95, 110–11, 126; consonant and vowel combination 43–4, 125 daily routine: schedules 37, 49, 52, 56; days of the week 35–6, 41; period of day 35, 39; times 37 diacritics xiii, 12, 155–6, 157 directions: giving directions 115, 118–19, 122–3, 125, 127; directional terms 120–1, 124; locational expressions 116–17 drink see beverages employment 100, 102–3, 106, 107, 109, 112–13 family: kinship terms 4, 17–19, 210, 223; relationships 23, 24, 25, 112–13 fruits 66, 68; taste 68 greetings 1, 3–4, 8, 9, 12 health and illness 187, 191, 193, 195, 197, 199; emergencies and hospital 48, 189 hotels and tickets 8, 38, 173, 175, 176–7, 180–1, 183, 185, 229, 230

330

Index

independent vowels 140 interrogatives 216; ‘confirmatory’ questions with mɛɛn tee មែនគេ 215, 217; ‘how’ questions with yaaŋ məc យ៉ា ងគែ៉ា ច or məc គែ៉ា ច 152, 177, 187, 191, 195; ‘how many’ or ‘how much’ questions with ponmaan ប៉ា៊ន្មាន 17, 20, 25, 34, 36, 60, 61, 64, 65, 78, 83, 107, 109, 118, 122, 123, 128, 129, 132, 136, 138, 139, 167, 176, 177, 180, 181, 183, 187, 193, 201, 205, 220; ‘or’ rɨɨ ឬ statements 8; ‘what’ questions with ʔvəy អ្ី, ʔəy អី , or sʔəy ស្ី 5, 6, 7, 36, 38, 54, 61, 75, 78, 79, 87, 90, 92, 93, 115, 162, 167, 181, 191, 195, 201, 205, 208, 209, 219; ‘what should one do?’ questions with tvəə yaaŋ məc គ្្ើយ៉ាងងគែ៉ាច 183, 201, 204, 208; ‘when’ questions with kaal naa កាលណា or peel naa គេលណា 220; ‘where’ questions with naa ណា 2, 6, 7, 10, 12, 38, 67, 150, 219; ‘which’ questions with naa ណា or ʔaa naa អាណា 33, 38, 47, 211, 220; ‘who’ questions with neak naa អ្កណា 6, 18, 23–4, 109, 211, 219; ‘why’ questions with haet ʔəy គ�ត៊អី 135, 190, 194, 221; ‘yes-no’ questions 20–1, 22, 26, 216, 218; ‘yet’ questions with haǝy rɨɨ nɨv គ�ើយឬគៅ or rɨɨ nɨv ឬគៅ 2, 8, 25, 26, 27, 66, 69, 71, 218 leisure activities 143, 160 locations: locational expressions 116–17, 127; directional terms 120–1; giving directions 118–19, 122–3 manners and respect 11 market 10, 32–3, 45, 60–1, 65–6, 73, 85

money see banking months 40 names 4 negative sentences 215; ʔɑt . . . (tee) អត់ . . . (គេ) 21, 32, 35, 53, 61, 65, 78, 79, 82, 83, 89, 90, 92, 95, 99, 118, 122, 132, 133, 135, 136, 138, 144, 146, 166, 176, 177, 181, 186, 187, 201, 203, 205, 215, 216, 217; ʔɑt toan អត់ ទាន់ or mɨn toan ែិនទាន់ ‘not yet’ 21, 69, 91; mɨn . . . tee ែិ ន . . . គេ 21, 47, 61, 69, 79, 90, 92, 133, 136, 138, 144, 146, 177, 181, 187, 162, 201, 215, 201; mɨn mɛɛn ែិ នមែន 210, 215, 216 numbers 21–2, 40–1, 45 polite expressions: soom សូែ ‘please’ vs. som ស៊ំ ‘to request’ or ‘to ask for’ 76 post office and mailing 200–1, 202–3 pronouns 4–5; title nouns 4, 55 punctuation 170 questions see interrogatives souvenirs 74–5 specifiers see classifiers subordinate or embedded clauses 230 subscripts (reading and writing) 83–4, 96–7, 98, 110 tickets 54, 172, 173, 175, 176, 185, 195, 198 travel 158, 162, 163, 172, 176, 180 vowels: audio xv, 28; independent 140; reading and writing 29, 30, 31 weather and seasons 128, 132–4, 136

Audio track listing

All audio tracks referenced within the text are free to stream or download from www.routledge.com/cw/colloquials. If you experience any difficulties accessing the audio on the companion website, or still require to purchase a CD, please contact our customer services team through www.routledge.com/info/contact.

Audio 1 Introduction 1 Introduction 2 Phonetic sounds 3 p, t, c, k, b, d, s 4 h, m, n, ɲ, ŋ 5 v, y, l, r 6 Vowels – first and second series Unit 1 7 Dialogue 1 8 Exercise 2 9 Dialogue 2 10 Exercise 3 11 Dialogue 3 12 Exercise 4 13 Exercise 5 14 Exercise 6 15 Listening passage Unit 2 16 Dialogue 1 17 Numbers 1–10 18 Numbers 11–20 19 Exercise 1 20 Exercise 2 – negative statements 21 Exercise 2b – questions 22 Dialogue 2 23 Exercise 4 24 Dialogue 3

25 26 27 28

Exercise 5 Exercise 8 Exercise 9 Listening and reading passage

Unit 3 29 Dialogue 1 30 Days of the week 31 Exercise 1 32 Dialogue 2 33 Months of the year 34 Numbers 35 Exercise 5 36 Exercise 6 37 Exercise 7 38 Listening and reading passage Unit 4 39 Dialogue 1 40 Exercise 1 41 Dialogue 2 42 Dialogue 3 43 Exercise 5 44 Exercise 7 45 Listening and reading passage Unit 5 46 Dialogue 1 47 Dialogue 2 48 Fruit

332

Audio track listing

49 50 51 52

Vegetables Exercise 4 Exercise 9 Listening and reading passage

Unit 6 53 Dialogue 1 54 Exercise 2 55 Dialogue 2 56 Colours 57 Statements

58 59

Exercise 4 Listening and reading passage

Unit 7 60 Dialogue 1 61 Exercise 1 62 Dialogue 2 63 Dialogue 3 64 Exercise 6 65 Exercise 9 66

Exercise 10

Audio 2 Unit 7 1 Listening and reading passage Unit 8 2 Dialogue 1 3 Dialogue 2 4 Exercise 4 5 Dialogue 3 6 Exercise 6 7 Listening passage Unit 9 8 Dialogue 1 9 Dialogue 2 10 Points of compass 11 Relative positions 12 Dialogue 3 13 One medial cluster 14 Three consonants 15 Listening and reading passage Unit 10 16 Dialogue 1 17 Dialogue 2 18 Dialogue 3 19 Listening and reading passage

Unit 11 20 Dialogue 1 21 Dialogue 2 22 Dialogue 3 23 Listening and reading passage Unit 12 24 Dialogue 1 25 Dialogue 2 26 Dialogue 3 27 Listening and reading passage Unit 13 28 Dialogue 1 29 Dialogue 2 30 Dialogue 3 31 Listening and reading passage Unit 14 32 Dialogue 1 33 Dialogue 2 34 Dialogue 3 35 Listening and reading passage Unit 15 36 Dialogue 1 37 Dialogue 2 38 Dialogue 3 39 Listening and reading passage 40

End

333

Audio track listing

Bonus audio Only available to stream or download from www.routledge.com/cw/ colloquials 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Pronunciation Consonant clusters Long vowels Long diphthongs Short vowels Short diphthongs Unit 1 Comprehension Unit 2 Comprehension Unit 3 Comprehension Unit 4 Comprehension Unit 5 Comprehension Unit 6 Comprehension Unit 7 Comprehension Unit 8 Exercise 7 Unit 8 Comprehension Unit 9 Exercise 5

questions questions questions questions questions questions questions questions

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Unit Unit Unit Unit Unit Unit Unit Unit Unit Unit Unit Unit Unit Unit Unit Unit

9 Comprehension questions 10 Exercise 3 10 Comprehension questions 11 Exercise 1 11 Exercise 5 11 Comprehension questions 12 Exercise 3 12 Exercise 5 12 Comprehension questions 13 Exercise 5 13 Comprehension questions 14 Exercise 1 14 Exercise 3 14 Comprehension questions 15 Exercise 4 15 Comprehension questions

Speakers: Vansok Khem, Socheat Nean, Sonorita Srey, Reaksmey Yean Narrator: Justin Watkins

eBooks

Responsible from Taylor & Francis Responsible Responsible Helping you to choose the right eBooks for your Library Add to your library's digital collection today with Taylor & Francis eBooks. We have over 50,000 eBooks in the Humanities, Social Sciences, Behavioural Sciences, Built Environment and Law, from leading imprints, including Routledge, Focal Press and Psychology Press.

Choose from a range of subject packages or create your own! Benefits for you • • • •

Benefits for your user •

Free Trials Available We offer free trials to qualifying

academic, corporate and Responsible government customers.

Free MARC records COUNTER-compliant usage statistics Flexible purchase and pricing options All titles DRM-free.

• • • •

Off-site, anytime access via Athens or referring URL Print or copy pages or chapters Full content search Bookmark, highlight and annotate text Access to thousands of pages of quality research at the click of a button.

eCollections Choose from over 30 subject eCollections, including:

Responsible

Language Learn1ng

Architecture

Responsible

As1an Stud1es

Literature

Bus1ness & Management

Med1a & Commun1cat1on

Class1cal Stud1es Responsible

M1ddle East Stud1es

Construction

MUSIC

Creat1ve & Med1a Arts

Philosophy

Cnm1nology & Cnm1nal )ust1ce

Plann1ng

Econom1cs

Pol1t1cs

Education Energy Eng1neenng

Psychology & Mental Health

Responsible Secunty

Engl1sh Language & Lmgu1st1cs

Soc1al Work

Environment & Susta1nabi11ty

Soc1ology

Geography

Sport

Health Stud1es

Theatre & Performance

H1story

Tounsm, Hosp1tal1ty & Events

For more information, pricing enquiries or to order a free trial, please contact your local sales team: www.tandfebooks.com/page/sales

www.tandfebooks.com • • • •• • • •• ••